TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TECHNICAL MANUAL

AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE FOR

ARMY MODELS UH-60A, UH-60L,

EH-60A, UH-60Q AND HH-60L
HELICOPTERS

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
THEORY OF OPERATION

This manual dated 17 April 2006, supersedes TM 1-1520-237-23-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-2, TM 1-1520-237-23-3, TM 1-1520-237-23-4, TM 1-1520-237-
23-5, TM 1-1520-237-23-6, TM 1-1520-237-23-7, TM 1-1520-237-23-8, TM 1-1520-237-23-9, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-2, TM
1-1520-237-23-10-3 and TM 1-1520-237-23-11, dated 1 May 2003 including all changes.

This information is furnished upon the condition that it will not be released to another nation without the specific authority of the Department of the
Army of the United States, that it will be used for military purposes only, that individual or corporate rights originating in the information, whether
patented or not, will be respected, that the recipient will report promptly to the United States, any known or suspected compromise, and that the
information will be provided substantially the same degree of security afforded it by the Department of Defense of the United States. Also, regardless of
any other markings on the document, it will not be downgraded or declassified without written approval of the originating United States agency.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D - Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only due to Critical Technology effective as of 15 June
2003. Other requests must be referred to Commander, US Army Aviation and Missile Command, ATTN: SFAE-AV-UH/L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-
5000.

WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et. seq.) or
the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et. seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal
penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

17 April 2006
 TM 1-1520-237-1

WARNING SUMMARY
Personnel performing operations, procedures, and practices which are included or implied in this technical manual shall
observe the following warnings. To disregard these warnings and precautionary information can cause serious injury,
death, or an aborted mission.

WARNING
FIRST AID - refer to FM 4-25-11.

AC POWER - before applying ac power to the helicopter, make sure that the area around the stabilator is clear of
personnel and equipment. Should the stabilator be in any position other than trailing edge fully down, it may reposition
automatically to fully down when ac power is applied.

CARBON MONOXIDE - during cold weather operations when preheating is necessary, all personnel shall become
acquainted with the various types of heaters and where they are to be used. Be careful of accumulations of carbon
monoxide and damage to heat-sensitive equipment.

CONSUMABLE MATERIALS - observe all cautions and warnings on the containers when using consumables. When
applicable wear necessary protective gear during handling and use. If a consumable is flammable or explosive, MAKE
SURE consumable and its vapors are kept away from heat, spark, and flame. MAKE SURE helicopter is properly
grounded and firefighting equipment is readily available for use.

SAFETY PINS - make sure all safety pins are installed in ejector racks prior to performing any maintenance. To
disregard this warning can cause serious injury, death, or an aborted mission.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING OF THE HELICOPTER - army regulations require the grounding of the helicopter when
doing all fueling and defueling operations. Do not operate helicopter electrical switches, except those essential for servic-
ing during fueling and defueling. Do not smoke or use flame during fueling and defueling operations.
HIGH VOLTAGE - there are dangerous voltages in the helicopter. Use extreme care when working with equipment hav-
ing these voltages.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS - there are dangerous high hydraulic system pressures in the helicopter. Use extreme care
when working on systems having this pressure.
USE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER - when fire extinguishers are used in a confined area, ventilate immediately. Serious
injury or death could result if the area is not ventilated or the user does not use a self-contained breathing device.

MAIN ROTOR PYLON SLIDING COVER - when opening and closing main pylon sliding cover, keep hands away
from sharp edges near track, mating end, and especially ventilation blower inlet hole.

TECHNICAL ACETONE - technical Acetone is flammable and toxic to eyes, skin, and respiratory tract. Wear protective
gloves and goggles/face shield. Avoid repeated or prolonged contact. Use only in well-ventilated areas (or use approved
respirator). Keep away from open flames, sparks, hot surfaces or other sources of ignition.
ALKALINE AQUEOUS CLEANER - alkaline cleaner is harmful to skin and eyes. Use adequate ventilation. Operators
should wear protective gloves, aprons, and goggles. Upon contact with cleaning compound, wash affected area for at least
20 minutes with clean water. Seek medical attention.

CLEANING COMPOUND SOLVENT - cleaning Compound Solvent is combustible and toxic to eyes, skin, and respira-
tory tract. Wear protective gloves and goggles/face shield. Avoid repeated or prolonged contact. Use only in well-
ventilated areas (or use approved respirator). Keep away from open flames or other sources of ignition.

ELECTRON - use electron in well ventilated area only. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapors. Avoid bodily contact. The
use of chemical gloves and chemical splash goggles are required. Do not use near heat, spark or flame. This solvent is
reactive with acids and oxidizers; do not mix or cross-apply with other chemicals. Organic vapor respirator with dust and
mist filter is recommended when solvent is spray applied. Keep containers closed between applications.

a
 TM 1-1520-237-1

Provide mechanical ventilation if used in confined spaces. Coordinate the use of this material with your supporting
industrial hygiene and safety offices. Ensure you read and understand the material safety data sheet (MSDS) for electron
prior to use.

ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL - isopropyl alcohol is a volatile and flammable liquid which must be kept away from flame
and other ignition sources. It must be used only in well ventilated area. Personnel must wear protective gloves and eye
protection. Excessive inhalation of vapors or contact with skin must be avoided. If contact occurs with eyes or skin, flush
area thoroughly with water. If ingestion occurs, induce vomiting and call a doctor. Remove to fresh air if overexposed to
vapor.

DS-108 - use in well ventilated area. Avoid breathing vapors. Organic vapor respirator with dust and mist filter is recom-
mended. May be harmful by inhalation, ingestion, or skin absorption. Avoid bodily contact. Chemical safety glasses/
goggles and chemical resistant gloves are required. Combustible, keep away from heat, spark, or flame. Vapors are
heavier than air and may travel over a distance to an ignition source and then flash back. Do not mix or cross apply with
other chemicals.

LOCKWIRE - in critical applications use lockwire instead of safety cable which is specifically prohibited from use in
critical applications. The use of safety cable is restricted in these specific applications with a warning.

PURPOSE OF A WARNING - alerts personal to operation, procedure, practice, etc., which if not strictly observed,
could result in personal injury or loss of life.

CAUTION

USING BATTERY POWER DURING MAINTENANCE - use battery power as little as possible when maintaining the
helicopter. If the battery charge gets too low the APU will not start when only the battery electrical power is available. To
prevent running down the battery:

Make sure BATT switch is ON when ac power (either external power applied, or APU or main generator operating) is
supplied to the helicopter. This allows the battery to charge if necessary.

Make sure BATT switch is OFF when ac power is not applied to the helicopter and the battery is not being used.

If a BATT LOW CHARGE caution indication is obtained while using battery power, immediately set BATT switch to
OFF.

COLD WEATHER - BATTERY MAINTENANCE - to prevent damage to the battery, refer to TM 11-6140-203-23.

ROTOR SYSTEM - Do not operate the rotor system while the main rotor pylon sliding cover is in the open position.
Main rotor blades could contact the main rotor pylon sliding cover. If rotor system operation is required when the main
rotor pylon sliding cover is open, remove main rotor pylon sliding cover.

ROTOR SERVO PISTON RODS - Damage to main rotor servo piston rods seal will occur if piston rods come in
contact with contaminates during maintenance procedures. Contaminated main rotor servo piston rods will cause seal
damage during use causing excessive leakage past seals. Cover up main rotor servos prior to maintenance work to keep
area clean.

SAFETY CABLE - extreme caution should be exercised when using safety cable on or around movable aircraft flight
controls components. It is critical that the ferrule does not interfere with or wear against any movable flight control
component.

PURPOSE OF A CAUTION - alerts personnel to operation, procedure, practice, etc., which, if not strictly observed,
could result in damage to or destruction of equipment.

b
 TM 1-1520-237-1

NOTE

The inspection requirements herein establish basic criteria for inspecting for damage, i.e. cracks, corrosion, etc. When an
inspection for cracks is called out, the inspection should be in compliance with procedures in TM 1-1520-265-23 series
(Nondestructive Inspection Procedures for H-60 Helicopters Series). If the procedures are not addressed in TM 1-1520-
265-23, then use procedures called out in TM 1-1500-335-23 (Nondestructive Inspection Methods)

PURPOSE OF A NOTE - applies to operation, procedure, condition, etc., which it is essential to highlight.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

c/d Blank
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES/WORK PACKAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATA.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

Dates of issue for original and changed pages / work packages are:

Original 0 17 April 2006

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 104 AND TOTAL
NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 1805 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page / WP *Change
No. No.

Title ................................... 0
a - c ................................... 0
d Blank ............................ 0
A........................................ 0
B Blank ............................. 0
i - lii .................................. 0
WP 0001 00 - 1805 00..... 0
Glossary-1 - Glossary-2.... 0
INDEX-1 - INDEX-44 ..... 0

* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package.

A/B Blank
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 17 April 2006

AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE FOR

Army Models UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A, UH-60Q, and HH-60L Helicopters

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS.

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the
procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publica-
tions and Blank Forms), located in the back of this manual direct to: Commander, US Army Aviation
and Missile Command, ATTN:AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5000. You may
also send your recommended changes via electronic mail or by fax. Our fax number is DSN 788-6546
or Commercial 256-842-6546. Our e-mail address is 2028@redstone.army.mil. A reply will be
furnished to you.

This manual dated 17 April 2006, supersedes TM 1-1520-237-23-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-2, TM 1-1520-237-23-3, TM 1-1520-237-23-4, TM 1-1520-237-
23-5, TM 1-1520-237-23-6, TM 1-1520-237-23-7, TM 1-1520-237-23-8, TM 1-1520-237-23-9, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-2, TM
1-1520-237-23-10-3 and TM 1-1520-237-23-11, dated 1 May 2003 including all changes.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D - Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only due to Critical
Technology effective as of 15 June 2003. Other requests must be referred to Commander, US Army Aviation and Missile
Command, ATTN: SFAE-AV-UH/L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898–5000.

WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22,
U.S.C., Sec 2751, et. seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et. seq.
Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of
DoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the
document.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP Sequence No.

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA, THEORY OF

OPERATION
General........................................................................................................................................................... 0001 00
Aircraft Description and Data....................................................................................................................... 0002 00
Airframe Description and Data..................................................................................................................... 0003 00
Landing Gear Description and Data ............................................................................................................. 0004 00
Powerplant Description and Data ................................................................................................................. 0005 00
Engine Control System Description and Data.............................................................................................. 0006 00
Engine Start and Ignition System Description and Data ............................................................................. 0007 00
Engine Speed Governing Systems Description and Data ............................................................................ 0008 00

i
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Engine Indicating Systems Description and Data ........................................................................................ 0009 00

Engine Warning Systems Description and Data........................................................................................... 0010 00
Hover Infrared Suppression System (HIRSS) Description and Data .......................................................... 0011 00
Main Rotor System Description and Data.................................................................................................... 0012 00
Tail Rotor System Description and Data...................................................................................................... 0013 00
Transmission System Description and Data ................................................................................................. 0014 00
Main Transmission Lubrication System Description and Data ................................................................... 0015 00
Main Transmission Warning And Indicating System Description and Data............................................... 0016 00
Main Transmission and Gear Box Chip Detector System Description and Data....................................... 0017 00
Hydraulic Systems Description and Data..................................................................................................... 0018 00
Hydraulic Servos, Actuators, and Modules Description and Data .............................................................. 0019 00
Flight Instruments Description and Data...................................................................................................... 0020 00
Miscellaneous Instruments Description and Data ........................................................................................ 0021 00
Instrument Display System Description and Data ....................................................................................... 0022 00
Signal Data Converter Description and Data ............................................................................................... 0023 00
Central Display Unit Description and Data.................................................................................................. 0024 00
Pilot’s Display Unit Description and Data................................................................................................... 0025 00
Caution/Advisory Warning System Description and Data........................................................................... 0026 00
Multifunction Display/Caution Advisory Warning System Description and Data UH-60Q HH-60L ...... 0027 00
AC Electrical System Description and Data ................................................................................................ 0028 00
AC Electrical Primary System Description and Data .................................................................................. 0029 00
AC Electrical Auxiliary Power System Description and Data .................................................................... 0030 00
AC Electrical External Power System Description and Data...................................................................... 0031 00
DC Electrical System Description and Data ................................................................................................ 0032 00
DC Electrical Primary System Description and Data .................................................................................. 0033 00
DC Electrical Battery System Description and Data ................................................................................... 0034 00
Interior Lighting Description and Data ........................................................................................................ 0035 00
Exterior Lighting Description and Data ....................................................................................................... 0036 00
Fuel System Description and Data ............................................................................................................... 0037 00
Flight Control System Description and Data ............................................................................................... 0038 00
Windshield Anti-Ice System Description and Data...................................................................................... 0039 00
Windshield Wiper System Description and Data ......................................................................................... 0040 00
Fire Detection System Description and Data ............................................................................................... 0041 00
Fire Extinguishing System Description and Data ........................................................................................ 0042 00
Engine Anti-Ice Systems Description and Data ........................................................................................... 0043 00
Blade Deicing System Description and Data ............................................................................................... 0044 00
Cargo Hook System Description and Data .................................................................................................. 0045 00
Heating and Ventilation System Description and Data................................................................................ 0046 00
Environmental Control System (ECS) Description and Data EH60A ..................................................... 0047 00
Environmental Control System (ECS) Description and Data UH-60Q HH-60L ...................................... 0048 00
Rescue Hoist Description and Data .............................................................................................................. 0049 00
Auxiliary Power System Description and Data............................................................................................ 0050 00
Auxiliary Power Unit Description and Data ................................................................................................ 0051 00
Armament Description and Data .................................................................................................................. 0052 00

ii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Description and Data ..................................................................................... 0053 00

Blackout Devices Kit Description and Data ................................................................................................ 0054 00
Winterization Kit Description and Data ....................................................................................................... 0055 00
ESSS External Stores Support System Description and Data ..................................................................... 0056 00
ESSS Range Extension System Description and Data ................................................................................ 0057 00
ESSS Jettison System Description and Data................................................................................................ 0058 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater System Description and Data ................................................................................ 0059 00
Main And Tail Rotor Blade Erosion Protection Kit Description and Data................................................. 0060 00
Chaff Dispenser System and M130 Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Description and Data ........................ 0061 00
Main/Tail Landing Gear Skis Description and Data.................................................................................... 0062 00
FLIR System Description and Data UH-60Q HH-60L .............................................................................. 0063 00
Cockpit Emergency Equipment Description and Data ................................................................................ 0064 00
Cabin Emergency Equipment Description and Data.................................................................................... 0065 00
Cockpit Air Bag System Description and Data............................................................................................ 0066 00
Microclimate Cooling System and Mask Blower Wiring Assembly Description and Data....................... 0067 00
Ground Support Equipment Description and Data ...................................................................................... 0068 00

CHAPTER 2 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Position Transmitter/Limit Switch Assembly (AVIM) ................................................................................. 0069 00
Parking Brake System ................................................................................................................................... 0070 00
Tail Wheel Lock System ............................................................................................................................... 0071 00
Engine And Engine Interface ........................................................................................................................ 0072 00
No. 1 Engine Instruments And Warning Lights System.............................................................................. 0073 00
No. 2 Engine Instruments And Warning Lights System.............................................................................. 0074 00
Engine Overspeed Protection System........................................................................................................... 0075 00
Engine Speed Trim System........................................................................................................................... 0076 00
Engine Chip Detector System....................................................................................................................... 0077 00
Engine Anti-ice System................................................................................................................................. 0078 00
Engine Start And Ignition System ................................................................................................................ 0079 00
Engine Controls Quadrant (AVIM)............................................................................................................... 0080 00
BIM® Indicators............................................................................................................................................ 0081 00
Main Rotor Blades (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 0082 00
Medium And High Frequency Vibrations .................................................................................................... 0083 00
Gust Lock System ......................................................................................................................................... 0084 00
Transmission Chip Detector, Instruments, And Oil Warning Systems........................................................ 0085 00
Hydraulic Systems......................................................................................................................................... 0086 00
Pitot-Static System ........................................................................................................................................ 0087 00
Pitot Heater .................................................................................................................................................... 0088 00
Instrument Display System ........................................................................................................................... 0089 00
Caution/Advisory Warning System............................................................................................................... 0090 00
Digital Clock.................................................................................................................................................. 0091 00
Central Display Unit (70450-01043-122) (AVIM)....................................................................................... 0092 00
Central Display Unit (70450-01043-125, 70450-21943-118, Or 70450-01916-105) (AVIM) ................... 0093 00
Pilots Display Unit (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 0094 00

iii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Signal Data Converter (SDC) (70450-01043-112 Or 70450-01043-126) (AVIM) ..................................... 0095 00

Signal Data Converter (SDC) (70450-21943-110 Or 70450-01916-103) (AVIM) ..................................... 0096 00
Caution/Advisory Panel (AVIM) .................................................................................................................. 0097 00
Chip Detector Resistor Unit (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0098 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0099 00
MFD/Caution/Advisory Warning System UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................................... 0100 00

CHAPTER 3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

AC Electrical System .................................................................................................................................... 0101 00
DC Electrical System .................................................................................................................................... 0102 00
Mission Electrical Interface EH60A .......................................................................................................... 0103 00
System Circuit Breakers................................................................................................................................ 0104 00
Instrument Panel Lights ................................................................................................................................ 0105 00
Upper And Lower Console Lights................................................................................................................ 0106 00
Cabin Dome Lights ....................................................................................................................................... 0107 00
Cockpit Flood And Secondary Lights .......................................................................................................... 0108 00
Utility And Maintenance Lights.................................................................................................................... 0109 00
Instrument Panel And Consoles Indicator Lights Dimming ........................................................................ 0110 00
Formation Lights ........................................................................................................................................... 0111 00
Controllable Searchlight ................................................................................................................................ 0112 00
Position Lights............................................................................................................................................... 0113 00
Retractable Landing Light............................................................................................................................. 0114 00
Anti-collision Lights...................................................................................................................................... 0115 00
Cargo Hook Lights UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L ............................................................................... 0116 00
ECM Antenna Actuator Assembly EH60A ................................................................................................ 0117 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel (AVIM) ..................................................................................................... 0118 00
ECM Antenna Actuator Assembly (AVIM) EH60A .................................................................................. 0119 00
Right Hand Relay Panel (AVIM).................................................................................................................. 0120 00
Left Hand Relay Panel (AVIM).................................................................................................................... 0121 00
AC Electrical System UH-60Q HH-60L .................................................................................................... 0122 00
DC Electrical System UH-60Q HH-60L .................................................................................................... 0123 00
Upper And Lower Console Lights UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................................ 0124 00
Instrument Panel Lights UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................................................. 0125 00
Instrument Panel And Consoles Indicator Lights Dimming UH-60Q HH-60L ........................................ 0126 00
Fuel Low Level Warning System ................................................................................................................. 0127 00
Submerged Fuel Boost Pump System .......................................................................................................... 0128 00
Fuel Prime Boost System.............................................................................................................................. 0129 00
Pressure Refuel/Defuel System..................................................................................................................... 0130 00
Fuel Quantity System Using Test Set TF-579 ............................................................................................. 0131 00
Fuel Quantity System Using Test Set PSD60-1AF...................................................................................... 0132 00
Fuel Quantity System Harness Adapter (AVIM).......................................................................................... 0133 00
Cyclic Stick Assembly .................................................................................................................................. 0134 00

iv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Collective Stick Assembly ............................................................................................................................ 0135 00

Flight Controls (Mechanical) ........................................................................................................................ 0136 00
Roll SAS Assembly (AVIM)......................................................................................................................... 0137 00
Yaw Boost Assembly (AVIM) ...................................................................................................................... 0138 00
Pitch Trim Actuator (AVIM) ......................................................................................................................... 0139 00
Pilot-assist Module (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 0140 00

CHAPTER 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Fire Detection System ................................................................................................................................... 0141 00
Fire Extinguishing System ............................................................................................................................ 0142 00
Windshield Wiper System ............................................................................................................................. 0143 00
Windshield Anti-ice System.......................................................................................................................... 0144 00
Blade Deicing System ................................................................................................................................... 0145 00
Cargo Hook System UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L ............................................................................. 0146 00
Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant UH60A UH60L ..................................................................................... 0147 00
Blade De-ice Test Panel (AVIM) .................................................................................................................. 0148 00
Heating And Ventilation System ................................................................................................................... 0149 00
Environmental Control System (ECS) EH60A ......................................................................................... 0150 00
Environmental Control System (ECS) UH-60Q HH-60L .......................................................................... 0151 00
Rescue Hoist Kit............................................................................................................................................ 0152 00
Rescue Hoist System UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................................................................... 0153 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel (AVIM) ............................................................................................................ 0154 00
Auxiliary Power Unit System (116305 Series) ............................................................................................ 0155 00
Auxiliary Power Unit System (3800480 Series) .......................................................................................... 0156 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit ......................................................................................................................... 0157 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Range Extension System W/O MWO 50-78 ........................... 0158 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) External Tank Check W/O MWO 50-78 .................................. 0159 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Jettison System............................................................................ 0160 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater ................................................................................................................................. 0161 00
Chaff Dispenser (M130) System UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L ......................................................... 0162 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser (XM130) System EH60A ...................................................................................... 0163 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart ........................................................................................................................ 0164 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater (AVIM) ................................................................................................................... 0165 00
Stores Jettison Control Panel (AVIM) .......................................................................................................... 0166 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Range Extension System UH-60Q HH-60L ............................. 0167 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Range Extension System MWO 50-78 .................................... 0168 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) External Tank Check MWO 50-78 .......................................... 0169 00
Forward Looking Infrared (FLIR) UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................................ 0170 00
Cockpit Air Bag System................................................................................................................................ 0171 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit and Mask Blower Assemblies ......................................................................... 0172 00

v
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

CHAPTER 5 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Corrosion Inspections .................................................................................................................................... 0173 00
Cockpit Door Inspections.............................................................................................................................. 0174 00
Window and Windshield Inspections............................................................................................................ 0175 00
Pilot’s/Copilot’s Seat Inspections ................................................................................................................. 0176 00
Troop/Gunner’s Seat Inspections .................................................................................................................. 0177 00
Gunner’s Window Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0178 00
Troop/Cargo Door Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0179 00
Cabin Floor Inspections ................................................................................................................................ 0180 00
Wire Strike Protection System Inspections .................................................................................................. 0181 00
Main Rotor Pylon Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0182 00
Engine Cowling Inspections.......................................................................................................................... 0183 00
Transition Section Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0184 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Cover Inspections .................................................................................................... 0185 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Inspections......................................................................................................................... 0186 00
Stabilator Inspections .................................................................................................................................... 0187 00
Nose Door...................................................................................................................................................... 0188 00
Nose Door Adjustment .................................................................................................................................. 0189 00
Nose Door Strut............................................................................................................................................. 0190 00
Nose Door Strut Catch Assembly................................................................................................................. 0191 00
Nose Door Hinge Fitting............................................................................................................................... 0192 00
Nose Door Lock ............................................................................................................................................ 0193 00
Nose Door Cover and Screen ....................................................................................................................... 0194 00
Nose Door Seals ............................................................................................................................................ 0195 00
Nose Door Stops............................................................................................................................................ 0196 00
Nose Door Drain Hoses ................................................................................................................................ 0197 00
Cockpit Door ................................................................................................................................................. 0198 00
Cockpit Door Adjustment.............................................................................................................................. 0199 00
Cockpit Door Check Components ................................................................................................................ 0200 00
Cockpit Door Jettison Components .............................................................................................................. 0201 00
Cockpit Door Retainer and Clip ................................................................................................................... 0202 00
Cockpit Door Stationary Window................................................................................................................. 0203 00
Cockpit Door Vent Window.......................................................................................................................... 0204 00
Cockpit Door Jettisonable Window .............................................................................................................. 0205 00
Cockpit Door Front Crank Mechanism ........................................................................................................ 0206 00
Cockpit Door Latches.................................................................................................................................... 0207 00
Cockpit Door Rear Crank Mechanism ......................................................................................................... 0208 00
Cockpit Door Striker Plate............................................................................................................................ 0209 00
Cockpit Door Seal ......................................................................................................................................... 0210 00
Cockpit Door Conductive Seals.................................................................................................................... 0211 00
Cockpit Door Hinge Fittings......................................................................................................................... 0212 00
Cockpit Door Hinge Rod End ...................................................................................................................... 0213 00
Cockpit Door Lock........................................................................................................................................ 0214 00
Glare Shield ................................................................................................................................................... 0215 00

vi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Instrument Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 0216 00

Nose Section Avionic Compartment Cover.................................................................................................. 0217 00
Nose Section Thermal Barriers ..................................................................................................................... 0218 00
Nose Vibration Absorber (Spring Type) ....................................................................................................... 0219 00
Nose Vibration Absorber (Box Frame) UH60L 95-26610, 95-26621-SUBQ ........................................... 0220 00
Cabin Vibration Absorber (Spring Type)...................................................................................................... 0221 00
Cabin Vibration Absorber (Box Frame) UH60L 95-26610, 95-26621-SUBQ .......................................... 0222 00
Roll Vibration Absorber ................................................................................................................................ 0223 00
Upper Windows ............................................................................................................................................. 0224 00
Lower Windows............................................................................................................................................. 0225 00
Outboard Windshields ................................................................................................................................... 0226 00
Center Windshield (Glass) ............................................................................................................................ 0227 00
Center Windshield (Plastic)........................................................................................................................... 0228 00
Windshield and Window Leak Test .............................................................................................................. 0229 00
Cockpit Floor................................................................................................................................................. 0230 00
Pilot’s/Copilot’s Seats, RA 30525-1, RA 100900-1, RA 100900-3, and RA 100900-5............................. 0231 00
Pilot’s/Copilot’s Seats, D-3801-1 and D-3177............................................................................................. 0232 00
Troop/Gunner’s Seat...................................................................................................................................... 0233 00
Troop Seat Restraint System......................................................................................................................... 0234 00
Gunner’s Seat Restraint System.................................................................................................................... 0235 00
Mission Operator’s Seat EH60A ................................................................................................................ 0236 00
Gunner’s Window.......................................................................................................................................... 0237 00
Gunner’s Window Latch Assembly .............................................................................................................. 0238 00
Gunner’s Window Slide ................................................................................................................................ 0239 00
Gunner’s Window Seals ................................................................................................................................ 0240 00
Gunner’s Window Upper Track Seals .......................................................................................................... 0241 00
Gunner’s Window Upper and Lower Rollers............................................................................................... 0242 00
Gunner’s Window Security Device .............................................................................................................. 0243 00
Troop/Cargo Door ......................................................................................................................................... 0244 00
Troop/Cargo Door Window........................................................................................................................... 0245 00
Troop/Cargo Door Lower Track ................................................................................................................... 0246 00
Troop/Cargo Door Seals................................................................................................................................ 0247 00
Troop/Cargo Door Fairing Seal .................................................................................................................... 0248 00
Troop/Cargo Door Handles ........................................................................................................................... 0249 00
Troop/Cargo Door Latch Assembly .............................................................................................................. 0250 00
Troop/Cargo Door Receiver .......................................................................................................................... 0251 00
Troop/Cargo Door Stop Mechanism............................................................................................................. 0252 00
Troop/Cargo Door Roller Supports............................................................................................................... 0253 00
Troop/Cargo Door Upper Fairings................................................................................................................ 0254 00
Troop/Cargo Door Lock ................................................................................................................................ 0255 00
Troop/Cargo Door Window Jettison Mechanism ......................................................................................... 0256 00
Troop/Cargo Door Window Jettison Handle Guard/Window Jettison Handle Strap .................................. 0257 00
Soundproofing Panels .................................................................................................................................... 0258 00

vii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Main Transmission Drip Pan EH60A ........................................................................................................ 0259 00

Main Transmission Drip Pan UH60A 77-22714-79-23317SUBQ ............................................................. 0260 00
Main Transmission Drip Pan UH60A 77-22722 ........................................................................................ 0261 00
Cabin Floor .................................................................................................................................................... 0262 00
Cargo Hook Door Strap Seal ........................................................................................................................ 0263 00
Cabin Floor Seat Stud ................................................................................................................................... 0264 00
Cabin Floor Leveling Plate ........................................................................................................................... 0265 00
Cargo Hook Door .......................................................................................................................................... 0266 00
Cargo Hook Door Latch................................................................................................................................ 0267 00
Cargo Hook Door Seal.................................................................................................................................. 0268 00
Cargo Hook Door Hinges ............................................................................................................................. 0269 00
Cargo Hook Door Repair .............................................................................................................................. 0270 00
Wire Strike Upper Cutter .............................................................................................................................. 0271 00
Wire Strike Pitot Cutter................................................................................................................................. 0272 00
Wire Strike Pitot Cutter Guide Channel....................................................................................................... 0273 00
Wire Strike Windshield Wiper Drive Post Deflector ................................................................................... 0274 00
Wire Strike Main Landing Gear Cutter ........................................................................................................ 0275 00
Wire Strike Main Landing Gear Cutter Clamp ............................................................................................ 0276 00
Wire Strike Main Landing Gear Joint Deflector .......................................................................................... 0277 00
Wire Strike Tail Landing Gear Deflector ..................................................................................................... 0278 00
Wire Strike Tail Landing Gear Deflector Clamp ......................................................................................... 0279 00
Wire Strike Step Deflector ............................................................................................................................ 0280 00
Wire Strike Step Extension ........................................................................................................................... 0281 00
Wire Strike Cockpit Door Latch Deflector................................................................................................... 0282 00
Wire Strike Windshield Center Post Deflector Insert .................................................................................. 0283 00
Wire Strike Windshield Center Post Deflector Channel .............................................................................. 0284 00
Fuselage Jackpads.......................................................................................................................................... 0285 00
Drag Beam Support Fairing .......................................................................................................................... 0286 00
Lower Main Landing Gear Fairing W/O ESSS ........................................................................................ 0287 00
Upper Main Landing Gear Fairing W/O ESSS ........................................................................................ 0288 00
Lower Main Landing Gear Fairing ESSS ................................................................................................ 0289 00
Upper Main Landing Gear Fairing ESSS ................................................................................................. 0290 00
Tail Landing Gear Fairing............................................................................................................................. 0291 00
Upper Esss Fitting Fairing And Platform ESSS ....................................................................................... 0292 00
Cockpit Steps................................................................................................................................................. 0293 00
Cabin Steps W/O ESSS ............................................................................................................................. 0294 00
Cabin Steps ESSS ...................................................................................................................................... 0295 00
Main Rotor Pylon Sliding Cover .................................................................................................................. 0296 00
Main Rotor Pylon Sliding Cover Latch........................................................................................................ 0297 00
Main Rotor Pylon Sliding Cover Vertical Rollers ....................................................................................... 0298 00
Main Rotor Pylon Sliding Cover Horizontal Rollers................................................................................... 0299 00
Main Rotor Pylon Work Platform................................................................................................................. 0300 00

viii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Main Rotor Pylon Air Inlet Fairings ............................................................................................................ 0301 00

Main Rotor Pylon Transmission Cover ........................................................................................................ 0302 00
APU Access Door.......................................................................................................................................... 0303 00
APU Screens.................................................................................................................................................. 0304 00
APU Access Door Beam............................................................................................................................... 0305 00
APU Exhaust Fairing .................................................................................................................................... 0306 00
APU Panel ..................................................................................................................................................... 0307 00
Oil Cooler Compartment Access Door......................................................................................................... 0308 00
IR Jammer Fairing......................................................................................................................................... 0309 00
IR Jammer Panel ........................................................................................................................................... 0310 00
Main Rotor Pylon Rear Fairing .................................................................................................................... 0311 00
Yaw Push Rod Boot and Shroud .................................................................................................................. 0312 00
Engine Cowling ............................................................................................................................................. 0313 00
Engine Cowling Lower Fairing .................................................................................................................... 0314 00
Engine Cowling Blanket Insulation .............................................................................................................. 0315 00
Engine Cowling Latch................................................................................................................................... 0316 00
Engine Cowling Fitting ................................................................................................................................. 0317 00
Engine Cowling Support Fitting ................................................................................................................... 0318 00
Engine Compartment Heat Shield ................................................................................................................ 0319 00
Transition Section Avionics Door EH60A ................................................................................................. 0320 00
Transition Section Avionics Door Strut EH60A ........................................................................................ 0321 00
Transition Section Avionics Door Eyebolt And Support EH60A ............................................................. 0322 00
Transition Section Avionics Door Strut Lock Fitting EH60A .................................................................. 0323 00
Transition Section Avionics Door Hinge EH60A ...................................................................................... 0324 00
Transition Section Avionics Door Seals EH60A ....................................................................................... 0325 00
Transition Section Avionics Door Latch EH60A ...................................................................................... 0326 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Cover........................................................................................................................ 0327 00
Tail Rotor Pylon ............................................................................................................................................ 0328 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Lower Fairing.................................................................................................................... 0329 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator-to-Pylon Fairing ............................................................................................... 0330 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Cambered Fairing.............................................................................................................. 0331 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Trailing Edge Fairing/Antenna ......................................................................................... 0332 00
Tail Rotor Gear Box Fairing ......................................................................................................................... 0333 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Leading Edge Cover/Antenna .......................................................................................... 0334 00
Intermediate Gear Box Fairing ..................................................................................................................... 0335 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Steps .................................................................................................................................. 0336 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Lower Step ........................................................................................................................ 0337 00
Stabilator ........................................................................................................................................................ 0338 00
Stabilator Electrostatic Discharger................................................................................................................ 0339 00
Stabilator Attach Fittings............................................................................................................................... 0340 00
Stabilator Tip Cap ......................................................................................................................................... 0341 00
Stabilator Actuator......................................................................................................................................... 0342 00
Stabilator Actuator Repair............................................................................................................................. 0343 00

ix
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Stabilator Actuator Adjustment ..................................................................................................................... 0344 00

Stabilator Actuator Grounding Strap UH60A 88-26085 - SUBQ UH60L MWO 50-54 ....................... 0345 00
Position Transmitter Limit Switch, 70400-06705 ........................................................................................ 0346 00
Position Transmitter Limit Switch, 70400-06712 ........................................................................................ 0347 00
Battery Access Door HH-60L .................................................................................................................... 0348 00
Avionics Compartment Access Door HH-60L ........................................................................................... 0349 00
Rescue Hoist Cable Bumper Guard HH-60L ............................................................................................ 0350 00
Cockpit Door Hinge Support Fitting (AVIM) .............................................................................................. 0351 00
Vibration Absorber Lower Fitting Bushings (AVIM) .................................................................................. 0352 00
Nose Vibration Absorber Fitting Bearings (AVIM) ..................................................................................... 0353 00
Cabin Vibration Absorber Fitting Bearings (AVIM) .................................................................................... 0354 00
Vibration Absorber Spring Bushings (AVIM) .............................................................................................. 0355 00
Vibration Absorber Airframe Nose Fitting Bushings (AVIM)..................................................................... 0356 00
Vibration Absorber Airframe Cabin Fitting Bushings (AVIM) ................................................................... 0357 00
Vibration Absorber Airframe Cabin Fitting Bearings (AVIM) .................................................................... 0358 00
Main Landing Gear Fuselage Fitting Spherical Bearing (AVIM) ............................................................... 0359 00
Cargo Door Window (AVIM) ....................................................................................................................... 0360 00
Cargo Door Window Frame (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0361 00
Soundproofing Panel (AVIM) ....................................................................................................................... 0362 00
Engine Cowling Support Fitting Bearing (AVIM) ....................................................................................... 0363 00
Engine Cowling Support Fitting Bushings (AVIM)..................................................................................... 0364 00
Engine Cowling Fitting Bearing (AVIM) ..................................................................................................... 0365 00
Oil Cooler Support (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 0366 00
Oil Cooler Forward Support (AVIM) ........................................................................................................... 0367 00
Oil Cooler Rear Support (AVIM) ................................................................................................................. 0368 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Support (AVIM)....................................................................................................... 0369 00
Stabilator Elastomeric Bearing (AVIM) ....................................................................................................... 0370 00
Position Sensor/Limit Switches (AVIM) ...................................................................................................... 0371 00
Stabilator Position Transmitter (AVIM)........................................................................................................ 0372 00
Position Sensor/Limit Switch Electrical Connector (AVIM) ....................................................................... 0373 00
Stabilator Position Sensor (AVIM) ............................................................................................................... 0374 00
Stabilator Actuator Clevis (AVIM) ............................................................................................................... 0375 00
Stabilator Position Sensor Bracket (AVIM) ................................................................................................. 0376 00

CHAPTER 6 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Structural Repair General Information ......................................................................................................... 0377 00
Metal Structure Repair .................................................................................................................................. 0378 00
Composite Structure Repair .......................................................................................................................... 0379 00
Extrusion Charts ............................................................................................................................................ 0380 00
Helicopter Painted Surfaces Touchup Repair ............................................................................................... 0381 00
Nose Door Repair.......................................................................................................................................... 0382 00
Cockpit Door Repair ..................................................................................................................................... 0383 00
Nose Section Framing Repair ....................................................................................................................... 0384 00

x
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Nose Section Plating Repair ......................................................................................................................... 0385 00

Cabin Section Forward Framing Repair....................................................................................................... 0386 00
Cabin Section Upper Framing Repair .......................................................................................................... 0387 00
Cabin Section Lower Framing Repair .......................................................................................................... 0388 00
Cabin Section Plating Repair ........................................................................................................................ 0389 00
Cabin Section Beaded Inner Fuselage Plating STA 295.0 Through STA 308.0 Repair ............................. 0390 00
Cargo Door Upper Track Repair .................................................................................................................. 0391 00
Cargo Door Lower Track Fairing Repair ..................................................................................................... 0392 00
Cargo Door Lower Track Wear Strips Repair.............................................................................................. 0393 00
External Power Receptacle Cover ................................................................................................................ 0394 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Fuselage Fitting Bearing............................................................. 0395 00
Gunner’s Window Lower Track.................................................................................................................... 0396 00
Gunner’s Window Track Repairs.................................................................................................................. 0397 00
Gunner’s Window Upper Track .................................................................................................................... 0398 00
Gunner’s Window Upper Track Fairing ....................................................................................................... 0399 00
Gunner’s Window Repair.............................................................................................................................. 0400 00
Troop/Cargo Door Repair.............................................................................................................................. 0401 00
Cabin Floor Repair ........................................................................................................................................ 0402 00
Main Rotor Pylon Framing Repair ............................................................................................................... 0403 00
Main Rotor Pylon Fairing Repair ................................................................................................................. 0404 00
Transition Section Framing Repair ............................................................................................................... 0405 00
Transition Section Plating Repair ................................................................................................................. 0406 00
Transition Section Step Door Hinge Wl 210.0 and Wl 230.0 Repair......................................................... 0407 00
Replace Transition Section Step Door Hinge Wl 250.0 .............................................................................. 0408 00
Transition Section Fuel Sump Drain Door................................................................................................... 0409 00
Transition Section Gravity Refuel Door....................................................................................................... 0410 00
Transition Section Pressure Refuel Door ..................................................................................................... 0411 00
Transition Section Pneumatic Ground Start Door........................................................................................ 0412 00
Transition Section APU Access Door Screws Repair. ................................................................................. 0413 00
Grounding Receptacle ................................................................................................................................... 0414 00
Tailcone Framing Repair ............................................................................................................................... 0415 00
Tailcone Plating Repair ................................................................................................................................. 0416 00
Tailcone Canted Hinge Bulkhead ................................................................................................................. 0417 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Covers Repair .......................................................................................................... 0418 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Framing Repair ................................................................................................................. 0419 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Plating Repair.................................................................................................................... 0420 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Left Stabilator Attach Fitting............................................................................................ 0421 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Right Stabilator Attach Fitting ......................................................................................... 0422 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Actuator Attach Fitting .................................................................................... 0423 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Actuator Attach Fitting Bearings ..................................................................... 0424 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Cable Pulley Supports Repair .......................................................................................... 0425 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Canted Hinge Frame Repair ............................................................................................. 0426 00
Stabilator Framing Repair ............................................................................................................................. 0427 00
Stabilator Plating Repair ............................................................................................................................... 0428 00

xi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Stabilator Tip Cap Repair.............................................................................................................................. 0429 00

Stabilator Actuator Attach Fitting Repair ..................................................................................................... 0430 00
Main Landing Gear Drag Beam and Axle Inspections................................................................................ 0431 00
Main Landing Gear Inspection Shock Strut Quick Service Check............................................................. 0432 00
Main Landing Gear Tire Inspection.............................................................................................................. 0433 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel Brake Inspection............................................................................................... 0434 00
Parking Brake Pod Inspection....................................................................................................................... 0435 00
Tail Landing Gear Yoke Inspection .............................................................................................................. 0436 00
Tail Landing Gear Tire Inspection................................................................................................................ 0437 00
Main Landing Gear Drag Beam ................................................................................................................... 0438 00
Main Landing Gear Axle .............................................................................................................................. 0439 00
Brake Flange Spacers .................................................................................................................................... 0440 00
Drag Beam Support Fitting Bearings ........................................................................................................... 0441 00
Main Landing Gear Drag Beam Jackpod and Tiedown Ring ..................................................................... 0442 00
Main Landing Gear Drag Beam Switch....................................................................................................... 0443 00
Main Landing Gear Shock Strut................................................................................................................... 0444 00
Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Kneeling Valve ........................................................................................ 0445 00
Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Air Valve .................................................................................................. 0446 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel and Tire............................................................................................................. 0447 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel Valve ................................................................................................................. 0448 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel Disk Drive Keys............................................................................................... 0449 00
Main Landing Gear Tire................................................................................................................................ 0450 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel Brake................................................................................................................. 0451 00
Master Brake Cylinder .................................................................................................................................. 0452 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel Brake Lines and Hoses .................................................................................... 0453 00
Parking Brake Valve...................................................................................................................................... 0454 00
Parking Brake Valve Switch ......................................................................................................................... 0455 00
Slave Mixer Valve ......................................................................................................................................... 0456 00
Bleed Main Landing Gear Wheel Brake System ......................................................................................... 0457 00
Parking Brake Handle and Mechanism ........................................................................................................ 0458 00
Tail Landing Gear Shock Strut ..................................................................................................................... 0459 00
Tail Landing Gear Shock Strut Kneeling Valve........................................................................................... 0460 00
Tail Landing Gear Shock Strut Air Valves................................................................................................... 0461 00
Tail Landing Gear Yoke ................................................................................................................................ 0462 00
Tail Landing Gear Fork................................................................................................................................. 0463 00
Tail Landing Gear Lock Mechanism ............................................................................................................ 0464 00
Tail Landing Gear Axle, Wheel and Tire ..................................................................................................... 0465 00
Main Landing Gear Shock Strut (AVIM)..................................................................................................... 0466 00
Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Lower Stage Spherical Bearing (AVIM) ................................................ 0467 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel (AVIM) ............................................................................................................. 0468 00
Main Landing Gear Wheel Brake (AVIM)................................................................................................... 0469 00
Master Brake Cylinder (AVIM) .................................................................................................................... 0470 00
Parking Brake Valve (AVIM)........................................................................................................................ 0471 00
Slave Mixer Valve (AVIM) ........................................................................................................................... 0472 00

xii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Tail Landing Gear Shock Strut (AVIM) ....................................................................................................... 0473 00

Tail Landing Gear Yoke - Repair (AVIM) ................................................................................................... 0474 00
Tail Landing Gear Fork - Repair (AVIM).................................................................................................... 0475 00
Tail Landing Gear Wheel - Repair (AVIM) ................................................................................................. 0476 00
Engine Exhaust Module Inspection .............................................................................................................. 0477 00
Engine Control Cable Inspection .................................................................................................................. 0478 00
Engine Load-Demand Push/Pull Friction Check.......................................................................................... 0479 00
Inspect Pneumatic Tube ................................................................................................................................ 0480 00
Engine ............................................................................................................................................................ 0481 00
Demountable Power Package........................................................................................................................ 0482 00
Engine LRU’s ................................................................................................................................................ 0483 00
Engine Air Inlet ............................................................................................................................................. 0484 00
Aft Engine Mounts ........................................................................................................................................ 0485 00
Forward Support Tube/Engine Output Shaft ................................................................................................ 0486 00
Engine Exhaust Moudle ................................................................................................................................ 0487 00
Engine Exhaust Module Ejector ................................................................................................................... 0488 00
HIRSS ............................................................................................................................................................ 0489 00
HIRSS Rear Fairings and Panels .................................................................................................................. 0490 00
HIRSS Suppressor Support Mounts.............................................................................................................. 0491 00
HIRSS Nacelle Fairing Support Mounts ...................................................................................................... 0492 00
HIRSS Nacelle Fairing.................................................................................................................................. 0493 00
HIRSS Suppressor Core and Baffle.............................................................................................................. 0494 00
HIRSS Extender ............................................................................................................................................ 0495 00
HIRSS Bulkhead Repair................................................................................................................................ 0496 00
HIRSS Emissive Coating Repair .................................................................................................................. 0497 00
Load-Demand Rotary Input .......................................................................................................................... 0498 00
Power-Available Rotary Input....................................................................................................................... 0499 00
Engine Speed Control Potentiometer............................................................................................................ 0500 00
Engine Control Quadrant .............................................................................................................................. 0501 00
Engine Control Quadrant Canopy Plunger................................................................................................... 0502 00
Engine Starter Switch Adjustment ................................................................................................................ 0503 00
Engine Starter Abort Switch Adjustment...................................................................................................... 0504 00
Engine Starter Override Switch Adjustment ................................................................................................ 0505 00
Engine Load-Demand Push/Pull Cable ........................................................................................................ 0506 00
Engine Power-Available Push/Pull Cable..................................................................................................... 0507 00
Fuselage Power-Available Push/Pull Cable.................................................................................................. 0508 00
Fuel Selector Valve Push/Pull Cable ............................................................................................................ 0509 00
Fuel Selector Valve Control Box .................................................................................................................. 0510 00
Engine Load-Demand Push/Pull Cable Supports......................................................................................... 0511 00
Engine Power-Available System Rigging and Adjustment.......................................................................... 0512 00
Engine Mount Restrainer Rings.................................................................................................................... 0513 00
Engine Control Quadrant Front Cover Information Plate............................................................................ 0514 00
Aft Engine Mount Struts (AVIM)................................................................................................................. 0515 00
Aft Engine Mount Fittings (AVIM).............................................................................................................. 0516 00

xiii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Aft Engine Mount Links (AVIM) ................................................................................................................. 0517 00

Aft Engine Mount Supports (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0518 00
Engine Mount Crotch Assembly (AVIM)..................................................................................................... 0519 00
Engine Exhaust Ejector and Fairings (AVIM) ............................................................................................. 0520 00
Engine Exhaust Module Duct Assembly (AVIM)........................................................................................ 0521 00
HIRSS Inlet Seal (AVIM) ............................................................................................................................. 0522 00
Rotary Input (AVIM)..................................................................................................................................... 0523 00
Engine Control Quadrant Power Lever (AVIM) .......................................................................................... 0524 00
Engine Control Quadrant T-Handle and Fuel Lever (AVIM)...................................................................... 0525 00
Engine Control Quadrant Threaded Inserts (AVIM) .................................................................................... 0526 00
Engine Control Quadrant Engine Starter Switch (AVIM) ........................................................................... 0527 00
Engine Control Quadrant Starter Abort Switch (AVIM) ............................................................................. 0528 00
Engine Control Quadrant Starter Override Switch (AVIM) ........................................................................ 0529 00
Engine Control Quadrant Fire Extinguisher Arming Switch (AVIM)......................................................... 0530 00
Engine Control Quadrant Left and Right Cover Information Plate (AVIM) .............................................. 0531 00
Engine Control Quadrant Front Cover Information Plate Wiring Harness (AVIM)................................... 0532 00
Engine Load-Demand Cable Support Clip (AVIM)..................................................................................... 0533 00

CHAPTER 7 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Spindle Inspections........................................................................................................................................ 0534 00
Spindle Horn Inspection................................................................................................................................ 0535 00
Droop Stop Inspection................................................................................................................................... 0536 00
Damper Inspections ....................................................................................................................................... 0537 00
Pitch Control Rod Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0538 00
Swashplate Inspections.................................................................................................................................. 0539 00
Rotating Scissors Inspections........................................................................................................................ 0540 00
Main Rotor Blade Spar Inspections.............................................................................................................. 0541 00
Main Rotor Blade Expandable Pin Inspection ............................................................................................. 0542 00
Bifilar Inspection ........................................................................................................................................... 0543 00
Main Rotor Blade Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0544 00
Tail Rotor Inspections ................................................................................................................................... 0545 00
Tail Rotor Blade Inspections......................................................................................................................... 0546 00
Main Rotor Head and Shaft Extension......................................................................................................... 0547 00
Main Rotor Hub ............................................................................................................................................ 0548 00
Main Rotor Hub Threaded Inserts ................................................................................................................ 0549 00
Main Rotor Head Bolts ................................................................................................................................. 0550 00
Spindle ........................................................................................................................................................... 0551 00
Spindle Horn.................................................................................................................................................. 0552 00
Spindle Bonded Washer Repair .................................................................................................................... 0553 00
Antiflap Assembly ......................................................................................................................................... 0554 00
Droop Stop..................................................................................................................................................... 0555 00
Droop Stop Bushings .................................................................................................................................... 0556 00
Droop Stop Pad ............................................................................................................................................. 0557 00
Damper........................................................................................................................................................... 0558 00

xiv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Damper Indicator........................................................................................................................................... 0559 00

Damper Bracket............................................................................................................................................. 0560 00
Damper Rod End Bearing............................................................................................................................. 0561 00
Bleed Damper (Damper Removed) .............................................................................................................. 0562 00
Pitch Control Rods ........................................................................................................................................ 0563 00
Pitch Control Rod End Spherical Bearings .................................................................................................. 0564 00
Pitch Control Rod Upper and Lower Rod Ends .......................................................................................... 0565 00
Pitch Control Rod Adjustment ...................................................................................................................... 0566 00
Swashplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 0567 00
Swashplate Scissors Attachment Spherical Bearing..................................................................................... 0568 00
Swashplate Expandable Pin Repair .............................................................................................................. 0569 00
Swashplate Spherical Bearing Retainer Inserts ............................................................................................ 0570 00
Swashplate Scissors Attachment Retainer Inserts ........................................................................................ 0571 00
Rotating Scissors ........................................................................................................................................... 0572 00
Bifilar ............................................................................................................................................................. 0573 00
Bifilar Weight................................................................................................................................................. 0574 00
Bifilar Cover Gasket...................................................................................................................................... 0575 00
Main Rotor Blade .......................................................................................................................................... 0576 00
Main Rotor Blade Cuff Decal....................................................................................................................... 0577 00
Main Rotor Blade Receiver Assembly ......................................................................................................... 0578 00
Main Rotor Blade Trim Tab Adjustment...................................................................................................... 0579 00
Main Rotor Blade Track and Balance .......................................................................................................... 0580 00
Blade Indication Method (BIM®) Pressure Indicator.................................................................................. 0581 00
Main Rotor Blade Air Valve ......................................................................................................................... 0582 00
Main Rotor Blade Whirl Test (One Hour) ................................................................................................... 0583 00
Main Rotor Blade Spar Leakage Test........................................................................................................... 0584 00
Tail Rotor Blades........................................................................................................................................... 0585 00
Tail Rotor Pitch Control Rods ...................................................................................................................... 0586 00
Tail Rotor Pitch Beam................................................................................................................................... 0587 00
Tail Rotor Boot.............................................................................................................................................. 0588 00
Outboard Retention Plate Repair .................................................................................................................. 0589 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Bracket.................................................................................................................... 0590 00
Tail Rotor Balance......................................................................................................................................... 0591 00
Main Rotor Shaft Nut (AVIM) ..................................................................................................................... 0592 00
Spindle Sleeve Bearing Outer Sleeve (AVIM)............................................................................................. 0593 00
Spindle Cuff Lug Bushings (AVIM)............................................................................................................. 0594 00
Spindle Elastomeric Bearing (AVIM)........................................................................................................... 0595 00
Damper Indicator (AVIM)............................................................................................................................. 0596 00
Damper Seals (AVIM)................................................................................................................................... 0597 00
Swashplate Spherical Bearing (AVIM)......................................................................................................... 0598 00
Rotating Scissors Bearing (AVIM) ............................................................................................................... 0599 00
Rotating Scissors Lower Link Bushing (AVIM).......................................................................................... 0600 00
Bifilar Arm Bushings (AVIM) ...................................................................................................................... 0601 00
Bifilar Arm Weight Bushings (AVIM).......................................................................................................... 0602 00

xv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Main Rotor Blade Cuff Bushings (AVIM) ................................................................................................... 0603 00

Tail Rotor Pitch Beam Bushings (AVIM) .................................................................................................... 0604 00
Tail Rotor Pitch Horn Bushing (AVIM) ....................................................................................................... 0605 00
Tail Rotor Pitch Control Rod Bearings (AVIM) .......................................................................................... 0606 00
Tail Rotor Blade Pivot Bearing (AVIM) ...................................................................................................... 0607 00
Tail Rotor Blade Spar and Horn Fairing (AVIM)........................................................................................ 0608 00
Tail Rotor Blade Pivot Bearing Retainer (AVIM) ....................................................................................... 0609 00
Tail Rotor Blade Boot Support (AVIM) ....................................................................................................... 0610 00
Outboard Retention Plate (AVIM) ................................................................................................................ 0611 00
Main Transmission Mounting Bolt Inspection ............................................................................................. 0612 00
Main Transmission Dowel Pin Inspection.................................................................................................... 0613 00
Main Rotor Shaft Inspections ....................................................................................................................... 0614 00
Main Transmission Functional Test .............................................................................................................. 0615 00
Main Transmission Serviceability Inspection............................................................................................... 0616 00
Main Transmission Chip Detector Particle Inspection................................................................................. 0617 00
Main Transmission Lubrication System Inspection ..................................................................................... 0618 00
Input Module Inspections.............................................................................................................................. 0619 00
Accessory Module Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 0620 00
Intermediate Gear Box Inspections............................................................................................................... 0621 00
Intermediate Gear Box Chip Detector Particle Inspection .......................................................................... 0622 00
Intermediate Gear Box Serviceability Inspection......................................................................................... 0623 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Inspection................................................................................................................. 0624 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Viscous Damper Inspection..................................................................................... 0625 00
Oil Cooler Inspections................................................................................................................................... 0626 00
Tail Gear Box Inspections............................................................................................................................. 0627 00
Tail Gear Box Chip Detector Particle Inspection ........................................................................................ 0628 00
Tail Gear Box Serviceability Inspection....................................................................................................... 0629 00
Main Transmission ........................................................................................................................................ 0630 00
Main Transmission Tail Takeoff Flange ....................................................................................................... 0631 00
Main Transmission Output Shaft Seal .......................................................................................................... 0632 00
Main Transmission Breather Plug................................................................................................................. 0633 00
Swashplate Guide and Shaft Seal ................................................................................................................. 0634 00
Main Rotor Shaft Plug .................................................................................................................................. 0635 00
Main Rotor Shaft Inspect/Repair .................................................................................................................. 0636 00
Gust Lock Rod and Lever............................................................................................................................. 0637 00
Gust Lock Indicator Switch .......................................................................................................................... 0638 00
Main Module Housing Repair ...................................................................................................................... 0639 00
Input Module Housing Repair ...................................................................................................................... 0640 00
Accessory Module Housing Repair .............................................................................................................. 0641 00
Main, Input, and Accessory Module Housing Water Entrapment Area Corrosion Protection ................... 0642 00
Accessory Module Chip Detector................................................................................................................. 0643 00
Accessory Module Oil Screen ...................................................................................................................... 0644 00
Input Module Chip Detector ......................................................................................................................... 0645 00
Main Module Sump Chip Detector .............................................................................................................. 0646 00

xvi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Main Transmission Oil Filter/Sleeve ............................................................................................................ 0647 00

Main Transmission Oil Pump ....................................................................................................................... 0648 00
Main Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor....................................................................................................... 0649 00
Main Transmission Oil Pump Pressure Regulating Valves.......................................................................... 0650 00
Main Transmission Oil Gage Tube Assembly.............................................................................................. 0651 00
Main Transmission Oil Temperature Switch ................................................................................................ 0652 00
Input Module ................................................................................................................................................. 0653 00
Input Module Seal ......................................................................................................................................... 0654 00
Input Module Input Flange ........................................................................................................................... 0655 00
Accessory Module ......................................................................................................................................... 0656 00
Accessory Module Spline Adapter................................................................................................................ 0657 00
Accessory Module Shim ............................................................................................................................... 0658 00
Intermediate Gear Box .................................................................................................................................. 0659 00
Intermediate Gear Box Input Seal and Flange............................................................................................. 0660 00
Intermediate Gear Box Output Seal and Flange .......................................................................................... 0661 00
Intermediate Gear Box Sight Plug................................................................................................................ 0662 00
Intermediate Gear Box Oil Filler Plug ......................................................................................................... 0663 00
Intermediate Gear Box Housing Repair ....................................................................................................... 0664 00
Intermediate Gear Box Chip Detector .......................................................................................................... 0665 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Section I................................................................................................................... 0666 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Section II ................................................................................................................. 0667 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Section III ................................................................................................................ 0668 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Section IV................................................................................................................ 0669 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Coupling .................................................................................................................. 0670 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Support Assembly.................................................................................................... 0671 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Support Bearing....................................................................................................... 0672 00
Viscous Damper Tube ................................................................................................................................... 0673 00
Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Repair....................................................................................................................... 0674 00
Oil Cooler Radiator ....................................................................................................................................... 0675 00
Oil Cooler Radiator Thermostatic Valve ...................................................................................................... 0676 00
Oil Cooler Radiator Line and Elbows .......................................................................................................... 0677 00
Oil Cooler ...................................................................................................................................................... 0678 00
Oil Cooler Spline Wear Indicator System .................................................................................................... 0679 00
Oil Cooler Vibration Check .......................................................................................................................... 0680 00
Tail Gear Box ................................................................................................................................................ 0681 00
Tail Gear Box Input Seal, Plug Seal and Flange ......................................................................................... 0682 00
Inner Retention Plate and Seals .................................................................................................................... 0683 00
Tail Gear Box Sight Plug.............................................................................................................................. 0684 00
Tail Gear Box Oil Filler Plug ....................................................................................................................... 0685 00
Tail Gear Box Housing Repair ..................................................................................................................... 0686 00
Tail Gear Box Pulley Guards........................................................................................................................ 0687 00
Tail Gear Box Chip Detector/Temperature Sensor....................................................................................... 0688 00
Tail Drive Shaft Coupling Alignment Check ............................................................................................... 0689 00
Tail Drive Shaft Coupling Shimming Check ............................................................................................... 0690 00

xvii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

CHAPTER 8 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Hydraulic System Seal Leakage Inspection ................................................................................................. 0691 00
Pneumatic System Inspection........................................................................................................................ 0692 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Inspection ............................................................................................................. 0693 00
Engine Starter, 3505300 Series..................................................................................................................... 0694 00
Engine Starter, 36E144-12A ......................................................................................................................... 0695 00
Engine Starter Control Valve ........................................................................................................................ 0696 00
Bleed-Air Shutoff Valve ................................................................................................................................ 0697 00
APU Check Valve.......................................................................................................................................... 0698 00
Transition Section Pneumatic Tubes............................................................................................................. 0699 00
Oil Cooler Compartment Pneumatic Tubes.................................................................................................. 0700 00
APU Compartment Pneumatic Tubes ........................................................................................................... 0701 00
Engine Compartment Pneumatic Tubes........................................................................................................ 0702 00
Nipple-Check Valve....................................................................................................................................... 0703 00
Starter Speed Switch ..................................................................................................................................... 0704 00
Conversion of Hydraulic Fluids.................................................................................................................... 0705 00
No. 1 and No. 2 Hydraulic Pump Modules ................................................................................................. 0706 00
Backup Hydraulic Pump Module.................................................................................................................. 0707 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Filter ..................................................................................................................... 0708 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Filter Housing Packing and Retainer .................................................................. 0709 00
External Hydraulic Power Quick-Disconnect............................................................................................... 0710 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Pressure and Return Quick-Disconnects............................................................. 0711 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Seal Drain Elbow................................................................................................. 0712 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Bleed Relief Valve ............................................................................................... 0713 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Sight Glass ........................................................................................................... 0714 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Temperature Indicators ........................................................................................ 0715 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Fluid Ident and Level Indicator Plate ................................................................. 0716 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Differentail Pressure Indicator and Shutoff Assembly ....................................... 0717 00
No. 1 Transfer Module Manifold.................................................................................................................. 0718 00
No. 1 Primary Servo Manifold ..................................................................................................................... 0719 00
No. 1 Transfer Module.................................................................................................................................. 0720 00
No. 1 Transfer Module Pressure Switch....................................................................................................... 0721 00
No. 1 Transfer Module Hoses and Fittings .................................................................................................. 0722 00
No. 2 Transfer Module Manifold.................................................................................................................. 0723 00
No. 2 Primary Servo Manifold ..................................................................................................................... 0724 00
No. 2 Transfer Module.................................................................................................................................. 0725 00
No. 2 Transfer Module Pressure Switch....................................................................................................... 0726 00
No. 2 Transfer Module Hoses and Fittings .................................................................................................. 0727 00
Pilot-Assist Module ....................................................................................................................................... 0728 00
Pilot-Assist Module Pressure Switch............................................................................................................ 0729 00
Pilot-Assist Module Thermal Relief Valve................................................................................................... 0730 00
Boost Servo and Pilot-Assist Module Manifold .......................................................................................... 0731 00
Utility Module ............................................................................................................................................... 0732 00

xviii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Utility Module Pressure Switch .................................................................................................................... 0733 00

Utility Module Hoses and Fittings................................................................................................................ 0734 00
Tail Rotor Servo 2nd Stage Shutoff Valve ................................................................................................... 0735 00
Manifold Self-Sealing Couplings.................................................................................................................. 0736 00
Hydraulic Self-Sealing Couplings................................................................................................................. 0737 00
Tail Rotor Servo Connector Self-Sealing Couplings ................................................................................... 0738 00
Hydraulic System Rigid Tubing.................................................................................................................... 0739 00
Hydraulic System Flex Hoses....................................................................................................................... 0740 00
Hydraulic System Drain Lines...................................................................................................................... 0741 00
APU Accumulator.......................................................................................................................................... 0742 00
APU Start Valve ............................................................................................................................................ 0743 00
APU Accumulator Handpump ...................................................................................................................... 0744 00
Hydraulic Refill Handpump .......................................................................................................................... 0745 00
Hydraulic Refill Handpump Filter ................................................................................................................ 0746 00
APU Start Check Valve Restrictor................................................................................................................ 0747 00
APU Accumulator Pressure Switch .............................................................................................................. 0748 00
APU Accumulator Pressure Gage................................................................................................................. 0749 00
APU Start Tee Check Valve.......................................................................................................................... 0750 00
APU Start Hydraulic Flex Hoses.................................................................................................................. 0751 00
APU Start Hydraulic Rigid Tubing Lines .................................................................................................... 0752 00
Hydraulic System Selector Valve.................................................................................................................. 0753 00
Hydraulic System Selector Valve Fill Lines ................................................................................................ 0754 00
Bleed Hydraulic Systems .............................................................................................................................. 0755 00
Flush Hydraulic Systems............................................................................................................................... 0756 00
Bleed-Air Shutoff Valve (AVIM).................................................................................................................. 0757 00
Selector Valve (AVIM).................................................................................................................................. 0758 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Low Level Switch Connector (AVIM) ............................................................... 0759 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Low Level Switch (AVIM) ................................................................................. 0760 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Shaft Seals (AVIM) ............................................................................................. 0761 00
Hydraulic Pump Module Electrical Solenoid (AVIM)................................................................................. 0762 00
Manifold Shims (AVIM) ............................................................................................................................... 0763 00
Hydraulic System Rigid Tubing (AVIM) ..................................................................................................... 0764 00
APU Accumulator Start Valve Fittings (AVIM)........................................................................................... 0765 00
Pressure Reduced Indicator (AVIM)............................................................................................................. 0766 00
Pitot-Static Head............................................................................................................................................ 0767 00
Pitot-Static Head Support UH60A 82-23748 - 83-23870 W/O MWO 50-22 ............................................ 0768 00
Pitot-Static Lines and Components............................................................................................................... 0769 00
Vertical Speed Indicator ................................................................................................................................ 0770 00
Airspeed Indicator ......................................................................................................................................... 0771 00
Barometric Altimeter ..................................................................................................................................... 0772 00
Standby Compass .......................................................................................................................................... 0773 00
Standby Compass Lamp................................................................................................................................ 0774 00
Standby Compass Light Switch .................................................................................................................... 0775 00
Central Display Unit...................................................................................................................................... 0776 00

xix
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Central Display Unit Faceplate and EMI Shield.......................................................................................... 0777 00

Central Display Unit Bar Graph Filament (BGF) Lamps and Direct View Filament (DVF) Modules
EMEP ...................................................................................................................................................... 0778 00
Central Display Unit Fuses ........................................................................................................................... 0779 00
Central Display Unit Lamp Assembly W/O EMEP .................................................................................. 0780 00
Signal Data Converter No. 1 and No. 2....................................................................................................... 0781 00
Pilot/Copilot Display Unit............................................................................................................................. 0782 00
Pilot/Copilot Display Unit Faceplate and EMI Shield................................................................................. 0783 00
Pilot Display Unit Bar Graph Filament (BGF) Lamps and Direct View Filament (DVF) Modules
EMEP ....................................................................................................................................................... 0784 00
Caution/Advisory Panel................................................................................................................................. 0785 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Lamps .................................................................................................................... 0786 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Capsule PARTS ..................................................................................................... 0787 00
Caution/Advisory System Dimming Control................................................................................................ 0788 00
Caution/Advisory Audible Warning Unit ..................................................................................................... 0789 00
Master Warning Panel ................................................................................................................................... 0790 00
Master Warning Panel Lamps ....................................................................................................................... 0791 00
Master Warning Panel Capsule Parts............................................................................................................ 0792 00
Master Warning Dimming Control ............................................................................................................... 0793 00
Clock .............................................................................................................................................................. 0794 00
Clock Battery................................................................................................................................................. 0795 00
Free-Air Thermometer................................................................................................................................... 0796 00
Rotor Overspeed Reset Switch ..................................................................................................................... 0797 00
Chip Detector Resistor Unit.......................................................................................................................... 0798 00
Multifunction Display UH-60Q HH-60L .................................................................................................... 0799 00
Indicator Light Switch UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................................................... 0800 00
Outside Air Temperature (OAT) Sensor ....................................................................................................... 0801 00
Central Display Unit Display Lamp Driver Modules (AVIM).................................................................... 0802 00
Central Display Unit Voltage Regulator and Interface Modules (AVIM)................................................... 0803 00
Central Display Unit Digital Readout Modules (AVIM) ............................................................................. 0804 00
Signal Data Converter Modules (AVIM)...................................................................................................... 0805 00
Signal Data Converter Lamp Power Supply (AVIM) .................................................................................. 0806 00
Signal Data Converter Logic Power Supply (AVIM) .................................................................................. 0807 00
Pilot Display Unit 70450-01043-121 and 70450-01043-123 Driver Modules/Lamps (AVIM) ................. 0808 00
Pilot Display Unit 70450-01043-124 and 70450-01916-104 Driver Modules (AVIM) ............................. 0809 00
Pilot Display Unit 70450-01043-121 and 70450-01043-123 Torque Display Analog Modules/Lamps
(AVIM) ....................................................................................................................................................... 0810 00
Pilot Display Unit 70450-01043-124 and 70450-01916-104 Torque Display Analog Modules (AVIM) .. 0811 00
Pilot Display Unit Torque Digital Readout Module (AVIM) ...................................................................... 0812 00
Pilot Display Unit Autodim Module (AVIM) .............................................................................................. 0813 00
Pilot Display Unit NVG Filters (AVIM) ...................................................................................................... 0814 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Channel/Control Cards (AVIM)............................................................................ 0815 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Test Switch (AVIM) .............................................................................................. 0816 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Heat Sink/Transistors (AVIM) .............................................................................. 0817 00

xx
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Caution/Advisory Panel Relay K1 (AVIM).................................................................................................. 0818 00

Caution/Advisory Panel Diode CR1 (AVIM)............................................................................................... 0819 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Diode CR2 (AVIM)............................................................................................... 0820 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Diode CR3 Overvoltage Protector (AVIM).......................................................... 0821 00
Caution/Advisory Panel Connectors (AVIM) ............................................................................................... 0822 00
Chip Detector Resistor Unit (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0823 00
Circuit Breakers............................................................................................................................................. 0824 00
Left/Right Relay Panels ................................................................................................................................ 0825 00
Left Relay Panel Fuses.................................................................................................................................. 0826 00
No. 3 Relay Panel EH60A ......................................................................................................................... 0827 00
Upper Console Switches ............................................................................................................................... 0828 00
Upper Console Information Plates................................................................................................................ 0829 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel.......................................................................................................................... 0830 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel Button Lamps ................................................................................................. 0831 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel Information Plate And Lamps........................................................................ 0832 00
Autotransformer, T12 .................................................................................................................................... 0833 00
No. 1 AC Generator Contactor, K1 .............................................................................................................. 0834 00
No. 2 AC Generator Contactor, K2 .............................................................................................................. 0835 00
Current Limiters, CL1 Through CL6 ........................................................................................................... 0836 00
Generator And APU Current Transformers, T2, T3, And T13 .................................................................... 0837 00
Generator Control Units ................................................................................................................................ 0838 00
Main Generators ............................................................................................................................................ 0839 00
APU/External Power Contactor, K3 ............................................................................................................. 0840 00
External Power Receptacle............................................................................................................................ 0841 00
APU Generator .............................................................................................................................................. 0842 00
External Power Monitor Panel...................................................................................................................... 0843 00
AC Bus Tie Contactor, K4............................................................................................................................ 0844 00
AC Essential Bus Relays, K8 and K13........................................................................................................ 0845 00
Secondary Bus Current Limiters, CL16 through CL18 ............................................................................... 0846 00
AC Secondary Bus Contactor, K11 .............................................................................................................. 0847 00
Diodes, CR13 And CR14.............................................................................................................................. 0848 00
Diodes, CR17, CR18, CR19, and CR20 ...................................................................................................... 0849 00
Diodes, CR21, CR22, and CR23 .................................................................................................................. 0850 00
Junction Box Relays, K80, K81, and K82 ................................................................................................... 0851 00
Transformer, T11 (26 vac) ............................................................................................................................ 0852 00
DC Primary Bus Contactors, K6 and K16 ................................................................................................... 0853 00
DC Bus Tie Contactor, K15.......................................................................................................................... 0854 00
DC Essential Bus Supply Relays, K9 and K10 ........................................................................................... 0855 00
Battery Relay ................................................................................................................................................. 0856 00
NiCad Battery ................................................................................................................................................ 0857 00
NiCad Battery Conditioner/Analyzer UH-60A EH-60A UH60L 89-26149 - 96-26722 ............................ 0858 00
Converters ...................................................................................................................................................... 0859 00
DC Current Limiter ....................................................................................................................................... 0860 00
Battery Switch ............................................................................................................................................... 0861 00

xxi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Power Contactor, K83 EH60A ................................................................................................................... 0862 00

Power Current Limiter, CL10 EH60A ....................................................................................................... 0863 00
DC Monitor Bus Supply Relay, K5.............................................................................................................. 0864 00
APU Electronic Sequence Unit (ESU) ......................................................................................................... 0865 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel ................................................................................................................... 0866 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel Information Plate...................................................................................... 0867 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel Indicator Lamps ....................................................................................... 0868 00
Engine Prime Boost Diode Board Assembly ............................................................................................... 0869 00
Backup Hydraulic Pump Motor .................................................................................................................... 0870 00
Backup Hydraulic Pump Motor Hood.......................................................................................................... 0871 00
Backup Hydraulic Pump Motor Fan............................................................................................................. 0872 00
Backup Hydraulic Pump Relay, K19............................................................................................................ 0873 00
Remote Circuit Breaker................................................................................................................................. 0874 00
Upper Console Dimming Controls ............................................................................................................... 0875 00
Lighted Switches Dimming Control ............................................................................................................. 0876 00
Cabin Dome Dimming Control..................................................................................................................... 0877 00
Indicator Lights Dimmer Box....................................................................................................................... 0878 00
Indicator Lights Dimmer Box Fuse .............................................................................................................. 0879 00
Cargo Hook Emergency Release System Resistor, R4 ................................................................................ 0880 00
Transformer Boxes ........................................................................................................................................ 0881 00
Controllable Searchlight Dimming Control.................................................................................................. 0882 00
Radar Altimeter Dimming Control ............................................................................................................... 0883 00
Caution/Advisory System Dimming Control................................................................................................ 0884 00
Dimming Control Power Supply .................................................................................................................. 0885 00
Cargo Hook Light Dimming Control Panel MWO 50-56 UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ ................................ 0886 00
Cabin Dome Light Lamps............................................................................................................................. 0887 00
Cabin Dome Light Assemblies ..................................................................................................................... 0888 00
Pilot’s And Copilot’s Utility Light Lamps................................................................................................... 0889 00
Pilot’s And Copilot’s Utility Lights.............................................................................................................. 0890 00
Portable Maintenance Light Lamp................................................................................................................ 0891 00
Glare Shield Lamps....................................................................................................................................... 0892 00
Glare Shield Harness..................................................................................................................................... 0893 00
Secondary Light Enclosure Floodlight Lamps ............................................................................................. 0894 00
Secondary Light Enclosure Switch Panel Lamps ........................................................................................ 0895 00
Secondary Light Enclosure ........................................................................................................................... 0896 00
Main Rotor Pylon Electro-Luminescent Formation Light ........................................................................... 0897 00
Main Rotor Pylon Infrared Formation Light................................................................................................ 0898 00
Tailcone Electro-Luminescent Formation Light ........................................................................................... 0899 00
Tailcone Infrared Formation Light................................................................................................................ 0900 00
Stabilator Electro-Luminescent Formation Lights........................................................................................ 0901 00
Stabilator Infrared Formation Lights ............................................................................................................ 0902 00
Position Lights Flasher Unit ......................................................................................................................... 0903 00
Horizontal Stores Support Incandescent Position Lights Lamps And Lenses ............................................ 0904 00
Drag Beam Support Fairing Incandescent Position Lights.......................................................................... 0905 00

xxii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Drag Beam Support Fairing Infrared Position Lights.................................................................................. 0906 00

Horizontal Stores Support Incandescent Position Lights............................................................................. 0907 00
Horizontal Stores Support Infrared Position Lights..................................................................................... 0908 00
Tail Incandescent Position Light Lamp And Lens ....................................................................................... 0909 00
Tail Incandescent Position Light................................................................................................................... 0910 00
Tail Infrared Position Light........................................................................................................................... 0911 00
Anticollision Light Red And White Subassemblies ..................................................................................... 0912 00
Anticollision Light Assemblies ..................................................................................................................... 0913 00
Anticollision Light Base Subassemblies....................................................................................................... 0914 00
Anticollision Lights Power Supply Unit ...................................................................................................... 0915 00
Retractable Landing Light Lamp .................................................................................................................. 0916 00
Retractable Landing Light Assembly............................................................................................................ 0917 00
Controllable Searchlight Lamp ..................................................................................................................... 0918 00
Controllable Searchlight ................................................................................................................................ 0919 00
Cargo Hook Lights UH60A UH60L ........................................................................................................... 0920 00
Cabin ICS Floodlight Control Panel............................................................................................................. 0921 00
Troop Commander ICS Floodlight Control Panel ....................................................................................... 0922 00
Engine Ignition Switch.................................................................................................................................. 0923 00
Engine Overspeed Relay Assembly .............................................................................................................. 0924 00
Pin Filter Adapters EMEP .......................................................................................................................... 0925 00
ECM Antenna Actuator Assembly EH60A ................................................................................................ 0926 00
Actuator Limit Switch Adjustment EH60A ............................................................................................... 0927 00
Battery Junction Box UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ ......................................................................................... 0928 00
Instrument Panel Button Lamps UH60L ................................................................................................... 0929 00
NVG Power Supply MWO 50-56 UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ ..................................................................... 0930 00
Sealed Lead Acid Battery (SLAB) ............................................................................................................... 0931 00
Battery Junction Box UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................................................................... 0932 00
Rescue Hoist Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight UH-60Q HH-60L ...................................................... 0933 00
Master Warning and Radar Altimeter Dimming Control UH-60Q HH-60L ............................................. 0934 00
Lower Console Auxiliary Dimming Control UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................ 0935 00
Sealed Lead Acid Battery Junction Box Relays, K200 and K201 HH-60L ............................................. 0936 00
Left Relay Panel Left Pitot Heat Transformer, T1 (AVIM) ........................................................................ 0937 00
Left Relay Panel Searchlight Relay, K41 (AVIM)....................................................................................... 0938 00
Left Relay Panel Searchlight Relay, K51 (AVIM)....................................................................................... 0939 00
Left Relay Panel Searchlight Relay, K52 (AVIM)....................................................................................... 0940 00
Left Relay Panel No. 1 Engine Start Relay, K45 (AVIM) .......................................................................... 0941 00
Left Relay Panel Indicator Lights Dimming Control Relay, K40 (AVIM)................................................. 0942 00
Right Relay Panel Current Sensor Right Pitot Heat Transformer, T1 (AVIM) .......................................... 0943 00
Right Relay Panel DC Essential Bus Fail Relay, K20 (AVIM) .................................................................. 0944 00
Right Relay Panel Windshield Anti-Ice Lockout Relay, K21 (AVIM) ....................................................... 0945 00
Right Relay Panel APU Surge Relay, K22 (AVIM) .................................................................................... 0946 00
Right Relay Panel No. 2 Engine Start Relay, K26 (AVIM)........................................................................ 0947 00

xxiii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Right Relay Panel Hydraulic Accumulator Relay, K32 (AVIM)................................................................. 0948 00

Miscellaneous Switch Panel Pushbutton Switches (AVIM) ........................................................................ 0949 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel Toggle Switch (AVIM)................................................................................... 0950 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel Electrical Connectors (AVIM) ....................................................................... 0951 00
Miscellaneous Switch Panel Printed Wiring Board Assembly (AVIM) ...................................................... 0952 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel Toggle Switch (AVIM) ............................................................................ 0953 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel Indicator Light (AVIM) ........................................................................... 0954 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel Information Plate Lamps (AVIM) ........................................................... 0955 00
Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel Electrical Connector (AVIM) .................................................................. 0956 00
ECM Antenna Linear Actuator Assembly (AVIM) EH60A ...................................................................... 0957 00
ECM Antenna Limit Switches (AVIM) EH60A ........................................................................................ 0958 00
Controllable Searchlight (AVIM).................................................................................................................. 0959 00
Main Fuel Cell Pressure Test........................................................................................................................ 0960 00
Main Fuel System Inspections ...................................................................................................................... 0961 00
Fuel System Priming ..................................................................................................................................... 0962 00
Main Fuel Cell............................................................................................................................................... 0963 00
Main Fuel Cell Plate and Attached Components ......................................................................................... 0964 00
High Level Shutoff Valves ............................................................................................................................ 0965 00
Pressure Refuel/Defuel Valve........................................................................................................................ 0966 00
Sump Drain Valve ......................................................................................................................................... 0967 00
Prime/Boost Pump Check Valve ................................................................................................................... 0968 00
Main Fuel Line Check Valve ........................................................................................................................ 0969 00
Low Level Shutoff Valve .............................................................................................................................. 0970 00
Pressure Refueling Interconnect Tube .......................................................................................................... 0971 00
Extended Range Interconnect Hose ESSS ................................................................................................ 0972 00
Fuel Boost Pump MWO 50-25 ................................................................................................................... 0973 00
Main Fuel Cell Check Valve......................................................................................................................... 0974 00
Fuel Pressure Switch MWO 50-25 ............................................................................................................. 0975 00
Main Engine Prime Fuel Shutoff Valve........................................................................................................ 0976 00
Self-Sealing Breakaway Vent Valve ............................................................................................................. 0977 00
Main Fuel System Vent Valve....................................................................................................................... 0978 00
Main Fuel Breakaway Valve ......................................................................................................................... 0979 00
Extended Range Breakaway Valve ESSS ................................................................................................. 0980 00
Prime/Boost Pump......................................................................................................................................... 0981 00
Prime/Boost Pump Fuel Outlet Valve........................................................................................................... 0982 00
Prime/Boost Pump Fuel Breakaway Valve................................................................................................... 0983 00
Main Fuel System Check Valve.................................................................................................................... 0984 00
Engine Compartment Breakaway Valve ....................................................................................................... 0985 00
Fuel Selector Valve........................................................................................................................................ 0986 00
Crossfeed Breakaway Valve.......................................................................................................................... 0987 00
Breakaway Tee Valve .................................................................................................................................... 0988 00
Bulkhead Breakaway Valve .......................................................................................................................... 0989 00
Fuel System Drain Lines............................................................................................................................... 0990 00

xxiv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Fuel System Vent Lines ................................................................................................................................ 0991 00

Pressure Refueling Receptacle ...................................................................................................................... 0992 00
Refuel Adapter and Nipple............................................................................................................................ 0993 00
Fuel Quantity Probe ...................................................................................................................................... 0994 00
Fuel Cell Wiring Harness.............................................................................................................................. 0995 00
Low Level Warning Conditioner .................................................................................................................. 0996 00
Fuel Quantity Signal Conditioner ................................................................................................................. 0997 00
Fixed Bleed-Air Lines and Disconnects ESSS ......................................................................................... 0998 00
Fixed Fuel Lines and Disconnects ESSS ................................................................................................. 0999 00
Fuel Feed System .......................................................................................................................................... 1000 00
Purge Main Fuel Cell .................................................................................................................................... 1001 00
Upper Deck Main Fuel Hoses ...................................................................................................................... 1002 00
Prime Fuel Lines ........................................................................................................................................... 1003 00
Lower Apu Fuel Line .................................................................................................................................... 1004 00
Lower Main Fuel Lines................................................................................................................................. 1005 00

CHAPTER 9 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Main Fuel Cell Ballistic Ring (AVIM)......................................................................................................... 1006 00
Self-Retaining Bolt Inspection ...................................................................................................................... 1007 00
Bearing Friction Wear Inspection ................................................................................................................. 1008 00
Control Rod Connection Inspection.............................................................................................................. 1009 00
Cyclic Stick Inspections ................................................................................................................................ 1010 00
Collective Stick Inspections .......................................................................................................................... 1011 00
Yaw Boost Servo Inspection ......................................................................................................................... 1012 00
Collective Boost Assembly Inspection ......................................................................................................... 1013 00
Mixer Inspection............................................................................................................................................ 1014 00
Torque Shaft and Levers Inspection ............................................................................................................. 1015 00
Yaw Torque Shaft And Levers Inspection.................................................................................................... 1016 00
Yaw Lever and Support (STA 301.0) Inspection ......................................................................................... 1017 00
Swashplate Link Inspections......................................................................................................................... 1018 00
Main Rotor Control Pivot Bolt CSI Inspection............................................................................................ 1019 00
Walking Beam Inspections............................................................................................................................ 1020 00
Forward Bellcrank Support CSI Inspection.................................................................................................. 1021 00
Right and Left Tie Rod CSI Inspection........................................................................................................ 1022 00
Main Rotor Control Rod CSI Inspection...................................................................................................... 1023 00
Aft Bellcrank Support CSI Inspection.......................................................................................................... 1024 00
Aft Tie Rod and Support Fitting CSI Inspection ......................................................................................... 1025 00
Aft Bellcrank Inspections.............................................................................................................................. 1026 00
Forward Bellcrank Inspections...................................................................................................................... 1027 00
Lateral Bellcrank Inspections........................................................................................................................ 1028 00
Aft Longitudinal Bellcrank Support Arm CSI Inspection ........................................................................... 1029 00
Forward, Aft, and Lateral Flight Control Channel Inspection..................................................................... 1030 00
Flight Control Cables and Pulleys Inspection .............................................................................................. 1031 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Inspection..................................................................................................................... 1032 00

xxv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Tail Rotor Quadrant Spring Cylinder Support Terminal Assembly Inspection........................................... 1033 00
Control Rods.................................................................................................................................................. 1034 00
Flight Control System General Rigging Instructions................................................................................... 1035 00
Main Rotor System Complete Rig................................................................................................................ 1036 00
Main Rotor System Rig Check..................................................................................................................... 1037 00
Tail Rotor System Complete Rig.................................................................................................................. 1038 00
Tail Rotor System Rig Check ....................................................................................................................... 1039 00
Cyclic Stick Balance Spring Adjustment...................................................................................................... 1040 00
Collective Stick Balance Spring Adjustment................................................................................................ 1041 00
Primary Servo Four-Point Rig Check........................................................................................................... 1042 00
Yaw Control Pedal Boots .............................................................................................................................. 1043 00
Yaw Control Pedal......................................................................................................................................... 1044 00
Yaw Control Pedal Trim Switch ................................................................................................................... 1045 00
Yaw Control Pedal Support Assembly ......................................................................................................... 1046 00
Yaw Control Pedal Adjuster.......................................................................................................................... 1047 00
Yaw Control Pedal Adjuster Cable And Handle .......................................................................................... 1048 00
Cyclic Stick Boot .......................................................................................................................................... 1049 00
Cyclic Stick.................................................................................................................................................... 1050 00
Cyclic Stick Yoke and Housing .................................................................................................................... 1051 00
Cyclic Stick Grip........................................................................................................................................... 1052 00
Cyclic Stick PNL LTS, Cargo REL, Trim REL, RTSS, and GA Switches ................................................ 1053 00
Cyclic Stick Trim Switch .............................................................................................................................. 1054 00
Cyclic Stick ICS/radio Switch ...................................................................................................................... 1055 00
Cyclic Stick Wiring ....................................................................................................................................... 1056 00
Cyclic Stick Socket ....................................................................................................................................... 1057 00
Cyclic Stick Bearings .................................................................................................................................... 1058 00
Cyclic Stick Tube .......................................................................................................................................... 1059 00
Collective Stick Boot and Cover .................................................................................................................. 1060 00
Pilot’s Collective Stick.................................................................................................................................. 1061 00
Copilot’s Collective Stick ............................................................................................................................. 1062 00
Collective Stick Collet Blocks ...................................................................................................................... 1063 00
Pilot’s and Copilot’s Collective Stick Support ............................................................................................ 1064 00
Collective Stick Grip Assembly.................................................................................................................... 1065 00
Collective Stick Grip Lighted Panel and Lamps.......................................................................................... 1066 00
Collective Stick SRCH LT On/Off and SVO Off Switches ........................................................................ 1067 00
Collective Stick LDG LT and Emerg Hook REL Switches ........................................................................ 1068 00
Collective Stick ENG RPM Switch.............................................................................................................. 1069 00
Collective Stick RAD SEL Switch UH-60Q HH-60L ............................................................................... 1070 00
Collective Stick SRCH LT Switch................................................................................................................ 1071 00
Collective Stick HUD Control Switch HUD ............................................................................................. 1072 00
Copilot’s Collective Stick Grip Coil Cord ................................................................................................... 1073 00
Pilot’s Collective Stick Grip Wire ................................................................................................................ 1074 00
Pilot’s Collective Stick Friction Lock .......................................................................................................... 1075 00
Collective Stick Socket ................................................................................................................................. 1076 00

xxvi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Collective Stick Bearings .............................................................................................................................. 1077 00

Yaw Trim Servo............................................................................................................................................. 1078 00
Roll Trim Servo............................................................................................................................................. 1079 00
Yaw Boost Servo ........................................................................................................................................... 1080 00
Yaw Boost Servo Pressure Switch and Thermal Relief Valve .................................................................... 1081 00
Yaw Boost Servo SAS Actuator Bleed Screw and Packing ........................................................................ 1082 00
Pitch/Trim Assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 1083 00
Pitch/Trim Assembly SAS Actuator Bleed Screw and Packing .................................................................. 1084 00
Collective Boost Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 1085 00
Collective Boost Assembly Pressure Switch and Thermal Relief Valve..................................................... 1086 00
Roll Actuator.................................................................................................................................................. 1087 00
Roll Actuator SAS Actuator Bleed Screw and Packing .............................................................................. 1088 00
Mixer.............................................................................................................................................................. 1089 00
No. 3 Collective Stick Position Sensor ........................................................................................................ 1090 00
Primary Servo ................................................................................................................................................ 1091 00
Primary Servo Pressure Switch..................................................................................................................... 1092 00
Primary Servo Bypass Valve Cap Packing................................................................................................... 1093 00
Collective Torque Shaft and Levers ............................................................................................................. 1094 00
Pitch Torque Shaft and Levers...................................................................................................................... 1095 00
Lateral Torque Shaft and Levers................................................................................................................... 1096 00
Yaw Torque Shaft and Levers....................................................................................................................... 1097 00
Torque Shaft Upper Tapered Pins................................................................................................................. 1098 00
Balance Springs ............................................................................................................................................. 1099 00
Midsection Bellcranks and Shaft .................................................................................................................. 1100 00
Yaw Lever and Support (STA 301.0) ........................................................................................................... 1101 00
Forward Quadrant and Supports ................................................................................................................... 1102 00
Flight Control Rigging Pins .......................................................................................................................... 1103 00
Pilot’s Yaw Pedals and Adjuster Control Rods............................................................................................ 1104 00
Pilot’s Directional and Cyclic Control Rods................................................................................................ 1105 00
Pilot’s Collective Control Rods .................................................................................................................... 1106 00
Copilot’s Yaw Pedals and Adjuster Control Rods ....................................................................................... 1107 00
Copilot’s Directional and Cyclic Control Rods ........................................................................................... 1108 00
Copilot’s Collective Control Rods................................................................................................................ 1109 00
Cabin Control Rods....................................................................................................................................... 1110 00
Collective Input Control Rod........................................................................................................................ 1111 00
Pitch/Trim Input Control Rod ....................................................................................................................... 1112 00
Trim Servo Control Rod ............................................................................................................................... 1113 00
Lateral Input Control Rod............................................................................................................................. 1114 00
Yaw Boost Servo Input Control Rod............................................................................................................ 1115 00
Collective Servo To Mixer Control Rod ...................................................................................................... 1116 00
Pitch/Trim Assembly to Mixer Control Link ............................................................................................... 1117 00
Roll Trim Assembly to Mixer Control Rod ................................................................................................. 1118 00
Yaw Boost Servo to Mixer Control Rod ...................................................................................................... 1119 00
Mixer to Forward Primary Servo Control Rod ............................................................................................ 1120 00

xxvii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Mixer to Aft Primary Servo Control Rod .................................................................................................... 1121 00

Mixer to Lateral Primary Servo Control Rod .............................................................................................. 1122 00
Mixer to Yaw Lever Pushrod........................................................................................................................ 1123 00
Yaw Lever to Forward Quadrant Control Rod............................................................................................. 1124 00
Forward Control Rod .................................................................................................................................... 1125 00
Aft Control Rod............................................................................................................................................. 1126 00
Lateral Control Rod....................................................................................................................................... 1127 00
Long Control Rod.......................................................................................................................................... 1128 00
Swashplate Links........................................................................................................................................... 1129 00
Tail Rotor Servo to Tail Rotor Quadrant Pushrod ....................................................................................... 1130 00
Cockpit Bellcranks and Levers ..................................................................................................................... 1131 00
Cabin Bellcranks and Bellcrank Supports .................................................................................................... 1132 00
Upper Cabin Links and Levers..................................................................................................................... 1133 00
Walking Beam ............................................................................................................................................... 1134 00
Forward Bellcrank ......................................................................................................................................... 1135 00
Lateral Bellcrank ........................................................................................................................................... 1136 00
Aft Bellcrank ................................................................................................................................................. 1137 00
Right and Left Tie Rods................................................................................................................................ 1138 00
Aft Tie Rod and SUpport Fitting.................................................................................................................. 1139 00
Forward Bellcrank Support ........................................................................................................................... 1140 00
Aft Bellcrank Support ................................................................................................................................... 1141 00
Flight Control Cable Lockout Blocks........................................................................................................... 1142 00
Cabin Flight Control Cables ......................................................................................................................... 1143 00
Tail Cone Flight Control Cables ................................................................................................................... 1144 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Flight Control Cables........................................................................................................ 1145 00
Flight Control Cable Pulleys......................................................................................................................... 1146 00
Flight Control Cable Conduit........................................................................................................................ 1147 00
Tail Rotor Servo and Pitch Control Shaft .................................................................................................... 1148 00
Tail Rotor Servo Pressure Switch ................................................................................................................. 1149 00
Tail Rotor Servo Thermal Relief Valve ........................................................................................................ 1150 00
Tail Rotor Servo Hydraulic Connectors ....................................................................................................... 1151 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant....................................................................................................................................... 1152 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Support......................................................................................................................... 1153 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Repair........................................................................................................................... 1154 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Spring Cylinders.......................................................................................................... 1155 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Spring Cylinder Support ............................................................................................. 1156 00
Servo to Swashplate Control Rod Nylon Washer ........................................................................................ 1157 00
Yaw Control Pedal (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 1158 00
Yaw Control Pedal Support Bearings (AVIM)............................................................................................. 1159 00
Yaw Control Pedal Support Assembly (AVIM) ........................................................................................... 1160 00
Yaw Control Pedal Adjuster Bearings (AVIM) ............................................................................................ 1161 00
Yaw Boost Servo SAS Servovalve (AVIM)................................................................................................. 1162 00
Yaw Boost Servo SAS Actuator (AVIM) ..................................................................................................... 1163 00
Pitch/Trim Assembly SAS Servovalve (AVIM) ........................................................................................... 1164 00

xxviii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Pitch/Trim Assembly SAS Actuator (AVIM) ............................................................................................... 1165 00

Roll Actuator SAS Servovalve (AVIM) ....................................................................................................... 1166 00
Roll Actuator SAS Actuator (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 1167 00
Roll Actuator Links and Levers (AVIM)...................................................................................................... 1168 00
Pilot-Assist Servo Module Three-Way Valves (AVIM) ............................................................................... 1169 00
Pilot-Assist Servo Module Pressure Reducer (AVIM)................................................................................. 1170 00
Mixer Small Link on BellcranK (AVIM) ..................................................................................................... 1171 00
Control Rods (AVIM).................................................................................................................................... 1172 00
Control Rod Pivot Bearing (AVIM) ............................................................................................................. 1173 00
Torque Shaft to Servo Control Rods (AVIM) .............................................................................................. 1174 00
Boost Servo to Mixer Control Rods (AVIM)............................................................................................... 1175 00
Primary Servo Control Rods (AVIM)........................................................................................................... 1176 00
Tail Rotor Servo To Tail Rotor Quadrant Pushrod (AVIM) ........................................................................ 1177 00
Yaw Control Rods (AVIM) ........................................................................................................................... 1178 00
Bellcrank Bearings (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 1179 00
Yaw Lever and Support Bearings (AVIM)................................................................................................... 1180 00
Torque Shaft Support Bearing (AVIM) ........................................................................................................ 1181 00
Lever Assembly Bearings (AVIM) ............................................................................................................... 1182 00
Pilot’s Collective Stick Support (AVIM)...................................................................................................... 1183 00
Pilot’s Collective Stick Bellcrank Support (AVIM)..................................................................................... 1184 00
Copilot’s Collective Stick Support (AVIM) ................................................................................................. 1185 00
Copilot’s Collective Stick Bellcrank Bearings (AVIM)............................................................................... 1186 00
Longitudinal Bellcrank Bearings (AVIM) .................................................................................................... 1187 00
Forward, Lateral, Aft Bellcrank/Walking Beam and Aft Bellcrank Support Assembly Bushings
(AVIM) ...................................................................................................................................................... 1188 00
Tail Rotor Pitch Control Shaft Pressed Bushing (AVIM)............................................................................ 1189 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Bearings (AVIM) ......................................................................................................... 1190 00
Tail Rotor Quadrant Upper and Lower Arm Bearings (AVIM) .................................................................. 1191 00
Fire Extinguishing System Inspection .......................................................................................................... 1192 00
Windshield Wiper Inspections....................................................................................................................... 1193 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Inspections .............................................................................................................. 1194 00
Fire Extinguishing System Agent Container ................................................................................................ 1195 00
Fire Extinguishing Agent Container Cartridge............................................................................................. 1196 00
Fire Extinguishing Agent Container Check Valve ....................................................................................... 1197 00
Fire Extinguishing Agent Container Thermal Disc...................................................................................... 1198 00
Fire Extinguishing System Discharge Tubes................................................................................................ 1199 00
Fire Extinguishing System Directional Valve .............................................................................................. 1200 00
APU T-Handle ............................................................................................................................................... 1201 00
APU T-Handle Fire Detection Lamps .......................................................................................................... 1202 00
APU T-Handle Fire Extinguisher Switch Assembly .................................................................................... 1203 00
Fire Extinguishing T-Handle Lamps............................................................................................................. 1204 00
Fire Detection System Control Amplifier..................................................................................................... 1205 00
Fire Detectors ................................................................................................................................................ 1206 00
Fire Detector Test Switch.............................................................................................................................. 1207 00

xxix
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Windshield Wiper Converter......................................................................................................................... 1208 00

Windshield Wiper Motor............................................................................................................................... 1209 00
Windshield Wiper Flexible Drive Shaft ....................................................................................................... 1210 00
Windshield Wiper Blade ............................................................................................................................... 1211 00
Windshield Wiper Blade Insert ..................................................................................................................... 1212 00
Windshield Wiper Arm and Link.................................................................................................................. 1213 00
Windshield Anti-Ice Control Unit................................................................................................................. 1214 00
Windshield Anti-Ice Switch .......................................................................................................................... 1215 00
Engine Air Inlet Anti-Ice Valve .................................................................................................................... 1216 00
Engine Air Inlet Anti-Ice Thermal Switch ................................................................................................... 1217 00
Blade Deice Flange Seal and Packing.......................................................................................................... 1218 00
Blade Deice Tube Assembly and Packing.................................................................................................... 1219 00
Main Rotor Blade Deice Distributor and Slipring/Brush Assembly ........................................................... 1220 00
Icing Rate Meter............................................................................................................................................ 1221 00
Icing Rate Meter Lamps................................................................................................................................ 1222 00
Blade Deice Control Panel............................................................................................................................ 1223 00
Blade Deice Control Panel Test-in-Progress Lamp...................................................................................... 1224 00
Blade Deice Control Panel Information Plate and Lamps........................................................................... 1225 00
Blade Deice Controller.................................................................................................................................. 1226 00
Blade Deice Auxiliary Junction Box ............................................................................................................ 1227 00
Blade Deice Current Limiters, CL10 Through CL15 .................................................................................. 1228 00
Blade Deice Current Limiter Holder ............................................................................................................ 1229 00
Blade Deice Relay, K61................................................................................................................................ 1230 00
Blade Deice Relay, K64................................................................................................................................ 1231 00
Blade Deice Relay, K65................................................................................................................................ 1232 00
Blade Deice Contactor, K60 ......................................................................................................................... 1233 00
Blade Deice Contactor, K62 ......................................................................................................................... 1234 00
Blade Deice Contactor, K63 ......................................................................................................................... 1235 00
Blade Deice Current Transformer, T10 ........................................................................................................ 1236 00
Blade Deice Current Transformer, T14 ........................................................................................................ 1237 00
Main Rotor Blade Deice Junction Box ........................................................................................................ 1238 00
Blade Deice Diode, CR11, CR15, CR16...................................................................................................... 1239 00
Blade Deice Test Panel ................................................................................................................................. 1240 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Indicator Lamps ..................................................................................................... 1241 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Information Plate/Lamps........................................................................................ 1242 00
Blade Deice OAT Sensor .............................................................................................................................. 1243 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Detector .................................................................................................................. 1244 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Detector Hose Assembly........................................................................................ 1245 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Slipring Rotor ......................................................................................................... 1246 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Slipring Stator ........................................................................................................ 1247 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Slipring Stator Brush Assembly ............................................................................ 1248 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Slipring Stator Brushes and Retainer Board ......................................................... 1249 00
Tail Rotor Blade Deice Slipring Stator Brush Assembly Electrical Connector.......................................... 1250 00
Cargo Hook.................................................................................................................................................... 1251 00

xxx
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Cargo Hook Explosive Cartridge.................................................................................................................. 1252 00

Cargo Hook Keeper and Keeper Spring....................................................................................................... 1253 00
Cargo Hook Manual Release Handle ........................................................................................................... 1254 00
Cargo Hook Support Fitting and Retainer Bushings ................................................................................... 1255 00
Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant.................................................................................................................. 1256 00
Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Switches and Gaurds.............................................................................. 1257 00
Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Cable Assembly...................................................................................... 1258 00

CHAPTER 10 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Windshield Wiper Motor (AVIM)................................................................................................................. 1259 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Rotary Selector Switch (AVIM) ............................................................................ 1260 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Indicator Light (AVIM).......................................................................................... 1261 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Electrical Connector (AVIM)................................................................................. 1262 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Printed Wiring Board (AVIM)............................................................................... 1263 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Circuit Board (AVIM)............................................................................................ 1264 00
Blade Deice Test Panel Printed Wiring Board and Circuit Board Components (AVIM)........................... 1265 00
Directional Control Valve (AVIM) ............................................................................................................... 1266 00
Heating and Ventilation System Inspection.................................................................................................. 1267 00
Environmental Control System Inspection ................................................................................................... 1268 00
Heating and Ventilation System Mixing Valve ............................................................................................ 1269 00
Heating and Ventilation System Upper Temperature Sensing Tube............................................................ 1270 00
Heating and Ventilation System Lower Temperature Sensing Tube ........................................................... 1271 00
Heating and Ventilation System Bleed-Air Tube ......................................................................................... 1272 00
Heating and Ventilation System Mixer Temperature Sensor ....................................................................... 1273 00
Heating and Ventilation System Air Outlets ................................................................................................ 1274 00
Heating and Ventilation System Heater Control Shaft ................................................................................ 1275 00
Heating and Ventilation System Heater Control Adapter ............................................................................ 1276 00
Heating and Ventilation System Heater Muffler .......................................................................................... 1277 00
Heating and Ventilation System Cockpit Door Ducts.................................................................................. 1278 00
Heating and Ventilation System Heater Duct............................................................................................... 1279 00
Heating and Ventilation System Blower....................................................................................................... 1280 00
Heating and Ventilation System Air Duct Valve Assemblies ...................................................................... 1281 00
Heating and Ventilation System Repair........................................................................................................ 1282 00
Environmental Control System Evaporator Blower EH60A ..................................................................... 1283 00
Environmental Control System Evaporator Electrical Harness EH60A ................................................... 1284 00
Environmental Control System Temperature Limiting Switch EH60A .................................................... 1285 00
Environmental Control System Low and High Temperature Switches EH60A ....................................... 1286 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Blower EH60A ..................................................................... 1287 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Electrical Harness EH60A ................................................... 1288 00
Environmental Control System Plenum EH60A ....................................................................................... 1289 00
Environmental Control System Cabin Ducting EH60A ............................................................................ 1290 00
Environmental Control System Sipply Ducting EH60A ........................................................................... 1291 00

xxxi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Environmental Control System Condenser Exhaust Duct EH60A ........................................................... 1292 00

Environmental Control System Temperature Sensor EH60A ................................................................... 1293 00
Environmental Control System Baffle EH60A .......................................................................................... 1294 00
Environmental Control System Electrical Control Unit (ECU) EH60A .................................................. 1295 00
Environmental Control System Ducting Repair EH60A ........................................................................... 1296 00
Environmental Control System Evaporator Blower UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................... 1297 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Blower UH-60Q HH-60L ...................................................... 1298 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Exhaust Duct UH-60Q HH-60L ............................................ 1299 00
Environmental Control System Electrical Control Unit UH-60Q HH-60L ............................................... 1300 00
Environmental Control System Ducting Repair UH-60Q HH-60L ........................................................... 1301 00
Environmental Control System Filter/Dryer UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................. 1302 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Pallet UH-60Q HH-60L ........................................................ 1303 00
Environmental Control System Evaporator Pallet UH-60Q HH-60L ........................................................ 1304 00
Environmental Control System Electrical Pallet UH-60Q HH-60L .......................................................... 1305 00
Environmental Control System Servicing Manifold UH-60Q HH-60L .................................................... 1306 00
Environmental Control System Sight Glass UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................................. 1307 00
Environmental Control System High and Low Pressure Switch UH-60Q HH-60L ................................. 1308 00
Environmental Control System Control Panel UH-60Q HH-60L .............................................................. 1309 00
Mixture Temperature Sensor Pressure Bellows Repair (AVIM).................................................................. 1310 00
Blower Unit Repair (AVIM) ......................................................................................................................... 1311 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Paller (AVIM) EH60A .......................................................... 1312 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Lines, Burst Disc, and Relief Valve (AVIM) EH60A ......... 1313 00
Environmental Control System Condenser and Transition Duct (AVIM) EH60A .................................. 1314 00
Environmental Control System Evaporator Pallet (AVIM) EH60A ......................................................... 1315 00
Environmental Control System Compressor (AVIM) EH60A .................................................................. 1316 00
Environmental Control System Hot Gas Bypass (HGBP) Valve (AVIM) EH60A .................................. 1317 00
Environmental Control System Ducts, Evaporator, Heatet/Demister (AVIM) EH60A ............................ 1318 00
Environmental Control System Filter/Dryer (AVIM) EH60A .................................................................. 1319 00
Environmental Control System Electrical Pallet (AVIM) EH60A ............................................................ 1320 00
Environmental Control System Servicing Manifold (AVIM) EH60A ...................................................... 1321 00
Environmental Control System Sight Glass (AVIM) EH60A ................................................................... 1322 00
Environmental Control System High and Low Pressure Switches (AVIM) EH60A ............................... 1323 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Pallet Pressure Test (AVIM) UH-60Q HH-60L .................... 1324 00
Environmental Control System Condenser Lines, Burst Disc, and Relief Valve Condenser Pallet
(AVIM) UH-60Q HH-60L ...................................................................................................................... 1325 00
Environmental Control System Condenser and Transition Duct (AVIM) UH-60Q HH-60L ................... 1326 00
External Rescue Hoist Inspections UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ............................................. 1327 00
Rescue Hoist Installation HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................................................... 1328 00

xxxii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Rescue Hoist Fuse CL16 HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................................................... 1329 00

Rescue Hoist Fuse Holder HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................................................. 1330 00
Rescue Hoist Bus Bar HOIST 42305R1 .................................................................................................... 1331 00
Rescue Hoist Relay K14 Bracket Assembly HOIST 42305R1 ................................................................. 1332 00
Rescue Hoist Relay K14 HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................................................... 1333 00
Rescue Hoist Relay K14 Suppressor HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................................ 1334 00
Rescue Hoist Umbilical Cable HOIST 42305R1 ...................................................................................... 1335 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Bracket Assembly HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................ 1336 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel HOIST 42305R1 ........................................................................................... 1337 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Squib Test Lamp HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................. 1338 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Cable Assembly HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................... 1339 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Information Plate HOIST 42305R1 ............................................................. 1340 00
Rescue Hoist Pendant HOIST 42305R1 .................................................................................................... 1341 00
Rescue Hoist UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ............................................................................... 1342 00
Load Cable UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .................................................................................. 1343 00
Hook Assembly UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ........................................................................... 1344 00
Cable Cutter and Anvil UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ............................................................... 1345 00
Rescue Hoist Pendant UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ................................................................. 1346 00
Support Fairings and Cowlings UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .................................................. 1347 00
Pilot Hoist Control Panel UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ............................................................ 1348 00
Crew Hoist Control Panel UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .......................................................... 1349 00
Limit Switch Setting/ChecK UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 ....................................................... 1350 00
Explosive Cartridge UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .................................................................... 1351 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Information Plate Lamps (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 .................................. 1352 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Toggle Switches (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 ................................................ 1353 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Indicator Light (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 ................................................... 1354 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Diode (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 ................................................................. 1355 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Resistor (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 .............................................................. 1356 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Electrical Connector (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 .......................................... 1357 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel Relay (AVIM) HOIST 42305R1 .................................................................. 1358 00
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) ........................................................................................................................ 1359 00
APU Exhaust Duct ........................................................................................................................................ 1360 00
APU Exhaust Pipe......................................................................................................................................... 1361 00
APU Shroud Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 1362 00
APU Front Mounting Lugs ........................................................................................................................... 1363 00
APU Rear Mounting Lug.............................................................................................................................. 1364 00
APU Start Motor ........................................................................................................................................... 1365 00
APU Spline Adapter ...................................................................................................................................... 1366 00
APU Fuel Line Prime.................................................................................................................................... 1367 00

xxxiii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

APU Fuel Shutoff Valve................................................................................................................................ 1368 00

APU Fuel Line .............................................................................................................................................. 1369 00
APU Drain Lines........................................................................................................................................... 1370 00
APU Front Inboard Support Mount.............................................................................................................. 1371 00
APU Front Outboard Support Mount ........................................................................................................... 1372 00
APU Front Inboard and Outboard Support Mounts Repair......................................................................... 1373 00
APU Rear Support Mount............................................................................................................................. 1374 00
APU Igniter Plug........................................................................................................................................... 1375 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Inspection ....................................................................................................... 1376 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Inspections................................................................................... 1377 00
Main Rotor Blade Erosion Protection Kit Inspections ................................................................................ 1378 00
Tail Rotor Blade Erosion Protection Kit Inspections................................................................................... 1379 00
Volcano Mine Dispensing System Inspections............................................................................................. 1380 00
Microclimate Cooling System (MCS) .......................................................................................................... 1381 00

CHAPTER 11 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Installation...................................................................................................... 1382 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Removal ......................................................................................................... 1383 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Light Lamp .......................................................................................... 1384 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Light Assembly.................................................................................... 1385 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Light Switch ........................................................................................ 1386 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Light Harness Assembly...................................................................... 1387 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Frequency Converter...................................................................................... 1388 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Belts ..................................................................................................... 1389 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Latch, Support Guides, and Stops ...................................................... 1390 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Lock Mechanism............................................................................................ 1391 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Oxygen Bottle Strap ...................................................................................... 1392 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit I.V. Bag Support and I.V. Hooks .................................................................. 1393 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Support Wear Strips............................................................................. 1394 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Support End Lock Levers ................................................................... 1395 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Support Center Pivot ........................................................................... 1396 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Litter Support Safety Belt Buckle................................................................. 1397 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit 115 Volt/60 HZ AC Power Receptacles........................................................ 1398 00
Winterization Kit Installation........................................................................................................................ 1399 00
Winterization Kit Removal ........................................................................................................................... 1400 00
M-60D Machine Gun Mount ........................................................................................................................ 1401 00
M-60D Machine Gun Mount Detent Spring ................................................................................................ 1402 00
M-60D Machine Gun Mount Pintle.............................................................................................................. 1403 00
M-60D Machine Gun Mount Outboard Fitting............................................................................................ 1404 00
Gunner Communication Cord ....................................................................................................................... 1405 00
Cockpit/Cabin Blackout Kit Installation....................................................................................................... 1406 00
Cockpit/Cabin Blackout Kit Removal .......................................................................................................... 1407 00
Blackout Curtains .......................................................................................................................................... 1408 00
Gunner’s and Cabin Door Windows Blackout Installation.......................................................................... 1409 00

xxxiv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Gunner’s and Cabin Door Windows Blackout Removal ............................................................................. 1410 00

Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Control Pendant ............................................................................................ 1411 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Control Box .................................................................................................. 1412 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Pump and Motor Assembly.......................................................................... 1413 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Filter Element ............................................................................................... 1414 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Filter Assembly............................................................................................. 1415 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Pressure Switch............................................................................................. 1416 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Directional Control Valve/Special Manifold................................................ 1417 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Flow Regulators/Needle Valves ................................................................... 1418 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Wheel ............................................................................................................ 1419 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Hydraulic Lines ............................................................................................ 1420 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Reservoir ....................................................................................................... 1421 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Grounding Cable........................................................................................... 1422 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Power Cable.................................................................................................. 1423 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Kit Installation............................................................................. 1424 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Kit Removal ................................................................................ 1425 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) ....................................................................................................... 1426 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Struts Repair................................................................................. 1427 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fairings......................................................................................... 1428 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fairings Repair............................................................................. 1429 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Framing Repair ............................................................................ 1430 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Root-to-Fuselage Fuel Hose ........................................................ 1431 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Root-to-Fuselage Pneumatic Hose .............................................. 1432 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fuel Hoses, Fuel Tube Assembly, and Fuel Tee Union ............. 1433 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Pneumatic Hoses and Pneumatic Check Valve........................... 1434 00
ESSS Vertical Support Pylon (VSP) Pneumatic Hose and Elbow .............................................................. 1435 00
ESSS Vertical Support Pylon (VSP) Fuel Hose, Fuel Tube and Isolation Check Valve............................ 1436 00
ESSS Flow Sensor Panel Componenrs......................................................................................................... 1437 00
ESSS Flow Transmitter ................................................................................................................................. 1438 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Bleed-Air Regulator Valves, Unions and Tee Fitting ................. 1439 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fuel Shutoff Gate Valve .............................................................. 1440 00
BRU-22A/A EJector Rack ............................................................................................................................ 1441 00
BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack Explosive Cartridge ........................................................................................... 1442 00
BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack Repair................................................................................................................. 1443 00
MAU-40/A Ejector Rack............................................................................................................................... 1444 00
MAU-40/A Ejector Rack Explosive Cartridge............................................................................................. 1445 00
MAU-40/A Ejector Rack Repair................................................................................................................... 1446 00
ESSS Vertical Support Pylon (VSP)............................................................................................................. 1447 00
ESSS Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel W/O AUX FUEL QTY ............................................... 1448 00
ESSS Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Information Plate W/O AUX FUEL QTY .................. 1449 00
ESSS Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Digital Display Segment W/O AUX FUEL QTY ...... 1450 00
ESSS Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Indicator Lamps W/O AUX FUEL QTY ................... 1451 00
ESSS Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Density Switches W/O AUX FUEL QTY .................. 1452 00

xxxv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

ESSS Cabin Fuel Harness W/O AUX FUEL QTY ..................................................................................... 1453 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fuel System Rear Electrical Harness .......................................... 1454 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fuel System Front Electrical Harness......................................... 1455 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Position Light Harness................................................................. 1456 00
ESSS Fuel Overflow Sensor ......................................................................................................................... 1457 00
ESSS Signal Conditioner AUX FUEL QTY ............................................................................................... 1458 00
ESSS Control Display Panel AUX FUEL QTY ......................................................................................... 1459 00
ESSS Stores Jettison Control Panel.............................................................................................................. 1460 00
ESSS STORES Jettison Control Panel Information Plate/Lamps ............................................................... 1461 00
ESSS Cabin Jettison Harness W/O AUX FUEL QTY ................................................................................ 1462 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Jettison System Harness .............................................................. 1463 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Jettison System Position Harness ................................................ 1464 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tanks......................................................................................................... 1465 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Drain Valve...................................................................................... 1466 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Grounding Jack ............................................................................... 1467 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Filler Cap......................................................................................... 1468 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Electrical Interface Cable ............................................................... 1469 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Fuel Interface .................................................................................. 1470 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Air Interface .................................................................................... 1471 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Suspension Lug ............................................................................... 1472 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Stabilizer Fin ................................................................................... 1473 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Access Doors................................................................................... 1474 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Probes AUX FUEL QTY .............................................................. 1475 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Fuel Quantity Sensor Harness W/O AUX FUEL QTY ................ 1476 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Fuel Probe Wiring Harness AUX FUEL QTY ............................. 1477 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Fuel Valve........................................................................................ 1478 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Fuel Supply Tube............................................................................ 1479 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Inlet Air Tube.................................................................................. 1480 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Pressure Test.................................................................................... 1481 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Repair .............................................................................................. 1482 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Tape Installation................................... 1483 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Tape Removal/Repair........................... 1484 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Coating Installation.............................. 1485 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Coating Removal/Repair...................... 1486 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Boot to Tip Cap Installation ...................................... 1487 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Boot to Tip Cap Removal/Repair .............................. 1488 00
Tail Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Tape Installation ..................................... 1489 00
Tail Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Tape Removal/Repair............................. 1490 00
Tail Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Coating Installation ................................ 1491 00
Tail Rotor Blade Tip Cap Erosion Protection Kit Polyurethane Coating Remove/Repair ......................... 1492 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Kit Installation........................................................................................................ 1493 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Kit Removal ........................................................................................................... 1494 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Kit Installation (AVIM) ......................................................................................... 1495 00

xxxvi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Auxiliary Cabin Heater Muffler Support...................................................................................................... 1496 00

Auxiliary Cabin Heater Muffler/Blower Support ......................................................................................... 1497 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Blower Support ...................................................................................................... 1498 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Distribution Elbow/Distribution Duct Support ..................................................... 1499 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Support ................................................................................................................... 1500 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Distribution Elbow/Distribution Duct ................................................................... 1501 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater ................................................................................................................................. 1502 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Muffler.................................................................................................................... 1503 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Kit Blower.............................................................................................................. 1504 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Transition Duct....................................................................................................... 1505 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Control Harness...................................................................................................... 1506 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Power Harness........................................................................................................ 1507 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Blower Power Harness .......................................................................................... 1508 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Ducts, Configurations I and II............................................................................... 1509 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Ducts, Configuration III......................................................................................... 1510 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Ducts, Configuration IV......................................................................................... 1511 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Transition Section Heater Ducts............................................................................ 1512 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Duct Cycling/Overheat Thermostat Assembly...................................................... 1513 00
APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) Kit Installation....................................................................... 1514 00
APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) Kit Removal .......................................................................... 1515 00
APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) Air Particle Separator............................................................ 1516 00
APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) Collector Box ........................................................................ 1517 00
APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) Scavenge Exhaust Duct ........................................................ 1518 00
APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) Ejector Support Bracket........................................................ 1519 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser Assembly and Electronic Module ............................................................................ 1520 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser Payload Module Assembly....................................................................................... 1521 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser Control Panel ............................................................................................................ 1522 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser Control Panel Indicator Lamp.................................................................................. 1523 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser Control Panel Fuse ................................................................................................... 1524 00
Chaff Dispense Switch .................................................................................................................................. 1525 00
Flares Switch EH-60A ................................................................................................................................ 1526 00
Flare Dispenser Assembly EH-60A ........................................................................................................... 1527 00
Heads-Up Display Converter Control Unit .................................................................................................. 1528 00
Heads-Up Display Converter Control Unit Knobs ...................................................................................... 1529 00
Heads-Up Display Converter Control Unit Lamps ...................................................................................... 1530 00
Heads-Up Display Converter Control Unit Housing ................................................................................... 1531 00
Heads-Up Display Signal Data Converter.................................................................................................... 1532 00
Heads-Up Display Signal Data Converter Mount........................................................................................ 1533 00
Heads-Up Display Thermocouple Amplifier ................................................................................................ 1534 00
Heads-Up Display Thermocouple Amplifier Support .................................................................................. 1535 00
Heads-Up Display System Supply Unit Knob ............................................................................................. 1536 00
Volcano Mine Dispensing System Installation ............................................................................................. 1537 00
Volcano Mine Dispensing System Removal ................................................................................................ 1538 00
Volcano Mine Dispensing System Launcher Rack Covers.......................................................................... 1539 00

xxxvii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Volcano Mine Dispensing System Jettison Cartridges................................................................................. 1540 00

Volcano Mine Dispensing System Mine Canisters ...................................................................................... 1541 00
Main Landing Gear Ski Adapter................................................................................................................... 1542 00
Main Landing Gear Skis ............................................................................................................................... 1543 00
Tail Landing Gear Ski ................................................................................................................................... 1544 00
Main/Tail Landing Gear Skis Types of Damage.......................................................................................... 1545 00
Main/Tail Landing Gear Skis Repair............................................................................................................ 1546 00
Gunners Window Winterization Kit Installation .......................................................................................... 1547 00
Gunners Window Winterization Kit Removal.............................................................................................. 1548 00
Auxiliary Fuel Management Panel MWO 50-78 ....................................................................................... 1549 00
Auxiliary Fuel Management Panel Integrally Illuminated Panel MWO 50-78 ........................................ 1550 00
Cabin Fuel Harness MWO 50-78 ............................................................................................................... 1551 00
ESSS External 230 Gallon Fuel Tank Probes AUX FUEL QTY MWO 50-78 ......................................... 1552 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fuel System Rear Electrical Harness MWO 50-78 .................. 1553 00
ESSS Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Fuel System Front Electrical Harness MWO 50-78 ................ 1554 00
Fuel Valve MWO 50-78 .............................................................................................................................. 1555 00
Turret Flir Unit (TFU) HH-60L UH-60Q ................................................................................................... 1556 00
Flir Central Electronics Unit (CEU) HH-60L UH-60Q ............................................................................. 1557 00
Flir Control Panel HH-60L UH-60Q .......................................................................................................... 1558 00
Flir Central Electronics Unit (CEU) Mount HH-60L UH-60Q ................................................................. 1559 00
Microclimate Cooling System (MCS) and Mask Blower Assembly Kit Installation................................. 1560 00
Microclimate Cooling System (MCS) and Mask Blower Assembly Kit Removal .................................... 1561 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Hose Assembly Crew’s 1 and 2......................................................... 1562 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Hose Assembly Pilot’s and Copilot’s ................................................ 1563 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Hose Assembly Repair........................................................................ 1564 00
Microclimate Cooling Units (MCU) Copilot’s, Crew 2, Crew 1 and Pilot’s............................................. 1565 00
Microclimate Cooling Units (MCU) Coolant Filter Replacement .............................................................. 1566 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Cleaning .............................................................................................. 1567 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Mount Assembly ................................................................................. 1568 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Resilient Mounts ................................................................................. 1569 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Coolant Preparation ............................................................................ 1570 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) Coolant Charging/Purging .................................................................. 1571 00
Microclimate Cooling System (MCS) Bypass Control Mounts .................................................................. 1572 00
Microclimate Cooling System (MCU) Power Harnesses ............................................................................ 1573 00
Mask Blower Power Distribution Box (PDB) Assembly ............................................................................ 1574 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Medevac Floor Support (AVIM) ................................................................... 1575 00
ESSS Stores Jettison Control Panel Rotary Selector Switches (AVIM) ..................................................... 1576 00
ESSS Stores Jettison Control Panel Toggle Switches (AVIM).................................................................... 1577 00
ESSS Stores Jettison Control Panel Relays (AVIM) ................................................................................... 1578 00
ESSS Stores Jettison Control Panel Diodes (AVIM) ................................................................................... 1579 00
ESSS Stores Jettison Control Panel Electrical Connectors (AVIM) ........................................................... 1580 00
BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack Cleaning and Surface Treatment (AVIM)......................................................... 1581 00

xxxviii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack Wiring Harness (AVIM) .................................................................................... 1582 00

BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack Test (AVIM)....................................................................................................... 1583 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Electrical Connector (AVIM)................................................................................. 1584 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Elements (AVIM) ................................................................................................... 1585 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Thermostat Assembly (AVIM)............................................................................... 1586 00
Cockpit Emergency Equipment .................................................................................................................... 1587 00
Cabin Emergency Equipment........................................................................................................................ 1588 00
Cockpit Air Bag System (CABS) ................................................................................................................. 1589 00
Cabin Maintenance Crane ............................................................................................................................. 1590 00
Tail Maintenance Crane ................................................................................................................................ 1591 00
Fuel Quantity System Harness Adapter........................................................................................................ 1592 00
Maintenance Light......................................................................................................................................... 1593 00
Buddy Start System Hose ............................................................................................................................. 1594 00
Cabin Maintenance Crane (AVIM) ............................................................................................................... 1595 00
Servicing Requirements................................................................................................................................. 1596 00
Service Main Landing Gear Shock Struts .................................................................................................... 1597 00
Service Main Landing Gear Tires................................................................................................................. 1598 00
Service Tail Landing Gear Shock Strut........................................................................................................ 1599 00
Service Tail Landing Gear Tire..................................................................................................................... 1600 00
Service/Drain Engine..................................................................................................................................... 1601 00
Service Engine Starter................................................................................................................................... 1602 00
Service Hydraulic Pump Modules ................................................................................................................ 1603 00
Service/Drain APU ........................................................................................................................................ 1604 00
Service APU Accumulator ............................................................................................................................ 1605 00
Service Winterization Kit APU Accumulator............................................................................................... 1606 00
Service/Drain Main Transmission................................................................................................................. 1607 00
Service/Drain Intermediate Gear Box........................................................................................................... 1608 00
Service/Drain Tail Gear Box......................................................................................................................... 1609 00
Service Main Rotor Head Damper ............................................................................................................... 1610 00
Service Tail Drive Shaft Viscous Dampers .................................................................................................. 1611 00
Pressure Refuel Main Tanks ......................................................................................................................... 1612 00
Gravity Refuel Main Tanks........................................................................................................................... 1613 00
Closed Circuit Refuel .................................................................................................................................... 1614 00
Pressure Defuel Main Tanks ......................................................................................................................... 1615 00
Gravity Defuel Main Tanks........................................................................................................................... 1616 00
Transfer Defuel External Tanks .................................................................................................................... 1617 00
Preserve Main Fuel Cell Tank ...................................................................................................................... 1618 00
Gravity Refuel External Tanks...................................................................................................................... 1619 00
Adapter Defuel External Tanks..................................................................................................................... 1620 00
Clean and Preserve ESSS Extended Range Tanks....................................................................................... 1621 00
Environmental Control System - Service EH60A ..................................................................................... 1622 00
Environmental Control System Compressor - Service EH60A ................................................................ 1623 00
Service Main Rotor Blade BIM® SYSTEM................................................................................................ 1624 00
Service Rescue Hoist UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................................................................... 1625 00

xxxix
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Service/Deservice Environmental Control System UH-60Q HH-60L ....................................................... 1626 00

Service Environmental Control System Compressor UH-60Q HH-60L ................................................... 1627 00
Service Turret Flir Unit (TFU) UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................................................... 1628 00
Cleaning Requirements.................................................................................................................................. 1629 00
Clean Flight Controls and Hydraulic Deck .................................................................................................. 1630 00
Clean Helicopter Exterior.............................................................................................................................. 1631 00
Clean Engine.................................................................................................................................................. 1632 00
Clean Main and Tail Rotor Blades ............................................................................................................... 1633 00
Clean Main Rotor Blade Expandable Pins................................................................................................... 1634 00
Clean Main Rotor Head ................................................................................................................................ 1635 00
Clean Powertrain ........................................................................................................................................... 1636 00
Clean Cargo Hook ......................................................................................................................................... 1637 00
Clean Main and Tail Landing Gear .............................................................................................................. 1638 00
Clean Tail Wheel Lockpin ............................................................................................................................ 1639 00
Clean Tail Wheel Tow Adapters ................................................................................................................... 1640 00
Clean Troop and Gunner Seats ..................................................................................................................... 1641 00
Clean Main Rotor Deice slipring and Brush Block..................................................................................... 1642 00
Clean Tail Rotor Deice Slipring ................................................................................................................... 1643 00
Clean MAU-40/A Ejector Rack .................................................................................................................... 1644 00
Clean BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack .................................................................................................................. 1645 00
Clean Windshield Wiper Pivot Studs............................................................................................................ 1646 00
Clean Cockpit Door Window........................................................................................................................ 1647 00
Clean Pilot’s/Copilot’s Seats Sliding Backframe......................................................................................... 1648 00
Clean Soundproofing Panels and Airframe Behind Panels.......................................................................... 1649 00
Clean Central Display Unit Faceplate .......................................................................................................... 1650 00
Clean Pilot’s Display Unit Faceplate............................................................................................................ 1651 00
Clean Blackout Curtains................................................................................................................................ 1652 00
Clean ECM Antenna Actuator Assembly EH60A ..................................................................................... 1653 00
Clean Exterior Surface of External Fuel Tank ............................................................................................. 1654 00
Clean APU Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) ...................................................................................... 1655 00
Clean Rescue Hoist UH-60Q HH-60L ........................................................................................................ 1656 00
Clean Air Inlet Anti-Ice Valve ...................................................................................................................... 1657 00
Clean Horizontal Stores Support (HSS) Pneumatic Check Valve ............................................................... 1658 00

CHAPTER 12 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Lubrication Requirements ............................................................................................................................. 1659 00
Lubricate Bifilar............................................................................................................................................. 1660 00
Lubricate Swashplate..................................................................................................................................... 1661 00
Lubricate Mixer Bellcranks........................................................................................................................... 1662 00
Lubricate Rotary Inputs................................................................................................................................. 1663 00
Lubricate Landing Gear Shock Struts .......................................................................................................... 1664 00
Lubricate Stabilator Actuator Assembly ....................................................................................................... 1665 00
Lubricate Windshield Wiper Pivot Studs...................................................................................................... 1666 00

xl
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Lubricate Windshield Wiper Converter ........................................................................................................ 1667 00

Lubricate Tail Wheel Lockpin ...................................................................................................................... 1668 00
Lubricate Tail Wheel Bearings...................................................................................................................... 1669 00
Lubricate Door Locks.................................................................................................................................... 1670 00
Lubricate BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack ............................................................................................................ 1671 00
Lubricate ECM Antenna Actuator Assembly EH60A ............................................................................... 1672 00
Ground Handling General ............................................................................................................................. 1673 00
Tow Helicopter .............................................................................................................................................. 1674 00
Jack Helicopter .............................................................................................................................................. 1675 00
Tiedown and Moor Helicopter...................................................................................................................... 1676 00
Protective Covers........................................................................................................................................... 1677 00
Park Helicopter .............................................................................................................................................. 1678 00
Fold/Spread Main Rotor Blades.................................................................................................................... 1679 00
Fold/Spread Tail Rotor Blades...................................................................................................................... 1680 00
Fold/Unfold Tail Pylon.................................................................................................................................. 1681 00
Kneel Helicopter............................................................................................................................................ 1682 00
Cabin Tiedown Fittings ................................................................................................................................. 1683 00
External Hydraulic Power ............................................................................................................................. 1684 00
External Electrical Power.............................................................................................................................. 1685 00
Platform Scale Weighing............................................................................................................................... 1686 00
Special Inspection Requiremants .................................................................................................................. 1687 00
Engine Output Shaft Inspection - 1 to 3 Hours ........................................................................................... 1688 00
Gear Boxes, Mounting Bolts Torque Check - 9 to 11 Hours...................................................................... 1689 00
Main Rotor Blade Tip Cap Screws - 9 to 11 Hours.................................................................................... 1690 00
Main Rotor Head Torque Check - 9 to 11 Hours ........................................................................................ 1691 00
Outboard Retention Plate Nuts and Pitch Beam Retaining Nut Torque Check - 9 to 11 Hours ............... 1692 00
Tail Drive Shaft Torque Check - 9 to 11 Hours .......................................................................................... 1693 00
Tail Gear Box Inboard Retention Plate Torque Check - 9 to 11 Hours ..................................................... 1694 00
Tail Rotor Cable Tension Check - 9 to 11 Hours ........................................................................................ 1695 00
Every 40 Hours.............................................................................................................................................. 1696 00
Every 120 Hours............................................................................................................................................ 1697 00
Every 350 Hours............................................................................................................................................ 1698 00
Every 1000 Hours /48 Months...................................................................................................................... 1699 00
Before First Flight of Day ............................................................................................................................ 1700 00
Every 14 Days ............................................................................................................................................... 1701 00
Every 30 Days ............................................................................................................................................... 1702 00
Enhanced Scheduled Maintenance (ESM) 90 Day Inspection .................................................................... 1703 00
Every 120 Days ............................................................................................................................................. 1704 00
Every 6 Months ............................................................................................................................................. 1705 00
Every 12 Months ........................................................................................................................................... 1706 00
After Dual-Engine Operation With Gust Lock Engaged ............................................................................. 1707 00
After Exceeding 145 KIAS With Cargo Doors Opened.............................................................................. 1708 00
After Fire Extinguishing System Discharge (Halon-Type).......................................................................... 1709 00
After Firing Chaff Dispenser ........................................................................................................................ 1710 00

xli
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

After Firing BRU-22A/A Ejector Rack ........................................................................................................ 1711 00

After Firing MAU-40/A Ejector Rack.......................................................................................................... 1712 00
After Engine Output Shaft Maintenance ...................................................................................................... 1713 00
After Main Rotor Blade Contact With Tail Rotor Pylon or Tailcone ......................................................... 1714 00
After Main Rotor Blade Contact With ALQ-144 IR Jammer ..................................................................... 1715 00
After Operating Transmission With Oil Pressure Below 20 PSI ................................................................ 1716 00
After Single-Engine Operation Above Idle With Gust Lock Engaged ....................................................... 1717 00
Main, Intermediate, and Tail Gear Box AOAP Sampling ........................................................................... 1718 00
Before Every Flight....................................................................................................................................... 1719 00
Engine Output Shaft Inspection After Disconnect ....................................................................................... 1720 00
Engine Whine/High Frequency Vibration Inspection................................................................................... 1721 00
Hard Landing................................................................................................................................................. 1722 00
Helicopter Subject to Excessive Spin Rate .................................................................................................. 1723 00
Helicopter Subject to Salt Water Immersion or Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishing Agents ....................... 1724 00
Main Rotor Blades Dropped During Blade Fold ......................................................................................... 1725 00
Main Rotor Blades Subject to High Winds.................................................................................................. 1726 00
Main Rotor Droop Stop Pounding................................................................................................................ 1727 00
Operating Helicopter in Erosive Conditions ................................................................................................ 1728 00
Operating Helicopter in Heavy Rainfall....................................................................................................... 1729 00
Operating Helicopter In Tropical Environments .......................................................................................... 1730 00
Operating Helicopter in Nuclear or Biochemically Contaminated Atmosphere ......................................... 1731 00
Post Lightning Strike Inspection................................................................................................................... 1732 00
Sudden Stoppage ........................................................................................................................................... 1733 00
Tail Rotor Out of Balance - Loss of Material.............................................................................................. 1734 00
Transmission System Overspeed................................................................................................................... 1735 00
Transmission System Overtemperature UH60A EH60A ........................................................................... 1736 00
Transmission System Overtemperature UH60L ........................................................................................ 1737 00
Transmission System Overtorque UH60A EH60A .................................................................................... 1738 00
Transmission System Overtorque UH60L ................................................................................................. 1739 00
Inspect Turret Flir Unit (TFU) Scan Cavity (BIT/FIT Indication) UH-60Q HH-60L .............................. 1740 00
Retirement Schedule...................................................................................................................................... 1741 00
Life Limited Components ............................................................................................................................. 1742 00
Cold Weather Operations .............................................................................................................................. 1743 00
Aircraft Inventory Master Guide .................................................................................................................. 1744 00
Storage of Aircraft......................................................................................................................................... 1745 00
Weight and Balance....................................................................................................................................... 1746 00
General Information ...................................................................................................................................... 1747 00
UH-60L Helicopters Serial No. 89-26149 through 96-26722 and 96-26724 through 96-26737 Wire
Data List by Wire Number...................................................................................................................... 1748 00
UH-60L Helicopters HUD Wire Data List by Wire Number ...................................................................... 1749 00

CHAPTER 13 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

UH-60L Helicopters Wire Data List By Reference Designator ................................................................. 1750 00

xlii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

UH-60L Helicopters HUD Wire Data List By Reference Designator ....................................................... 1751 00
UH-60A Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-55-7 Wire Data List By Wire Number ............... 1752 00
UH-60A Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-7 and 1-1520-237-50-62 Wire Data List By
Wire Number .......................................................................................................................................... 1753 00

CHAPTER 14 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

UH-60A Helicopters Modified MWO 1-1520-237-55-7 Wire Data List By Reference Designator ........ 1754 00
UH-60A Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-7 and 1-1520-237-50-62 Wire Data List By
Reference Designator............................................................................................................................... 1755 00
UH-60A Helicopters Wire Data List By Wire Number............................................................................... 1756 00

CHAPTER 15 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

UH-60A Helicopters Wire Data List By Reference Designator .................................................................. 1757 00
UH-60A Helicopters Medevac Kit Wire Data List By Wire Number ........................................................ 1758 00
UH-60A Helicopters Medevac Kit Wire Data List By Reference Designator............................................ 1759 00
UH-60A Helicopters Rescue Hoist Kit Wire Data List By Wire Number.................................................. 1760 00
UH-60A Helicopters Rescue Hoist Kit Wire Data List By Reference Designator..................................... 1761 00
UH-60A Helicopters Aux Cabin Heater Kit Wire Data List By Wire Number.......................................... 1762 00
UH-60A Helicopters Aux Cabin Heater Kit Wire Data List By Reference Designator............................. 1763 00
EH-60A Helicopters Prior to Serial No. 88-24067 Stabilator Slew-Up Switch, Wire Data List By Wire
Number ..................................................................................................................................................... 1764 00
UH-60A Helicopters Prior to Serial No. 88-24067 Stabilator Slew-Up Switch, Wire Data List By
Reference Designator............................................................................................................................... 1765 00
UH-60A Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-62 Wire Data List By Wire Number............... 1766 00
UH-60A Helicopter Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-62 Wire Data List By Reference Designator ... 1767 00

CHAPTER 16 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

EH-60A Helicopters Wire Data List By Wire Number ............................................................................... 1768 00
EH-60A Helicopters Wire Data List By Reference Designator .................................................................. 1769 00
EH-60A Helicopters Prior to Serial No. 87-24667 Stabilator Slew-Up Switch, Wire Data List By Wire
Number ..................................................................................................................................................... 1770 00
EH-60A Helicopters Prior to Serial No. 87-24667 Stabilator Slew-Up Switch, Wire Data List By
Reference Designator ............................................................................................................................... 1771 00
EH-60A Helicopters Environmental Control System Wire Data List By Wire Number............................ 1772 00
EH-60A Helicopters Environmental Control System Wire Data List By Reference Designator............... 1773 00
EH-60A Helicopters Tractor Wire Data List By Wire Number .................................................................. 1774 00
EH-60A Helicopters Tracor Wire Data List By Reference Designator....................................................... 1775 00
UH-60A, UH-60A/L, EH-60A Helicopters* Wire Data List By Wire Number ......................................... 1776 00
UH-60A Helicopters* Wire Data List By Wire Number............................................................................. 1777 00
UH-60A, UH-60A/L, EH-60A Helicopters* Wire Data List By Wire Number ......................................... 1778 00

CHAPTER 17 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

EH-60A Helicopters* MEP ALQ-151(V)2 Wire Data List By Wire Number............................................ 1780 00
UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-75 Wire Data List by Wire Number ............ 1781 00
UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-75 Wire Data List of Wires Removed and
or Terminated by Wire Number .............................................................................................................. 1782 00

xliii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-75 Wire Data List By Reference Designa-
tor ............................................................................................................................................................. 1783 00
UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-78 Wire Data List By Wire Number............ 1784 00
UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-78 Wire Data List By Reference Designa-
tor ............................................................................................................................................................. 1785 00
EH-60A Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-78 Wire Data List By Wire Number................ 1786 00
EH-60A Helicopters Modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-78 Wire Data List By Reference Designator ... 1787 00
UH60Q Helicopter Wire Data List By Wire Number.................................................................................. 1788 00
UH60Q Helicopters Wire Data List By Reference Designator ................................................................... 1789 00
EH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-76 Wire Data List By Wire Number............ 1790
EH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-76 Wire Data List By Reference Designa-
tor.............................................................................................................................................................. 1791 00
EH-60L Helicopters Wire Data List By Wire Number................................................................................ 1792 00

CHAPTER 18 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

EH-60L Helicopters Wire Data List By Reference Designator................................................................... 1793 00

CHAPTER 19 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

EH-60L Helicopters Serial No. 96-26723 * And 97-26738 And Subsequent Wire Data List By Wire
Number ..................................................................................................................................................... 1794 00
EH-60L Helicopters Serial No. 96-26723 * And 97-26738 And Subsequent Wire Data List By Refer-
ence Designator ........................................................................................................................................ 1795 00
EH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-82 Wire Data List By Wire Number............ 1796 00
EH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-82 Wire Data List By Reference Designa-
tor.............................................................................................................................................................. 1797 00
UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-75 And MWO 1-1520-237-50-84 Wire
Data List By Wire Number ..................................................................................................................... 1798 00
UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-75 Wire Data List Of Wires Removed And
Or Terminated And UH-60A/L Helicopters Modified By MWO 1-1520-237-50-84 Wire Data List
By Reference Designator......................................................................................................................... 1799 00

CHAPTER 20 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References...................................................................................................................................................... 1800 00
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).......................................................................................................... 1801 00
Maintenance Allocation Chart....................................................................................................................... 1802 00
Expendable and Durable Items List.............................................................................................................. 1803 00
Critical Safety Item (CSI) Program .............................................................................................................. 1804 00
Illustrated Field Manufacture Items List ...................................................................................................... 1805 00

xliv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

INTRODUCTION

NOTE
In case of conflict with other technical documentation, this manual has precedence.

This manual is one of a set of 18 separate chapters that cover maintenance, inspection, and troubleshooting instructions
for the models UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A, UH-60Q, and HH-60L helicopters. The helicopters are manufactured by
Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation, 6900 Main Street, Post Office Box 9729, Stratford, Connecticut 06615-9129. The other 4
manuals are:

+ Preventive Maintenance Services, Daily Inspection Checklist, TM 1-1520-237-PMD

+ Preventive Maintenance Services, 40-Hour Inspection Checklist, TM 1-1520-237-PMS

+ Phase Maintenance Services, Periodic Inspection Checklist, TM 1-1520-237-PMI

+ Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL), TM 1-1520-237-23P

The following manuals are managed by CECOM. These manuals contain maintenance inspection and troubleshooting data
for Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) support levels. They do not have
depot level maintenance instructions.

+ UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures, TM 11-1520-237-23

+ EH60A Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures, TM 11-1520-249-23-1

+ EH60A Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures, TM 11-1520-249-23-2

+ EH60A Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures, TM 11-1520-249-23-3

TYPES OF MANUALS BY AIRCRAFT

UH60A The manuals, TM 1-1520-237-23, TM 1-1520-237-PMD, TM 1-1520-237-PMS, TM 1-1520-237-PMI, and TM

11-1520-237-23 contain references to the model UH-60A. This reference applies to helicopters with the following serial
numbers:

+ 77-22714 thru 77-22728

+ 78-22960 thru 78-23015

+ 79-23265 thru 79-23370

+ 80-23416 thru 80-23509

+ 81-23547 thru 81-23647

+ 82-23660 thru 82-23761

+ 83-23837 thru 83-23932

+ 84-23933 thru 84-24016

+ 85-24387 thru 85-24464

+ 86-24485 thru 86-24559

+ 87-24579 thru 87-24656

xlv
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

+ 88-26015 thru 88-26086

+ 89-26123 thru 89-26173

UH-60Q HH-60 The manuals, TM 1-1520-237-23, TM 1-1520-237-PMD, TM 1-1520-237-PMS, TM 1-1520-237-PMI,

and TM 11-1520-237-23 contain references to the model UH-60Q and HH-60L. This reference applies to helicopters with
the following serial numbers:

+ 97-26768 thru 97-26771

EH60A The manuals, TM 1-1520-237-23, TM 1-1520-237-PMD, TM 1-1520-237-PMS, TM 1-1520-237-PMI, TM 11-

1520-249-23-1, TM 11-1520-249-23-2, and TM 11-1520-249-23-3, contain references to the model EH-60A. This refer-
ence applies to helicopters with the following serial numbers:

+ 84-24017 through 84-24028

+ 85-24465 through 85-24482

+ 86-24561 through 86-24578

+ 87-24657 through 87-24674

UH60L The manuals, TM 1-1520-237-23, TM 1-1520-237-PMD, TM 1-1520-237-PMS, TM 1-1520-237-PMI, and TM

11-1520-237-23, contains reference to the model UH-60L. This reference applies to helicpters with the follwoing serial
numbers:

+ 84-23953

+ 89-26149

+ 89-26154

+ 89-26179 and subsequent

TM 1-1520-237-23

This Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance Manual includes the purpose, function, physical characteristics, location,
access, and theory of operation, servicing, information for the maintenance specialist to do specific maintenance tasks, and
wire data information for all helicopter systems and major components. This manual is arranged in the same general se-
quence as the Maintenance Allocation Chart. Refer to Army Requlations and Operator’s Manual for personnel require-
ments and procedures for ground run and flight checking the helicopter.
Description of Chapter 1

Chapter 1 contains general information, equipment description and data, and theory of operation related to the system’s
components. Simplified block diagrams are used in describing some electrical, hydraulic, and fuel systems.
Description of Chapters 2 through 4

Chapters 2 through 4 contains data to troubleshoot the helicopter’s mechanical, fuel, pneudraulic, flight instrument, and
electrical systems. There are two major breakdowns of these work packages, operational/troubleshooting procedures and
fault isolation procedures. Schematic diagrams are included for point-to-point troubleshooting. Location diagram illustra-
tions are also provided. The wiring data is also useful for troubleshooting (, WP 1725 00 through , WP 1767 00). If a
wire number is known and the connectors are not, refer to the WIRE DATA LIST BY WIRE NUMBER sections. If the
connector number is known and the wire number is not, refer to WIRE DATA LIST BY REFERENCE DESIGNATOR
sections. For further information on proper usage of the wiring data list, refer to the General Information (, WP 1725 00).

xlvi
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

Operational/troubleshooting procedures contain step-by-step instructions to isolate a reported discrepancy or ensure the
system is fully functional. These procedures may be subdivided into smaller procedures which focus on specific functions
of the system. Operational checks reduce maintenance time by providing simultaneous troubleshooting, eliminating
circuitry which could cause a reported discrepancy. The procedures direct the user to a specific fault isolation procedure
or describe corrective action when the discrepancy is confirmed. Fault isolation procedures provide additional
troubleshooting which will correct most reported discrepancies. Fault isolation procedures do not stand alone in their
troubleshooting approach. The operational/troubleshooting procedures must be performed before using the fault isolation
procedures.
Description of Chapters 5 through 17

Chapters 5 through 17 contains on aircraft inspections including detailed inspections as specified by the daily inspection
and 40 hour inspection checklist, AVUM maintenance and repair procedures, AVIM maintenance and repair procedures,
structural repair information such as paint touch up, metal structure repair limits, water integrity sealing, extrusion charts,
and composite structure repair, and wire data lists.
Description of Chapter 18

Chapter 18 contains reference material, Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), expendable and durable items list, and lo-
cally fabricated tools information.

TM 1-1520-237-PMD, TM 1-1520-237-PMS, AND TM 1-1520-237-PMI

The Daily Inspection Checklist TM 1-1520-237-PMD, Preventive Maintenance Services (40 Hour) Inspection Checklist
TM 1-1520-237-PMS, and Phase Maintenance (350/700 Hour) Periodic Inspection Checklists, TM 1-1520-237-PMI,
contain complete inspection requirements for Daily, Preventive Maintenance, and Periodic Phase Inspections. They do not
have instructions for repair, adjustment or other means of correcting conditions, nor do they have troubleshooting instruc-
tions to find causes for malfunctioning. Refer to TM 1-1520-237-23, TM 11-1520-249-23-1, TM 11-1520-249-23-2, or
TM 11-1520-249-23-3 for specific inspection, accept/reject criteria, or operational checks.

TM 11-1520-237-23 UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L

The Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures Manual, TM 11-1520-237-23, contains equipment descriptions, theories of
operation, operational/troubleshooting procedures, and maintenance tasks for all the UH-60A, UH-60L, UH-60Q, and HH-
60L helicopter avionics systems. This manual does not contain data regarding EH-60A avionics systems.

TM 11-1520-249-23-1 AND TM 11-1520-249-3 EH60A

The Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures Manuals, TM 11-1520-249-23-1 and TM 11-1520-249-23-3, contain
descriptions, theories of operation, and maintenance tasks for the EH-60A helicopter avionics systems.

TM 11-1520-249-2 EH60A

The Avionics Fault Isolation Procedures Manual, TM 11-1520-249-23-2, has data for troubleshooting the EH-60A
helicopter’s avionic systems. Operational checkout procedures and logic-type troubleshooting charts give detailed step-by-
step instructions to identify malfunctioning components. Component location diagrams and schematics are also included.
The Avionics Fault Isolation Procedures Manual covers only EH-60A avionics systems.

USE OF ICONS

Ranges of helicopter effectivities, MWOs, and production line modifications referenced throughout this manual shall be
identified by an icon.

xlvii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

Helicopter Serial Numbers and Model Designations

Ranges of helicopter effectivities shall be identified by an icon. UH60A-77-22717-SUBQ This icon is an example of an
effectivity for UH-60A helicopters serial numbers 77-22717 and subsequent.
Electromagnetic Environmental Protection

EMEP Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial number 90-26272, serial numbers 90-26293 and subsequent or
UH-60A, UH-60L and EH-60A, modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-59.

W/O EMEP Designates UH-60L prior to serial number 90-26272 and serial numbers 90-26273 through 90-26292, or
UH-60A and EH-60A not modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-59.
External Stores Support System (ESSS)

ESSS Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 82-23748 and subsequent, EH-60A and UH-60L are
provisioned for ESSS.

W/O ESSS Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 82-23748 are not provisioned for ESSS.

Improved Flight Controls

IMP FLT CONT Designates UH-60L and HH-60L serial numbers 91-26360 and subsequent, or UH-60L prior to serial
number 91-26360 modified by MWO 1-1520-50-71.

W/O IMP FLT CONT Designates UH-60L prior to serial number 91-26360 not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-71.

Heated Center Windshield

HCW Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q, HH-60L or EH-60A serial numbers 85-24441 and subsequent, UH-60L
or UH-60A and EH-60A prior to serial number 85-24441 modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-70.

W/O HCW designates UH-60A and EH-60A prior to serial number 85-24441 not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-70.

Hover Infrared Suppressor System

HIRSS Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 86-24560 and subsequent, UH-60L and EH-60A, or
UH-60A, modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-63.

W/O HIRSS Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 86-24560 not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-63.

Hellfire/Volcano Fixed Provision Connector

HFIRE/VOL Designates UH-60A, UH-60L, and EH-60A modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-66.

W/O HFIRE/VOL Designates UH-60A, UH-60L, and EH-60A not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-66.

Roll Vibration Absorber

ROLL Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 90-26278 and subsequent, or modified by MWO
1-1520-237-50-60 and EH-60A serial numers 87-24669 and subsequent.
Modernization Program

MOD Designates UH-60A and UH-60Q modified by MWO 1-1520-237-55-7.

W/O MOD designates UH-60A not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-55-7.

xlviii
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

Improved Airspeed System

IAS Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 82-23747 and subsequent,UH60L, EH-60A and UH-60A,
serial number prior to 82-23748 modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-22.

W/O IAS Designates UH60A helicopters not modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-22.

Wire Strike Protection System

WSPS Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 86-23416 and subsequent, UH-60L, EH-60A serial
numbers 85-24469 and subsequent or UH-60A and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-23-47.

W/O WSPS Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 86-232416 and EH-60A prior to serial number 85-24469 not
modified by MWO 55-1520-237-23-47.
Heads Up Display

HUD Designates helicopters equipped with Heads Up Display.

De-Ice Harness (Installation and Sleeving)

MWO 50-36 Designates UH-60A, UH-60L UH-60Q, HH-60L and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-36.

W/O MWO 50-36 Designates UH-60A, UH-60L and EH-60A not modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-36.

Engine Quadrant Secondary Stop to No. 1 and No. 2 Engine Power Control Levers

MWO 50-39 Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 86-24516 and subsequent, UH-60L and EH-60A
serial numbers 85-24469 and subsequent or UH-60A and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-39.

W/O MWO 50-39 Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 86-24516 and EH-60A prior to serial number 85-24469 not
modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-39.
Modification of Dowel Pin Retention, Main Gear Box

MWO 50-43 Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers and subsequent, UH-60L and EH-60A serial
numbers 87-24663 and subsequent, or UH-60A and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-43.

W/O MWO 50-43 Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 87-27004 and EH-60A prior to serial number 87-24663 not
modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-43.
Modification of Main Rotor Antiflap Brackets

MWO 50-44 Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 86-24537 and subsequent, UH-60L and EH-60A
serial numbers 85-24475 and subsequent or UH-60A and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-44.

W/O MWO 50-44 Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 86-24537 and EH-60A prior to serial number 85-24475 not
modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-44.
Incorporation of Exhaust Extender Doublers

MWO 50-51 Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 86-24560 and subsequent, UH-60L and EH-60A
or UH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-51.

W/O MWO 50-51 Designates UH-60A prior to serial number 86-24560 not modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-51.

xlix
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

Incorporation of Stabilator Actuator Grounding Strap

MWO 50-54 Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 88-26085 and subsequent and UH-60L or UH-
60A, and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-54.

W/O MWO 50-54 Designates UH-60A serial number prior to 88-26085 and EH-60A not modified by MWO 55-1520-
237-50-54.
Incorporation of Engine Drive Shaft Balancing Procedure

MWO 50-58 Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q, HH-60L or EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-58 and UH-60L.

W/O MWO 50-58 Designates UH-60A and EH-60A not modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-58.

Improved Eyebolt, 70219-02136-102

MWO 50-61 Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 91-26337 and subsequent or UH-60A, UH-60L
and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-61.

W/O MWO 50-61 Designates UH-60L prior to serial number 91-26337, UH-60A and EH-60A not modified by MWO
55-1520-237-50-61.
Modification of Engine Cowling Release Handle

MWO 50-64 Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 92-26408 and subsequent or UH-60A, UH-60L
and EH-60A modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-64.

W/O MWO 50-64 Designates UH-60L prior to serial number 92-26408, UH-60A, and EH-60A not modified by MWO
55-1520-237-50-64.
Modification of Engine Trim Balance Hardware

MWO 50-73 Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 93-26518 and subsequent or UH-60A, UH-60L,
and EH-60A modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-73.

W/O MWO 50-73 Designates UH-60L prior to serial number 93-26518 not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-73.

Incorporation of Improved Chip Detector System For UH-60A Helicopters

MWO 50-26 Designates UH-60A serial numbers 77-22714 through 83-23895 modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-26.

W/O MWO 50-26 Designates UH-60A serial numbers 77-22714 through 83-23895 not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-
50-26.
Modification of ESSS System

MWO 50-78 Designates UH-60A, UH-60L, UH-60Q, HH-60L and EH-60A modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-78.

W/O/ MWO 50-78 Designates UH-60A, UH-60L, and EH-60A not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-78.

Improved Fire Extinguisher

FIRE Designates UH-60L, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 90-26272, 90-26293 and subsequent, UH-60A, UH-60L,
and EH-60A modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-66.

W/O FIRE Designates UH-60L serial numbers prior to 90-26272, 90-26293 and subsequent, UH-60A, UH-60L, and EH-
60A not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-66.

l
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

Improved Stabilator System

ISS Designates UH-60A, UH-60Q or HH-60L serial numbers 87-26005 and subsequent, UH-60L, and EH-60A modified
by MWO 1-1520-237-50-42.

W/O ISS Designates UH-60A serial numbers prior to 87-26005 and subsequent, UH-60L, and EH-60A not modified by
MWO 1-1520-237-50-42.
Winterization Kit

WINTER Designates a kit installed to assist engine start in winter weather.

W/O WINTER Designates a kit not installed to assist engine start in winter weather.

Radio Improvement Set

RIS Designates EH-60A modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-67.

W/O RIS Designates EH-60A not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-67.

HF Radio (AN/ARC-220(V)1) Set

HF Designates UH-60A, UH-60L, UH-60Q and HH-60L modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-76.

Ballistic Fuel Line

MWO 50-74 Designates helicopters modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-74.

W/O MWO 50-74 Designates helicopters not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-74.

Bearing Ret Spring Clip

MWO 50-52 Designates helicopters modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-52.

W/O MWO 50-52 Designates helicopters not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-52.

Cockpit Air Bag System (CABS)

MWO 50-82 Designates helicopters modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-82.

W/O/ MWO 50-82 Designates helicopters not modified by MWO 1-1520-237-50-82.

li
 TM 1-1520-237-23-1

DEFINITIONS

WARNING
An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc., which if
not strictly observed, could result in injury to or death of personnel.

CAUTION
An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc., which if
not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or loss of
mission effectiveness or long term health hazards to personnel.

NOTE
An essential operating or maintenance procedure, condition, or statement, which must
be highlighted.

CHANGES TO THIS MANUAL

On a changed page, the portion of text affected by the latest change is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margin of
the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by a hand pointing to the changed area on the illustration or a MAJOR
CHANGE symbol.

lii
 TM 1-1520-237-23

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

THEORY OF OPERATION
FOR

ARMY MODELS UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A, UH-60Q,

AND HH-60L
HELICOPTERS
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0001 00

UNIT LEVEL

AIRFRAME

GENERAL

SCOPE

This manual contains complete descriptive information and maintenance procedures for UH-60A, UH-60L, UH-60Q, HH-
60L, and EH-60A helicopters.

MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

Forms, records, and reports which are to be used by maintenance personnel at all maintenance levels are listed in and
prescribed by PAM 738-751.

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your AIRFRAME needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us
what you don’t like about your equipment. Let us know why you don’t like the design or performance. Put it on an SF
368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to the address specified in DA PAM 738-750, Functional Users Manual
for the Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS), or as specified by the contracting activity. We will send you a
reply.

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

For additional information on corrosion prevention and control (CPC), refer to TM 55-1500-343-23.
OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES

To be provided.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

See TM 750-244-1-5 for destruction of helicopter.

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

Refer to WP 1745 00 for instructions on preparation for storage.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations are in accordance with ASME Y14.38, except when the abbreviation stands for a marking acually found in the
aircraft.
QUALITY ASSURANCES (QA)

The text of each quality assurance procedure or step in the manual is preceded (and highlighted) by the abbreviation 9QA9.
QUALITY OF MATERIAL

Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this TM 1-1520-237-23. If quality of
material requirements are not stated in this manual, the material must meet the requirements of the drawings, standards,
specifications, or approved engineering change proposals applicable to the subject equipment.

SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING

Refer to MIL-STD-1686 and MIL-HDBK-263, which contains ESD control procedures and material necessary to protect ESD
sensitive items.

0001 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0001 00

CRITICAL SAFETY ITEM (CSI)

A CSI is defined as any part, assembly, or installation whose failure, malfunction, or absence could cause loss of aircraft,
serious damage to aircraft, death of crewmembers, or serious injury to crewmembers.
A critical characteristic is defined as any feature throughout the life cycle of a CSI, such as dimension, tolerance, finish,
material or assembly, manufacturing process, inspection process, operation, missing, or degraded, could cause failure or
malfunction of a CSI.

COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE), CTA
50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except: Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army
Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items, as applicable to your unit.

SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

Refer to TM 1-1520-237-23P for Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL). Refer to WP 1801 00 and WP 1802 00
for Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC). For local made tools, refer to WP 1805 00.

REPAIR PARTS
Repair parts are listed and illustrated in the repair parts and special tools list TM 1-1520-237-23P.

CONNECTION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS

Self-locking threaded connectors, MIL-C-5015 and MIL-C-83723, will not connect with their receptacles unless properly
torqued. The coupling rings must be hand-torqued until the tabs on the locking devices align with the center of the
groove.
Bayonet coupling connectors, MIL-C-26482 and MIL-C-38999, will not connect with their receptacles unless properly
torqued. The coupling rings must be hand-torqued until the bayonet pins can be seen, heard, and felt snapping into the
holes of the coupling rings.

Threaded connectors not using a locking mechanism will not connect with their receptacles unless properly torqued.
These connectors are identified by a 1/2-inch red dot located on the structure adjacent to the connector receptacles. Con-
nectors of this type must be hand-torqued and safety wired.

ROUTING AND CLAMPING OF WIRE HARNESSES

Upon reinstallation of components such as the left and right relay panels, the No. 3 relay panel, and the No. 1 and No. 2
junction boxes, check for adequate clearance between these components and the wire harnesses routed close to them. All
wiring should be checked for proper clamping and for installation of sufficient harness ties to avoid wire chafing.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

UNIT LEVEL

AIRCRAFT GENERAL

AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION

Helicopters are twin turboshaft engine aircraft (Figure 1, Sheet 1 and Figure 1, Sheet 2). Their primary mission is the
transportation of troops, litter patients, and equipment. UH60A EH60A UH60Q Helicopters are powered by two T700-GE-
700 engines, mounted above the mid-fuselage. UH60L HH-60L Helicopters are powered by two T700-GE-701C
engines, mounted above the mid-fuselage. The main rotor group consists of a four bladed, fully articulated, elastomeric
rotor. The tail rotor group consists of a canted crossbeam tail rotor with two continuous composite spars running from
blade tip to blade tip, crossing each other at the hub to form the four tail rotor blades. Forward, rear, lateral, and vertical
flight is done by the main rotor system, while the tail rotor system counteracts torque from the main rotor and provides
directional control. Power to drive the main rotor is supplied from engine torque transmitted by drive shafting to the input
module of the main transmission. The tail rotor is driven by drive shafting extending from the main module of the main
transmission through the intermediate gear box to the tail gear box. Three separate hydraulic systems are used in the
helicopter. The No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic systems provide power for the main rotor servos and the pilot-assist servos.
The No. 3 or backup hydraulic system provides backup power for the No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic systems and recharges
the APU start subsystem. The backup hydraulic system also provides power for ground checks without operation of the
main transmission. Basic electrical power is supplied by two ac generators mounted on the accessory module. Ac power
is converted to dc power for operation of certain systems.

EH60A Helicopter similar to the UH60A described except its primary mission is electronic surveillance of selected
targets using sophisticated intercept and direction-finding (DF) equipment, the AN/ALQ-151(V)2 system (TM 32-5865-
012-10). In addition to a pilot and copilot, the crew includes an electronic countermeasures (ECM) equipment operator
and a DF equipment operator. The mission equipment, AN/ALQ-151(V)2, and its operators are housed in the aircraft
cabin replacing troop seats or other mission flexibility kits. An Environmental Control System (ECS) replaces the standard
heater/ventilator system. Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) includes Hover Infrared Suppression System (HIRSS).

UH-60Q HH-60L Helicopter similar to the UH60A described except its primary mission is MEDEVAC. Secondary mis-
sions include transport of medical teams, deliver medical supplies, and provide support for combat search and rescue mis-
sions. Kit installations for helicopter consist of range extension tanks, rescue hoist, medical evacuation, infrared suppres-
sion, blade anti-icing, and blackout devices. The medical interior contains space for seating of three medical attendants,
two independent medical stations are designed to transport three littered patients or three ambulatory (seated) patients or
crew members. Litter platforms can also be moved up, out of way to transport cargo. Restraint of cargo is by tiedown
rings installed on floor. A medical cabinet provides storage for carry on equipment. Provisions for securing carry on medi-
cal equipment and supporting intravenous fluid bags are mounted through out cabin.

EMEP Electrical wiring and components are hardened for electromagnetic environment protection (EME) for eliminating
abnormal responses to external electromagnetic radiation. Electrical wiring for selected systems and components of EME
helicopters are equipped with pin filtered adapters, connectors, and receptacles where necessary. Components susceptible
to electromagnetic radiation are internally modified with filters and gaskets. The instrument panel and other mounting
surfaces for EME components are metal with a chemical conversion coating conforming to MIL-C-5541, Class 3, or use
bonding straps to provide low resistance to airframe ground. The following list identifies those components having pin
filtered adapters and pin filtered connectors:

1. Blade Deice Test Panel (pin filter adapter).

0002 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION - Continued

2. Blade Deice Controller (pin filter adapter).

3. Copilot HSI (pin filter adapter).

4. Pilot HSI (pin filter adapter).

5. SAS/FPS Computer (pin filter adapter).

6. Rate Gyro (pin filter adapter).

7. No. 1 Generator Control Unit (pin filter adapter).

8. No. 2 Generator Control Unit (pin filter adapter).

9. Copilot VSI (pin filter adapter).

10. Pilot VSI (pin filter adapter).

11. Caution/Advisory Panel (pin filter adapter).

12. APU Generator Control Unit (pin filter adapter).

13. No. 1 Lateral Accelerometer (pin filter adapter).

14. No. 2 Lateral Accelerometer (pin filter adapter).

15. Battery Charger Analyzer (pin filter adapter).

16. Pilot HSI/VSI Mode Select Panel (pin filter adapter).

17. Copilot HSI/VSI Mode Select Panel (pin filter adapter).

18. Yaw Trim Servo (filtered connector).

19. Pilot Master Warning Panel (filtered connector).

20. Copilot Master Warning Panel (filtered connector).

21. Radar Altimeter Receiver (pin filter adapter).

22. Airspeed Transducer (pin filter adapter).

23. No. 1 Signal Data Converter (pin filter adapter).

24. No. 2 Signal Data Converter (pin filter adapter).

25. No. 1 Stabilator Actuator (pin filter adapter).

26. No. 2 Stabilator Actuator (pin filter adapter).

27. Roll Trim Servo (pin filter adapter).

28. No. 1 Stabilator Amplifier (pin filter adapter).

29. No. 2 Stabilator Amplifier (pin filter adapter).

30. VOR/ILS Receiver (pin filter adapter).

31. CIS Processor (pin filter adapter).

32. Air Data Transducer (pin filter adapter).

0002 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION - Continued

33. Compass Control Panel (pin filter adapter).

34. Doppler SDC (pin filter adapter).

35. Doppler Computer Display Unit (pin filter adapter).

PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS

Principal dimensions of the helicopter are shown in Figure 2, Sheet 1, Figure 2, Sheet 2, Figure 2, Sheet 3 and
Figure 2, Sheet 4.

Stations, waterlines, and buttlines (in inches) are used as an accurate method of locating or installing equipment in the
airframe. See Figure 3, Sheet 1 and Figure 3, Sheet 2 for stations, waterlines, and buttlines for this helicopter

ELECTRICAL TAIL
POWER ROTOR
UPPER GENERATOR
MAIN CUTTER
ROTOR MAIN
ROTOR TAIL
BLADE
HEAD GEAR
FLIGHT BOX
CONTROLS MAIN
TRANSMISSION
CUTTER
ASSEMBLY
TAIL
TRANSMISSION DRIVE
OIL COOLER SHAFT
AVIONICS
EQUIPMENT APU

LANDING INTERMEDIATE
GEAR GEAR BOX
DEFLECTOR FUEL TAIL TAIL
MAIN SYSTEM LANDING LANDING
LANDING GEAR
LANDING GEAR
GEAR DEFLECTOR
GEAR
CUTTER

AB0809_1
SA

Figure 1. General Arrangement. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0002 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS - Continued

HEAT AND
AVIONICS VENT SYSTEM MAIN ROTOR
EQUIPMENT HEAD
ENGINES FIRE
PYLON TAIL
PROTECTION
FOLD HINGE ROTOR
SYSTEM

AUXILIARY TAIL DRIVE INTERMEDIATE TAIL GEAR

POWER UNIT SHAFT GEAR BOX BOX
COCKPIT FLIGHT TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS OIL COOLER

AB0809_2
SA

Figure 1. General Arrangement. (Sheet 2 of 2)

ACCESS AND INSPECTION PROVISIONS

Access and inspection provisions consist of access doors, covers, panels, platforms, screens, and openings used for
maintenance, inspection, and servicing of the helicopter and its components. Principal access and inspection openings are
shown in Figure 4, Sheet 1, Figure 4, Sheet 2 and Table 1.

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS

Steps, handholds, and walkways aid in inspection and maintenance of the helicopter are shown in Figure 5, Sheet 1 and
Figure 5, Sheet 2. Work areas are shown in Figure 6, Sheet 1 and Figure 6, Sheet 2.

0002 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

7’ 9"
FUSELAGE
WIDTH

BL
24.0
BL
0.0 14’ 4"
BL
24.0

BL
MAC 42.0
53’ 8"
MAIN ROTOR DIAMETER BL
86.3

29’ 11.2"
STA
700.12

11’ 0"
STA STA TAIL ROTOR
700.12 732.0
DIAMETER
STA
341.215

WL
32’ 6.8" STA
315.0 3O 2.8" 339.75

STA
334.0
STA
PILOT’ S EYE 229.0 STA
664.376 8O 16’ 10" STA
324.729
WL
5’ 9" 257.0
12’ 4" FUSELAGE WL
STA
244.4
7’ 7" HEIGHT 40O 319.633
6’ 6"
WL STA
200.0 WL 700.12
184.0
STATIC GROUND LINE
10.6" 5.0" 12.0" 26.2" WHEEL BASE 28’ 11.75"
2.19" 25.65"
ROLLING RADIUS STA 9.81"
297.43 LANDING GEAR
LENGTH-ROTORS AND PYLON FOLDED 41’ 4" COMPRESSED
FUSELAGE LENGTH 50’ 7.5"

OVERALL LENGTH 64’ 10"

STA
162.0

EFFECTIVITY
W/O ESSS

AB0810_1A
SA

Figure 2. Principal Dimensions. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0002 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

BL
BL
14.0
0.0
RH

20O
BL BL
30.0 30.0
RH LH

WL
278.0

8 FEET − 10.2 INCH

INCH THREAD

9 FEET − 8.1 INCH

FOLDED WIDTH
EFFECTIVITY
MAX OVERALL HEIGHT
W/O ESSS AIR TRANSPORT CONFIGURATION
8 FEET − 9 INCHES (INCLUDING 1/2 INCH PAD) AB0810_2A
SA

Figure 2. Principal Dimensions. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0002 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

7 FEET − 9 INCHES
FUSELAGE
WIDTH

14 FEET
4 INCHES

53 FEET − 8 INCHES
MAIN ROTOR DIAMETER

29 FEET − 11.2 INCHES

STA
700.12 11 FEET − 0 INCH
TAIL ROTOR
DIAMETER
STA
732.0 16 FEET
10 INCHES

12 FEET 32 FEET − 6.8 INCHES

4 INCHES 3O 2.8 INCHES

STA
664.376

WL
WL 244.4
7 FEET 200.0
7 INCHES
STA
700.12
STATIC GROUND LINE
6 FEET
5 FEET WHEEL BASE 28 FEET − 11.75 INCHES 6 INCHES
9 INCH STA
FUSELAGE 297.43
HEIGHT
LENGTH−ROTORS AND PYLON FOLDED 41 FEET − 4 INCHES
FUSELAGE LENGTH 50 FEET − 7.5 INCHES
OVERALL LENGTH 64 FEET − 10 INCHES

STA
162.0

EFFECTIVITY
ESSS
AB0810_3A
SA

Figure 2. Principal Dimensions. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0002 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

5 FEET 1 INCH

EFFECTIVITY 22 FEET 2 INCHES

ESSS AB0810_4A
SA

Figure 2. Principal Dimensions. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0002 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10 BL BL
0 0.0 0.0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800

STA
732.0
STA
341.2

350
WL
WL 324.7
315.0
300
REFERENCE DATUM

COCKPIT
250 FLOOR

WL
215.0
200 STATIC
WL GROUND
206.7 LINE
150 CABIN STA
FLOOR 187.0
0 STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA
162.0 247.0 288.0 343.0 398.0 485.0 644.62 762.75

100 50 0 50 100

BL BL
30.0 30.0
RH LH

BL BL
86.3 86.3
RH BL LH
BL 0.0 BL
55.0 55.0
EFFECTIVITY RH LH

W/O ESSS AB0811_1A

100 50 0 50 100 SA

Figure 3. Stations, Waterlines and Buttlines. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0002 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10 BL BL
0 0.0 0.0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800

STA
732.0
STA
341.2

350
WL
WL 324.7
315.0
300
REFERENCE DATUM

COCKPIT
250 FLOOR

WL
215.0
200 STATIC
WL GROUND
206.7 LINE
150 CABIN STA
FLOOR 187.0
0 STA STA STA STA STA STA STA STA
162.0 247.0 288.0 343.0 398.0 485.0 644.62 762.75

100 50 0 50 100

BL BL
30.0 30.0
RH LH

BL BL
86.3 86.3
RH BL LH
BL BL
0.0
55.0 55.0
EFFECTIVITY RH LH

ESSS
AA7637_2A
100 50 0 50 100 SA

Figure 3. Stations, Waterlines and Buttlines. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0002 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

3T−5 3T−22
4T−6 4T−22 5T−6T−9 5T−6T−10 5T−6T−11 5T−6T−12

5T−6T−13

5T−6T−15

5B−45
6B−46

1B−2B−1 4B−26 3B−30 3T−3 4B−24 3T−3B−23 3T−3B−21 3B−4B−29 3B−3T−20 5T−5B−18 5T−6T−17 5B−6B−16
RH ONLY 4B−31 4T−4 6T−6B−32

4T−8 4T−28 6B−6T−19

4T−48

3T−4T−2 3T−7 3T−25 3T−27 5B−5T−19

1B−2B−49 6T−36 4T−4B−34

3B−4B−50

6B−20 6B−35 4B−33

AB0835_1
SA

Figure 4. Access and Inspection Provisions. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0002 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

3T−33
4T−34

3T−35
4T−36

3T−3B−37
4T−4B−38

3B−39
4B−40

3B−42
4B−44

3B−41
4B−43

CHANNEL
AND
INSERT CHANNEL
AND
INSERT

AB0835_2
SA

Figure 4. Access and Inspection Provisions. (Sheet 2 of 2)

Table 1. Access Panels and Fairing.

TYPE OF TYPE OF
PANEL NO. PANEL SIZE (INCHES) FASTENERS ACCESS TO

1B-2B-1 Nose Door 37 1/4 x 70 2 Latches Electronics

(Hinged)

4B-26 Access Panel 6x7 1 Latch External Power

0002 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

Table 1. Access Panels and Fairing. - Continued

TYPE OF TYPE OF
PANEL NO. PANEL SIZE (INCHES) FASTENERS ACCESS TO

3T-3 4T-4 Access Panel 13 1/2 x 33 1/2 2 Latches 12 Shock Strut

(Hinged) (Note Screws
4)

3B-30 4B-31 Access Panel (2 23 x 25 18 Screws Shock Strut

Parts) (Note 4)

3T-4T-2 Sliding Cover 64 x 81 2 Camlocs 12 Controls/

(On Tracks) Dzus Accessories

3T-7 4T-8 Engine Cowl 26 x 50 2 Latches Engine

(Hinged)

3T-5 4T-6 Access Panel 6 x 15 4 Screws Anti-Icing Valve

4B-24 Access Cover Cargo Hook

3T-25 Access Panel 14 x 22 2 Latches Oil Cooler

(Hinged)

4T-48 Access Panel 14 x 22 2 Latches Oil Cooler

(Hinged) (Note
3)

3T-27 Access Panel 12 x 40 2 Latches APU

(Hinged)

4T-28 Access Panel 12 x 40 2 Latches Fire-

(Hinged) Extinguishers

3T-22 4T-22 Access Panel 8 x 10 1 Latches Gravity Fuel

(Hinged)

3T-3B-23 Access Panel 12 x 16 2 Latches Pressure Fuel

(Hinged)

3T-3B-21 Access Panel 7 x 10 Latch Pneumatic

(Hinged) Ground Start

3B-3T-20 Access Panel 7 x 10 10 Screws Magnetic Flux

(Note 4) Valve

5T-6T-9 Access Panel 9 x 80 4 Dzus Drive Shaft

(Hinged)

5T-6T-10 Access Panel 9 x 79 4 Dzus Drive Shaft

(Hinged)

0002 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

Table 1. Access Panels and Fairing. - Continued

TYPE OF TYPE OF
PANEL NO. PANEL SIZE (INCHES) FASTENERS ACCESS TO

5T-6T-17 Intermediate 19 x 32 12 Screws Intermediate

Gear Box Cover Gear Box

5T-6T-11 Pylon Drive 14 x 79 9 Dzus Drive Shaft

Shaft Cover/#1
FM Antenna

5T-5B-18 6T- Access Panel 14 x 12 12 Screws Pylon Fold

6B-32 Hinge Bolts

5T-6T-12 Tail Gear Box 1 Flat-Tip Tail Gear Box

Cover Fastener 11
Phillips-Head

5T-6T-15 Fairing 20 x 23 26 Screws Pylon Trailing

Edge

5B-6B-16 Fairing 16 Screws 4 Lower Pylon

Bolts

5B-45 6B-46 Cover 4x7 4 Screws Stabilator Attach

Fittings

5B-5T-19 6B- VOR/LOC 4 Screws

6T-19 Antenna

5T-6T-13 Troop Com- 31 Screws

mander Antenna

4B-33 Access Panel 20 x 27 2 Latches Electronics

(Hinged) (Note
2)

4T-4B-34 Access Panel 10 x 20 11 Dzus

(Hinged) (Note
2)

6B-35 Access Panel 3 x 10 3/4 3 Dzus Filter

(Hinged) (Note
2)

6T-36 Access Panel, 7 1/2 x 13 10 Screws Magnetic Flux

Flux Valve (Note Valve
2)

6B-20 Access Panel, 7 1/2 x 13 10 Screws Magnetic Flux

Flux Valve (Note Valve
3)

0002 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

Table 1. Access Panels and Fairing. - Continued

TYPE OF TYPE OF
PANEL NO. PANEL SIZE (INCHES) FASTENERS ACCESS TO

3T-33 4T-34 Fairing & 6 Camlocs 19 ESSS

Platform (2-Part Screws Maintenance
Hinged) (Note 1) Crane Attach-
ment

3T-35 4T-36 Cap Fairing 14 Camlocs ESSS

(Note 1)

3T-3B-37 4T- Access Panel 3 Camlocs 7 Step/Shock Strut

4B-38 (Hinged) (Note Screws
1)

3B-39 4B-40 Access Panel 14 Screws Shock Strut

(Note 1)

3B-41 Lower Fairing 6 Camlocs ESSS

STA 295.0 (Note
1)

3B-42 Lower Fairing 4 Camlocs ESSS

STA 308.0 (Note
1)

4B-43 Lower Fairing 6 Camlocs ESSS

STA 295.0 (Note
1)

4B-44 Lower Fairing 4 Camlocs ESSS

STA 308.0 (Note
1)

1B-2B-49 FLIR CEU Door 14 x 14 Screws FLIR

(Note 3)

3B-4B-50 Battery Door 14 x 14 20 Screws Battery

(Note 3)

NOTES

1. ESSS

2. EH60A

3. UH-60Q HH-60L

4. UH60A UH60L EH60A

5. Number codes for panels and fairings:

0002 00-15
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS - Continued

Table 1. Access Panels and Fairing. - Continued

TYPE OF TYPE OF
PANEL NO. PANEL SIZE (INCHES) FASTENERS ACCESS TO

1 - Left side cockpit.

2 - Right side cockpit.

3 - Left side cabin.

4 - Right side cabin.

5 - Left side tailcone and pylon.

6 - Right side tailcone and pylon.

T - Top above WL 232.0.

B - Bottom below WL 232.0.

LOCATION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location of major components, refer to Figure 1, in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For detailed equipment data, refer to AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION, in this work package.

0002 00-16
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

WALK
STEP AREA HANDHOLD NO STEP

STEP NO STEP WALK

AREA STA
STA 762.75
STA
485.0
162.0
STA
TOP 732.0

HANDHOLD

WALK
AREA

STEP STEP
LEFT SIDE

TAIL PYLON
STEP

STA
762.75

EFFECTIVITY STEP
W/O ESSS AB0812_1A
SA

Figure 5. Steps, Handholds and Walkways. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0002 00-17
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

NO STEP
HANDHOLD

WALK AREA

NO STEP
(SEE NOTE)

STEP
NO STEP

NO STEP

STEP
NO STEP

STA
485.0
WALK AREA
NO STEP
STA
(SEE NOTE) 762.75
TOP
STA
732.0

STA
162.0

STEP
HANDHOLD

STEP

WALK AREA

STEP
LEFT SIDE

TAIL PYLON
STEP

STA
762.75

NOTE
STEP
ROLL AB0812_2A
SA

Figure 5. Steps, Handholds and Walkways. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0002 00-18
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

EFFECTIVITY

W/O ESSS
AA2254_1B
SA

Figure 6. Work Areas. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0002 00-19
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0002 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

EFFECTIVITY

ESSS
AA2254_2B
SA

Figure 6. Work Areas. (Sheet 2 of 2)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0002 00-20
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

UNIT LEVEL

AIRFRAME

AIRFRAME DESCRIPTION AND DATA

AIRFRAME OVERVIEW

This section contains descriptions of the airframe and associated equipment. The helicopter airframe is divided into six
sections (Figure 1):
1. Cockpit (Nose Section)

2. Cabin

3. Transition Section

4. Tail Cone

5. Tail Rotor Pylon

6. Main Rotor Pylon

The primary structure is aluminum alloy. Some titanium and steel are used for firewalls and various fittings. Nonstructural
members are primarily made of reinforced plastic. The fuselage is semi-monocoque construction with horizontal anti-
plough beams extending through the tub from the cockpit to the transition section. Structural arrangement of each section
of the helicopter is shown in Figure 1 through Figure 7.

COCKPIT

The cockpit, consisting of an avionics compartment, accommodates the pilot and copilot and associated systems
components. The cockpit is entered through hinged jettisonable cockpit doors on each side of the nose canopy. The avion-
ics compartment is entered through a hinged nose door (Figures 1 and 8).
Nose Door

A reinforced plastic avionics compartment nose door, on the nose section, opens to the front nose section interior systems
and components (Figure 8). The door, which is hinged at the top, is opened by pulling out the two latches on the bottom,
disengaging latch mechanisms from lockpins. The door is held in the open position by a support strut. A watertight seal is
installed on the door.
Windshield and Windows
The cockpit windshield and windows consist of left and right upper windows, left and right lower windows, pilot and
copilot outboard windshields, and a center windshield (Figure 8). The pilot and copilot shatter-resistant windshields are
made of electropane panels containing braid lead-in and resistance wiring, used for anti-icing purposes. HCW The center
windshield is equipped with anti-ice heater elements. All other windows and center windshield are made of stretched
Plexiglass. Foam seal tape, installed between all mating surfaces, has the addition of sealant for watertightness.

Cockpit Doors
Cockpit doors, on each side of the cockpit for the pilot and copilot, are hinged at the front edge (Figure 8). Each door
contains either a fixed, slide-open, or jettisonable window made of stretched Plexiglass. A single-action release mechanism
in each door allows the door to be jettisoned in an emergency. A watertight seal is installed on each door.
Pilot’s and Copilot’s Seats

These seats are in the cockpit and are interchangeable with each other. Individual seats, however, are made by different
vendors and differ in construction and operational details (Figures 9 and 10). Each seat has a vertical height adjustment
and a horizontal seat adjustment. Two tracks on the cockpit floor allow the seat to slide to front or rear. The seat can be

0003 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

COCKPIT - Continued

TAIL
ROTOR
PYLON

MAIN
ROTOR
PYLON

STABILATOR

TAIL CONE

TRANSITION

CABIN

COCKPIT
AB3389
SA

Figure 1. Airframe Sections.

locked into position at 1/2-inch spaces. Pilot or copilot restraint is by a shoulder harness, lap belt, and crotch strap. A
shoulder harness inertia reel is on the rear center of each seat. The reel allows about 12 to 18 inches of travel. It
automatically locks when subjected to a sudden force. Each seat has a rear tilt feature which allows the seat to be disen-
gaged from its tracks and tilted back into the troop compartment. This is done by pulling the emergency vertical release
handle (Figure 9) to the right, or by pushing down on the foot operated vertical release pedal (Figure 10). This will al-
low the seat to drop to its lowest position. On seat shown in Figure 9, the tilt back release handles must be pushed in
toward center. On seat shown in Figure 10, the handles must be pushed outboard. Seats must be in their lowest position
prior to tilting. Do not operate emergency vertical release mechanisms unless seat is occupied.

Miscellaneous Furnishings

These consist of two portable fire extinguishers, three first aid kits, two ashtrays, and a map data case (Figure 11 and
Figure 12).

0003 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

COCKPIT - Continued

ENGINE CONTROLS
SUPPORT UPPER COCKPIT CANOPY
(REINFORCED PLASTIC)

WINDOW FRAMES /
RETAINERS (TYPICAL)

BEAM
BL 30

SEAT TRACK

COCKPIT FLOOR

ELECTRONICS
SHELF

BEAM
BL 10
WEB
STA 185

FRAME
BL 10
STA
247

STA
232 STA
239.6
ELECTRONIC
STA
COMPARTMENT 217.5 STA
FLOOR 225
STA
205 STA
210

AB3390
SA

Figure 2. Cockpit Structure.

CABIN

UH60A UH60L The cabin, interconnecting the cockpit and transition section, has two crew chief/gunner stations and a
troop/cargo compartment. The cabin is entered through aft-sliding troop/cargo doors on each side of the helicopter. The
crew chief/gunner stations are rear of the cockpit and to front of the troop cargo/doors, on each side of the helicopter.
There are provisions for four litters.

EH60A The cabin, interconnecting the cockpit and transition section, has two operator stations and one observer’s seat.
Operator stations are aft of the cockpit and forward of the cabin doors on either side of the helicopter. The observer’s seat
is located behind the operators’ stations and forward of the fuel tank area. Racks for ECM and DF equipment are placed

0003 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

CABIN - Continued

PRIMARY
SERVO
MOUNTS

BL
16.50

LANDING
GEAR
SUPPORT
STA
247

FRAME
STA 308

FRAME
STA 295

FRAME
STA 265.5

FRAME
STA 247

(SEE NOTE) A

FRAME
STA 308
NOTE FRAME
STA 295
UH60A 77−22714 − 82−23747
AA7649
SA

Figure 3. Cabin Structure. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0003 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

CABIN - Continued

FRAME
STA 379
FRAME
STA 363
FRAME
STA 343

FRAME
STA 325.5 CARGO / TROOP
DOOR OPENING
FRAME STA 308 TO 379
BEAM STA 308
BL 30 FRAME
STA 295

LANDING
BEAM GEAR SUPPORT
BL 10
FRAME
STA 265.5
STA 247
AB3391_3
SA

Figure 3. Cabin Structure. (Sheet 2 of 2)

adjacent to the observer’s seat. The mission interface panel provides power and signal connections between aircraft
systems and mission equipment. The cabin is entered through aft-sliding cabin doors on each side of the helicopter
(Figure 13).

Troop/Cargo Doors

These rear sliding doors, on each side of the helicopter cabin, open to the troop/cargo compartment (Figure 13). Each
door has two Plexiglass windows. A single-action release mechanism incorporated in each door allows both windows to
be jettisoned in an emergency.

Cabin Floors

There are three removal panels in the midsection of the floor (Figure 14). They are made of fiberglass bottom skin,
honeycomb core, and a reinforced plastic (fiberglass) top skin covering. It also has 27 multipurpose fittings for cargo
tiedown, troop/litter installations. The cargo hook is reached through the cargo hook access panel in the floor. Floor panel
installation is not required for towing, jacking, tiedown, or mooring. In flight or transport, the floor panels are not
required provided that no unrestrained equipment is stored in the cabin area which would normally be secured to the
floor. Sidewall interior panels that secure to the floor will require another method of retention or removal during flight or
transport operations. Flight or transport of the helicopter is not allowed with personnel or equipment in the cabin without
the floor panels installed.

Gunner’s Sliding Windows

Two front sliding Plexiglass windows on each side of the helicopter, rear of the cockpit and front of the troop/cargo
doors, provide a split hatch covering over each gunner station opening. When opened fully, the windows allow the crew

0003 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

CABIN - Continued

OIL COOLER
EXHAUST BLOWER RADIATOR FIRE BOTTLES
FAIRING SUPPORT SUPPORT

OIL COOLER
ACCESS DOOR
SUPPORT

APU ACCESS
DOOR SUPPORT

ENGINE
FIREWALL

MAIN TRANSMISSION
FAIRING SUPPORT

AB3392
SA

Figure 4. Main Rotor Pylon Structure.

chief to operate armament (Figure 13). Each window has a seal bonded to the front and rear edge of the frame which
interlocks when both windows are closed. A locking mechanism on the rear window is used to secure/unlock both sliding
windows.

Battery Compartment

UH60A UH60L EH60A The battery compartment houses a 28 vdc, 5.5 ampere-hour, 20-cell battery. It is located behind
the copilot’s seat in the forward left corner on the cabin floor. UH-60Q HH-60L The 24 vdc, 9.5 ampere-hour, twelve-
cell sealed lead acid battery is mounted to the inside of the battery acccess door located at STA 247, BL 0, on the belly
of the helicopter.

0003 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

CABIN - Continued

TAIL DRIVE
SHAFT
SUPPORT

TIEDOWN
FITTING

FRAME
STA 485

FRAME
STA 464

FRAME
STA 443.5

FRAME
BEAM STA 421
BL 30 R

FRAME
BEAM STA 395
BL 10 R

FUEL CELL FRAME

COMPONENTS STA 379
ENCLOSURE AA8593A
SA

Figure 5. Transition Section Structure.

Troop Seats UH60L

Twelve troop seats are installed in the helicopter midsection (Figure 15). One seat is in each crew chief/gunner station,
four seats are against the midsection rear fuselage, and two rows of three seats each are back-to-back in the cabin center.
Each seat consists of a tubular frame and nylon cloth and has a seat belt and shoulder harness.

Mission Operator’s Seats EH60A

These seats are in the cabin and are similar to the alternate configuration of the pilot/copilot seat. They do not have the
armored wings installed. Track/frame assemblies mounted to the cabin floor allow the seat to slide forward or aft
(Figure 13).

0003 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

CABIN - Continued

TAIL DRIVE
SHAFT SUPPORT
STRINGER
(TYPICAL)

STA 565
FRAME

STA
565

STA
545

STA
525 STA 525
FRAME

STA
STA 485 505
FRAME

STA
485

STA 635
TAIL DRIVE
FRAME
SHAFT SUPPORT
TAIL DRIVE SHAFT
SUPPORT FRAME
STA 648
FRAME

STA
649

STA
635

STRINGER
STA
624 (TYPICAL)

STA 624
FRAME
STA
605

STA 585
FRAME
STA
585 LANDING GEAR
SUPPORT AA9548
SA

Figure 6. Tail Cone Structure.

0003 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

CABIN - Continued

TAIL GEAR
BOX SUPPORT

FRAME PYLON
STA 180

FRAME PYLON
PYLON DRIVE SHAFT STA 160
COVER SUPPORT

TRAILING EDGE
FAIRING SUPPORT

FRAME PYLON
INTERMEDIATE STA 140
GEAR BOX PAD

FRAME PYLON
STA 120

PYLON HINGE
FITTING

FUSELAGE
STA 647.15 AB3393
SA

Figure 7. Tail Pylon Structure.

Observer Seat EH60A

An observer’s seat is located in the rear of the cabin (Figure 13). The seat is a standard troop seat with tubular frame-
nylon cloth construction and a seat belt-shoulder harness restraint system.

Soundproofing

Soundproofing panels, made of an acoustical insulation-type material to lessen noise, are attached to the fuselage structure
throughout the helicopter cabin.

TRANSITION SECTION

The transition section, interconnecting the helicopter cabin and tail cone, holds the fuel tanks and equipment stowage
compartments. The transition section is reached from the inside of the troop/cargo compartment (Figure 16).

0003 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TRANSITION SECTION - Continued

CENTER
OUTBOARD WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD
UPPER
WINDOW
UPPER
WINDOW
CANOPY
INSTRUMENT
PANEL

AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT

OUTBOARD
WINDSHIELD

NOSE
DOOR AVIONICS
LOWER
WINDOW COMPARTMENT

WINDOW

JETTISONABLE
WINDOW

COCKPIT
DOOR

COCKPIT
WINDOW DOOR
JETTISON
HANDLE

(SEE NOTE)

NOTE

UH60Q HH60L
AB2138
SA

Figure 8. Cockpit (Nose Section).

0003 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TRANSITION SECTION - Continued

ARMORED
WING FIRST AID
(SAME BOTH KIT
SIDES)
INERTIA REEL

EMERGENCY
VERTICAL RELEASE
SHOULDER HANDLE
HARNESS

ENERGY ATTENUATOR
BACK
CUSHION
TILT−BACK RELEASE
CONTROL HANDLE

RESTRAINT
SYSTEM

STOWAGE
PANEL
LAP BELT

VERTICAL ADJUST LUMBAR SUPPORT

CONTROL HANDLE CUSHION

SEAT CUSHION

CROTCH BELT

INERTIA REEL
CONTROL HANDLE

COCKPIT
FLOOR
FORE−AND−AFT
ADJUST CONTROL
HANDLE

AB3394
SA

Figure 9. Pilot’s/Copilot’s Seats, RA-30525.

Aft Transition Avionics Compartment Access Door HH-60L

A fiberglass and Kevlar aft transition avionics compartment access door, on the right side of the aft transition section,
opens to the aft transition avionics systems and components (Figure 17). The door is hinged at the top, and opened by
pulling out the two latches on the bottom, disengaging latch mechanisms from lock pins. The door is held in the open
position by a support strut. A watertight seal is installed on the door and jamb.

Fuel Cell Compartment

Two fuel cell compartments are on each side of the transition section. Each compartment, consisting of foam liner panels
and an aluminum skinned honeycomb cover panel, houses a fuel cell and fuel system components. Fuel cell compart-
ments are reached from inside the troop/cargo compartment (Figure 16).

0003 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TRANSITION SECTION - Continued

ARMORED WING FIRST AID KIT

(SAME BOTH SIDES)

INERTIA REEL

SHOULDER
HARNESS
ENERGY
ATTENUATOR
BACK
CUSHION TILT BACK RELEASE
CONTROL HANDLE

STOWAGE
RESTRAINT PANEL
SYSTEM ENERGY
ATTENUATOR

LAP BELT

VERTICAL ADJUST
CONTROL HANDLE
LUMBAR SUPPORT
CUSHION
SEAT EMERGENCY VERTICAL
CUSHION RELEASE PEDAL

ENERGY
CROTCH ATTENUATOR
BELT
INERTIA REEL
CONTROL HANDLE

ADJUSTABLE
ROLLER

FORE−AND−AFT
RAIL GUIDE CONTROL HANDLE
STOP
ADJUSTABLE
ROLLER
COCKPIT
FLOOR

AB3395
SA

Figure 10. Pilot’s/Copilot’s Seats, D3801.

Equipment Stowage Compartment

These compartments are on each side of the transition section over the fuel cell compartments. The equipment compart-
ment, reached from inside the troop/cargo compartment, has folded troop seats. Removable panels in the compartment
open to the tail cone. A restraint system in the front end of the compartment prevents stowed equipment from shifting
(Figure 16).

TAIL CONE

The tail cone, interconnecting the transition section and tail rotor pylon, supports the tail rotor drive shaft and tail pylon.
The tail cone also encloses the tail rotor flight controls and tail landing gear. It is reached from inside the rear troop/cargo
compartment. An access cover on each rear end side opens to the tail pylon attachment bolts, flight controls, and tail land-
ing gear (Figure 18).

0003 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL CONE - Continued

10 17 19 20 10

18 1

2
16

15 3

14
4
5 5

6
13

9 7

8
8

DA
TA
11
AT
A MA 9
D P

P 10
MA

11

10

12
8
1. UTILITY LIGHT 12. PARKING BRAKE LEVER
2. NO. 2 ENGINE FUEL SELECTOR LEVER 13. STANDBY (MAGNETIC) COMPASS
3. NO. 2 ENGINE OFF / FIRE T-HANDLE 14. NO. 1 ENGINE POWER CONTROL LEVER
4. NO. 2 ENGINE POWER CONTROL LEVER 15. NO. 1 ENGINE OFF / FIRE T-HANDLE
5. WINDSHIELD WIPER 16. NO. 1 ENGINE FUEL SELECTOR LEVER
6. INSTRUMENT PANEL GLARE SHIELD 17. FREE-AIR THERMOMETER W/O HCW
7. INSTRUMENT PANEL
8. ASHTRAY 18. FREE-AIR THERMOMETER HCW
EFFECTIVITY 9. PEDAL ADJUST LEVER 19. COCKPIT FLOODLIGHT CONTROL
10. VENT 20. UPPER CONSOLE
UH60A UH60L EH60A 11. MAP / DATA CASE AA0989_1B
SA

Figure 11. Miscellaneous Cockpit Furnishings. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0003 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL CONE - Continued

40
40

39

21
21

22
22

23 23

24
24
25

25

31

DA
TA TA
DA 26
38 MA
P P
MA

27

37 28

29
30
36 35 34 33 32 31
31. COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP
21. MASTER WARNING PANEL 32. LOWER CONSOLE
22. SLIDING WINDOW 33. BATTERY / BATTERY UTILITY BUS CIRCUIT
23. COCKPIT DOOR EMERGENCY RELEASE BREAKER PANEL
24. CYCLIC STICK 34. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
25. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL PEDALS 35. GUNNER’S ICS CONTROL PANEL
26. PILOT’S SEAT 36. FIRST AID KIT
27. CREW CHIEF / GUNNER ICS CONTROL PANEL 37. GUNNER’S AMMUNITION / GRENADE STOWAGE
28. CREW CHIEF AMMUNITION / GRENADE COMPARTMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT 38. COPILOT’S SEAT
29. STOWAGE BAG 39. ENGINE IGNITION KEY LOCK
30. COLLECTIVE STICK FRICTION CONTROL 40. COCKPIT AIR BAGS AA0989_2A
SA

Figure 11. Miscellaneous Cockpit Furnishings. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0003 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL CONE - Continued

1
21
2

3
3

4
20

19
6
18
5

7 7

17 8

12
9
10
10
11

13 11
ST CH
LI P DA ECK
CK MA T
E ST A & LIST 12
CH A & GE OW MA
T A AG P
DATOW E
S

13

14
15
16
9. INSTRUMENT PANEL 18. NO. 1 ENGINE POWER CONTROL LEVER
1. UPPER CONSOLE 10. VENT / DEFOGGER 19. NO. 1 ENGINE OFF / FIRE T−HANDLE
2. PILOT’S COCKPIT UTILITY LIGHT 11. ASHTRAY 20. NO. 1 ENGINE FUEL SELECTOR LEVER
3. FREE−AIR TEMPERATURE GAGE 12. PEDAL ADJUST LEVER 21. AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
4. NO. 2 ENGINE FUEL SELECTOR LEVER 13. MAP / DATA CASE
5. NO. 2 ENGINE OFF / FIRE T−HANDLE 14. CHAFF RELEASE SWITCH
6. NO. 2 ENGINE POWER CONTROL LEVER 15. PARKING BRAKE LEVER
7. WINDSHIELD WIPER 16. COPILOT’S UTILITY LIGHT
8. INSTRUMENT PANEL GLARE SHIELD 17. STANDBY (MAGNETIC COMPASS)

EFFECTIVITY
UH60Q HH−60L AB0694_1A
SA

Figure 12. Miscellaneous Cockpit Furnishings. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0003 00-15
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL CONE - Continued

22 23

36
36

24

24

25
25
26

26
27

28
27

28
ST CH
LI DA ECK
K AP T
H EC M ST A & LIST
&
C A GE OW MA
T A AG P
35 DATOW E 29
S

31

34 33 32 31 30

22. COCKPIT FLOODLIGHT CONTROL 30. COLLECTIVE STICK FRICTION CONTROL

23. UPPER CONSOLE 31. COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP
24. MASTER WARNING PANEL 32. LOWER CONSOLE
25. WINDOW 33. BATTERY / BATTERY UTILITY BUS
26. COCKPIT DOOR EMERGENCY RELEASE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
27. CYCLIC STICK 34. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
28. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL PEDALS 35. ENGINE IGNITION KEYLOCK
29. PILOT’S SEAT LOCATED ON SIDE
36. COCKPIT AIR BAGS
AB0694_2A
SA

Figure 12. Miscellaneous Cockpit Furnishings. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0003 00-16
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL CONE - Continued

TROOP
CARGO
DOOR

COVER
FURNISHING

A GUNNERS’
WINDOW
BATTERY
COMPARTMENT

A
ECM ECM MISSION
ECM OPERATOR EQUIPMENT INTERFACE
PILOT CONSOLE SEAT RACK PANEL

COPILOT DF CONSOLE
DF OPERATOR OBSERVER DF EQUIPMENT
SEAT SEAT RACK

EFFECTIVITY

EH60A
AA7650
SA

Figure 13. Cabin (Midsection).

0003 00-17
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL CONE - Continued

PERSONNEL FLOOR CARGO FLOOR

300 LBS / SQ FT 300 LBS / SQ FT

BATTERY TROOP SEAT CARGO HOOK TROOP SEAT

FITTING ACCESS COVER FITTING / CARGO
FRONT TIEDOWN RING
(TYPICAL)
STA STA STA STA
247 288 343 398 AA1202
SA

Figure 14. Cabin Floors.

The tail cone has two covers on the top exterior. They are made of Kevlar and can be opened to reach the tail drive
shafts. Each cover is piano hinged at the right edge. Five quick-release fasteners on the left edge secure the cover closed
(Figure 18).

TAIL ROTOR PYLON

The tail pylon is a foldable section at the rear end of the helicopter. The tail pylon is supported by and hinged to the tail
cone section. The pylon supports the stabilizers, the intermediate and tail gear boxes and connecting drive shaft, the tail
rotor assembly, and part of the flight controls. When the stabilator is removed, the tail pylon can be folded along the right
side of the tail cone. Removable fairings on the pylon open to the intermediate and tail gear boxes, tail drive shafts, and
tail rotor flight controls (Figure 19).

Tail Pylon Drive Shaft Cover

This cover, on the pylon leading edge, opens to the tail drive shafts. The cover consists of nonmetallic honeycomb core
sandwiched between reinforced plastic skins, four hinges, and nine quick-release fasteners. The cover is removed from the
pylon by separating the hinge-halves (Figure 19). The drive shaft cover also serves as a VHF/FM antenna.

Stabilator

A controllable stabilator is on the tail pylon (Figure 19). The stabilator provides longitudinal stability in forward flight.
During hover and low speed forward flight, the stabilator swings down to eliminate nose up attitudes caused by tail rotor
down wash hitting the flat stabilator surface. For a complete description of the stabilator control system, refer to
TM 11-1520-237-23.

0003 00-18
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

TAIL ROTOR PYLON - Continued

CREWCHIEF /
GUNNER
SEAT

TROOP SEAT
(TYPICAL)

LEFT
GUNNER’S
SEAT

AA8594
SA

Figure 15. Troop Seat Arrangement.

Position Transmitter/Limit Switch Assembly

The position transmitter/limit switch assembly provides a signal to the stabilator indicators that visually indicates the sta-
bilator position relative to the centerline of the helicopter. The switch assembly also limits stabilator 11-1520-237-23
movement to 8° up and 40° down. The position transmitter, which provides the signal to the stabilator indicators, requires
26 vac excitation. Four limit switches, two up-limit and two down-limit, limit stabilator movement. The limit switches
require 28 vdc operating power (Figure 20).

MAIN ROTOR PYLON

The main rotor pylon attached to the upper cabin and rear fuselage is a protective aerodynamic covering that also gives
smooth airflow induction for cooling aircraft major subsystem components. Hinged fiber glass/honeycomb-sandwiched
panels and covers open to the internal pylon areas and helicopter component subsystems (Figure 21).

0003 00-19
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

MAIN ROTOR PYLON - Continued

GRAVITY
REFUEL
CARGO ACCESS
NETTING COVER

EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE
COMPARTMENT

FLUX VALVE
ACCESS COVER
FUEL
SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
ENCLOSURE

EXTERNAL
AIR CONNECTION
ACCESS COVER

PRESSURE
REFUEL / DEFUEL
ACCESS DOVER

FUEL
TANK
STEP

AB3396
SA

Figure 16. Transition Section.

Engine Cowling and Work Platform

This is on each side of the main rotor pylon. When opened, each platform has a flat surface for maintenance use and
inspection (Figure 22). Each platform is capable of supporting a static weight of 400 pounds. When closed in the flight
position, the platform confines and directs cooling air into the engine area. The platforms are made of honeycomb
aluminum, steel channels, and titanium sheet.

Sliding Access Cover

The cover is on the front section of the main rotor pylon. Moving the sliding cover to front on the tracks exposes the
helicopter’s flight control, hydraulic and heating systems. The cover consists of a honeycomb aluminum, fiberglass
structure, latch assemblies, rollers, and tracks (Figure 23).

0003 00-20
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

MAIN ROTOR PYLON - Continued

TRANSITION
AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
ACCESS
DOOR

AB1336
SA

Figure 17. AFT Transition Avionics Compartment Access Door EH60A UH-60Q HH-60L .

ARMOR PLATING

Armor plating is provided for the pilot and copilot (Figure 24). Protection for No. 1 and No. 2 fuel tank sumps consists
of a self sealing rubber compound.

WIRE STRIKE PROTECTION SYSTEM WSPS

The wire strike protection system is a simple, lightweight system that will cut, break, or deflect wires that may strike the
helicopter. The system consists of cutters and deflectors located on the fuselage and landing gear. They include the upper
cutter on the rear of the sliding fairing, the pitot cutter/deflector on the front of the sliding fairing, windshield post and
wiper deflectors, door hinge deflector, step extension and step deflector, landing gear joint deflector, main landing gear
cutter/deflector, and tail landing gear deflector. The cutters are clamped to landing gear drag beams, and bolted to the air-
frame and main rotor sliding pylon cover.

VIBRATION ABSORBERS

Three vibration absorbers are installed: one in the nose section, one in the cabin overhead just in front of the main trans-
mission and one on the tail pylon (Figure 25). ROLL A roll vibration absorber is installed under each drag beam sup-
port fairing. Also, a bifilar is installed on top of the main rotor head to dampen rotor vibrations. For a description of
the bifilar, refer to WP 0012 00.

0003 00-21
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

VIBRATION ABSORBERS - Continued

TAIL ROTOR
DRIVE SHAFT
COVER

TAIL ROTOR
FLIGHT CONTROL
CABLE
TAIL ROTOR
DRIVE SHAFT

ACCESS COVER

T
ON
FR

2ND STAGE TR SERVO

(TOP) HYDRAULIC LINE
1ST STAGE TR SERVO
HYDRAULIC LINE

AA8595
SA

Figure 18. Tail Cone.

Nose Vibration Absorber

The nose vibration absorber is behind the glide slope antenna, underneath the avionics compartment lower shelf
(Figure 25, Sheet 1, Detail A). The absorber is tuned to reduce cockpit centerline vertical 4/rev vibrations. The vibration
absorber consists of a body (mass), springs bolted to the body, weights (tuning plates), and support fittings. The absorber
weighs about 70 pounds.

Nose Box Frame Vibration Absorber UH60L 95-26610, 95-26621 - SUBQ

The nose box frame vibration absorber is behind the glide slope antenna, underneath the avionics compartment lower
shelf (Figure 26, Detail A). The absorber is tuned to reduce cockpit centerline vertical 4/rev vibrations. The vibration
absorber consists of an upper and lower housing, containing a mass trapped between, two sets of springs. The springs are

0003 00-22
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

VIBRATION ABSORBERS - Continued

TAIL GEAR BOX

TAIL GEAR BOX

FAIRING

TAIL PYLON DRIVE

SHAFT COVER

STABILATOR

INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX

FOLD HINGE

TAIL ROTOR
FLIGHT
CONTROL
HYDRAULIC
LINE
AA8596
SA

Figure 19. Tail Pylon.

always in compression, even at the limits of the mass travel. The absorber is attached to airframe fittings by four tension
bolts and barrel-nuts. The absorber weighs approximately 50 pounds.

Cabin Vibration Absorber

The cabin vibration absorber is under the soundproofing just in front of the main transmission at about station 308
(Figure 25, Sheet 1, Detail A). The vibration absorber is tuned to reduce cabin overhead vertical 4/rev vibrations. The
vibration absorber consists of a body (mass), springs bolted to the body, weights (tuning plates), and support fittings. The
absorber weighs about 75 pounds.

Cabin Box Frame Vibration Absorber UH60L 95-26610, 95-26621 - SUBQ

The cabin box frame vibration absorber is under the soundproofing just in front of the main transmission at about station
308 (Figure 26). The vibration absorber is tuned to reduce cabin overhead vertical 4/rev vibrations. The vibration

0003 00-23
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

VIBRATION ABSORBERS - Continued

POSITION
TRANSMITTER

NO. 2 DOWN−
LIMIT SWITCH

NO. 2 UP−
LIMIT SWITCH
NO. 1 UP−
LIMIT SWITCH

HARNESS
ASSEMBLY

NO. 1 DOWN
LIMIT SWITCH

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P604

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P605

AA8597
SA

Figure 20. Position Transmitter/Limit Switch Assembly Parts Location.

absorber consists of an upper and lower housing, containing a mass trapped between, two sets of springs. The springs are
always in compression, even at the limits of the mass travel. The absorber is attached to airframe fittings by four tension
bolts and barrel-nuts. The absorber weighs approximately 94 pounds.

Stabilator Vibration Absorber

The stabilator vibration absorber is on the tail pylon (Figure 25, Sheet 2, Detail B). The vibration absorber dampens sta-
bilator vibrations induced by main rotor blade downwash. The absorber consists of an elastomeric bearing attached to the
right stabilator attach fitting.

0003 00-24
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

VIBRATION ABSORBERS - Continued

FIRE EXTINGUISHER / APU

ACCESS PANELS
OIL COOLER FAIRING
(NO STEP AREA)
STEP AREA

CONTROL
ACCESS
FAIRING

NO. 1 ENGINE
COWLING

OIL COOLER
ACCESS PANELS

STEP AREAS
T
ON
FR
AK2578
SA

Figure 21. Main Rotor Pylon.

Roll Vibration Absorber ROLL

A roll vibration absorber is installed under both left and right drag beam support fairings (Figure 25, Sheet 2, Detail C).
The absorbers are tuned to reduce roll vibrations. The vibration absorbers consist of a spring, body (mass) bolted to the
spring, weights (tuning plates), and support fitting. Each absorber weighs about 21 pounds.

RESCUE HOIST BUMPER GUARD HH-60L

The rescue hoist bumper guard (bumper guard) is a metal strip installed on the bottom of the cabin airframe (right side).
During the rescue hoist operation, the bumper guard prevents the rescue hoist cable from chafing against the helicopter’s
airframe. The bumper guard also prevents the rescue hoist hook from fastening to the helicopter’s airframe (Figure 27).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to this work package for equipment data information.

0003 00-25
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

WORK
PLATFORM
ENGINE COWLING
AK2579
SA

Figure 22. Engine Cowling and Work Platform.

0003 00-26
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

COVER
ASSEMBLY

LATCH

SLIDING
COVER

T
ON
FR

AK2580
SA

Figure 23. Sliding Access Cover.

0003 00-27
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

PILOT‘S SEAT

COPILOT‘S SEAT

AK2581
SA

Figure 24. Armor Plating.

0003 00-28
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

B
STABILATOR

BIFILAR
ABSORBER

FORWARD CABIN
VIBRATION
ABSORBER

NOSE
VIBRATION
ABSORBER

T
ON
FR

SPRING

C
ROLL VIBRATION
ABSORBER
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)

BODY

WEIGHTS
NOTES
1. ROLL SUPPORT
FITTING
2. ONE VIBRATION ABSORBER LOCATED
UNDER EACH DRAG BEAM SUPPORT
FAIRING. VIBRATION ABSORBER
(TYPICAL FOR NOSE AND CABIN) AA7800_1
SA

Figure 25. Vibration Absorber. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0003 00-29
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

STABILATOR
ATTACH
FITTING
ELASTOMERIC
BEARING STABILATOR

ELASTOMERIC
BEARING

RUBBER

RUBBER

VIBRATION ABSORBER
(STABILATOR−RIGHT SIDE)

WEIGHT
SUPPORT
FITTING

BODY

SPRING

VIBRATION ABSORBERS
AA7800_2
(TYPICAL RIGHT AND LEFT) SA

Figure 25. Vibration Absorber. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0003 00-30
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

STABILATOR

BIFILAR
ABSORBER

FORWARD CABIN
BOX FRAME
VIBRATION
ABSORBER

NOSE BOX FRAME

VIBRATION
ABSORBER

T
ON
FR

BOX FRAME
VIBRATION
ABSORBER

BOX FRAME VIBRATION ABSORBER

(TYPICAL FOR NOSE AND CABIN) AA9237
SA

Figure 26. Box Frame Vibration Absorber UH60L 95-26610, 95-26621 - SUBQ .

0003 00-31
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0003 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

RESCUE HOIST
BUMPER GUARD

AB1337
SA

Figure 27. Rescue Hoist Bumper Guard HH-60L .

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0003 00-32
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0004 00

UNIT LEVEL

LANDING GEAR

LANDING GEAR DESCRIPTION AND DATA

LANDING GEAR SYSTEM

The landing gear system consists of two fixed main landing gears, one mounted on each side of the helicopter fuselage
midsection, a tail landing gear mounted on lower rear section of tail cone, a wheel and self adjusting brake assembly on
each main landing gear, and the landing gear brake system. The landing gear system enables the helicopter to maneuver
during ground operations, absorbs landing loads, and insulates the airframe and occupants from shock (Figure 1, Sheet 1
Detail A).

MAIN LANDING GEAR

A fixed main landing gear, mounted rear of the crew chief/gunner’s window on each side of the helicopter fuselage mid-
section, supports the helicopter while it is on the ground (Figure 1 Detail A). Each main landing gear consists of a shock
strut assembly, drag beam and axle assembly, wheel and tire, and hydraulic brake. The shock strut supports the helicopter
during ground operations and absorbs impact loads when landing. It consists of two floating pistons, one in the upper
cylinder and one in the lower cylinder, which separate nitrogen from hydraulic fluid, and a servicing valve for each float-
ing piston cylinder. The lower cylinder absorbs the normal landing loads. During a hard landing (rate of descent above
600 feet per minute), the upper and lower cylinders work together to absorb the shock, preventing damage to the
helicopter. The drag beam and axle is a cylinder attached to the airframe at one end and to the shock strut at the other,
which transmits landing loads to the airframe and shock strut, and to which the wheel is attached. Each wheel consists of
a 26 x 10.0-11 tubeless tire, a two section wheel rim, bearings, and self-adjusting disc-type brake assembly.

BRAKE SYSTEM

This system consists of two brake controls on each pilot’s and copilot’s directional control pedals, four master cylinders,
two slave mixer valves, a parking brake handle, and two wheel brakes (Figure 2). When the pilot’s or copilot’s brake
pedals are pressed, hydraulic pressure builds up in the master cylinder attached to the pedal. The pressurized hydraulic
fluid flows from the master cylinder through the slave mixer valves and the parking brake valve below the cockpit floor,
to each brake at each main landing gear wheel.

Parking Brake Valve

The parking brake valve is actuated by a parking brake tee handle on the pilot’s side of center console. The valve then
traps fluid pressure to the brakes and closes a microswitch, lighting the PARKING BRAKE ON advisory light on the
caution/advisory panel. Pressing the brake pedals produces pressure in the master cylinder to actuate the parking brake
valve release mechanism and release the parking brake. Thermal compensation is provided in the parking brake valve
when the brakes are at PARK, and in the master cylinders when the brakes are OFF.

Wheel Brakes

Both main wheels have a self-adjusting, double disc, three-cavity brake assembly, which includes a visual brake lining
wear indicator (Figure 3). The brake consists of two steel rotating discs, brake linings, and a housing that contains the
pistons. The discs are key-slotted to engage the drive keys of the main wheel. The disc turns through the throat between
the brake housing. Brake linings are fitted into recesses in the housing and pistons. The pistons produce braking action by
clamping the discs between the brake linings.

Slave Mixer Valve

The slave mixer valve isolates the pilot and copilot brake line circuits from each other. The valve contains a piston and
spring-loaded pin. A bleed plug on the valve allows air to be bled from the brake lines.

0004 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0004 00

BRAKE SYSTEM - Continued

SHOCK B
A STRUT

DRAG BEAM
MAIN WHEEL
AND TIRE

SHOCK STRUT

TAIL WHEEL
AND TIRE

FORK
C ASSY AA8598_1
YOKE ASSY SA

Figure 1. Landing Gear. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0004 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0004 00

BRAKE SYSTEM - Continued

C
CONNECTOR
P500 YOKE
YOKE
ADJUSTMENT
LOCKNUT NUT
UNLOCK
SWITCH

LOCKNUT

BELLCRANK ADJUSTMENT
NUT
LOCK PIN

LOCKPIN DI SE
NG AG
ED

ACTUATOR ENGAGED

UNLOCK SWITCH LOCKPIN

ACTUATOR BELLCRANK
LOCKED
SWITCH
LOCKED SWITCH

LOCKPIN
(SHOWN IN
STOP STOP
ENGAGED POSITION)
LOCKPIN
(SHOWN IN
ENGAGED POSITION)
EFFECTIVITY EFFECTIVITY
UH60A 77−22724 − 77−22728 − 78−22961 − SUBQ UH60A 77−22714 − 77−22723 − 78−22960 AA8598_2
SA

Figure 1. Landing Gear. (Sheet 2 of 2)

Master Brake Cylinder

There are four identical master brake cylinders. Each consists of a cylinder containing a large capacity reservoir. There
are also two pistons operating manually in series and in two separate stages. Reservoir and pistons function from the
same fluid connection in either flow direction. The first stage operating pressure is 75 psi. The second stage operating
pressure is 800 psi. Maximum operating pressure is 1020 psi.

TAIL LANDING GEAR

A fixed tail landing gear, secured to structural attachment fittings in the rear tail cone structure, provides rear support of
the helicopter (Figure 1, Sheet 1, Detail B). The tail landing gear consists of shock strut, fork assembly, tailwheel lock
and actuator, yoke assembly, and wheel and tire. The shock strut supports the helicopter rear structure during ground
operations and cushions impact loads when landing. The shock strut is a two-stage air-oil type with two floating pistons
separating air from hydraulic fluid, with a servicing valve for each stage. The fork assembly, secured to the yoke as-
sembly, is the attachment point for the tailwheel and allows the wheel to swivel through 360° for ground control. The
wheel lock and electrically operated actuator, secured to the yoke assembly, secures the tailwheel in the trailing position
when the helicopter is parked or in flight. Two tailwheel lock switches are installed near the tailwheel lockpin. When the
pin is locked or unlocked, one of the switches is actuated, giving a cockpit indication as to position of pin. The unlock
switch is relocated above the lock switch. The yoke assembly, attached to the tail cone structure and the shock strut,
transmits landing loads to the helicopter airframe and shock strut. The wheel, installed in the fork assembly, consists of a
15 x 6.00-6 tube type tire, a 600-6 tube, and a two piece wheel rim and bearings.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0004 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0004 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

COPILOT‘S BRAKE PEDELS PILOT‘S BRAKE PEDELS

WHEEL BRAKE WHEEL BRAKE

MASTER VENT MASTER
CYLINDERS CYLINDERS
VENT

SLAVE VALVES

PARKING
BRAKE VALVE

PARKING
BRAKE HANDLE

MICROSWITCH

LIGHTS ADVSY
NO. 1
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP

28 VDC MOVABLE STATIONARY

LINING LINING
PARKING BRAKE ON

LEFT WHEEL RIGHT WHEEL

SHOWN WITH BRAKE OFF

AA8702
SA

Figure 2. Main Landing Gear Brake System Block Diagram.

0004 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0004 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

A
B B

ROTATING
DISK
ROTATING
DISK
INSULATOR

WEAR PIN

PISTON
WEAR
PAD

NUT
WEAR
PAD

SPRING
STATIONARY
PACKING DISK

RETAINER

SECTION A−A SECTION B−B

(THROUGH WEAR PIN)

AK2586
SA

Figure 3. Wheel Brakes - Cutaway.

0004 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0004 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1597 00, WP 1598 00, WP 1599 00, WP 1600 00, WP 1638 00, and WP 1664 00, for
equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0004 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

POWERPLANT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

POWERPLANT SYSTEM

The powerplant system consists of two demountable power packages containing the engines, the engine control system,
engine starting system, engine anti-ice system, engine overspeed protection system, engine speed trim system, and indicat-
ing systems.

DEMOUNTABLE POWER PACKAGE

Two demountable power packages are installed, one on each side of the main transmission. Each power package consists
of an engine, a pneumatic (air) starter, drive shaft assembly, fuel and lubrication lines, and a wiring harness. A drive shaft
assembly and forward support tube connect the engine to the input gear box module of the main transmission. A power
turbine shaft extending through the engine drives the input gear box module. Each power package allows a quick change
of engines with all components installed, for ease of maintenance and handling. The demountable power packages, less
starters, may be ordered already built up as quick engine change kits, or assembled and disassembled on a buildup stand.
The demountable power packages are then installed or removed as complete units (Figure 1).

ENGINE

UH60L HH-60L Two General Electric T700-GE-701C turboshaft engines with front drive are used as the primary power-
plant (Figure 2 and Figure 3). Refer to Table 1 for basic engine data. Each engine has four modules: cold section, hot
section, power turbine section, and accessory section. The engine, with bleed-air capability at the compressor, provides
heated air for engine inlet anti-icing and cockpit/cabin heating, and crossbleed engine starting. For a more detailed
description of the engine, refer to Engine Maintenance Manual, TM 1-2840-248-23.

UH60A EH60A UH-60Q Two General Electric T700-GE-700 turboshaft engines with front drive are used as the primary
powerplants (Figure 2). Refer to Table 2 for basic engine data. Each engine has four modules: cold section, hot section,
power turbine section, and accessory section. The engine, with bleed-air capability at the compressor, provides heated air
for engine inlet anti-icing and cockpit/cabin heating, and crossbleed engine starting. For a more detailed description of the
engine, refer to Engine Maintenance Manual, TM 1-2840-248-23.

0005 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

ENGINE - Continued

ENGINE CONTROL
INPUT ASSEMBLIES

ELECTRICAL
THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS IPS DUCT
ELECTRICAL
CABLE

FIREWALL
FUEL
HOSE
ENGINE SWIRL FRAME
FORWARD
SUPPORT ENGINE DRAIN
TUBE TUBES
REAR ENGINE
COUPLING COMPARTMENT
DECK
ELECTRICAL HARNESS IPS BLOWER

AIR INLET
RECEPTACLE
REAR ENGINE MOUNT

COUPLING
BLEED−AIR TUBE

SLEEVE

AIR INLET

AK2587
SA

Figure 1. Demountable Power Package.

Table 1. Basic Engine Data, T700-GE-701C HH-60L .

Model T700-GE-701C

Type of Engine Turboshaft

Output Power (Intermediate) 1800 SHP at sea level, standard day

conditions at 20900 RPM

Type of Compressor Combined axial/centrifugal

Number of Compressor Stages 6 stages: 5 axial and 1 centrifugal

0005 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

ENGINE - Continued

Table 1. Basic Engine Data, T700-GE-701C HH-60L . - Continued

Variable Geometry Inlet guide vanes, and stage 1 and 2 sta-

tor vanes

Type of Combustion Chamber Single annular chamber with axial flow

Gas Generator Turbine Stages 2 cooled

Power Turbine Stages 2 uncooled

Direction of Engine Rotation (from rear Clockwise

looking to front)

Engine Weight (Dry) 456 lb max.

Max. Engine Length 47 in.

Max. Engine Diameter 25 in.

Fuel MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-4, JP-5, or MIL-T-

83133 Grade JP-8

Lubricating Oil MIL-L-23699 or MIL-L-7808

HELICOPTER POWER REQUIREMENTS:

History Counter, and Np overspeed 40w, 115 vac, 400 Hz

protection

Anti-icing valve, fuel filter bypass 1 amp, 28 vdc each

indication, oil filter bypass indication,
and magnetic chip detector

Table 2. Basic Engine Data, T700-GE-700 UH-60Q .

Model T700-GE-700

Type of Engine Turboshaft

Output Power (Intermediate) 1622 SHP at sea level, standard day

conditions at 20900 RPM

Type of Compressor Combined axial/centrifugal

Number of Compressor Stages 6 stages: 5 axial and 1 centrifugal

Variable Geometry Inlet guide vanes, and stage 1 and 2 sta-

tor vanes

Type of Combustion Chamber Single annular chamber with axial flow

Gas Generator Turbine Stages 2 cooled

0005 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

ENGINE - Continued

Table 2. Basic Engine Data, T700-GE-700 UH-60Q . - Continued

Power Turbine Stages 2 uncooled

Direction of Engine Rotation (from rear Clockwise

looking to front)

Engine Weight (Dry) 437 lb max.

Max. Engine Length 47 in.

Max. Engine Diameter 25 in.

Fuel MIL-T-5624 Grade JP-4, JP-5, or MIL-T-

83133 Grade JP-8

Lubricating Oil MIL-L-23699 or MIL-L-7808

HELICOPTER POWER REQUIREMENTS:

History Counter, and Np overspeed 40w, 115 vac, 400 Hz

protection

Anti-icing valve, fuel filter bypass 1 amp, 28 vdc each

indication, oil filter bypass indication,
and magnetic chip detector
Engine Mounts

Each engine is held in place by front and rear engine mounts. The mounts, parts of the demountable power package, hold
the demountable power package to the airframe. Vibrations transmitted from the engine to the fuselage are reduced by the
shock-absorbing mounts. The forward mount is bolted to the swirlframe on the engine and the input module of the main
transmission. The rear mounts are bolted to the combustion chamber midframe and to the airframe (Figure 4).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1601 00, WP 1602 00, WP 1632 00, WP 1655 00, WP 1688 00, WP 1707 00,
WP 1713 00, WP 1717 00, WP 1720 00, andWP 1721 00, for equipment data information.

0005 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

FUEL FILTER IMPENDING FUEL PRESSURE INLET PARTICLE

LUBE OIL BYPASS BUTTON SENSOR SEPARATOR BLOWER
COOLER IMPINGMENT % RPM (Np)
COOLING SENSOR
SHROUD
(SEE NOTE 2)
FUEL
FILTER

IGNITER PLUG PRIME FUEL

NOZZLE
MAIN FUEL (SEE NOTE 1)
ANTI-ICING AND NOZZLE
BLEED-AIR PORT START BLEED VALVE
OIL QUANTITY
SIGHT GAGE
LEFT SIDE
"B" SUMP DIFFERENTIAL COLD OIL OIL COOLER
PRESSURE LINE RELIEF VALVE BYPASS / RELIEF
(SEE NOTE 2) VALVE
AXIS "A" PORT

CONNECTOR E3

"A" SUMP
AFT SCAVENGE
A SUMP FWD
SCAVENGE
HISTORY
RECORDER
OUTPUT SHAFT
SPLINES

"A" SUMP
SWIRL VANES
OIL SUPPLY

FWD SUPPORT
TUBE ATTACHMENT

NOTES
1. UH60A EH60A UH60Q
SWIRL FRAME
2. UH60L HH60L ANTI-ICE SUPPLY
3. T700 ENGINE HAS AN ELECTRICAL CON-
TROL UNIT. UH60A EH60A WATER WASH
UH60Q CONNECTION
4. T700 ENGINE HAS A HISTORY
RECORDER. UH60A T2 SENSOR OIL TANK FRONT END
EH60A SUPPLY LINE STRAINER DRAIN D6
UH60Q AA7653_1A
FRONT VIEW SA

Figure 2. Engine. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0005 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

ACCESSORY SECTION MODULE

HISTORY
COUNTER
(SEE NOTE 4)
HYDROMECHANICAL UNIT OIL FILLER CAP
STARTER
TURBINE INLET
TEMPERATURE
TORQUE AND SENSORS
OVERSPEED IGNITER
SENSOR PLUG

INTERNAL
HOT IGNITION DIGITAL ELECTRONIC
SECTION EXCITER CONTROL (SEE NOTE 3) OIL QUANTITY
SIGHT GAGE
POWER TURBINE MODULE COLD SECTION MODULE
RIGHT SIDE

AA7653_2A
SA

Figure 2. Engine. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0005 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

ENGINE ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
IPS BLOWER IPS EXHAUST
FUEL BOOST PUMP
SENSORS (2)
FUEL
OIL PUMP HYDROMECHANICAL UNIT INJECTOR (12) Np OVSPD
1
TORQUE
ALTERNATOR Np SPEED-1
COMBUSTION
RADIAL STARTER LINER Np TURBINES (2)
DRIVESHAFT

VARIABLE CUSTOMER Ng TURBINES (2)

GEOMETRY BLEED
PORT (2)

"B"
SUMP REFERENCE
SHAFT

"C"
"A" SUMP Np SHAFT
SUMP

ANTI-ICE /
DEC/ START
ECU
BLEED
DRAIN OIL TANK PORT
D6 IGNITERS (2) THERMOCOUPLES (7)
SCROLL CASE
WATER WASH
CONNECTOR

INLET COMPRESSOR COMBUSTION TURBINE EXHAUST

AK2589
SA

Figure 3. Engine Operation Schematic.

0005 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0005 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

INNER AFT
ENGINE MOUNT

FORWARD
SUPPORT
TUBE OUTER AFT
ENGINE MOUNT

AFT ENGINE
MOUNT SUPPORT

ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
DECK
AFT ENGINE
MOUNT
AK2590A
SA

Figure 4. Engine Mounts.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0006 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

LOAD-DEMAND SYSTEM

The load-demand system supplies a collective pitch signal to the load-demand spindle on the engine hydromechanical fuel
control through a push-pull control. The load-demand spindle automatically adjusts the engine gas generator (Ng) speed to
a level about equal to the rotor load, thereby reducing transient droop (Figure 1).

UH60L HH-60L The T700-GE-701C engine provides additional transient droop improvement within the digital electronic
control (DEC). A load demand signal from a potentiometer in the collective mixer and rotor speed signal from a magnetic
pickup in the input module are both fed to the engine DEC where they are processed to provide better anticipation of
load demand, thereby reducing transient rotor droop.

POWER CONTROL SYSTEM

The power control system for each engine operates through a engine power control levers on the control quadrant. These
levers permit starting and start-aborting. Each lever has four positions OFF, IDLE, FLY and LOCKOUT. The power
control lever is connected through a push-pull control to the power-available spindle on the engine fuel control. The
spindle can either mechanically stopcock fuel or set permissible gas generator (Ng) speeds for operating between IDLE
and FLY. Movement of the power control lever to LOCKOUT mechanically locks out the electrical control unit (ECU) or
DEC input into the hydromechanical unit and gives manual control over gas generator (Ng) speed, using the power
control lever as a throttle.

SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM

The engine speed control system operates through a motor-driven potentiometer system and the ECU or DEC. When the
ENG RPM switch on EH-60A UH-60A UH-60L the collective stick or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console is moved
to INC or DECR, an electrical signal goes through a potentiometer to the ECU or DEC on the engine. This signal, in
turn, electrically adjusts the HMU on each engine increasing or decreasing engine power turbine speed Np (% RPM 1 or
2) and thereby increasing main rotor speed Nr (% RPM RTR) to between 96% and 100%.

UH60L HH-60L A Nr sensor is added to the left accessory module. The Nr sensor senses main rotor RPM. This signal is
sent to both engine’s DECs, for engine speed control, and to both SDCs, for instrument displays.

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT

The controls quadrant, centered on the upper console, permits either the pilot or copilot to select engine speed, stopcock
fuel, start engine, abort start, and control engine fire extinguisher. Four normally open switches mounted in the quadrant
actuate as levers are moved or the start button is pressed. Two lamps are in each fire extinguishing T-handle. The ENG
POWER CONT lever positions are marked NUMBER 1 ENGINE and NUMBER 2 ENGINE, and identify the OFF,
IDLE, FLY and LOCKOUT positions. They are connected mechanically to each engine’s HMU and are used to govern
engine speeds. The HMU starts to open whenever the power control level is advanced more than 2° from OFF and
increases proportionately with engine speed to FLY. The engine start switch button is in the power control lever handle.
The starter and starter override switches are actuated when the start button is pressed. The abort switch, mounted on the
power control lever, is opened when the lever is pulled straight down. Each power control lever also includes a secondary
stop, which prevents the inadvertent stop-cock of the engine when retarding the levers. The fire extinguishing arming
switch is actuated when the fire extinguishing T-handle is pulled to the armed position. Lamps in the fire extinguishing
T-handle go on when a fire is detected in the No. 1 or No. 2 engines. The fuel selector levers marked NO 1 ENG FUEL
SYS and NO 2 ENG FUEL SYS allow pilot or copilot to select OFF, DIR (direct), or XFD (crossfeed) position for

0006 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0006 00

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT - Continued

NO. 2 OVERSPEED
RELAY P382 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL (DEC)
B (SEE NOTE 1)
TO NO. 2
ENGINE
MIXING
UNIT

EN
RP G
M
ENGINE
CONTROL INC
QUADRANT
DE
CR

C
COLLECTIVE STICK
(SEE NOTE 2)
A
NO. 1 OVERSPEED
RELAY P382

ENGINE SPEED ENG SPD

CONTROL BOX TRIM
DECR
O
A A
F
F
INCR

(SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 2)
UPPER CONSOLE
(SEE NOTE 3)
C

ENGINE HYDRO
MECHANICAL UNIT

FR
ON
T B
POWER
AVAILABLE
ROTARY INPUT

FUEL SELECTOR
ENGINE LOAD−DEMAND
VALVE PUSH/
PUSH / PULL CABLE
PULL CABLE
LOAD−DEMAND
ROTARY INPUT
POWER AVAILABLE
PUSH / PULL CABLE
T
ON
FR
NOTES
FUEL
1. UH60L ENGINE HAS SELECTOR
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL (DEC). VALVE
UH60A EH60A
ENGINE HAS AN ELECTRICAL CONTROL
CONTROL UNIT. BOX
2. UH60A UH60L EH60A
3. UH60Q HH60L
AB2167
SA

Figure 1. Engine Control System.

0006 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0006 00

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT - Continued

engine fuel supply. T-handles on the outboard side of either fuel selector lever are used to direct the flow of the fire
extinguishing agent to either engine compartment. Ball and push-pull cables connect both the power control levers and the
fuel selector levers to their components (Figure 2).

The left, right, and center information panels on the quadrant are illuminated by 400 Hz power from the CONSOLE LT
UPPER control on the upper console. For a further description of lighting, refer to console lighting (WP 0035 00).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0006 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0006 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

FRONT

STARTER
OVERRIDE ENGINE
SWITCH STARTER
SWITCH

ENGINE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
ARMING LEVER

FUEL SELECTOR
CONTROL HANDLE

STARTER
ABORT
ENGINE POWER
B SWITCH
CONTROL LEVER

B A

OFF
LEFT AND RIGHT
INFORMATION
PANELS IDLE

FLY
O LOCKOUT
F X
F D F
I D
R

LEFT AND RIGHT QUADRANT COVER

CENTER
INFORMATION
PANEL

CENTER QUADRANT COVER

AA7594
SA

Figure 2. Engine Control Quadrant.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0007 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE START AND IGNITION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

ENGINE START AND IGNITION SYSTEM

The engine start and ignition system contains an electrically controlled pneumatic start system and an electrical
capacitive-discharge ignition system. The pneumatics uses compressed air ducted to air turbine starters for engine starting.
Compressed air is obtained either from: (1) the APU, (2) engine crossbleed, or (3) an external air supply. The APU has a
check valve to control APU bleed-air flow to the starter of either engine. The engine crossbleed has a bleed-air manifold
and a combination crossbleed shutoff and check valve for each engine to permit starting the opposite engine. The external
air source supplies air through a combination external connector and check valve to either engine. Electrical power for the
No. 1 engine start system is obtained from the dc essential bus circuit breaker panel. Electrical power for the No. 2
engine start system is obtained from the No. 2 dc primary bus through the No. 2 ENG START CONTR circuit breaker on
the pilot’s circuit breaker panel. An ENGINE IGNITION switch, marked ON and OFF, is at the center of the main instru-
ment panel. When it is ON, and when an engine start button is pressed, the capacitor discharge engine ignition system
operates. The ignition system is a noncontinuous ac powered, low-voltage system. Ignition is automatically shut off when
Ng reaches 52% to 65%. The system consists of an ignition exciter, two igniter plugs, ignition leads, switches, and relays.
Electrical power for the ignition system is obtained from the engine-mounted alternator.

ENGINE STARTING

There are three ways to start the engine:

APU. The APU is started, and the AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch on the upper console is placed to APU. When the
starter switch is pressed, the start control valve is opened and its relay is energized. Activation of the start control valve
relay also opens the engine prime shutoff valve, closes the APU start bypass valve, and lights the ENGINE STARTER
capsule. Opening the start control valve releases compressed air from the APU to the engine start motor. The engine fuel
system is primed when the prime shutoff valve is opened. As engine speed increases, the speed sensor pickup produces a
signal that activates the starter speed switch, holding the engine start relay in the energized position. When the engine
reaches 52% to 65% Ng, the starter speed switch deactivates, closing the engine start control valve, which then closes the
prime shutoff valve and turns off the ENGINE STARTER LIGHT capsule.

ENGINE CROSSBLEED. (ONE ENGINE OPERATING). When the AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch on upper
console is placed to ENG, the engine crossbleed valve of the engine operating opens. The crossbleed valve of the engine
not operating stays closed to prevent bleed-air from entering and turning the engine compressor in the opposite direction
of start. With the ENG POWER CONT lever of the stopped engine at OFF, and the start button on that engine pressed,
the start control valve of the engine being started opens. This releases between 27 and 31 psig bleed-air to the engine
starter of the stopped engine. Activation of the start control valve opens the engine prime shutoff valve, priming the
engine. The ENGINE STARTER capsule on the caution/advisory panel also goes on. As the engine accelerates to between
52% and 65% Ng, the start control valve closes, cutting off bleed-air to the starter. At this point ignition stops, the bleed-
air shutoff valve opens, and the ENGINE STARTER capsule goes off. When the start control valve closes, the prime
boost pump motor is turned off, the PRIME BOOST PUMP ON light on the caution/advisory panel goes off, and the
engine prime shutoff valve closes. Placing the AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch OFF closes both bleed-air shutoff
valves.

EXTERNAL AIR SUPPLY. With the AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch on the upper console OFF, and an external air
supply connected to the helicopter, the engine start and ignition system operates the same as when starting using the APU.

Pressing the starter switch will also automatically turn on the prime boost pump motor, light the PRIME BOOST PUMP
ON capsule on the caution/advisory panel, and open the prime shutoff valve on that engine. When the engine starter
speed switch stops the ignition sequence, it also closes the prime shutoff valve, turns off the prime boost pump motor, and
the PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule. Automatic fuel prime to engine will happen no matter what position APU
BOOST/FUEL PRIME switch is in.

0007 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0007 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1602 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0008 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE SPEED GOVERNING SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

ENGINE SPEED TRIM SYSTEM

EH-60A UH-60A UH-60L The engine speed trim system consists of two speed trim switches, a pair of potentiometers,
and a dc electric motor. The engine speed trim switches on each collective stick grip are used to increase or decrease
engine power turbine speed Np (% RPM 1 and 2), thereby increasing main rotor speed Nr (% RPM RTR) to between
96% and 100%. The switches are spring loaded to the center position and marked ENG RPM, with positions INC and
DECR. Electrical power for the system is obtained for the No. 2 dc primary bus through the SPEED TRIM circuit
breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel. The speed trim switches supply power to the dc motor through a gear to two
potentiometers (one for each engine). These transmit a signal to each engine’s electrical control unit (ECU) or digital
electronic control (DEC) that automatically increases or decreases each engine’s Np equally and simultaneously. The pilot
can override copilot authority any time (Figure 1). UH-60Q HH-60L The engine speed trim system consists of one
speed trim switch, a pair of potentiometers, and a dc electric motor. The engine speed trim switch, on the upper console,
is used to increase or decrease engine power turbine speed Np (% RPM 1 and 2), thereby increasing main rotor speed Nr
(% RPM RTR) to between 96% and 100%. The switch is marked ENG RPM, with positions INC and DECR. Electrical
power for the system is obtained for the No. 2 dc primary bus through the SPEED TRIM circuit breaker on the pilot’s
circuit breaker panel. The speed trim switch supplies power to the dc motor through a gear to two potentiometers (one for
each engine). These transmit a signal to each engine’s ECU or DEC that automatically increases or decreases each
engine’s Np equally and simultaneously (Figure 1).

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM

The engine overspeed protection system prevents destructive overspeed of the power turbine. The system is controlled by
the engine-mounted ECU or DEC. Two identical electrical pickups mounted on the turbine section of the engine sense
power turbine speed and torque. One pickup senses basic power turbine speed control and cockpit speed indication. The
other pickup senses power turbine torque and provides a speed signal to the Np overspeed limiter in the ECU or DEC.
When the Np overspeed limiter senses an overspeed signal, the overspeed solenoid in the sequence valve is activated,
thereby cutting back on fuel flow. UH60L HH-60L The system is set to operate at 120% Np (% RPM 1 or 2) and result
in a fuel flow shutoff, by the overspeed protection relay, causing engine flameout. When % RPM is reduced, fuel flow is
returned to the engine and engine ignition will remain on for an additional 5 seconds to allow for engine restart. The
overspeed protection system is also used as a hot start prevention system. The DEC senses the hot start condition and
sends a signal to the engine overspeed protection relay setting that system in operation. UH60A EH60A UH-60Q The
system is set to operate at 106% Np (% RPM 1 or 2) and will result in an initial reduction and eventual cycling of both
Ng and Np until the cause of the overspeed is removed.
The engine overspeed test buttons on the upper console marked TEST A and TEST B, under the headings NO. 1 ENG
OVSP and NO. 2 ENG OVSP, permit checkout of overspeed circuits to verify correct operation. The overspeed checkout
system permits circuits A and B to be checked, thereby avoiding in-flight overspeed signals. UH60L HH-60L The over-
speed test buttons, when pressed individually, also suppress/redisplay DEC diagnostic codes on the PDU, and override the
automatic hot start prevention system.

The engines are at 100% Np. When test switch B is actuated, and if test circuit A is working correctly, no change in
either Np or Ng will result. Similarly with test circuit B. UH60L HH-60L When both switches A and B are closed
simultaneously, an overspeed condition is sensed by the DEC and a signal is sent to the engine overspeed relays causing a
shutoff of fuel flow to the engine. When the switches are released, the engine will restart and climb back to 100% Np
(Figure 2, Sheet 1). UH60A EH60A UH-60Q When both switches A and B are closed simultaneously, the overspeed

0008 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0008 00

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM - Continued

SPEED
28 VDC TRIM
NO. 2
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP
Np GOVERNING Np GOVERNING
NO. 1 ENGINE PILOT’S CIRCUIT NO. 2 ENGINE
DEC BREAKER PANEL DEC
(SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 1)
ENGINE
Np REFERENCE
(96 TO 100)

DC
REFERENCE SIGNAL MOTOR REFERENCE SIGNAL

INCREASE DECREASE

PILOT’S SWITCH
COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE OVERRIDES PILOT’S COLLECTIVE
STICK GRIP COPILOT’S STICK GRIP

EN EN
RP G RP G
M M

INC INC

DE DE
CR CR

(SEE DETAIL A) (SEE NOTE 2)

NOTES
1. UH60L ENGINE HAS
ENG SPD
TRIM
DECR

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL (DEC). O

F
F

UH60A EH60A INCR

ENGINE HAS AN ELECTRICAL

CONTROL UNIT. UPPER CONSOLE
2. UH60A UH60L EH60A
3. UH60Q HH60L DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 3) AB2168
SA

Figure 1. Engine Speed Trim System Block Diagram.

0008 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0008 00

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM - Continued

TEST RELAY CIRCUIT

NO. 2 ENG
START
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS NO. 2 ENG
OVERSPD SWITCHES
NO. 2
TEST A TEST B OVERSPEED
RELAY ASSEMBLY
AIRFRAME

NO. 2
400 HZ OVERSPEED OVERSPEED TO TORQUE AND
NO. 2 AC POWER SENSING SENSING TORQUE OVERSPEED
PRI BUS ENG
OVSP SUPPLY CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B CIRCUITS SENSOR

DC

PRIORITY OVERSPEED
CIRCUIT SOLENOID

HISTORY DC
COUNTER
NO. 2 ENGINE
ALTERNATOR
NO. 2 ENGINE POWER
SUPPLY

NO. 2 ENGINE DECU

NO. 1 ENG OVSP NO. 2 ENG OVSP

TEST A TEST B TEST A TEST B

EFFECTIVITY UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

HH60L UH60L
AB2121_1
SA

Figure 2. Engine Overspeed System. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0008 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0008 00

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM - Continued

NO. 2 ENG
115 VAC OVERSPD SWITCHES
400HZ
TEST A TEST B
NO. 2
AC PRI ENG AIRFRAME
BUS OVSP

TO
HISTORY
ENGINE
RECORDER (ECU) TORQUE
AND
OVERSPEED
SENSOR
TO
400 HZ OVERSPEED OVERSPEED TORQUE
POWER SENSING SENSING CIRCUITS
SUPPLY CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B
BLUE
CABLE

SEQUENCE
VALVE
PRESSURING
AND OVERSPEED
UNIT

ALTERNATOR
POWER
SUPPLY

EFFECTIVITY NO. 1 ENG OVSP NO. 2 ENG OVSP

TEST A TEST B TEST A TEST B
UH60A EH60A
UH60Q

NOTES
1. OVERSPEED SOLENOID ON POU OR
ODV WILL ENERGIZE AT BETWEEN 105
AND 107% DECREASE FUEL FLOW.
2. DEPRESSING BOTH TEST BUTTONS
WILL ENERGIZE OVERSPEED
SOLENOID VALVE AT 100% Np AND
ABOVE.
UPPER CONSOLE PANEL
3. DEPRESSING TEST BUTTONS ONE AT A
TIME WILL DO NOTHING.
AB2121_2
SA

Figure 2. Engine Overspeed System. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0008 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0008 00

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM - Continued

reference signal is reduced from the normal 106% Np to 100% Np. Since the engine has been set at 100% Np, the result
is an overspeed signal to the overspeed solenoid in the sequence valve. The engine will then experience Np and Ng
cycling with 2% Np and 1% Ng variations. Power for the engine overspeed protection system is normally supplied by the
engine alternator. Redundant power for the No. 1 engine overspeed protection system is supplied by the No. 1 primary ac
bus through the NO. 1 ENG OVSP circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Redundant power for No. 2
engine overspeed protection system is supplied by the No. 2 primary ac bus through the NO. 2 ENG OVSP circuit
breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel (Figure 2, Sheet 2).

UH60L HH-60L A collective stick position sensor is added, located on the mixer assembly. The collective stick sensor
converts collective stick position to a corresponding electrical signal, which is sent to the engine’s DEC for engine speed
trim adjustments (positive droop control).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0008 00-5/6 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0009 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE INDICATING SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

ENGINE INDICATING SYSTEMS

The engine indicating systems consist of the power turbine gas temperature (TGT), oil temperature, oil pressure, engine
torque, power turbine/rotor speed, and gas generator (Ng) speed indicating systems (Figure 1). Power for the No. 1
engine indicating systems is supplied by the No. 1 DC PRI BUS and No. 1 AC PRI BUS through the No. 1 DC INSTR
and No. 1 AC INSTR circuit breakers. Power for the No. 2 engine indicating systems is supplied by the No. 2 DC PRI
BUS and No. 2 AC PRI BUS through the No. 2 DC INSTR and No. 2 AC INSTR circuit breakers. All engine instru-
ments are part of the instrument display system. For a complete description of this system, refer to WP 0022 00.

POWER TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE INDICATING SYSTEM

The power turbine gas temperature (TGT) indicating system consists of a vertical scale indicator, seven thermocouples,
and a harness. The harness is mounted on the power turbine module. The thermocouples are connected in parallel to
provide an electrical output of the temperature sensed by the individual thermocouples. One vertical scale indicator and
one digital indicator for each engine is on the instrument panel central display unit under the heading marked TGT TEMP.
The scale has a range of 0°C to 950°C. UH60L HH-60L The normal range is 0°C to 810°C.
UH60A EH60A UH-60Q The normal range is 0°C to 775°C.

OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATING SYSTEM

The engine oil temperature indicating system consists of a temperature bulb in each engine and vertical scale indicators
on the instrument panel. The ENG OIL TEMP indicators, one for each engine, are on the instrument panel central display
unit and have a range of -50°C to 180°C. Highest normal oil temperature operating limit is 135°C.

OIL PRESSURE INDICATING SYSTEM

The engine oil pressure indicating system consists of a pressure switch in each engine and vertical scale indicators on the
instrument panel central display unit, one for each engine, under the marked heading ENG OIL PRESS.
UH60L HH-60L The scale has a range of 12 - 170 psi. The normal range is 26 - 100 psi.
UH60A EH60A UH-60Q The scale has a range of 10 - 130 psi. The normal range is 40 - 100 psi.

ENGINE TORQUE INDICATING SYSTEM

The engine torque indicating system consists of vertical scale indicators on the pilot’s and copilot’s display units and a
torque sensor on each power turbine drive shaft. The torque indicating system shows the amount of power the engine is
supplying to the main transmission by measuring the twist of the shaft. Each indicator is marked: %TRQ. The scale has a
range of 0% to 150% torque. Normal range is 0% to 100%.

POWER TURBINE/ROTOR SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM

Power turbine and rotor speed are indicated for each engine on a single, vertical scale instrument with two scales. This is
mounted on the pilot’s and copilot’s central display unit. Power turbine speed is indicated in percentage Np, and rotor
speed in percent Nr. Power turbine speed system consists of electrical sensors on each engine drive shaft, and vertical
scale indicators marked %RPM 1 and 2. The power turbine speed indicator scale is 0 to 130% RPM. Normal range is
96% to 101%. The rotor speed indicating system consists of a speed sense pickup on the rear of the right accessory input
module, and a vertical scale indicator marked R. The rotor speed indicator scale is 0% - 130% RPM. Normal range is
96% - 101%.

0009 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0009 00

POWER TURBINE/ROTOR SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM - Continued

COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT

% RPM % TRQ FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng
RTR QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED
LT LB X 100 C X 10 PSI C X 10 PSI C X 100 % X 10
OVERSPEED
190 18 170 11
16
14 9
110 14
1 R 2 1 2 12 120 10
130 130 12 8
100
70 12
140 140 10 90
10 7 9
120 120 60 10
120 120 8 70
8 6
8
110 50 8
110 100 100 6 50
6 5
40 7
80 80 4 4 30
105 105 4 4
30
0 0
60 60 2 20 2 4
100 100
-4 -4
40 40 0 0 12 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2
95 95
20 20
ON

90 90 0 0
1 2
70 70 MAIN LAMP DIM OFF 1 - CHAN - 2
FUEL TEST DIGITS TGT Ng
30 30

0 0
1 R 2

(SEE DETAIL A)

NOTES
1. UH60A EH60A UH60Q
HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT.

2. UH60A EH60A UH60Q AA7803_1A

SA

Figure 1. Engine Indicating Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0009 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0009 00

POWER TURBINE/ROTOR SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM - Continued

PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT

% RPM % TRQ FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng

QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED
LT RTR LB X 100 C X 10 PSI X 10 C X 10 PSI X 10 C X 100 % X 10
OVERSPEED 19 18 13 11
16
14 11 9
11
14 9
12 10
12 8
1 R 2 1 2 7 12 8
130 130 10
7 9
10
140 140 6 10 7
8
8 6
8
120 120 5 8 6
120 120 6
6 5
4 5 7
110 110 4 4
100 100 4 4
3 4
0 0
2 3 2 4
105 105 80 80
2
0 −4 0 −4 1 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
60 60 1 2
100 100 PUSH DIM ON
40 40
95 95
20 20 TOTAL FUEL
TO TEST OFF 1 − CHAN − 2
DIGITS TGT Ng
90 90 0 0
1 2
70 70
DETAIL A (SEE NOTE 2)
30 30

0 0 D
1 R 2
E
C

D
NO. 2Q E
D.C. TO D.C.
C
NO. 1Q
D.C. TO D.C.
NP #2
FREQ TO D.C.
NP #1
FREQ TO D.C. (SEE NOTE 1)
Ng #2 NO. 2 ENGINE
FREQ TO D.C.
TGT #2
TC
OIL PRESS #2
AC TO DC
OIL TEMP #2
OHMS TO DC

SDC NO. 2
D
E
NO. 2Q C
D.C. TO D.C.
NO. 1Q
D.C. TO D.C.
NP #2
FREQ TO D.C.
D
NP #1 E
FREQ TO D.C.
C
Ng #1
FREQ TO D.C.
TGT #1
TC
OIL PRESS #1 (SEE NOTE 1)
AC TO DC
OIL TEMP #1 NO. 1 ENGINE
OHMS TO DC

SDC NO. 1 AA7803_2

SA

Figure 1. Engine Indicating Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0009 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0009 00

GAS GENERATOR SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM

The gas generator speed indicating system consists of an electrical signal from the alternator on the engine gear box and a
vertical scale indicator marked Ng SPEED on the central display unit. The scale has a range of 0% - 110%. Normal range
is 0% - 102%.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0009 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0010 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE WARNING SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

GAS GENERATOR SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM

The gas generator speed indicating system consists of an electrical signal from the alternator on the engine gear box and a
vertical scale indicator marked Ng SPEED on the central display unit. The scale has a range of 0% - 110%. Normal range
is 0% - 102%.

ENGINE WARNING SYSTEMS

The engine warning systems consist of the fuel pressure, fuel filter bypass, oil pressure, oil temperature, oil filter bypass,
chip detection, and starter warning system (Figure 1).

Fuel Pressure Warning System

The engine fuel pressure warning system for each engine consists of a pressure switch that turns on the caution lights at a
decreasing pressure of between 8 and 9 psi. The pressure switch is connected to the fuel line between the engine-driven
fuel boost pump and the hydromechanical unit (HMU) high-pressure pump. This visually indicates a possible malfunction
in the engine-driven fuel boost pump or an air leak in the fuel system. Normal discharge pressure of fuel boost pump is
not less than 30 psi at full power. The No. 1 and No. 2 engine fuel pressure caution capsules, marked #1 FUEL PRESS
and #2 FUEL PRESS, on the instrument panel caution/advisory panel, HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s and copilot’s multifunc-
tion display panels, light when fuel pressure drops below 8 to 9 psi. Power for the No. 1 engine fuel pressure warning
system is supplied by the No. 1 primary dc bus through the NO. 1 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on the copilot’s
circuit breaker panel. Power for the No. 2 engine fuel pressure warning system is supplied by the No. 2 primary dc bus
through the NO. 2 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on pilot’s circuit breaker panel.

Fuel Filter Bypass Warning System

The engine fuel filter bypass warning system for each engine consists of an electrical switch, impending bypass popout
button, and caution lights. The button is mounted on the fuel filter assembly at the front left side of the engine accessory
gear box. It is displayed when fuel pressure at the filter reaches 8 - 10 psi. The electrical switch, an integral part of the
fuel filter assembly, visually indicates in the cockpit that fuel is bypassing the fuel filter. The caution capsules, marked #1
FUEL FLTR BYPASS and #2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS on the instrument panel caution/advisory panel,
HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s and copilot’s multifunction display panels, go on when the fuel filter bypass valve opens at
not less than 8 psi. Power for the No. 1 engine fuel filter bypass warning system is supplied by the No. 1 primary dc bus
through the NO. 1 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Power for the No. 2 engine fuel
filter bypass warning system is supplied by the No. 2 primary dc bus through the NO. 2 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker
on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel.

Oil Pressure Warning System

The engine oil pressure warning system for each engine consists of a pressure switch and caution lights. The switch, con-
nected to the engine main frame, lets you know when oil pressure is low. The caution capsules, marked #1 ENGINE OIL
PRESS AND #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS on the caution/advisory panel, HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s and copilot’s multifunc-
tion display panels, light when oil pressure is below 25 psi. Power for the No. 1 engine oil pressure warning system
is supplied by the No. 1 primary dc bus through the NO. 1 DC INST circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
Power for the No. 2 engine oil pressure warning system is supplied by the No. 2 primary dc bus through the NO. 2 DC
INST circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel.

0010 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0010 00

ENGINE WARNING SYSTEMS - Continued

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

CHIP #2 ENGINE

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 ENGINE STARTER

#1 ENGINE STARTER

#1 FUEL PRESS OIL TEMP #2 ENG

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

CHIP #1 ENGINE

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
(SEE DETAIL A)

OHMS TO DC

NG
FREQ TO DC

AC TO DC
OIL PRESS #2 ENG
NR OIL TEMP #1 ENG
FREQ TO DC

SDC #2

OHMS TO DC

NG
FREQ TO DC

AC TO DC
OIL PRESS #1 ENG
NR
FREQ TO DC FROM MAIN XMSN ROTOR SENSOR

SDC #1

NOTE
#1 ENG #2 ENG
OUT OUT UH60Q HH60L

FIRE MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR

PRESS TO RESET RPM AB2122_1
SA

Figure 1. Engine Warning Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0010 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0010 00

ENGINE WARNING SYSTEMS - Continued

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

CHIP #2 ENGINE

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 ENGINE STARTER

#1 ENGINE STARTER

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

CHIP #1 ENGINE

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

PILOT’S MFD CAUTION/

ADVISORY PANEL

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

CHIP #2 ENGINE

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 ENGINE STARTER

#1 ENGINE STARTER

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

CHIP #1 ENGINE

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

COPILOT’S MFD CAUTION/

ADVISORY PANEL
DETAIL A (SEE NOTE) AB2122_2
SA

Figure 1. Engine Warning Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0010 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0010 00

ENGINE WARNING SYSTEMS - Continued

Oil Temperature Warning System

The engine oil temperature warning system for each engine consists of a temperature sensing bulb and caution lights. The
bulb connected to the engine main frame, tells you when oil temperature is high. The caution capsules, marked #1
ENGINE OIL TEMP and #2 ENGINE OIL TEMP on the instrument panel caution/advisory panel,
HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s and copilot’s multifunction display panels, light when engine oil temperature goes over
150°C. Power for the No. 1 engine oil temperature warning system is supplied by the No. 1 primary dc bus through the
NO. 1 DC INST circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Power for the No. 2 engine oil temperature warning
system is supplied by the No. 2 primary dc bus through the NO. 2 DC INST circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker
panel.

Oil Filter Bypass Warning System

The engine oil filter bypass warning system for each engine consists of an electrical switch, impending bypass popout
button, and caution lights. The bypass button, on the oil filter assembly, is displayed when oil pressure buildup at the
filter is between 44 to 60 psid. The oil filter is mounted on the top front center of engine accessory gearbox. The electri-
cal switch, mounted on the engine accessory gear box, turns on the caution capsules, marked #1 OIL FLTR BYPASS and
#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS on the instrument panel caution/advisory panel, HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s and copilot’s multifunc-
tion display panels, when oil pressure at the filter builds up to 60 or 80 psi. This indicates that oil will soon bypass the
filter. Power for the No. 1 engine oil filter bypass warning is supplied by the No. 1 primary dc bus through the NO. 1
ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Power for the No. 2 engine oil filter bypass warn-
ing is supplied by the No. 2 primary dc bus through the NO. 2 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit
breaker panel.

Chip Detector Warning System

The engine chip detector warning system consists of a magnetic chip detector and caution capsules. The chip detector,
mounted on the engine accessory gear box, tells when there are metal chips in the engine oil system. The caution
capsules, marked CHIP #1 ENGINE and CHIP #2 ENGINE on the instrument panel caution/advisory panel,
HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s and copilot’s multifunction display panels, light when metal chips collect on the chip detec-
tor. Power for the No. 1 engine chip detector warning system is supplied by the No. 1 primary dc bus through the NO. 1
ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Power for the No. 2 engine chip detector warning
system is supplied by the No. 2 primary dc bus through the NO. 2 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker on pilot’s circuit
breaker panel.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0011 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

HOVER INFRARED SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (HIRSS) DESCRIPTION AND DATA

HOVER INFRARED SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (HIRSS)

The hover infrared suppressor system (HIRSS) provides improved helicopter survivability from heat seeking missiles dur-
ing hover and cruise flight. The HIRSS kit contains a three-stage core and inner baffle which reduces exhaust gas radia-
tion and prevent line-of-sight viewing of hot engine surfaces. The HIRSS channels hot exhaust gasses through its three-
stage core and inner baffle by inducing the flow of cooling air from the engine bay and inlet scoop. The three-stage core
and inner baffle cold surfaces are coated with low-reflectance material. Additional cooling is provided by ducting hot
exhaust gasses outboard and then forcing the exhaust gasses downward with downwash from the main rotor. An exhaust
extender is attached to the HIRSS module to reduce fuselage surface temperature in the transition section and to allow
operation of the aircraft with cargo doors open. Installation of each HIRSS module requires removal of standard engine
exhaust modules and cargo door track fairings. HIRSS modules are installed on the basic airframe, with two additional
mounts, and one angle. The rear fairings are installed using existing mounting points and hardware. While operating in a
nonhostile environment, the inner baffle can be removed to enhance engine performance.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0011 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0012 00

UNIT LEVEL

ROTOR SYSTEM

MAIN ROTOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

MAIN ROTOR BLADE

Four main rotor blades are installed on the main rotor head (Figure 1). The main rotor blade has a pressurized titanium
spar, Nomex honeycomb core, fiberglass skin, nickel and titanium abrasion strips, a removable swept-back tip fairing, and
a resistive heating mat used when the blade deice system is activated. A wire mesh is bonded to the surface of the blade,
to protect the blade from lightning. The spar of the main rotor blade is pressurized with nitrogen through a servicing
valve at the inboard end of the blade. A BIM® (Blade Indication Method) pressure indicator visually indicates that the
spar pressure has not dropped below minimum. The nickel and titanium abrasion strips, bonded to the leading edge of the
blade, prevent damage that could occur from erosion. Each blade is statically and dynamically balanced to permit replace-
ment of individual blades. Balance strips painted around the blade locate the hoisting point. A titanium cuff and expand-
able pins attach the blade to the rotor head (Figure 2). With the use of a blade fold set, each blade can be folded manu-
ally.

Blade Indication Method (BIM®) Pressure Indicator

The BIM® indicator is installed in the back wall of the spar at the root of the blade (Figure 1, Detail A). A color
indicates if the blade becomes unserviceable. The indicator compares a reference pressure built into the indicator with the
pressure in the blade spar. When the pressure in the blade spar is within the required service limits, indicating the blade is
serviceable, three yellow stripes show. If the pressure in the blade spar drops below the minimum permissible service
pressure, the indicator will show three red stripes (Figure 1, Detail B).

MAIN ROTOR HEAD

The main rotor head transmits the movements of the flight controls to the four main rotor blades (Figures 3 and 4). The
main rotor head turns in a counterclockwise direction. The head is supported by the main rotor shaft extension. The shaft
extension is splined to the main transmission main shaft, which drives the head. The lower pressure plate and cones, in
conjunction with the main shaft nut, secure the shaft extension to the main shaft. The lower pressure plate also provides
attachment for the rotating scissors. The principal components of the main rotor head are the main rotor hub (including
the spindle modules), the droop stops, the bifilar vibration absorber, pitch control rods, dampers, antiflap assemblies and
swashplate.

Main Rotor Hub

The hub consists of titanium spindle modules, hydraulic dampers, pitch control rods, antiflapping assemblies, and a
titanium housing (Figure 5). Each blade is hinged through elastomeric bearings (rubber and steel laminates) in the spindle
modules. The elastomeric bearings allow the blades to flap, lead, and lag. The bearing also permits the blade to move
about its axis for pitch changes. The spindle module titanium endplate contains the lugs for blade attachment.

Antiflapping Assemblies

An antiflapping assembly is installed on each of the four main rotor spindle modules, next to the hub (Figures 3 and 5).
These are spring loaded locks that prevent the main rotor blades from flapping when the main rotor head is slowing down
or stopped. When the main rotor is rotating at above 35%, centrifugal force pulls the antiflapping assemblies outward and
holds them in their locked positions to permit flapping and coning of the blades.

Droop Stops

The droop stops, on the spindle module next to the hub, limit droop of the blades when the main rotor head is slowing
down or stopped (Figure 3). When the main rotor head is rotating between 70% to 75% Nr, centrifugal force throws the
droop stops out and permits increased vertical movement of the blade.

0012 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0012 00

MAIN ROTOR HEAD - Continued

CG OF BLADE ABRASION
CENTER OF STRIP
GRAVITY TIP CAP

A
BALANCE TIEDOWN
STRIPES ATTACH POINT
(BOTTOM ONLY)

YELLOW
STRIPES

MANUAL
TEST
LEVER

NORMAL PRESSURE
(SAFE CONDITION)
B A SERVICE
RED VALVE
STRIPES

BIM
INDICATOR

MANUAL
TEST B
LEVER

LOW PRESSURE
AK2599
(UNSAFE CONDITION) SA

Figure 1. Main Rotor Blade and Pressure Indicator.

Pitch Control Rods

Four pitch control rods extend from the rotating swashplate to the blade pitch horn on the spindle (Figure 4). The pitch
control rods transmit all movement of the flight controls from the swashplate to the main rotor blades. Each rod is adjust-
able. Rotation of the rod changes main rotor blade angle 2 minutes per notch. This allows for tracking adjustment.

Dampers

Dampers are installed between each of the main rotor hub and spindle modules to restrain hunting (lead and lag motions)
of the blades during rotation and to absorb rotor head engagement loads (Figure 4). Each damper is filled with hydraulic
fluid. An indicator mounted on the side of the damper monitors hydraulic fluid quantity. When the damper is fully
serviced the indicator will show full gold.

0012 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0012 00

MAIN ROTOR HEAD - Continued

EXPANDABLE PIN
UNLOCKED
POSITION

SPINDLE MODULE

OPEN
CLOSE

LOCKED
BLADE CUFF POSITION

CLIP

AK2600
SA

Figure 2. Main Rotor Blade Expandable Pins.

Bifilar

The bifilar vibration absorber, absorbs vibrations and stresses. It not only contributes to longer life of all components but
to a smoother ride for the crew and passengers (Figure 4). The bifilar vibration support is a cross-shaped aluminum forg-
ing. A tungsten weight pivots on two points at the end of each arm. The bifilar is bolted to the main rotor hub.
Swashplate

The swashplate has stationary and rotating discs joined by a bearing (Figure 4). It transmits flight control movement to
the main rotor head through the four pitch control rods. The swashplate is permitted to slide on the main rotor shaft and
tilt in any direction following the motion of the flight controls.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1610 00, WP 1624 00, WP 1635 00, WP 1642 00, WP 1691 00, and WP 1727 00 for
equipment data information.

0012 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0012 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

MAIN SHAFT NUT

ANTIFLAPPING
MAIN ROTOR HUB ASSEMBLY

SPLIT
CONES
UPPER
PRESSURE
PLATE
DROOP STOP

MAIN TRANSMISSION
MAIN SHAFT SHAFT EXTENSION

LOWER
SPLIT PRESSURE
CONES PLATE

ROTATING
SCISSORS
PITCH
CONTROL
ROD

SWASHPLATE

MAIN TRANSMISSION

AK2602
SA

Figure 3. Main Rotor Head And Main Transmission.

0012 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0012 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

BIFILAR
VIBRATION
ABSORBER

MAIN
ROTOR
HUB

DAMPER
INDICATOR

DAMPER

SPINDLE
MODULE

SHAFT
EXTENSION

PITCH
CONTROL
ROD

SWASHPLATE

ROTATING
SCISSORS

AA7657
SA

Figure 4. Main Rotor Head.

0012 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0012 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

ANTIFLAPPING ELASTOMERIC
EXPANDABLE ASSEMBLY BEARING
PIN A SPINDLE
NUT

SPINDLE

HORN
HUNTING AND
FLAPPING ELASTOMERIC HUB
BEARING PITCH
DROOP
STOP CHANGE

HUB OUTER
RACE
SEE DETAIL B
TEFLON
LINER

INNER
RACE
CLEARANCE
DETAIL B

STEEL INNER RACE TEFLON LINER BONDED

PRESS FIT TO SHELL TO ID OF OUTER RACE

SHELL BONDED TO SPINDLE AK2603

SA

Figure 5. Main Rotor Head Spindle Module - Cutaway.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0012 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0013 00

UNIT LEVEL

ROTOR SYSTEM

TAIL ROTOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

TAIL ROTOR

The canted tail rotor head is driven by the tail gear box (Figure 1). A pitch change beam on the pitch control shaft
changes the angle of the tail rotor blades through pitch change links. Because of it’s canted design, the tail rotor provides
about 400 pounds of lift and more clearance for ground personnel.

Pitch Beam

A four-armed pitch beam is bolted to the end of the pitch change shaft. The pitch beam increases or decreases the pitch
of all blades simultaneously through pitch links connected to the blades.

Pitch Control Links

Four pitch control links are installed on the tail rotor head assembly. Each link connects an arm of the pitch beam to a
pitch control horn on the blade. The links transmit movement necessary for blade pitch changes from the pitch beam.
Each link consists of two rod ends with boots, locking devices, and a link. The rod end that is connected to the pitch
beam is marked for proper installation.
TAIL ROTOR BLADES

The tail rotor blades are built around two graphite composite spars running from tip-to-tip and crossing each other at the
center to form the four blades (Figure 2). The two spars are interchangeable and may be replaced individually. The blade
spars are covered with crossply fiber glass to form the airfoil shape. Polyurethane and nickel abrasion strips are bonded to
the leading edge of the blades. Blade pitch changes are made by twisting the spar.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1633 00, WP 1643 00, WP 1680 00, WP 1695 00, and WP 1734 00, for equipment data
information.

0013 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0013 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

TAIL ROTOR
BLADE

COUNTERWEIGHTS

A A

BLADE DEICE
CONNECTOR
PITCH
CHANGE
BEAM

PITCH
LINKS

AK2604B
SA

Figure 1. Tail Rotor System.

0013 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0013 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

COUNTERWEIGHT
BRACKET
BLADE DEICE POLYURETHANE
CONNECTOR ABRASION STRIP NICKEL
ABRASION STRIP

PLUG

BOOT
HORN

FIBERGLASS TIP CAP

AK2605
SA

Figure 2. Tail Rotor Blade.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0013 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

UNIT LEVEL

DRIVE SYSTEM

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

The transmission system carries engine torque to the main rotor and tail rotor (Figure 1). It consists of a main transmis-
sion with oil cooler, intermediate gear box, tail gear box, and drive shafts. The transmission system has oil pressure and
oil temperature indicating systems, hot oil and low oil pressure warning systems, and a chip detector system. The main
transmission drives the main rotor, tail rotor, main transmission oil cooler fan, No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic pump modules,
and No. 1 and No. 2 generators.

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM OPERATION

The helicopter’s power to the transmission begins at the front end of the engines. The engine input drive shaft, turning at
20,900 RPM (100% Nr) provides the power to the input module, which then drives the main module and accessory
modules (Figure 2). The input module reduces engine input RPM to 5750 RPM and also allows the drive angle to be
changed from the engine to the main module. The main module then provides reduction for the main rotor head down to
258 RPM and a reduction for the tail drive and oil cooler to 4110 RPM. The intermediate gear box receiving the tail
drive shaft RPM then provides a reduction to 3319 RPM plus changes the angle of drive about 58°. The tail gear box
provides the remaining gear reduction for the tail rotor to 1190 RPM and a 105° change in drive direction. During opera-
tion of the main transmission, the hydraulic pump modules are driven at 7188 RPM and the generators at 11,809 RPM.

MAIN TRANSMISSION

The main transmission is mounted on the main fuselage with a built in 3° forward tilt. It consists of five modules: a main
module, two input modules, and two accessory modules (Figure 3). It mounts and drives the main rotor head, changes the
angle of drive from the engines, reduces engine RPM, and drives the tail rotor drive shaft along with the accessory
modules. Both input modules and both accessory modules are interchangeable with one another and are replaceable
without removing any other major components.

Main Module

The main module is mounted on top to the cabin fuselage. The main module supports and drives the main rotor head. It
also drives the tail rotor system.

Input Module

The two input modules are mounted on the left and right front side of the main module (Figure 3). They connect the
main module to the engines by shafting and gears. Each input module is identical and directly interchangeable. Over run-
ning clutches (free-wheeling units) disengage a nonoperating engine from the transmission, but not the accessory module.

Accessory Module

An accessory module is mounted on the front of each input module (Figure 3). The accessory module drives the electri-
cal generators and hydraulic pump modules. A rotor speed sensor is mounted on the right accessory module and an oil
pressure switch is mounted in the left accessory module. UH60L HH-60L An additional rotor speed sensor is mounted on
the left accessory module. Each basic module is identical and directly interchangeable.

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX

The intermediate gear box is mounted at the base of the pylon (Figure 4 and Figure 5). The intermediate gear box carries
main transmission torque to the tail gear box and changes the angles of the drive about 58°. The intermediate gear box
also reduces tail drive shaft input speed of 4110 RPM to 3319 RPM pylon shaft output speed. The gear box is divided
into three sections, the input housing and gear, the center housing, and the output housing and gear.

0014 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX - Continued

TAIL
GEAR BOX

TAIL PYLON
DRIVE SHAFT

COUPLING
FLEXIBLE
COUPLING
VISCOUS
DAMPER

A
FLEXIBLE
COUPLING
VISCOUS
OIL COOLER DAMPER
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX

MAIN
TRANSMISSION

TAIL ROTOR
DRIVE SHAFT

OIL COOLER
FAN

VISCOUS
DAMPER
T
ON
FR

INDICATOR

BOLT,
WASHERS,
NUT
MATCH MARK
AA0111A
SA

Figure 1. Transmission System Powertrain.

0014 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX - Continued

GENERATOR
HYDRAULIC PUMP 11809 RPM
MODULE 7188 RPM
1190 RPM

FREEWHEEL
UNIT
ENGINE
INPUT SPEED
20900 RPM TAIL GEAR BOX

PYLON DRIVE
5750 RPM SHAFT
258 RPM 3319 RPM

TAIL DRIVE
SHAFT
4116 RPM

INPUT MODULE
MAIN MODULE

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX

RPM’S
IN OUT REDUCTION

MAIN GEAR BOX 20900 5750 3.63:1

INPUT MODULE

MAIN GEAR BOX 5750 258 22.89:1

MAIN MODULE

INTERMEDIATE
4116 3319 1.24
GEAR BOX

TAIL GEAR BOX 3319 1190 2.79

NOTE: ALL RPM’S AT 100%.

AA7628_1
SA

Figure 2. Transmission Gear Ratios.

0014 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX - Continued

RIGHT INPUT
MODULE

MAIN MODULE

ELECTRICAL
GENERATOR

RIGHT
ACCESSORY
FLIGHT
MODULE
CONTROLS
BELLCRANK
HYDRAULIC SUPPORT
PUMP
MODULE

LEFT
INPUT
MODULE

LEFT ACCESSORY
MODULE

AK2609
SA

Figure 3. Main Transmission.

TAIL GEAR BOX

The tail gear box, mounted at the top of the pylon, holds the tail rotor head and changes the direction of drive 105°
(Figure 6). The tail gear box is divided into three sections: input housing and gear, center housing, and output housing
and gear. The tail gear box includes an input linkage, bearing, and pitch control shaft, for tail rotor pitch controls. The tail
rotor servo mounts on and in the tail gear box. The tail rotor blade deice slip ring can be installed on the tail gear box
assembly.

GUST LOCK

A manually operated gust lock, at the tail takeoff flange, permits the main rotor and tail rotor to be locked when the
helicopter is parked or stored. The gust lock is operated by pressing the handle release button, in the cabin, and moving

0014 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

GUST LOCK - Continued

SECTION IV
DRIVE SHAFT
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX

T
ON
FR

SECTION III
DRIVE SHAFT
FILLER
CAP

SIGHT
GAGE

AK2615_1
SA

Figure 4. Intermediate Gear Box Installed.

the handle in or out. The gust lock lever meshes with teeth on the tail takeoff flange. A switch in the rod assembly,
between the handle and lock lever, turns the GUST LOCK light on. The light is on the caution/advisory panel (Figure 7).

TAIL ROTOR DRIVE SHAFT

The tail rotor drive shaft runs from the tail takeoff flange on the rear of the main transmission, to the intermediate gear
box. It then runs up from the intermediate gear box to the tail gear box (Figure 8). The drive shaft carries engine torque
to the tail rotor and drives the oil cooler blower. The aluminum tail drive shaft is made up of four sections containing
seven shafts. Each shaft is dynamically balanced. The sections are joined together by flexible couplings. The first three
sections of shafting, from the rear of the oil cooler, are directly interchangeable. The rear end of these three shafts are
held by special shock absorbing bearings. After replacement of any or all sections of drive shaft, alignment is not neces-
sary.

0014 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

TAIL ROTOR DRIVE SHAFT - Continued

OUTPUT
FLANGE

OUTPUT
ASSEMBLY
CENTER
HOUSING

INPUT
FLANGE FILLER
CAP

CHIP
DETECTOR

SIGHT
PLUG

INPUT
ASSEMBLY

INPUT AK2615_2
SA

Figure 5. Intermediate Gear Box Cutaway.

Multiple disc flexible couplings are used to carry torque and allow for minor misalignment of tail drive shaft components.
Along with the special shock absorbing bearings, the couplings also allow the drive shaft to remain in alignment as the
airframe flexes in flight.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1607 00,WP 1608 00, WP 1609 00, WP 1611 00, WP 1689 00, WP 1693 00,
WP 1694 00, WP 1707 00, WP 1716 00, WP 1717 00, WP 1718 00, WP 1735 00, WP 1736 00, WP 1737 00,
WP 1738 00, WP 1739 00, for equipment data information.

0014 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

OUTPUT FILLER
ASSEMBLY CAP

CENTER
HOUSING
ASSEMBLY

INPUT
ASSEMBLY

SIGHT
PLUG

CHIP
DETECTOR
AK2616
SA

Figure 6. Tail Gear Box.

0014 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

MAIN
TRANSMISSION

PAWL

GUST LOCK
SWITCH

TRANSMISSION DECK
CABIN

GUST LOCK
RELEASE BUTTON HANDLE

GUST LOCK SYSTEM COMPONENTS AA7658

SA

Figure 7. Gust Lock.

0014 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0014 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

TAIL GEAR
BOX

STA STA STA STA STA STA

342.9 380 470.9 531 591.3 664

STA
SECTION I 732
SECTIO
N II
MAIN
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER SECTION IV
DRIVE SHAFT

SECTION III
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX

ROTATION OF ALL SHAFTS

CW LOOKING REAR AK2618
SA

Figure 8. Tail Rotor Drive Shaft.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014 00-9/10 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0015 00

UNIT LEVEL

DRIVE SYSTEM

MAIN TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

MAIN TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION SYSTEM

The main transmission is a wet sump lubrication system that cools and filters the oil to all the gears and bearings
(Figure 1). The No. 1 and No. 2 generators also receive oil for cooling by way of internal lubrication lines. The oil is
pumped through internally cored oil lines, except for the oil cooler inlet and outlet lines. The main transmission has an oil
capacity of about 7 gallons. A dipstick is used for checking oil quantity. When the oil level reaches the ADD mark the
system is 2 quarts low. The system includes two pressure and scavenge, vane-type lubricating pumps that have pressure
regulating and bypass valves, a two-stage oil filter, an oil cooler and blower, and warning and indicating systems.

Lubrication Pumps

The main transmission lubrication pumps are combination pressure and scavenge vane-type operating in parallel. The
pressure side of the pumps supplies oil at 15 gpm at a pressure between 50-55 psi. UH60L The scavenge side returns oil
at a rate of 14 gpm at a pressure between 50-55 psi to the sump. UH60A EH60A The scavenge side returns oil at a
rate of 7 gpm at a pressure between 50-55 psi to the sump. The pressure side is regulated by an adjustable pressure
regulating valve. As pressure exceeds 55 psi, the bypass valve starts to open and extra oil is bypassed back to the inlet
side of the pump.

Two-Stage Oil Filter

The two-stage oil filter , at the right rear section of the sump, protects the lubrication system by removing lubricant
contaminants. Filter elements are paper, throw-away types. Three-micron filter elements are not interchangeable between
the UH60A EH60A UH60L UH60A EH60A UH60L UH60A EH60A . Also, neither three-micron filter can be installed in
place of the 46-micron filter in the field. UH60L Filter, 70351-38801-101, has two separate elements, a 3-micron first
stage filter element and a 75-micron second stage filter element. When primary filter begins to clog and pressure drops
between 9 and 15 psi, a red button extends 3/16 inch from bottom of filter bowl. It cannot be reset unless filter elements
are replaced. A thermal lockout prevents the indicator from extending when the temperature goes below 125°F to 155°F.
The first stage filter will protect the system up to a differential pressure of 16 to 24 psi. At this point the flow is bypassed
to the second stage filter element, which will protect the system up to 30 to 40 psi differential pressure.

UH60A EH60A Filter, 70351-08134-101, has two separate elements, a 46-micron first stage filter element and a 75-
micron second stage filter element. When primary filter begins to clog and pressure drops between 9 and 15 psi, a red
button extends 3/16 inch from bottom of filter bowl. It cannot be reset unless filter elements are replaced. A thermal
lockout prevents the indicator from extending when the temperature goes below 60°F to 100°F. The first stage filter will
protect the system up to a differential pressure of 16 to 24 psi. At this point the flow is bypassed to the second stage filter
element, which will protect the system up to 30 to 40 psi differential pressure.

UH60A EH60A Main Module (70351-08100-073/074) Filter, 70351-08134-104, has two separate elements, a 3-micron
first stage filter element and a 75-micron second stage filter element. When primary filter begins to clog and pressure
drops between 11 and 15 psi, a red button extends 3/16 inch from bottom of filter bowl. It cannot be reset unless filter
elements are replaced. A thermal lockout prevents the indicator from extending when the temperature goes below 125°F
to 155°F. The first stage filter will protect the system up to a differential pressure of 16 to 24 psi. At this point the flow is
bypassed to the second stage filter element, which will protect the system up to 30 to 40 psi differential pressure.

0015 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0015 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Continued

GENERATOR

LEFT
ACCESSORY
MODULE
MAIN XMSN
OIL PRESS

SUMP

CHIP ACCESS FUZZ

MDL-LH BURN-OFF

LEFT
CHIP INPUT FUZZ INPUT
MDL-LH BURN-OFF MODULE

SUMP

CHIP MAIN FUZZ

MDL SUMP BURN-OFF

MAIN
MODULE
XMSN
TEMP PRESS
C X 10 PSI X 10
16 19

11 MANIFOLD
12

7
10

6
8

5
6

4
4

3 XMSN
0
TEMP PRESS
C X 10 PSI SUMP
-4
0 190
16
110
12
DETAIL A 10
70
(SEE NOTE) SCAV-
60
8 ENGE
50
LEGEND 6

40
4 LUBE
SUPPLY PUMP
30
0
PRESSURE
-4
0
SCAVENGE
PRESSURE
BYPASS REGULATING
AND BYPASS
ELECTRICAL VALVE
(SEE DETAIL A)

NOTE
UH60A EH60A AA7805_1
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Lubrication System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0015 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0015 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Continued

GENERATOR

RIGHT
ACCESSORY
MODULE

SUMP

FUZZ CHIP ACCESS

BURN−OFF MDL−RH
RIGHT
INPUT
MODULE

SUMP

MAIN
MODULE
MAIN XMSN
OIL TEMP

FUZZ CHIP INPUT

BURN−OFF MDL−RH
THERMOSTATIC
CONTROL
VALVE

OIL COOLER
OIL
FILTER
2 STAGE
SCAV−
ENGE

LUBE
PUMP
PRESSURE BYPASS
REGULATING
AND BYPASS
VALVE

AA7805_2
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Lubrication System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0015 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0015 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Continued

Oil Cooler and Fan

The oil cooler and fan, in the rear of the main rotor pylon, consists of a radiator, duct, fan and shafting. The fan, driven
by the tail rotor drive shaft, forces air through the radiator. Hot oil from the main module sump is pumped into the radia-
tor. A thermostatic control valve within the radiator allows cold oil (less than 70°C) to bypass the radiator. Also, if the
radiator becomes clogged, the oil will bypass. Oil is routed from the oil cooler to the main module manifold to be divided
between the lubrication jets in the main module and the oil passages to the input modules, accessory modules, and
generators.

Spline Wear Indicators

Spline wear indicators are installed on the viscous damper at station 531. The viscous damper has a scribed line on the
tail rotor drive shaft which is lined up with an indicator mounted on the viscous damper. On helicopters with oil cooler
fan, 70361-03005-103 through 70361-03005-106, installed, the oil cooler fan has a scribed mark on the fan blade which is
compared to a wear indicator on fan housing. On helicopters with oil cooler fan, 70361-03005-107, installed, spline wear
inspection is not required.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0015 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0016 00

UNIT LEVEL

DRIVE SYSTEM

MAIN TRANSMISSION WARNING AND INDICATING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

MAIN TRANSMISSION WARNING AND INDICATING SYSTEM

The warning and indicating systems indicate possible troubles in the transmission system. They cover oil pressure and oil
temperature indications, and chip detectors throughout the main transmission.
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE WARNING INDICATING SYSTEM

When the temperature of the oil entering the manifold is over 112° to 121°C the sensor lights the MAIN XMSN OIL
TEMP light in the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel (Figure 1). The oil pres-
sure warning system has an oil pressure switch in the left accessory module connected to the MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS
light in the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel . When the oil pressure in the left
accessory module falls below 14 psi, the switch turns on the MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS light.

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE INDICATING SYSTEMS

The oil temperature indicating system has an oil temperature sensor and MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP indicator in the central
display unit (Figure 1). The MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP indicator gives a main transmission temperature in degrees
Celsius. Indicator ranges are shown in Table 1.

Table 1. XMSN TEMP Ranges.

GREEN 50° to 120°C

AMBER 120° to 140°C

RED 140° to 170°C

The oil pressure indicating system has an oil pressure sensor and MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS indicator in the central dis-
play unit. The MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS indicator gives main transmission oil pressure in psi. Indicator ranges are
shown in Table 2.

Table 2. XMSN PRESS Ranges.

GREEN 30 to 65 psi

AMBER 20 to 30 psi

AMBER 65 to 130 psi

RED 130 to 190 psi

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1716 00 and WP 1736 00 for equipment data information.

0016 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0016 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

COPILOT’S
NO. 2 ENGINE DISPLAY UNIT
% RPM % TRQ

LT RTR
OVERSPEED

1 R 2 1 2
130 130
XMSN 140 140
OIL TEMP 120 120
120 120

110 110 100 100

105 105 80 80

60 60
100 100
40 40
95 95
20 20
NR SENSOR
90 90 0 0
1 2
XMSN TEMP 70 70

SENSOR
30 30

0 0
1 R 2
FRONT

XMSN OIL F
PRESS R
SENSOR E
Q

T
NO. 1 ENGINE O RESETS
RPM
D WARNING
C LIGHTS
MAIN XMSN OIL
PRESS SWITCH
SDC
NO. 1
127% 137% 142%

ROTOR
OVERSPEED
1
2
3

OFF

4
RESET

ROTOR OVERSPEED
RESET SWITCH MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP

NOSE AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS
NOTES
1. UH60A UH60L EH60A CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
2. UH60Q HH60L
(SEE DETAIL B) (SEE NOTE 1) AB2237_1
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Oil And Preasure Warning And Indicating Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0016 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0016 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

% RPM % TRQ
FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng
QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED LT RTR
LB X 100 C X 10 PSI C X 10 PSI C X 100 % X 10 OVERSPEED

190 18 170 11
16
14 9
110 14 130
1 R 2
130
1 2
12 120 10
12 8
100 140 140
70 12
10 90 120 120
10 7 9
120 120
60 10
8 70
8 6
8
110 110 100 100
50 8
6 50
6 5 80 80
105 105
40 7
4 4 30
4 4 60 60
30 100 100
0 0 40 40
2 20 2 4

−4 95 95
−4 20 20
0 0 12 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2
90 90 0 0
1 2
ON
70 70

30 30
MAIN LAMP DIM OFF 1 − CHAN − 2 0 0
FUEL TEST DIGITS TGT Ng 1 R 2

(SEE DETAIL A)

O F
H A R
M C E
S Q
T
T O T
RESETS O O
RPM D
WARNING D C D
LIGHTS C C
127% 137% 142%

SDC NO. 2 ROTOR OVERSPEED

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT

FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng

1 QTY
LB X 100
TEMP
C X 10
PRESS
PSI X 10
TEMP
C X 10
PRESS
PSI X 10
TEMP
C X 100
SPEED
% X 10
11
2 14
16 19 18 13
11 9
11
3 12
14 9
8
10
12
7 12 8
10
10 7 9
6 10 7
8
8 6
8
5 8 6
6
6 5
4 4 5 7
4 4
4 4
3 4
0 0
2 3 2 4
2
0 −4 0 −4 1 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2
PUSH DIM ON

TOTAL FUEL OFF 1 − CHAN − 2

TO TEST
DIGITS TGT Ng

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1) AB2237_2
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Oil And Preasure Warning And Indicating Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0016 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0016 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2)

AB2237_3
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Oil And Preasure Warning And Indicating Systems Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0016 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0017 00

UNIT LEVEL

DRIVE SYSTEM

MAIN TRANSMISSION AND GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

MAIN GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR

One chip detector, mounted on the sump assembly, constantly monitors lubricating oil for possible metal contamination
(Figure 1). Any metal chips that accumulate within the chip detector gaps close an electrical circuit that lights the CHIP
MAIN MDL SUMP capsule on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel . The chip
detector has a fuzz suppressing feature that prevents minute metal particles (fuzz) from activating the chip capsule by
burning them off. Refer to , WP 0026 00 for information on latching and time-delay circuits.

Accessory Modules Chip Detectors

Two chip detectors, one mounted on each accessory module, constantly monitor lubricating oil for possible metal
contamination (Figure 1). Any metal chips that accumulate within chip detector gaps close an electrical circuit that lights
either CHIP ACCESS MDL - LH or CHIP ACCESS MDL - RH capsule on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel . Each chip detector has a fuzz suppressing feature that prevents minute
metal particles (fuzz) from activating the chip capsule by burning them off. For information on latching circuits, refer to ,
WP 0026 00.

Input Modules Chip Detectors

Two chip detectors, on the sump assembly, constantly monitor lubricating oil for possible metal contamination (Figure 1).
Any metal chips that accumulate within chip detector gaps close an electrical circuit that lights either CHIP INPUT MDL
- LH or CHIP INPUT MDL - RH capsule on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel
. Each chip detector has a fuzz suppressing feature that prevents minute metal particles (fuzz) from activating the chip
capsule by burning them off. For information on latching circuits, refer to , WP 0026 00.

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR

One chip detector in the gear box monitors possible metal contamination. Any metal chips that accumulate on the chip
detector plug close an electrical circuit and light the CHIP INT XMSN light. The chip detector has a burn-off circuit that
burns off minute metal particles (fuzz) to prevent unnecessary lighting of the caution light. The chip detector also contains
a normally open bimetal temperature switch. When gear box oil temperature reaches 140°C (284°F), the switch closes and
causes the fuzz burn capacitor to discharge. This prevents arcing within the gear box when gear box oil is hot. When the
temperature switch closes, the INT XMSN OIL TEMP light on the caution advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel goes on. The magnetic capability of the chip detector is retained. The
chip detector is self-sealing to permit removal for inspection without loss of oil.

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR

One chip detector in the gear box monitors possible metal contamination. Any metal chips that accumulate on the chip
detector plug close an electrical circuit and light the CHIP TAIL XMSN light. The chip detector has a burn-off circuit that
burns off minute metal particles (fuzz) to prevent unnecessary lighting of the caution light. The chip detector also contains
a normally open bimetal temperature switch. When gear box oil temperature reaches 140°C (284°F), the switch closes and
causes the fuzz burn capacitor to discharge. This prevents arcing within the gear box when gear box oil is hot. When the
temperature switch closes, the TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP light on the caution advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel goes on. The magnetic capability of the chip detector is retained. The
chip detector is self-sealing to permit removal for inspection without loss of oil.

0017 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0017 00

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR - Continued

MAIN MODULE
(LOOKING UP)
RIGHT INPUT
MAIN MODULE MODULE CHIP
CHIP DETECTOR DETECTOR
(SEE DETAIL A)

LEFT
ACCESSORY SUMP
MODULE

LEFT INPUT
MODULE CHIP
DETECTOR
(SEE DETAIL A)

CHIP
DETECTOR
(SEE DETAIL A)

INTERMEDIATE FUZZ 3
GEAR BOX BURN
TAIL GEAR
CHIP DETECTOR
BOX CHIP
(SEE DETAIL B) DETECTOR
(SEE DETAIL B)
4

FUZZ
BURN
5

6
NOTES
1. CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT AND
ASSOCIATED WIRING INSTALLED ON
UH60A 77−22714 − 83−23895
W/O MWO 50−26
2. UH60Q HH60L
3. 77−22714 − 96−26722
4. 96−26723 97−26745 − SUBQ
AB2206_1A
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Chip Detector System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0017 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0017 00

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR - Continued

CHIP DET
DC
ESNTL 5
BUS AMP
28 VDC

UPPER CONSOLE

RIGHT
ACCESSORY
MODULE

CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR

UNIT (SEE NOTE 1)

CHIP
DETECTOR
(SEE DETAIL A)

FUZZ CHIP ACCESS MDL RH

BURN

FUZZ
1 BURN
CHIP INPUT MDL RH

FUZZ
2 BURN
CHIP ACCESS MDL LH

FUZZ
3 BURN
CHIP INPUT MDL LH

30
FUZZ
4 BURN
SECOND CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP
DELAY

5 CHIP INT XMSN

6 CHIP TAIL XMSN

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
(SEE DETAIL C)

AB2206_2A
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Chip Detector System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0017 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0017 00

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR - Continued

TO CAUTION / TO CAUTION /
TEMPERATURE ADVISORY PANEL TEMPERATURE ADVISORY PANEL
SWITCH (CLOSES CHIP CAPSULE SWITCH (CLOSES CHIP CAPSULE
AT 140OC) AT 140OC)

BIT
CIRCUIT

CHIP GAP CHIP GAP

CHIP DETECTOR CHIP DETECTOR

FUZZ BURN FUZZ BURN
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT

(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 4)

DETAIL A
CHIP DETECTOR SCHEMATIC−TYPICAL
FOR ACCESSORY AND INPUT MODULES

TO CAUTION / TO CAUTION / TO CAUTION / TO CAUTION /

TEMPERATURE ADVISORY ADVISORY TEMPERATURE ADVISORY ADVISORY
SWITCH (CLOSES PANEL PANEL SWITCH (CLOSES PANEL PANEL
AT 140OC) OIL TEMP CHIP AT 140OC) OIL TEMP CHIP
CAPSULE CAPSULE CAPSULE CAPSULE

CHIP GAP CHIP GAP

CHIP DETECTOR CHIP DETECTOR

FUZZ BURN
FUZZ BURN BIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 4)

DETAIL B
CHIP DETECTOR SCHEMATIC−TYPICAL
FOR INTERMEDIATE AND TAIL GEAR BOXES
AB2206_3A
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Chip Detector System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0017 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0017 00

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR - Continued

CHIP ACCESS MDL RH

CHIP INPUT MDL RH

CHIP ACCESS MDL LH

CHIP INPUT MDL LH

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP

CHIP INT XMSN

CHIP TAIL XMSN

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY

CHIP ACCESS MDL RH

CHIP INPUT MDL RH

CHIP ACCESS MDL LH

CHIP INPUT MDL LH

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP

CHIP INT XMSN

CHIP TAIL XMSN

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY

DETAIL C
(SEE NOTE 2)

AB2206_4
SA

Figure 1. Main Transmission Chip Detector System Block Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0017 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0017 00

CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT

W/O MWO 50-26 MWO 50-26 UH60A 77-22714 - 83-23895 A chip detector resistor unit is installed. The resistor
unit, along with the caution/advisory system UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory warning system ensures proper
operation of the master caution reset circuit and the chip detector fuzz-burn circuits for the MAIN GEAR BOX, RH AC-
CESS MODULE, LH ACCESS MODULE, RH INPUT MODULE, and LH INPUT MODULE chip detectors.
UH60A 83-23896 - SUBQ EH60A The chip detector resistor unit has been deleted and internal modifications to the
caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel increase the efficiency of the chip detector fuzz-
burn circuits and master caution reset circuits.

CHIP DETECTOR WITH BUILT-IN-TEST (BIT) CIRCUITRY

The chip detector with built-in-test (BIT) circuitry is a self-test used to check each chip detector and its wiring. The BIT
feature operates upon the power up of aircraft. The BIT circuitry, inside the pod of each chip detector, simulates fine me-
tal particles, chips, and fuzz, which turns on the appropiate warning capsule on the caution/advisory panel. The appropri-
ate warning capsule on the the caution/advisory panel remains illuminated for approximately 45 to 75 seconds except for
the main module sump warning capsule. The CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule shall go on after a 30-second time delay
and remain on for an additional 30 seconds.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1608 00, WP 1609 00, WP 1697 00, WP 1736 00, and WP 1737 00 for equipment data
information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0017 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

UNIT LEVEL

PNEUDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The hydraulic systems provide between 3000 to 3100 ± 50 psi of hydraulic pressure to operate the primary servos, tail
rotor servos, pilot assist servos, and APU start motor. There are three hydraulic systems:

1. No. 1 or first stage hydraulic system.

2. No. 2 or second stage hydraulic system.

3. Backup hydraulic system.

The major components of these systems are three hydraulic pump modules, two transfer modules, a utility module, a
pilot-assist module, three primary servos, a tail rotor servo, four pilot-assist servos, an APU accumulator, an APU hand-
pump, and a refill handpump. Most of these components are grouped together on the upperdeck in front of the main
transmission. These servos are connected to the hydraulic modules through manifolds and self-sealing couplings.
The three hydraulic systems have pressure switches which illuminate appropriate capsules on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel when pressure loss is detected (Figure 1). A leak detection/isolation
feature is built into the hydraulic system using pressure switches on the pump modules, check valves and shutoff valves
in the transfer modules, and electronic logic modules. When a pressure switch senses a pressure loss in a system, the
logic module will shut off the required valve or valves to isolate the leak and turn on the backup pump.
No. 1 Hydraulic System

The No. 1 hydraulic system supplies hydraulic pressure from the No. 1 pump module to the No. 1 transfer module. From
the transfer module, pressure is supplied to the first stage of the primary servos (lateral, forward and aft), and the first
stage of the tail rotor servo.
No. 2 Hydraulic System

The No. 2 system supplies pressure from the No. 2 pump module to the No. 2 transfer module. From the transfer module,
pressure is supplied to the second stage of the primary servos (lateral, forward, and aft) and the pilot-assist module. From
the pilot-assist module, pressure is supplied to the pilot-assist servos (collective boost, yaw boost, yaw SAS actuator, roll
SAS actuator, pitch SAS actuator, pitch/trim). The pitch/trim servo is supplied pressure at a reduced rate of 1000 psi by
means of a pressure regulating valve.
Backup Hydraulic System

The backup hydraulic system supplies hydraulic pressure for ground checks, acts as a backup for first and second stage
hydraulic pressure, supplies pressure to the second stage of the tail rotor servo if first stage pressure is lost, and recharges
the APU accumulator. The BACK-UP HYD PUMP switch on the upper console is marked OFF, ON, and AUTO. During
ground checks (APU running) the switch is at AUTO. If the APU is running and hydraulic pressure is not needed, the
switch is placed OFF. For flight, the switch should be at AUTO. If hydraulic pressure drops below 2000 psi in the first
and/or second stage system, the backup system automatically picks up the load regardless of switch position during flight
or on the ground. After the APU has started, the backup pump recharges the APU accumulator regardless of switch posi-
tion. The BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule on caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel
goes on any time the pump is running.

HYDRAULIC PUMP MODULES

The hydraulic pump modules are combination hydraulic pumps and reservoirs (Figure 2). The No. 1, No. 2, and backup
pump modules are identical and interchangeable with each other. The No. 1 pump module is mounted on and driven by

0018 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC PUMP MODULES - Continued

the left accessory transmission module. The No. 2 pump module is mounted on and driven by the right accessory trans-
mission module. The backup pump module is mounted on and driven by an ac electric motor.

The reservoir part of each pump module has a fluid level indicator window marked EMPTY, REFILL, and FULL. The
position of the piston indicator stripe viewed through the sight glass of the pump module compared to the fluid ident and
level indicator plate indicates amount of hydraulic fluid in the pumps reservoir. The pressure relief valve and bleed valve
protect the pump from high pressure in the return system.

The pump has two valves: a high pressure relief valve and a bleed relief valve; two filters: a pressure filter and return
filter. A red indicator button on each filter housing will pop out when differential pressure across the filter reaches 60 to
80 psid. The indicator button can only be reset from inside the filter housing when filter element is replaced. The return
filter has a bypass valve that opens when return pressure reaches between 90 and 110 psid. The pressure filter has no
bypass.

Each pump has three check valves: one at the external ground coupling, one at the pressure side, and one at the return
side.

A low level switch, mounted on top of each pump module, senses reservoir fluid quantity for that system. When the
piston in the pump module reaches the REFILL mark, the piston closes the low level switch which lights the #1, #2, or
BACKUP RSVR LOW caution capsule in the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel .
In the 1st and 2nd stage systems activation of the low level switch will also signal the leak detection isolation system of a
leak.

A depressurization valve in the backup pump module allows the motor to get up to rated speed before a load is applied.
When the backup pump motor is turned on, the depressurization valve in the backup pump module destrokes the output
pressure of the pump to 700 psi. This valve is held open by the logic module in the right relay panel for 4 seconds when
either the APU generator or external power is supplying power, or for 1/2 second when the helicopter generators are sup-
plying power. After the pump motor is started, the valve closes, allowing the pump to develop between 3000 and 3100 psi
output pressure.

PRIMARY SERVO SHUTOFF SWITCH

These switches, on the pilot’s and copilot’s collective stick grips, are marked SVO OFF - 1ST STG and 2ND STG. If
either stage of any primary servo jams or if pressure is lost, that stage may be shut off. The #1 and #2 PRI SERVO
PRESS capsules on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel show which stage has
jammed or lost pressure. The systems are electrically interlocked through the opposite system’s servo pressure switch to
prevent both systems from being shut off at the same time. As an example, when the SERVO switch is placed to 1ST
STG, second stage pressure must be above 2350 psig before the first stage shutoff valve closes, and the #1 PRI SERVO
PRESS capsule goes on. The tail rotor servo is not affected. With the switch in 2ND STG off, only the #2 PRI SERVO
PRESS capsule goes on. The pilot-assist servos are not affected.

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST SWITCH

The HYD LEAK TEST switch, on the upper console panel, checks out the leak detection isolation feature of the
hydraulic systems (Figure 3, Sheets 1 and 2). Electrical power for the switch comes from the No. 2 SERVO CONTR and
No. 1 SERVO CONTR circuit breakers. When the switch is placed to TEST (with at least one engine operating at IDLE
speed) the first stage tail rotor shutoff valve and the pilot-assist shutoff valves are closed. When the first stage tail rotor
servo shutoff valve closes, the #1 TAIL RTR SERVO caution capsule goes on, causing the backup pump to operate. Then
the second stage tail rotor shutoff valve opens, causing the #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON advisory capsule to go on. After
the test, the switch is placed to RESET, to set the hydraulic system back to its normal state.

0018 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST SWITCH - Continued

NO. 1 BACKUP NO. 2

PUMP PUMP PUMP
MODULE MODULE MODULE

UTILITY
MODULE

TAIL
APU ROTOR
ACCUMULATOR SHUTOFF NO. 2
NO. 1
TRANSFER VALVE TRANSFER
MODULE MODULE

TAIL ROTOR 2ND STAGE

SHUTOFF PRIMARY SERVO
VALVE 2ND STAGE SHUTOFF VALVE

1ST STAGE

TAIL ROTOR SERVO PILOT ASSIST

SHUTOFF
VALVE

1ST STAGE

FORWARD

2ND STAGE

1ST STAGE

AFT

2ND STAGE

1ST STAGE

LATERAL PITCH TRIM

2ND STAGE
ROLL SAS
PRIMARY
SERVOS
COLLECTIVE BOOST

YAW BOOST

PILOT ASSIST
SERVOS

AA1204
SA

Figure 1. Hydraulic System Simplified Block Diagram.

0018 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST SWITCH - Continued

HYDRAULIC REFILL
GROUND HANDPUMP
TEST SELECTOR
RETURN VALVE NO. 2 PUMP
NO. 2 MODULE
SYSTEM

TO
TAIL
ROTOR
SERVO

NO. 2 SYSTEM
TAIL ROTOR
SHUTOFF VALVE

PRIMARY NO. 2
SERVO TRANSFER
PILOT−ASSIST MANIFOLD MODULE
RH
MODULE

BL
FRONT 0

PILOT−ASSIST
LH MANIFOLD

UTILITY
MODULE NO. 1 NO. 1
PUMP TRANSFER TO APU
MODULE MODULE ACCUMULATOR

TO
TAIL
ROTOR
SERVO

BACKUP
PUMP
GROUND GROUND MODULE
TEST TEST BACKUP
RETURN RETURN PUMP
BACKUP NO. 1 MOTOR
SYSTEM SYSTEM

AA7659
SA

Figure 2. Main Rotor Pylon Hydraulic Component Location.

0018 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST SWITCH - Continued

NO. 1 SERVO
CONTR
28 VDC

NO. 1
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP

TEST
1
NORM

RESET
2

SWITCH NO. 1 PUMP

FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
HYD 3
LEAK
TEST

4
BACKUP PUMP
NO. 2 PUMP FLUID LEVEL
FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SWITCH

UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

NO. 2 SERVO
6
CONTR
28 VDC
NO. 2
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP
7

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL 8

NOTES 9
1. FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CONTACTS ARE
SHOWN WITH PUMP MODULE RESERVOIRS
PROPERLY SERVICED.
2. WHEN THE 1ST STAGE TAIL ROTOR VALVE
CLOSES, THE BACKUP PUMP WILL OPERATE,
CAUSING THE BACKUP PUMP ON CAPSULE
ON THE CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL OR MFS’s
TO GO ON. THEN THE 2ND STAGE TAIL ROTOR
SHUTOFF VALVE WILL OPEN (DE−ENERGIZE),
CAUSING THE #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON
CAPSULE ON THE CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL OR MFD’s TO GO ON.
3. WHEN THE PILOT ASSIST SHUTOFF VALVE
IS CLOSED, THESE CAPSULES SHOULD
GO ON: SAS OFF , BOOST SERVO OFF ,
TRIM FAIL AND FLT PATH STAB
(IF ENGAGED).
4. EH60A UH60A UH60L
5. HH60L UH60Q AB2205_1
SA

Figure 3. Hydraulic Isolation Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0018 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST SWITCH - Continued

1ST STAGE
TAIL ROTOR
SHUTOFF VALVE
(SEE NOTE 2)

NO. 1 TRANSFER MODULE

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

#1 RSVR LOW

3
NO. 1 LOGIC MODULE

#2 RSVR LOW

BACKUP RSVR LOW

#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON

6
2ND STAGE
PRESSURE CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
SWITCH
(SEE DETAIL A) (SEE NOTE 4)

7
PILOT ASSIST
SHUTOFF
8 VALVE
(SEE NOTE 3)
9
NO. 2 TRANSFER MODULE
NO. 2 LOGIC MODULE
2ND STAGE
TAIL ROTOR
SHUTOFF VALVE
(SEE NOTE 2)

AB2205_2
SA

Figure 3. Hydraulic Isolation Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0018 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST SWITCH - Continued

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW

BACKUP RSVR LOW

#2 TL RTR SERVO ON

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW

BACKUP RSVR LOW

#2 TL RTR SERVO ON

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 5)
AB2205_3
SA

Figure 3. Hydraulic Isolation Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

0018 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

APU ACCUMULATOR

The accumulator supplies between 3000 to 3100 ± 50 psig hydraulic charge to the APU start motor (Figure 4 and
Figure 5). Hydraulic fluid in the accumulator compresses a charge of nitrogen. If the back-up pump fails to recharge the
accumulator, it may be manually charged pumping the APU handpump. The handpump is on the rear cabin ceiling. A tape
indicator assembly on the accumulator shows the percent of the pressure charge in the accumulator. A pressure gage
shows the pressure of the nitrogen precharge. The tape will indicate zero (0) when the hydraulic charge has been released.
However, the pressure gage will indicate the nitrogen precharge pressure which at 70°F shall be 1450 psig.

HYDRAULIC REFILL HANDPUMP AND SELECTOR VALVE

The hydraulic refill handpump on the upper deck, in front of the No. 2 ac generator, is used to refill the pump module
reservoirs (Figure 2). The refill pump has a total capacity of 1.3 quarts of hydraulic fluid, a replaceable 15-micron filter,

RETURN STARTER
HOSE MOTOR

ACCUMULATOR MANUAL
N T LEVER PRESSURE
F RO HOSE

NITROGEN
LINE
START
VALVE

NITROGEN PRESSURE
PRESSURE GAGE
SWITCH

RELIEF
VALVE

NITROGEN
SERVICING
VALVE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P290

HAND PUMP

RETURN
TAPE INDICATOR
LINE
(VOLUME)
AK2627
SA

Figure 4. APU Accumulator.

0018 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

HYDRAULIC REFILL HANDPUMP AND SELECTOR VALVE - Continued

TAPE INDICATOR
SERVICE
VALVE
FLOATING
PISTON

100% 95%

NITROGEN
PRESSURE
GAGE

A B C D

STARTER START VALVE

1 GPM FLOW
RESTRICTOR

LEGEND 3850 PSI

RELIEF
NITROGEN VALVE
PRESSURE
RETURN
VENT AK2628
FROM PUMPS TO PUMPS SA

Figure 5. APU Accumulator Block Diagram.

and a selector valve. A bull’s-eye window on the side of the pump shows fluid level. When the fluid level is even with
the line through the window, a 1-quart can of fluid can be added to the pump. The selector valve has four numbered posi-
tions. Port 1 for the No. 1 pump reservoir. Port 2 for the No. 2 pump reservoir. Port 3 for the backup pump reservoir.
Port 4 is plugged and used for the stowed position when not in use. To refill, open can of fluid, using can opener on lid
of pump; pour fluid into reservoir; turn selector valve handle to desired port; hold handle down and crank pump handle.
Continue to crank pump until indicator on reservoir indicates FULL.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0018 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0018 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1603 00, WP 1604 00, WP 1605 00, WP 1606 00, WP 1655 00, WP 1630 00, and
WP 1684 00, for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

UNIT LEVEL

PNEUDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC SERVOS, ACTUATORS, AND MODULES DESCRIPTION AND DATA

TRANSFER MODULES

The No. 1 and No. 2 transfer modules connect hydraulic pressure from the pump modules to the flight control servos.
Each module is an integrated assembly of shutoff valves, pressure switches, check valves, shuttle valves, and restrictor.

No. 1 Transfer Module

This module has a transfer valve, a pressure switch, a first stage primary shutoff valve, a first stage tail rotor shutoff
valve, a restrictor, and check valves. The transfer valve is spring loaded to the open or normal position. If first stage
hydraulic pressure is lost, the valve automatically transfers backup pump pressure to the first stage system. The first stage
primary shutoff valve lets the pilot or copilot, by use of the SERVO switch on the collective sticks, shut off first stage
pressure to the primary servos. The pressure switch lights the #1 HYD PUMP light on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel when pressure drops to 2000 psi and also sends a signal to a logic
module that pressure is lost in the first stage hydraulic system. The restrictor allows fluid to circulate for cooling under
no-flow conditions. If a fluid leak develops past the transfer module, the check valves prevent fluid loss on the return side
of the transfer module.

No. 2 Transfer Module

The No. 2 transfer module is like the No. 1 module except that it supplies second stage pressure. The pilot assist shutoff
valve turns off pressure to the pilot assist module. The second stage primary servo shutoff valve, controlled by the
SERVO switch on the collective sticks, turns off pressure to the second stage of the primary servos. The pressure switch
turns on the #2 HYD PUMP caution light on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel
when second stage system pressure is below 2000 psi, and also sends a signal to a logic module that pressure is lost in
the second stage system.

UTILITY MODULE
The utility module connects hydraulic pressure from the backup pump to the No. 1 and No. 2 transfer modules, the
second stage of the tail rotor servo, and the APU accumulator. A pressure switch on the module senses the backup pump
operating and turns on the BACK-UP PUMP ON advisory light on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel . If the flow rate through the module to the APU accumulator goes over
1-1/2 gpm, a velocity fuse shuts off flow.

PRIMARY SERVOS

There are three interchangeable primary servos: the forward servo, aft servo, and lateral servo (Figure 1). The servos
provide a power boost to the main rotor flight controls. They also reduce feedback forces from the main rotor head. Each
servo has two independent stages (first stage and second stage). Each stage has an independent piston, valve housing, and
hydraulic supply. The input linkage is common. The servos are interchangeable. The primary servo manifold connects the
servos to the No. 1 and No. 2 transfer modules. Each stage of the servo has a jam simulation button. When pressed, the
jam simulation button displaces the spool valve sleeve, causing the # 1 or # 2 PRI SERVO PRESS caution light on the
caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel to go on. Each stage of a primary servo has a
ballistic tolerant feature built in so that if a projectile should damage one stage, that stage will be inoperative, but will not
stop the other stage from operating properly.

PILOT ASSIST SERVOS AND MODULE

The pilot assist servo assemblies reduce pilot work load by providing control boost, stick trimming, stability augmenta-
tion, and control inputs from the AFCS.

0019 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

PILOT ASSIST SERVOS AND MODULE - Continued

SLOPPY
LINK
INPUT
LINK

PRESSURE
SWITCH OUTPUT
LINK

JAM SIMULATION
BUTTON (2ND STAGE)
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE

QUICK−DISCONNECT
COUPLING
JAM SIMULATION
BUTTON (1ST STAGE)

AK2622
SA

Figure 1. Primary Servo.

COLLECTIVE BOOST SERVO

The collective boost servo reduces stick and flight control friction (Figure 2). The servo is controlled by a button marked
BOOST on the STABILATOR CONTROLS/AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL panel.

The collective boost servo has a jam simulation button. When pressed, the button displaces the spool valve sleeve and
causes the BOOST SERVO OFF capsule or legend on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel to go on.

YAW BOOST SERVO

The yaw boost servo reduces stick and flight control friction (Figure 3). The yaw boost servo is the same as the collec-
tive boost except for the addition of a SAS actuator, which provides rate damping. The servo is controlled by a button
marked BOOST, on the STABILATOR CONTROLS/AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL panel.

0019 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

YAW BOOST SERVO - Continued

SLOPPY
LINK OUTPUT
LINK

PRESSURE
SWITCH

HYDRAULIC
DISCONNECT
COUPLING

INPUT
LINK

AB3397
SA

Figure 2. Collective Boost Servo.

The yaw boost servo has a jam simulation button. When pressed, the button displaces the spool valve sleeve and causes
the BOOST SERVO OFF capsule or legend on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel
to go on.

ROLL SAS ACTUATOR

The roll SAS actuator is a dynamic rate stabilization system that gives rate dampening for the helicopter in the roll axis
(Figure 4). When engaged, the helicopter cockpit controls do not move. The actuator is controlled by SAS 1 and 2 but-
tons on the STABILATOR CONTROLS/AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL panel.

PITCH/TRIM ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

The pitch/trim actuator assembly controls the longitudinal axis and the attitude of the helicopter (Figure 5). The actuator
is controlled by the SAS1, SAS2, TRIM and FPS buttons on the STABILATOR CONTROLS/AUTO FLIGHT
CONTROL panel. Trim maintains a position of the cyclic stick in the longitudinal axis.

PILOT-ASSIST MODULE

The pilot-assist module consists of a thermal relief valve, a pressure reducer, a SAS shutoff valve, a boost shutoff valve, a
pitch/trim turn-on valve, a pressure switch, and self-sealing quick-disconnect couplings. The thermal relief valve protects
the module from damage due to thermal expansion of hydraulic fluid kept in the module during storage. The thermal
relief valve has no function when the module is installed on the helicopter. The pressure reducer reduces system hydraulic
pressure from 3000 to 1000 psi for pitch/trim servo operation. It has a relief valve built into it to protect the pitch/trim
servo from adverse system pressure. If the pressure reducer fails, the relief valve goes into bypass, and a visual indicator,
on the pressure reducer, pops. The indicator will remain visible until manually reset. The SAS shutoff valve turns off
system pressure to the SAS actuators. The boost shutoff valve turns off system pressure to the collective and yaw boost

0019 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

PILOT-ASSIST MODULE - Continued

SAS
ACTUATOR

SERVO
VALVE

OUTPUT
LINK

SLOPPY
LINK

PRESSURE HYDRAULIC
SWITCH DISCONNECT
COUPLING

INPUT
LINK
AK2623A
SA

Figure 3. Yaw Boost Servo.

servos. The pitch/trim turn-on valve turns on system pressure to the pitch/trim servo. The pressure switch on the module
turns on the SAS OFF light on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel when pres-
sure drops below limits. The module also has self-sealing, quick-disconnect couplings on all input and output ports, for
ease of maintenance.

TAIL ROTOR SERVO

The tail rotor servo is located on the tail gear box. It furnishes a power boost to the tail rotor flight controls (Figure 6).
The servo has two independent stages, first and second. The stages of the servo are controlled by the TAIL SERVO
switch located on the miscellaneous switch panel on the lower console. A cooling restrictor is installed for the No. 1
pump module. Normally only the first stage of the servo is pressurized.

LOGIC MODULES

Two logic modules, one in the left relay panel and the other in the right relay panel, are used to control the operation of
the hydraulic systems. The logic modules continually monitor the operation of the hydraulic systems by inputs received
from pressure switches, fluid level switches on the pump modules, and inputs received from control switches in the
hydraulic system. The outputs of the logic modules will turn on capsules or legends on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel notifying the pilot of a failure, turn off a valve due to a system
malfunction, or command the backup pump to operate.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0019 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

SAS
ACTUATOR

SAS SERVO
VALVE

OUTPUT
LINK

HYDRAULIC
DISCONNECT
INPUT COUPLING
LINK

AB3398
SA

Figure 4. Roll SAS Actuator.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0019 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

SAS
ACTUATOR
SAS SERVO
VALVE

TRIM ACTUATOR
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

OUTPUT
LINK

SPRING HYDRAULIC
ASSEMBLY DISCONNECT
COUPLING

INPUT
LINK AK2625
SA

Figure 5. Pitch/Trim Actuator Assembly.

0019 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0019 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

TAIL ROTOR 2ND STAGE

SERVO PRESSURE
OUTPUT SWITCH
PISTON
2ND STAGE
PRESSURE PORT

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

1ST STAGE
PRESSURE
SWITCH
INPUT
LINK

1ST STAGE
PRESSURE PORT
2ND STAGE
RETURN PORT

SPRING
1ST STAGE DRUM
RETURN PORT

FEEDBACK
LEVER AK2626
SA

Figure 6. Tail Rotor Actuator Assembly.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019 00-7/8 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION

The flight instruments provide the pilot with information necessary for correct flight (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6,
Detail A). The flight instruments include the barometric altimeters, airspeed indicators, vertical speed indicators, associ-
ated Pitot-Static system, radar altimeters, horizontal situation indicators (HSI), vertical situation indicators (VSI), stabilator
position indicator, and standby compass.

BAROMETRIC ALTIMETERS
Two indicators, one on each side of the instrument panel, indicate altitude above or below sea level under standard condi-
tions of temperature and atmospheric pressure (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, Detail A). The range of the altimeter
is between -1000 to 50,000 feet as indicated by three drum indicators and a pointer. The numeral on the 100-foot drum
represents hundreds of feet. The pointer is a vernier indication of the hundreds drum as well as being an indication of
trend information. Each digit on the 1,000-foot drum represents 1,000-foot intervals while each digit of the 10,000-foot
drum represents 10,000-foot levels. In the space corresponding to zero, the 10,000-foot drum has striped lines. The
combined readings of the three drums indicate the altitude of the helicopter. The barometric pressure zero set knob in the
lower left corner is adjusted to compensate for varying barometric pressures. A small barometric scale, showing through a
cutout in the dial between 3 and 4 markings, indicates the adjusted barometric pressure setting. The range of this scale is
28.1 to 31.0 inches of mercury. Each altimeter has two connectors on the back side, one static and one electrical. The
electrical connector provides a 28 vdc input to an internal vibrator that decreases the friction in the mechanism. Lighting
for both the pilot’s and copilot’s barometric altimeter is provided by a lighted bezel. The pilot’s altimeter integral lighting
is controlled by the INSTR LT PILOT FLT control, on the upper console. The copilot’s altimeter integral lighting is
controlled by the CPLT FLT INST LTS control, on the upper console. The pilot’s altimeter encoder provides a digital
output of pressure altitude to the transponder set (AN/APX-100). EH60A The copilot’s altimeter encoder provides a
digital output of pressure altitude to the control display unit. The copilot’s altimeter receives 28 vdc from the No. 1 dc
primary bus through the CPLT ALTM circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. The pilot’s altimeter encoder
receives 28 vdc from the No. 2 dc primary bus, through the PILOT ALTM circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker
panel. In the event of power failure, a CODE OFF warning flag will appear from a recess behind the dial.
AIRSPEED INDICATORS

Two airspeed indicators, one on each side of the instrument panel, indicate helicopter speed in knots (Figure 1, Sheets 1,
2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, Detail A). The range is between 0 to 250 knots, marked in 5 knot units. The indicators are differential
pressure instruments, measuring the difference between impact pressure and static pressure. The two pressures are equal
when the helicopter is stationary. As ram air pressure in the Pitot tube becomes greater than pressure in the static line, the
diaphragm connected to the pressure line will expand, moving the airspeed needle upscale and indicating airspeed in
knots. System installation error is noted on two placards (one each for the pilot and copilot) located on the sides of the
lower console.

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS

Two vertical speed indicators, one on each side of the instrument panel, indicate helicopter rate of ascent or descent in
feet per minute (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, Detail A). Range markings begin at level flight and are in units of
100 fpm up to 1000 fpm. From 1000 fpm units are in 500 fpm. Maximum indicated vertical speed is 6000 fpm. Indicator
operation is controlled by pressure differential between two chambers. UH60A 77-22714 - 82-23747 A diaphragm-type
chamber is connected to the static line. UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A MWO 50-42 UH-60Q HH-60L The
vertical speed indicator is vented to cockpit atmosphere. The other chamber is the instrument case itself, connected by an
air-restricting tube to the internal connection of the diaphragm supply line. The pointer may be zeroed externally by the
adjusting screw in the lower left corner of the indicator.

0020 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

RAD ALT MA WRN CAUT/ADVSY

FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng
#1 ENG #2 ENG QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED
OUT OUT DIMMING NVG DIMMING LB X 100 C X 10 PSI C X 10 PSI C X 100 % X 10
#1 FUEL LOW #1 GEN #2 GEN #2 FUEL LOW 190 18 170 11
MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR 16
FIRE 14 9
PRESS TO RESET RPM #1 ENGINE #2 ENGINE
#1 GEN BRG #2 GEN BRG 110 14
H % RPM % TRQ PRESS PRESS 12 120 10
12 8
100
#1 ENGINE #2 ENGINE 70 12
RTR #1 CONV #2 CONV
20 L LT OIL PRESS OIL PRESS 10 90
250 2 5 OVERSPEED 10 7 9
FT X 100 #1 ENGINE AC ESS DC ESS #2 ENGINE 60 10
CMD ATT 10 8 70
50 OIL TEMP BUS OFF BUS OFF OIL TEMP 8 6
8
CL I MB CHIP BATT LOW BATTERY CHIP 50 8
LO 1 R 2 1 2 6 50
200 1 ABS ALT
15 130 130 #1 ENGINE CHARGE FAULT #2 ENGINE 6 5
40 7
30 30 140 140 #1 FUEL GUST PITCH BIAS #2 FUEL 4 4 30
KNOTS 120 120
FLTR BYPASS LOCK FAIL FLTR BYPASS 4 4
LO HI 30
120 120 0 0
150 100 0 FEET #1 ENGINE
STARTER
#1 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 ENGINE
STARTER 2 20 2 4
SET SET
110 110 100 100 −4 −4
#1 PRI #1 HYD #2 HYD #2 PRI 0 0 12 0 0
SERVO PRESS PUMP PUMP SERVO PRESS 1 2 1 2 1 2
G PUSH 1 2
S OFF TO TEST 80 80
105 105 TAIL ROTOR #1 TAIL
QUADRANT RTR SERVO ON
60 60 MAIN XMSN INT XMSN TAIL XMSN APU OIL
30 30 100 100 OIL TEMP OIL TEMP OIL TEMP TEMP HI
40 40 MAIN
BOOST SERVO
DI VE STABILATOR SAS OFF TRIM FAIL
FUEL
LAMP DIM OFF 1 − CHAN − 2

9 0 1
OFF TGT Ng
NAV 95 95 TEST DIGITS
S 20 20
D LFT PITOT FLT PATH IFF RT PITOT
10 T HEAT STAB HEAT
STAB E
A ALT
POS
10
0
B
G KIAS
LIMIT 8 1 2
90 90 0
1 2
0
CHIP INPUT
MDL−LH
CHIP
INT XMSN
CHIP
TAIL XMSN
CHIP INPUT
MDL−RH
AUX FUEL QTY LBS
O
20 0O 150 0 70 70 TEST /
F 30 2 CHIP ACCESS CHIP MAIN APU CHIP ACCESS NO VENT VENT NO
F 10 O 100 RESET
FLOW FAIL OVFL FLOW BR
DEG 40
DN
20O
30O
80
60
ROLL PITCH 1000 FT

7
100 FT
IN. HG
2 9 9 0
3 30 30
MDL−LH

MR DE−ICE
MDL SUMP

MR DE−ICE
FAIL

TR DE−ICE
MDL−RH

ICE
IMBAL
DA
Y IL

A
HT M
0 0 FAIL FAULT FAIL DETECTED
40O 45
6 1 R 2

5 4
MAIN XMSN #1 RSVR #2 RSVR BACK−UP OUTBD INBD INBD OUTBD

NIG
OIL PRESS LOW LOW RSVR LOW EMPTY L EMPTY EMPTY R EMPTY

#1 ENG #1 ENG INLET #2 ENG INLET #2 ENG

XFER MODEMAN XFER XFER FROM PRESS
ANTI−ICE ON ANTI−ICE ON ANTI−ICE ON ANTI−ICE ON AUTO LEFT INBD ALL

MODE SEL 1 2 3 4 30 0 O
B
O
OUTBD
1 APU ON APU GEN ON PRIME BOOST BACK−UP F T
PUMP ON PUMP ON INBD
VOR BACK FM KM F H
COURSE
DPLR CRS HOME 33 MAN RIGHT OUTBD OFF

Y
ILS N
30
APU ACCUM #2 TAIL RTR
2

DA
LDG LT ON
H LOW SERVO ON
D 60
G 55 5
BRT / DIM CARGO

N
3

2
HOOK ARMED
W

VOR BACK FM HT
11 12 1

IG
HOOK OPEN OFF
DPLR

H
ILS CRS HOME NIG
4

T
V 50 10
NA
1 10 2 PARKING
BRAKE ON
EXT PWR
CONNECTED
ON
24

.5 VERTICAL SPEED 45 9 3 15

UP TEST
NORM PLT NORM ADF
6 8 4
21

ALTR CPLT ALTR VOR 40 20

12 DOWN 7 6 5
1000 FT PER
.5 35 25
S MIN
TURN CRS VERT BRG 15 30

1 4
2

RATE HDG GYRO 2

HDG 1
CRS 2
ENGINE
IGNITION

NON−SECURE RADIOS WILL NOT BE KEYED ICS IDENT VOR MB

WHEN USING ANY SECURE RADIO OR THE RADIO FM 1 UHF VHF FM2 LOC ADF
SW NO. 1 2 3 4 5 AUX NAV
INTERCOM FOR CLASSIFIED COMMUNICATIONS

(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 1)

C

A B

27 26 12 27
4 12 4
15 7
7 1 19 1
5 13 5
13 16
24 9 8
9 8 2 2
21 17 10
20
11 6 14 18 14 6
3 22 11 3

25 23

NOTES

1. ON HELICOPTERS WITH MWO 50−78

2. 86−24491 − SUBQ
THE COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED AS
FOLLOWS:
BLADE DE−ICE CONTROL PANEL (TOP)
BLADE DE−ICE TEST PANEL (CENTER)
ICING RATE METER (BOTTOM)
3. ABU−11/A (ANALOG), PD89MME−637−3
(DIGITAL), OR LC−6 (DIGITAL) CLOCK EFFECTIVITY
MAY BE INSTALLED.
4. LC−6 (DIGITAL) CLOCK MAY BE INSTALLED. UH60A UH60L
AB2162_1B
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Front View. (Sheet 1 of 6)

0020 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

RAD ALT
RADIO CALL
00 0 00 #1 ENG #2 ENG
OUT OUT
DIMMING
MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR
9
L WG / m 3
FIRE
PRESS TO RESET RPM
% RPM % TRQ 20
L
M
10 1 5
H
RTR
250
PRESS T 25 5 2
LT
OVERSPEED 50 L

TO 0 F AIL 2 5

0
FT X 100
TEST 200 CMD ATT 10

1 R 2 1 2 CL I MB
130 130 KNOTS 1 LO 15
140 140 ABS ALT

120 120 150 100 30 30

120 120 LO HI
0 FEET

110 110 SET SET

100 100
B
L 80 80
G OFF
PUSH
TO TEST
MODE 105 105 S
A S
D
D T
AUTO M 60 60 E
E POWER TEST 100 100 10 A KIAS
T STAB G 30 30

AN
ON IN POS 0 B LIMIT
40 40

U
D
10 0O 150

AL
L 95 95 DI VE

9 0 1
20 10 O 100
E 20 20 O
F 30
NAV
F 20O 80
I DEG 40
30O 60
C M
90 90 0 0 DN
ALT
E TEST
PROGRESS
70 70
1 2 40O 45
8 1 2
0 2

BLADE DE−ICE TEST

30

0
30

0
HDG NAV ALT ROLL PITCH 1000 FT

7
100 FT
IN. HG
2 9 9 0
3
PWR 1 R 2
NORM HDG NAV ALT
6
5 4
MAIN TAIL
SYNC 1 ON ON ON
SYNC 2
CIS MODE SEL 1 2 3 4
OAT 30 0
1
EOT RTR RTR KM
COURSE
MODE SEL 33 N
30

2
H
60 VOR BACK FM D
5
55
DPLR ILS CRS HOME G

3
W
11 12 1 2
4
50 10
ON V
I 10 2 VOR BACK FM
NA
1

24
R

6
DPLR
C
45 9 3 15 ILS CRS HOME .5 VERTICAL SPEED
UP
M OFF 8 4
6

21

E
40 20
7 6 5 DOWN
35 25
NORM PLT NORM ADF 12 1000 FT PER

(SEE NOTE 2) CPLT VOR S .5

30 ALTR ALTR 15 MIN

1 4

2
TURN
RATE
CRS
HDG
VERT
GYRO
BRG
2
HDG 1
CRS 2

(SEE NOTE 3)

B
1. RADAR ALTIMETER
2. BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER
3. VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
4. MASTER WARNING PANEL
5. VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR
6. HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR
7. AIRSPEED INDICATOR
8. STABILATOR POSITION PLACARD
9. STABILATOR POSITION INDICATOR FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng
QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED
10. CIS MODE SELECTOR LB X 100 C X 10 PSI X 10 C X 10 PSI X 10 C X 100 % X 10
19 18 13 11
16
11. VSI / HSI MODE SELECTOR 14
11
11 9
14 9
12. RADIO CALL PLACARD 12
12
8
10

7 12 8
13. PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT 10
10
7 9
6 10 7
14. CLOCK 8
8
6
8
5 8 6
15. ICING RATE METER (SEE NOTE 2) 6
6
5
7
16. BLADE DE−ICE CONTROL PANEL (SEE NOTE 2) 4
4
4
5

C 4 4

17. BLADE DE−ICE TEST PANEL (SEE NOTE 2) 2

0
3
0
4
3 2 4
18. INFRARED COUNTERMEASURE CONTROL PANEL 0 −4 0 −4
2
1 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
19. CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT 1 2
PUSH DIM ON
20. RADAR WARNING INDICATOR
21. AUXILIARY FUEL PANEL
TOTAL FUEL OFF
22. ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH TO TEST
DIGITS
1 − CHAN − 2
TGT Ng
23. RADIO SELECT PLACARD
24. CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL
25. SECURE RADIO WARNING PLACARD
26. NVG DIMMING CONTROL PANEL
27. RADAR ALTIMETER DIMMING CONTROL
28. UH−60L DUAL ENGINE TORQUE LIMITS

AB2162_2B
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Front View. (Sheet 2 of 6)

0020 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

RAD ALT MA WRN CAUT/ADVSY

FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng
#1 ENG #2 ENG QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED
OUT OUT DIMMING NVG DIMMING LB X 100 C X 10 PSI C X 10 PSI C X 100 % X 10
#1 FUEL LOW #1 GEN #2 GEN #2 FUEL LOW 190 18 170 11
MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR 16
FIRE 14 9
PRESS TO RESET RPM #1 ENGINE #2 ENGINE
#1 GEN BRG #2 GEN BRG 110 14
% RPM % TRQ PRESS PRESS 12 120 10
H 12 8
100
#1 ENGINE #2 ENGINE 70 12
RTR #1 CONV #2 CONV
20 L LT OIL PRESS OIL PRESS 10 90
250 2 5 OVERSPEED 10 7 9
FT X 100 #1 ENGINE AC ESS DC ESS #2 ENGINE 60 10
CMD ATT 10 8 70
50 OIL TEMP BUS OFF BUS OFF OIL TEMP 8 6
8
CLI MB CHIP BATT LOW BATTERY CHIP 50 8
LO 1 R 2 1 2 6 50
200 1 ABS ALT
15 130 130 #1 ENGINE CHARGE FAULT #2 ENGINE 6 5
40 7
30 30 140 140 #1 FUEL GUST PITCH BIAS #2 FUEL 4 4 30
KNOTS 1 4 3 120 120
FLTR BYPASS LOCK FAIL FLTR BYPASS 4 4
LO HI 30
120 120 0 0
150 100 0 FEET #1 ENGINE
STARTER
#1 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 ENGINE
STARTER 2 20 2 4
SET SET
110 110 100 100 −4 −4
#1 PRI #1 HYD #2 HYD #2 PRI 0 0 12 0 0
SERVO PRESS PUMP PUMP SERVO PRESS 1 2 1 2 1 2
G PUSH 1 2
S OFF TO TEST 80 80
105 105 TAIL ROTOR #1 TAIL
QUADRANT RTR SERVO PUSH DIM ON
60 60 MAIN XMSN INT XMSN TAIL XMSN APU OIL
30 30 100 100 OIL TEMP OIL TEMP OIL TEMP TEMP HI
40 40 TOTAL FUEL
BOOST SERVO
DI VE STABILATOR SAS OFF TRIM FAIL 0 TEST OFF 1 − CHAN − 2

9 0 1
OFF TGT Ng
NAV 95 95 DIGITS
S 20 20
D LFT PITOT FLT PATH IFF RT PITOT
10 T HEAT STAB HEAT
STAB E
A ALT
POS
10
0
B
G KIAS
LIMIT 8 1 2
90 90 0
1 2
0
CHIP INPUT
MDL−LH
CHIP
INT XMSN
CHIP
TAIL XMSN
CHIP INPUT
MDL−RH
O
20 0O 150 0 70 70
F 30 10O 2 CHIP ACCESS CHIP MAIN APU CHIP ACCESS
F 100 BR
DEG 40
DN
20O 80
ROLL PITCH 1000 FT

7
100 FT
2 9 9 0
3
IN. HG
30 30
MDL−LH MDL SUMP FAIL MDL−RH

0 3 DA
Y IL
30O
33
60 MR DE−ICE MR DE−ICE TR DE−ICE ICE

A
0 0 FAIL FAULT FAIL DETECTED

HT M
40O 45
6 1 R 2

5 4

27 30
MAIN XMSN #1 RSVR #2 RSVR BACK−UP
0 00

6
OIL PRESS LOW LOW RSVR LOW

NIG
#1 ENG #1 ENG INLET #2 ENG INLET #2 ENG KM

9 12
ANTI−ICE ON ANTI−ICE ON ANTI−ICE ON ANTI−ICE ON
MODE SEL 1 2 3 4 30 0
1 PRIME BOOST BACK−UP

24
APU ON APU GEN ON
KM PUMP ON PUMP ON
VOR BACK FM COURSE
DPLR ILS CRS HOME 33 N
15
30
APU ACCUM #2 TAIL RTR
18 21
2

LDG LT ON

Y
H LOW SERVO ON

DA
D 60
G 55 5
BRT / DIM CARGO
W

2
HOOK ARMED
3

VOR BACK FM
11 12 1
HOOK OPEN
DPLR

N
ILS CRS HOME HT
4

IG
V 50 10
NA
1 2 PARKING EXT PWR
NIG

H
10

T
BRAKE ON CONNECTED
24

.5 VERTICAL SPEED 45 9 3 15 OFF

UP TEST
NORM PLT NORM ADF
6 8 4
21

ALTR CPLT ALTR VOR 40 20

DOWN 7 6 5
12 1000 FT PER

TURN CRS VERT BRG

S .5 MIN
35
30
25
ON ECM ANTENNA
1
15
4
2

RATE HDG GYRO 2 FLARES CREW

HDG 1
CRS 2 ICS IDENT
CALL RETRACT
VOR MB
RADIO FM 1 UHF VHF FM2 LOC ADF
ENGINE
SW NO. 1 2 3 4 5 AUX NAV IGNITION
OFF
SYSTEM SELECT
NON−SECURE RADIOS WILL NOT BE KEYED
WHEN USING ANY SECURE RADIO OR THE DG VG EXTEND
INTERCOM FOR CLASSIFIED COMMUNICATIONS IINS IINS
HDG ATT

D E

31 30 12 31
4 12 4
15 7
7 1 19 1
5 13 5
13 16
26 9 8
9 8 2 2
17 10
23 20
11 6 14 18 14 6
3 11 3
27 24 22
28 21
29 25

EFFECTIVITY
EH60A
AB2162_3
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Front View. (Sheet 3 of 6)

0020 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

RAD ALT
RADIO CALL
00 0 00 #1 ENG #2 ENG
OUT OUT
DIMMING
MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR
9 / m3
LWG
FIRE
PRESS TO RESET RPM
% RPM % TRQ 20
L
M
10 15
H
RTR
250
PRESS T 25 5 20
LT
OVERSPEED 50 L

TO 0 FAIL 2 5

FT X 100
TEST 200 CMD ATT 10

1 R 2 1 2 CLI MB
130 130 KNOTS 1 LO 15
140 140 ABS ALT

150 100 30 30
120 120
120 120 LO
1 4 3
HI
0 FEET

110 110 SET SET

100 100
B
L 80 80
G OFF
PUSH
TO TEST
MODE 105 105 S
A S
D
D 60 60 T
AUTO M A
E
E POWER TEST T 100 100 STAB
10
G KIAS
30 30

AN
ON IN POS 0 B LIMIT
40 40

U
D
10 0O 150

AL
L 95 95 DI VE

9 0 1
20 10O 100
E 20 20 O
F 30
NAV
F 20O 80
I DEG 40
30O 60
C M
90 90 0 0 DN
ALT
E TEST
PROGRESS
70 70
1 2 40O 45
8 1 2
0 2

BLADE DE−ICE TEST

30

0
30

0
HDG NAV ALT ROLL PITCH 1000 FT

7
100 FT
IN. HG
2 9 9 0
3
PWR 1 R 2
NORM HDG NAV ALT
6
5 4
MAIN TAIL
SYNC 1 ON ON ON
SYNC 2
CIS MODE SEL 1 2 3 4
OAT 30 0
1
EOT RTR RTR KM
COURSE
MODE SEL 33 N
30

2
H
60 VOR BACK FM D
5
55
IINS ILS CRS HOME G

3
11 12 1 2
I
4
50 10 V
ON
R 10 2 VOR BACK FM
NA
1

24

6
IINS
C 45 9 3 15 ILS CRS HOME .5 VERTICAL SPEED
M OFF UP
8 4
6

21

E
40 20
7 6 5 DOWN
35 25
NORM PLT NORM ADF 12 1000 FT PER
CPLT VOR S .5
30 ALTR ALTR 15 MIN

1 4

2
TURN
RATE
CRS
HDG
VERT
GYRO
BRG
2
HDG 1
CRS 2

1. RADAR ALTIMETER 17. BLADE DE−ICE TEST PANEL

2. BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER 18. INFRARED COUNTERMEASURE CONTROL PANEL
3. VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR 19. CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT
4. MASTER WARNING PANEL 20. RADAR WARNING INDICATOR
5. VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR 21. ECM ANTENNA SWITCH
6. HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR 22. ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH
7. AIRSPEED INDICATOR 23. BEARING DISTANCE HEADING INDICATOR
8. STABILATOR POSITION PLACARD 24. CREW CALL SELECT PANEL
9. STABILATOR POSITION INDICATOR 25. SYSTEM SELECT PANEL
10. CIS MODE SELECTOR 26. CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL
11. VSI / HSI MODE SELECTOR 27. FLARE DISPENSE SWITCH
12. RADIO CALL PLACARD 28. RADIO SELECT PLACARD
13. PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT 29. SECURE RADIO WARNING PLACARD
14. CLOCK 30. NVG DIMMING CONTROL PANEL
15. ICING RATE INDICATOR PANEL 31. RADAR ALTIMETER DIMMING CONTROL
16. BLADE DE−ICE CONTROL PANEL

AB2162_4
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Front View. (Sheet 4 of 6)

0020 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

(SEE NOTE 4)

RADIO CALL FUEL XMSN ENG O

MODE SEL INDICATOR 00 0 00 QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP
#1 ENG #2 ENG LB X 100 C X 10 PSI C X 10
OUT OUT DOP RADIO BACK FM
LTS
190 18
GPS NAV CRS HOME 16
MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR 60 BRT / DIM LWR CSL AUX 14
FIRE
PRESS TO RESET RPM 55 5 110 14
DOP VTAC BACK FM 12
50 10
12
GPS ILS CRS HOME 70 12
10
45 15 DIMMER 10
H TEST 8
60 10
NORM PLT NORM ADF 8
40 20
20 L ET ALTR CPLT ALTR VDR DOP / GPS 50 8
250 2 35
30
25 TACAN 6
6

CMD ATT FT X 100 TURN CRS VERT BRG 40

50 10
SEL CTRL RATE HDG GYRO 2 4
4 4
CLI MB 30
200 LO BRG 1/DIST 0 0
30 30
1 ABS ALT
15 2
−4
KNOTS 0
−4
1 2
1 2
150 100 LO HI

SET
0 FEET

SET COMM NAV ON

G
S PUSH
OFF TO TEST MAIN LAMP DIM OFF
FUEL TEST DIGITS
30 30

DI VE
% RPM % TRQ NAV
LT RTR
OVERSPEED
9 0 1 HDG NAV ALT

ALT
8 1 2
HDG
ON
NAV
ON
ALT
ON
1 R 2 1 2 0 2
130 130 ROLL PITCH
140 140
1000 FT

7
100 FT
2 9 9 0
3
IN. HG

V
120 120
6
5 4
120 120
NM / KM
110 110 100 100

80 80 1 2 3 4 30 0
105 105 1
KM
COURSE
60 60 33
100 100
30 N PLS DISPLAY UNIT
2

H
40 40 D
G
2
3
W

95 95
20 20
NA
V
1 4
.5
24

90 90 VERTICAL SPEED
0 0
1 2 UP

70 70 6
21

DOWN
1000 FT PER
12 .5 MIN
30 30
S 15 1 4
2

0 0
1 R 2
HDG 1
CRS
2
DECL ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A BRT

MA WRN RAD ALT

NVG DIMMING

F G
11 10 10 11

6 24 23 6
9 12 14 12
16 9
7 1 7 1
4 4

2 21 2
13 17 13
8 22 8
5 5
3 18 3

15 19 15

20

EFFECTIVITY

UH60Q HH60L
AB2162_5B
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Front View. (Sheet 5 of 6)

0020 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

(SEE NOTE 4)

TGT Ng BR RADIO CALL

Y IL MODE SEL
PRESS TEMP SPEED
DA 00 0 00
PSI C X 100 % X 10 DOP RADIO BACK FM
A

#1 ENG #2 ENG
HT M

170 11 GPS NAV CRS HOME OUT OUT

9
NIG

120 10
DOP VTAC BACK FM FIRE
MASTER CAUTION LOW ROTOR
PRESS TO RESET RPM
100
8 GPS ILS CRS HOME 60
55 5
90
7 9
50 10
H
70 NORM PLT NORM ADF
6
8 45 15
ALTR CPLT ALTR VDR L

Y
DGNS 20 2
DA
50 5
5
TURN CRS VERT BRG TCN 40 20
250 CMD ATT
FT X 100
7 ET 50
10
N

30 RATE HDG GYRO 2

HT CLI MB
IG

4
35 25
H

NIG
T

30 LO
20 2 4 BRG 1/DIST
SEL CTRL
200 30 30 1 ABS ALT
15

KNOTS
1
12
2 1
0
2
0
BFG LO
1 4 3 HI
150 100 0 FEET

COMM NAV G SET SET

S
PUSH
OFF TO TEST
1 − CHAN − 2 30
TGT Ng 30

DI VE
NAV

9 0 1
% RPM % TRQ

LT RTR
BFG BRT OVERSPEED
ALT
VOR OFF 8 1 2
TCN 0
1 R 2 1 2
ROLL PITCH 2

VTAC
130 130
140 140
1000 FT

7
100 FT
IN. HG
2 9 9 0
3
120 120
6
5 4
120 120 NM / KM
110 110 100 100
1 2 3 4 30 0
105 105 80 80 1
KM
COURSE
60 60 33 N
30

2
100 100 H
D
40 40 G
2

3
95 95
20 20 NA
V
1 4

24
.5

6
VERTICAL SPEED
90 90 0 0 UP

STAB
10 1 2
6

21

E
POS 0 70 70 DOWN
10 1000 FT PER
12 .5 MIN
20
O
30 30 S 15 1 4

2
F 30

DEG
F
40
DN
0
1 R 2
0
HDG 1
CRS
2
DECL ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A BRT
KIAS LIMIT
150 100 60 50 45

MA WRN RAD ALT

0o 10 o 20o 30o 40o
STAB DEG
NVG DIMMING

1. RADAR ALTIMETER
2. BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER
3. VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
4. VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR
5. HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR
6. MASTER WARNING PANEL
7. AIRSPEED INDICATOR
8. PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT
9. CLOCK
10. RADIO CALL PLACARD
11. GPS / TACAN SELECT BUTTON
12. VSI / HSI MODE SELECTOR
13. MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
14. RADAR WARNING INDICATOR
15. NVG DIMMING CONTROL PANEL
16. CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT
17. STORMSCOPE INDICATOR
18. STABILATOR INDICATOR
19. STABILATOR POSITION PLACARD
20. VOR / TACAN SELECT BUTTON
21. CIS MODE SELECTOR
22. PERSONNEL LOCATOR DISPLAY
23. LOWER CONSOLE DIMMING CONTROL PANEL
24. INDICATOR LIGHTS CONTROL / TEST PANEL

AB2162_6B
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Front View. (Sheet 6 of 6)

0020 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS - Continued

PILOT ALTM
NO. 2
DC PRI PILOT’S MODE C
ALTIMETER TRANSPONDER
BUS 2 28 VDC ALTITUDE DATA
ENCODER SET
AMP
28 VDC

PILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL

PITOT-STATIC
STATIC PRESSURE
SYSTEM

CPLT ALTM
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS 5 28 VDC COPILOT’S
AMP ALTIMETER
28 VDC

(SEE DETAIL A)
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL

COPILOT’S CONTROL
ALTIMETER ALTITUDE DISPLAY
ENCODER DATA UNIT

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)

NOTE
EH60A
AA7660A
SA

Figure 2. Barometric Altimeter Block Diagram.

0020 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

PITOT-STATIC PRESSURE SYSTEM

The Pitot-Static system provides pressure for operation of the differential pressure instruments, which are the altimeters,
airspeed and vertical speed indicators (Figure 3, Sheets 1 and 2). Differential pressure used to actuate these instruments is
created either by impact (Pitot) and static, or by static and trapped air pressures. The Pitot-Static system supplies both
Pitot and static pressures to the instruments.

Pitot pressure is supplied through Pitot lines from two Pitot-Static tubes to the airspeed indicators, airspeed and air data
transducers, and to Pitot drain caps (Figure 3, Sheets 1 and 2). Static air pressure from the atmosphere is supplied through
static lines from the Pitot-Static tube to the altimeters, airspeed indicators, and static drain caps. The Pitot-Static tubes are
mounted on top of each side of the cockpit and provide Pitot and/or static pressure to instrument lines. The lines from the
Pitot-Static tubes are routed down the sides of the cockpit and are connected to the applicable instruments mounted on the
instrument panel. UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A MWO 50-42 UH-60Q HH-60L A filtered restrictor assembly
and balance chamber installed in each Pitot line provide improved airspeed indicator damping. The restrictor filters
(screens) provide protection from possible restrictor blockage caused by contaminants and airborne particles. The
Pitot-Static system has screw-capped drain ports, PITOT DRAIN and STATIC DRAIN, to release water vapor that has
condensed to the lines. Two PITOT and two STATIC DRAIN ports are on the bottom of the helicopter under the front
cabin.

PITOT-STATIC HEAD ASSEMBLY

The Pitot-Static head assembly consists of a baseplate with a strut and probe tube. The base plate contains the Pitot tube
fitting, two static tube fittings (S1 and S2) and an electrical connector wired to two deicing heaters in the tube. The probe
tube contains these pressure sensing ports; Pitot, static 1, and static 2. Pitot pressure is sensed at the opening of the front
end of the tube. Static 1 and static 2 pressure is sensed at the contoured midsection of the tube.
UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A MWO 50-42 UH-60Q HH-60L The Pitot-Static head assembly is attached to a
tapered mounting block assembly surrounded by an aerodynamic fairing that alleviates potential ice buildup at the head
assembly/airframe interface.

PITOT-STATIC HEATER SYSTEM

Pitot heaters, in the Pitot-Static tubes, keep ice from forming on the tubes that restricts air flow (4). Electrical power of
115 vac for the Pitot heaters is supplied by the No. 1 ac primary bus through the LEFT PITOT HEAT circuit breaker on
the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L Electrical power of 115 vac is supplied by the No. 2
ac primary bus through the RT PITOT HEAT circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel. Electrical power of
115 vac is supplied by the No. 2 ac primary bus through the RT PITOT HEAT circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit
breaker panel. EH60A Electrical power of 115 vac is supplied by the No. 2 ac primary bus through the RIGHT PITOT
HEAT circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel. DC power is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus
through the NO 1 ENG ANTI ICE circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. When the PITOT HEAT switch is
ON, power of 115 vac is fed through current sensors in the right and left hand relay panels to the right and left Pitot tube
heaters, causing the de-icing heaters to go on. Also, 28 vdc is fed to a normally open electronic switch within the current
sensors. When a low heat or no heat condition is sensed by the current sensors, 28 vdc is then fed through the electronic
switch to the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel , lighting the RT or LFT PI-
TOT HEAT caution capsules.

HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATORS

Two horizontal situation indicators (HSI), one on each side of the instrument panel, display heading, bearing, and course
deviation information (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, Detail A). This information is provided by a compass card,
two bearing-to-station pointers with back course markers, a course deviation bar, a doppler range window marked KM, a
heading set knob and marker, a course set knob, a course set counter readout, a to-from indicator, a navigation flag (NAV)

0020 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATORS - Continued

PITOT-STATIC PITOT-STATIC
HEAD ASSEMBLY HEAD ASSEMBLY

DRAIN
CAP P S2 S1 S1 S2 P

STATIC PITOT
AIR DATA DRAIN AIRSPEED DRAIN DRAIN
CAP CAP
TRANSDUCER CAP TRANSDUCER CAP
TO AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT CONTROL TO AUTOMATIC
SYSTEM (AFCS) FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM (AFCS)

CAP

AIRSPEED ALTIMETER AIRSPEED ALTIMETER

INDICATOR ENCODER INDICATOR INDICATOR

PILOT COPILOT
INSTANTANEOUS
VERTICAL
S P
P VELOCITY S
INDICATOR

S S

S S

INSTRUMENT PANEL

LEGEND

STATIC LINES
EFFECTIVITY PRESSURE
W/O MWO 50-42 LINES

ELECTRICAL

AA7661_1
SA

Figure 3. Pitot-Static Preasure System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0020 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATORS - Continued

PITOT-STATIC PITOT-STATIC
HEAD ASSEMBLY HEAD ASSEMBLY

PITOT
DRAIN
CAP P S2 S1 S1 S2 P

STATIC PITOT
AIR DATA DRAIN DRAIN
TRANSDUCER CAP DRAIN AIR DATA
CAP CAP
CAP TRANSDUCER
TO AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT CONTROL TO AUTOMATIC
SYSTEM (AFCS) FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM (AFCS)

CAP
RESTRICTOR

RESTRICTOR

BALANCE
BALANCE CHAMBER
CHAMBER

BAROMETRIC BAROMETRIC
AIRSPEED ALTIMETER AIRSPEED ALTIMETER
INDICATOR ENCODER INDICATOR INDICATOR

S1 PILOT COPILOT
STATIC
LINE INSTANTANEOUS
VERTICAL
S P
P VELOCITY S
INDICATOR

S S

S S

EFFECTIVITY
INSTRUMENT PANEL
MWO 50-42 S2
UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQ STATIC
LINE
UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L AA7661_2A
SA

Figure 3. Pitot-Static Preasure System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0020 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATORS - Continued

115 VAC MAST

PITOT STATIC HEATER POWER
HEAD ASSEMBLY
115 VAC HEAD
HEATER POWER

PITOT
LEFT PITOT HEAT
NO. 1 HEAT OFF
AC PRI
BUS 10 115 VAC
AMP
115 VAC ON
A
NO. 1 ENG
ANTI−ICE
NO. 1
DC PRI ELECTRONIC
BUS 5 28 VDC SWITCH
AMP
28 VDC CURRENT SENSOR

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT LEFT RELAY PANEL

BREAKER PANEL

ELECTRONIC
(SEE NOTE 2) SWITCH
RT PITOT
HEAT
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS 10 115 VAC
AMP
115 VAC
A

PILOT’S CIRCUIT UPPER CONSOLE

BREAKER PANEL
115 VAC MAST
PITOT STATIC HEATER POWER
HEAD ASSEMBLY
115 VAC HEAD
HEATER POWER CURRENT SENSOR

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

RT PITOT HEAT

LFT PITOT HEAT

CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL RT PITOT HEAT

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM LFT PITOT HEAT

(SEE DETAIL A) PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY

RT PITOT HEAT
NOTES

LFT PITOT HEAT

1. UH60Q HH60L
COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
2. EH60A CIRCUIT BREAKER
LABELED RIGHT PITOT HEAT.
DETAIL A (SEE NOTE 1) AB2163
SA

Figure 4. Pitot-Static Heater Block Diagram.

0020 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATORS - Continued

and a heading warning flag (HDG). The compass card is 360° rotating scale that displays heading data obtained from the
compass control, and is read at the upper lubber line. Bearing pointer No. 1 is read against the compass card and displays
relative bearing to a target selected on the doppler computer display. Bearing pointer No. 2 is read against the compass
card and displays the relative heading to the selected VOR or ADF station. The course deviation bar indicates lateral
deviation from a selected VOR/LOC or doppler course. Deviation from the selected course is measured by the position of
the bar with respect to the fixed aircraft symbol. When the helicopter is on the selected course, the course bar will be
lined up with a course pointer and will be centered on a fixed aircraft symbol. The doppler range readout (KM) displays
distance to a selected target. A shutter covers the display when doppler is not used. The heading knob turns the heading
marker to the magnetic heading desired. The heading marker rides with the azimuth ring as the helicopter heading
changes. Heading error is indicated by the displacement of the heading marker with respect to the lubber line. The course
set (CRS) knob that drives the course counter and course pointer allows the pilots to select any of 360 courses. Once set,
the course pointer will turn the compass card and will be centered on the upper lubber line when flying the selected
course. A reciprocal course pointer is used to read the back course. The course set counter, that displays numbers 000
through 359, is a digital readout of the course selected by the CRS knob. Heading and course data outputs are supplied
for use in the CIS and the civil navigation system.

A to-from pointer indicates that the helicopter is flying toward or away from the selected VOR or ILS station only if the
heading is the same as that selected. When the helicopter is in the cone of silence (above the selected station), the point-
ers will be removed from view. A navigation warning flag (NAV) indicates the reliability of navigational signals. When a
reliable navigation signal is applied to the HSI, the NAV flag will retract from view. A heading warning flag (HDG) is
visible when the HSI magnetic compass circuits are not operating properly. For a complete description of HSI mode
selection and display functions, refer to VSI/HSI mode select system in TM 11-1520-237-23.

VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATORS

Two vertical situation indicators (VSI), one on each side of the instrument, display the helicopter’s pitch and roll attitude,
a turn rate, slip and skid, and CIS steering commands (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, Detail A). The VSI consists of
a fixed horizon bar, four warning indicator flags, two trim knobs, a bank angle scale, and a bank angle index, a rate turn
indicator, cyclic (pitch and roll) and collective command bars and pointer, a course deviation pointer, glide slope pointer,
localizer pointer and three advisory lamps. The steering command bars and pointer consist of the vertical (roll) and hori-
zontal (pitch) command bars and the collective command pointer. The steering command bars and pointer operate in
conjunction with the CIS.

The roll bar is displayed during CIS HDG (heading) and NAV (navigation) modes to indicate steering information to a
desired VOR/ILS radial, a selected course, or a VHF/FM station. The pitch bar is displayed during the CIS NAV mode to
indicate airspeed hold and deceleration information. When a command bar or pointer is not used in a particular CIS func-
tion, it is biased out of view by the CIS processor. Should a malfunction occur in the processor or input sensor, the CMD
(command) flag is displayed and the respective bar or pointer is biased out of view.
A glide slope warning flag is on the right face of the indicator. The flag marked GS will be out of view when the receiver
is operating and reliable signals are received. A navigation flag, marked NAV is on the lower left side of the indicator.
The flag will be out of view when the navigation receiver is operating and reliable signals are received. The course devia-
tion pointer indicates to the pilot the helicopter’s position with respect to the course selected on the horizontal situation
indicator. The course deviation scale represents right or left off-course position measured in dots from center (on course).
Each dot from center indicates a course deviation of 1.25° for ILS, 5° VOR and FM. The glide slope deviation pointer,
on the right side of the indicator, represents the helicopter’s position with respect to the glide slope. Each dot from the
center glide slope line indicates a deviation of 0.25° above or below glide slope. The fixed horizon bar provides a refer-
ence to artificial horizon. Bank angle scale, with markings at right and left at 0°, 10°, 20°, 30°, 60° and 90°, provides
bank angle indications. The rate of turn indicator is read against a fixed scale which gives rate gyro information. The
artificial horizon gives a reference of the helicopter’s attitude with reference to the horizon. The PITCH trim knob adjusts
the artificial horizon line up or down. The ROLL trim knob adjusts the artificial horizon right or left. Three advisory
lamps and one spare are mounted on removable panels across the upper face of the indicator. The GA lamp indicates
when the CIS Go-Around function has been selected. The DH lamp indicates when the decision height (minimum radar
altitude) has been reached during CIS altitude operation. The MB lamp indicates when an outer, middle, or airways

0020 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0020 00

VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATORS - Continued

marker beacon signal is received by the civil navigation system. The lamps may be checked by setting the caution/
advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. For a complete description of VSI mode selection and display functions,
refer to VSI/HSI mode select system in TM 11-1520-237-23.

BEARING-DISTANCE-HEADING INDICATOR EH60A

The bearing-distance-heading indicator (BDHI) is on the center section of the instrument panel (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, 3,
4, 5 and 6, Detail A). The BDHI provides the following flight information: the compass rose displays the helicopter head-
ing relative to magnetic north; a bearing pointer displays the bearing to an emitter selected by the mission equipment
direction finder (DF) operator; and a distance readout displays the distance, in kilometers, to the emitter selected by the
mission equipment DF operator.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1624 00 and WP 1706 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0020 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0021 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

STABILATOR POSITION INDICATOR

Two stabilator position indicators, one on each side of the instrument panel provide the pilot and copilot with an indica-
tion of stabilator position (Refer to WP 0020 00). The indicator range is marked from 45° DN to 10° UP. When power is
lost or removed the OFF flag will come into view and the pointer will disappear behind the mask.

STABILATOR POSITION PLACARD

Two stabilator position placards, one on each side of the instrument panel next to the stabilator position indicators (Refer
to WP 0020 00) indicate the maximum allowable indicated airspeed in knots for a given stabilator position. This permits
the pilot to keep forward airspeed within safe limits when flying in the manual mode, or when the stabilator malfunctions
and locks up in a position other than 0°.

STANDBY COMPASS

The standby compass on the top of the instrument panel, housed in a filled sealed case, indicates heading relative to the
magnetic north pole (Figure 1). It has a lubber line, a compass card, and a permanent magnet compensating system. The
lubber line is constructed so the parallax will be reduced to a minimum when reading the compass card. The compass
card is nonmagnetic and is marked in 5° units. Cardinal headings are shown in enlarged letters: N for north at zero de-
grees, E for east at 90°, S for south at 180°, and W for west at 270°. The enlarged numerals 3, 6, 12, 15, 21, 30, and 33
on the compass card indicate 30° units. The compensating system consists of permanent bar magnets that can be manually
adjusted for removing compass deviations. The compensator screws are on the front, behind a cover plate below the
compass card and are marked N-S and E-W. The standby compass lighting receives power from the dc essential bus
through LIGHTS SEC PNL circuit breaker, on the upper console.
8-DAY CLOCK

An 8-day, 24-hour clock is installed on each side of the instrument panel (Refer to WP 0020 00). The elapsed time knob
is on the upper right corner of the clock. The clock is wound and set with a knob on the lower left corner.

DIGITAL CLOCK

Digital clocks are installed on each side of the instrument panel (Refer toWP 0020 00). The digital clock has six-digit
liquid crystal display, twenty-four hour numerals and sweep second indicator. Sweep second indicator operates in clock or
elapsed mode. Clock contains a replaceable battery that allows continuous timekeeping with helicopter power turned off.

LC-6 DIGITAL CLOCK GFI

Digital clocks are installed on each side of the instrument panel (Refer toWP 0020 00). The digital clock has six-digit
liquid crystal display, 12 hour numerals and three-button operation. Clock contains a replaceable battery that allows
continuous timekeeping with helicopter power turned off. The clock has five modes of operation, as listed below. Power
to operate the clock is provided by the No. 1 dc and No. 2 dc primary buses through circuit breakers marked CPLT
ALTM and PILOT ALTM respectively. Digital clock modes are:

LT - Local Time
UTC - Universal Coordinated Time

Flight - Trip or Flight Timer (Not Functional)

SW - Stop Watch

DC - Down Counter

0021 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0021 00

LC-6 DIGITAL CLOCK GFI - Continued

3 3 3

N−S E−W

SHOWN WITH COVER PLATE REMOVED

AK2632
SA

Figure 1. Standby Compass.

MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL

The miscellaneous switch panel consists of three push-button switches marked FUEL IND TEST, TAIL WHEEL, and
GYRO ERECT, one toggle switch marked TAIL SERVO/NORMAL/BACKUP, a lighted information panel and, on the
rear of the panel, two electrical connectors (Figure 2). The switches control several helicopter systems. The FUEL IND
TEST momentary switch, when pressed in and held, tests the fuel quantity indicating system. The TAIL WHEEL switch
locks and unlocks the tailwheel. The GYRO ERECT momentary switch initiates a 9fast erect9 voltage to the attitude
indicating system’s vertical gyros. The TAIL SERVO switch controls which hydraulic system supplies pressure to the tail
rotor servo.

CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT W/O MWO 50-26

The chip detector resistor unit consists of five resistors and one diode (Figure 3, Detail A). These components are
mounted on the bottom of the cover assembly of the enclosure. The resistors are used with the chip detector system to
insure proper operation of burn-off circuits. The diode, when installed, is used with the caution/advisory system to insure
proper operation of the master caution reset circuit.

FREE-AIR THERMOMETER

W/O HCW The free-air thermometer is located in the center windshield of the cockpit (Figure 4). HCW Two free-
air thermometers are installed, one in the left upper window and one in the right upper window of the cockpit (Figure 4).
The thermometer is a self-indicating bimetallic instrument that displays the free-air temperature. The thermometer dial is
marked from -70° to 40°C in 2° units. The 10° markings are indicated numerals. To avoid parallax, the pointer is
mounted close to the dial.

0021 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0021 00

FREE-AIR THERMOMETER - Continued

M
I TAIL SERVO
S NORMAL
C

S FUEL TAIL GYRO

W IND WHEEL ERECT
TEST BACKUP

AB3399
SA

Figure 2. Miscellaneous Switch Panel.

CREW CALL SWITCH/INDICATOR EH60A

The CREW CALL switch/indicator is on the center section of the instrument panel (Refer to WP 0020 00. The switch
functionally interfaces with the mission equipment operators station(s) and the mission interface panel. The switch is used
to provide signals between crew members to indicate communication is desired, and to establish ICS circuits between the
cockpit and cabin. When the CREW CALL switch is pressed in, it lights steady. This allows only one-way communica-
tion, from pilot/copilot to mission equipment operator(s). The pilot’s ICS audio overrides all other mission equipment
operator’s audio. For further description of the CREW CALL switch/indicator refer to TM 11-1520-249-23-1.

ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
The engine instruments give the pilot and copilot indications of engine operating conditions (Refer to WP 0020 00). The
engine instruments consist of a central display unit, pilot’s display unit, and copilot’s display unit. The three units are
components of the instrument display system (IDS).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1706 00 for equipment data information.

0021 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0021 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

CONNECTOR
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 CR1 J3

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

COVER ASSEMBLY

EFFECTIVITY
UH60A 77−22714 − 83−23894
AA8599
SA

Figure 3. Chip Detector Resistor Unit W/O MWO 50-26 .

0021 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0021 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

WINDSHIELD
SUNSHADE

DISHED WASHER
REINFORCEMENT

−10 0
−20
10
−30
20
−40

−50 30

−60 40
−70

CASE WASHER
REINFORCEMENT

CASE WASHER FREE−AIR

THERMOMETER

AK2635
SA

Figure 4. Free-Air Thermometer.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0021 00-5/6 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0022 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM

The instrument display system (IDS), used in conjunction with engine and subsystem sensors (temperature, pressure,
torque, fuel and RPM), provides the pilots with engine and subsystem monitoring. The IDS gives continuous indications
of the parameters on vertical scales, digital readouts, and status lights. The IDS consists of a pilot’s display unit (PDU),
copilot’s display unit (CPDU), and central display unit (CDU), on the instrument panel, No. 1 signal data converter (No.
1 SDC) and No. 2 signal data converter (No. 2 SDC), on the shelf front of the instrument panel, and a rotor overspeed
reset switch, in the avionics compartment. Since the PDU and CPDU are identical and the No. 1 and No. 2 SDCs are
identical, the IDS consists of three basic units: PDUs, SDCs, and the CDU.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

System electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus through the NO. 1 DC INST circuit breaker,
and by the No. 2 dc primary bus through the NO. 2 DC INST circuit breaker (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, and 3). System
electrical power of 115 vac is supplied by the No. 1 ac primary bus through the NO. 1 AC INST circuit breaker and by
the No. 2 ac primary bus through the NO. 2 AC INST circuit breaker. The NO. 1 DC INST and NO. 1 AC INST circuit
breakers, on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel, provide power to the No. 1 SDC. The NO. 2 DC INST and NO. 2 AC
INST circuit breakers, on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel, provide power to the No. 2 SDC. Each SDC contains a logic
power supply, that feeds IDS digital and analog processing circuitry. Each SDC also contains a lamp supply that feeds
IDS lamp display circuitry.

FACEPLATE LIGHTING

Faceplate lighting for the CDU and PDU is controlled by the INSTR LT NON FLT, INSTR LT PILOT FLT, and CPLT
FLT INST LTS controls on the upper console. CDU faceplate lighting voltage, between 0 to 5 vac, is applied from the
INSTR LT NON FLT control through the No. 1 SDC, to the CDU. Copilot’s PDU faceplate lighting voltage is applied
from the CPLT FLT INST LTS control to the copilot’s flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer. The output voltage
from the transformer is routed through the No. 1 SDC to the copilot’s PDU. PDU faceplate lighting voltage is applied
from the INSTR LT PILOT FLT control to the pilot’s flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer. The output voltage
from the transformer is routed through the No. 2 SDC to the pilot’s PDU.

SENSOR SIGNAL PROCESSING

All engine and subsystem sensor signals monitored by the IDS are applied to the No. 1 or No. 2 SDC. The No. 1 SDC
receives all No. 1 engine sensor signals (oil pressure, oil temperature, turbine gas temperature, gas generator tachometer,
torque, power turbine tachometer), No. 1 fuel quantity sensor signal, main rotor speed sensor signal, No. 2 engine power
turbine tachometer signal, and No. 2 engine torque sensor signal. The No. 2 SDC receives all No. 2 engine sensor signals
(oil pressure, oil temperature, turbine gas temperature, gas generator tachometer, torque, power turbine tachometer), No. 2
fuel quantity sensor signal, main rotor speed sensor signal, No. 1 engine power turbine tachometer signal, No. 1 engine
torque sensor signal, main transmission oil temperature sensor signal, and main transmission oil pressure sensor signal.

Within each SDC the associated sensor signals, except for No. 1 and No. 2 fuel quantity, main transmission oil tempera-
ture, and main transmission oil pressure are conditioned to a common digital format for multiplexing. The fuel quantity
and main transmission sensor signals are conditioned and multiplexed within the CDU. After the sensor signals have been
conditioned and multiplexed, the sensor data is routed to latching circuits in the CDU, pilot’s PDU and copilot’s PDU.
The latching circuits retain the last signal data until it is time to update. During update (twice per second), the latches
activate lamp drivers that energize miniature lamps on the edge of the display modules. Light from the lamps is carried to
the display panel face by fiber optic strips, giving visual analog and digital displays corresponding to the level of the
sensed parameter.

0022 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0022 00

SENSOR SIGNAL PROCESSING - Continued

NO. 1 DC
INST 1
NO. 1 2
DC PRI
BUS 5 28 VDC 3
AMP
28 VDC 4
NO. 1 AC
INST 5
NO. 1
AC PRI 6
BUS 5 115 VAC NO. 1
AMP SIGNAL
115 VAC
DATA
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL CONVERTER
(NO. 1 SDC)
NO. 1 ENG OIL PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
NO. 1 ENG OIL TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
NO. 1 NO. 1 TURB GAS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
ENGINE
SENSORS NO. 1 ENG GAS GEN TACH SIGNAL 7
NO. 1 ENG TORQUE SENSOR SIGNAL 8
NO. 1 ENG PWR TURB TACH SIGNAL 9

FUEL NO. 1 FUEL QTY SENSOR SIGNAL

QUANTITY
SYSTEM NO. 2 FUEL QTY SENSOR SIGNAL
10
MAIN MAIN ROTOR SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 11
TRANSMISSION MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL 12
SENSORS
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL 13
14
NO. 2 ENG PWR TURB TACH SIGNAL 15
NO. 2 ENG TORQUE SENSOR SIGNAL
NO. 2 NO. 2 ENG GAS GEN TACH SIGNAL
ENGINE NO. 2
SENSORS NO. 2 TURB GAS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL SIGNAL
DATA
NO. 2 ENG OIL TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CONVERTER
NO. 2 ENG OIL PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL (NO. 2 SDC)

NO. 2 AC
INST 16
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS 5 115 VAC 17
AMP 18
115 VAC
NO. 2 DC 19
NO. 2
INST 20
DC PRI 21
BUS 5 28 VDC
AMP
28 VDC
PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

NOTES RESET

1. HH60L UH60Q ROTOR

OFF OVERSPEED
2. MULTIPLEXED DATA SIGNAL. RESET
TO CDU TO PDU / CPDU

ENG OIL TEMP POWER TURBINE

ENG OIL PRESS
SPEED (% RPM) ROTOR OVERSPEED
MAIN ROTOR SPEED
RESET SWITCH
TURBINE GAS
TEMP (TGT TEMP) (% RPM)

GAS GEN SPEED ENGINE TORQUE

(Ng SPEED) (% TRQ) AB2145_1
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Display System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0022 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0022 00

SENSOR SIGNAL PROCESSING - Continued

1 NO. 1 ENG LOW GAS GEN SPEED WARNING

2 LOW ROTOR SPEED WARNING
3 NO. 1 ENG OIL TEMP WARNING
#1 ENG OUT
4 NO. 1 ENG OIL PRESS WARNING

5 NO. 1 SDC MULTIPLEXED DATA SIGNAL

(SEE NOTE 2) LOW ROTOR RPM
COPILOT’S
6 OPERATING VOLTAGE DISPLAY
UNIT
(CPDU) #2 ENG OUT

COPILOT’S MASTER
WARNING PANEL

ROTOR OVERSPEED WARNING SIGNALS

7 WARNING SIGNALS
#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP
8 FAILURE WARNING
9 NO. 1 FUEL QTY SIGNALS
#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

CENTRAL
DISPLAY #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS
10 NO. 2 FUEL QTY SIGNALS UNIT
11 MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP SIGNALS (CDU)
12 MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS SIGNALS #2 ENGINE OIL TEMP
13 WARNING SIGNALS
14 ROTOR OVERSPEED RESET
CAUTION / ADVISORY
15 FAILURE WARNING PANEL (SEE DETAIL A)
ROTOR OVERSPEED RESET

#1 ENG OUT

LOW ROTOR RPM

PILOT’S
DISPLAY
16 NO. 2 SDC MULTIPLEXED DATA SIGNAL UNIT
(SEE NOTE 2) (PDU) #2 ENG OUT
17 OPERATING VOLTAGE
18 NO. 2 ENG OIL PRESS WARNING
PILOT’S MASTER
19 NO. 2 ENG OIL TEMP WARNING WARNING PANEL
20 LOW ROTOR SPEED WARNING
CAUTION/ADVISORY
21 NO. 2 ENG LOW GAS GEN SPEED WARNING
WARNING SYSTEM

LH
RELAY
PANEL

AB2145_2
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Display System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0022 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0022 00

SENSOR SIGNAL PROCESSING - Continued

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1)

AB2145_3
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Display System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

0022 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0022 00

DISPLAY LIGHTING CONTROL

Each SDC contains a lamp power supply that limits the light intensity of the IDS displays. The No. 1 SDC lamp power
supply provides voltage to all copilot’s PDU displays, alternate lamps on the CDU analog displays, and No. 1 engine and
total fuel CDU digital displays. The No. 2 SDC lamp power supply provides voltage to all PDU displays and alternate
lamps on the CDU analog display; and No. 2 engine CDU digital displays. The output voltages of the lamp power sup-
plies are determined by three photocell outputs and the DIM control. The three photocells, one on each display unit, sense
the surrounding light level. The photocell sensing the highest level of light controls the input to the lamp power supply.
The DIM control, on the CDU, is a gain adjustment for the lamp power supply and sets the display lighting contrast level
to be maintained by the photocells. Turning the DIM control clockwise, past the detent, sets the display lighting to a fixed
preset level and disables the three photocells. The control loops of both lamp power supplies are tied together so both
lamp supplies provide the same output voltage.

Main transmission oil pressure, No. 1 engine oil pressure, No. 2 engine oil pressure, No. 1 fuel quantity, No. 2 fuel
quantity, and engine and rotor speed analog displays have low scale segments colored red and/or amber to indicate
undesirable operating ranges. When the scale reading is above this low range, the IDS automatic bottom segment turn-off
circuitry causes the bottom segment lamps to go off. If the display reading drops back into the undesirable operating
range, the bottom segment lamps go on again.

SYSTEM INTERFACE

The IDS provides control voltages for these helicopter status capsules:

1. #1 ENG OUT

2. #2 ENG OUT

3. LOW ROTOR RPM

4. #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

5. #1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

6. #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

7. #2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

The #1 ENG OUT, #2 ENG OUT, and LOW ROTOR RPM capsules are on the pilot’s and copilots master warning
panels, on the instrument panel. The remaining capsules are on the caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L or MFD/
caution/advisory panel, also on the instrument panel. The #1 ENG OUT capsules will be on whenever the No. 1
engine gas generator tachometer (No. 1 Ng SPEED) is less than 55%. The #2 ENG OUT capsules will be on whenever
the No. 2 engine gas generator tachometer (No. 2 Ng SPEED) is less than 55%. The LOW ROTOR RPM capsule will be
on whenever the main rotor speed (RTR) is less than 96%. The #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule will be on whenever the
No. 1 engine oil pressure (1 ENG OIL PRESS) is less than 25 psi. The #1 ENGINE OIL TEMP capsule will be on
whenever the No. 1 engine oil temperature (1 ENG OIL TEMP) is more than 150°C. The #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS
capsule will be on whenever the No. 2 engine oil pressure (2 ENG OIL PRESS) is less than 25 psi. The #2 ENGINE OIL
TEMP capsule will be on whenever the No. 2 engine oil temperature (2 ENG OIL TEMP) is more than 150°C.

The control voltages provided by the IDS to the LOW ROTOR RPM and #1 and #2 ENG OUT capsules also control low
rotor RPM and engine-out audible warning signals. The IDS signals energize a relay in the left relay panel that controls
an audible warning circuit. For a further description of the audible warning circuit, refer to caution/advisory warning
system (WP 0026 00) UH-60Q HH-60L or multifunction display/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0027 00) .

0022 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0022 00

SYSTEM INTERFACE - Continued

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1747 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0022 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER DESCRIPTION AND DATA

SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER DESCRIPTION

The signal data converter (SDC) processes a variety of helicopter sensor signals and provides proportional digital signals
in a multiplexed format to the central display unit (CDU) and the pilot’s display unit (PDU) (Figure 1). The CDU and
PDU provide visual indications of the processed sensor signals. The SDC operates on helicopter 115 vac, 400 Hz and 28
vdc power. The SDC contains the circuitry to process the following helicopter sensor signals: engine oil pressure, engine
oil temperature, No. 1 and No. 2 engine torque, engine turbine gas temperature (TGT), No. 1 and No. 2 engine power
turbine tachometer (% RPM), engine gas generator tachometer (Ng), and rotor RPM. The SDC updates this data twice per
second. The fuel quantity, main transmission oil temperature and main transmission oil pressure signals are routed through
the SDC and processed in the CDU. The more important signals are processed through redundant circuits for reliability.
Monitoring circuits are used to ensure the validity of the displayed data. The SDC also provides output voltages to the
helicopter caution/advisory warning system when any of the following conditions exists: low engine oil pressure, high
engine oil temperature, low engine gas generator tachometer (Ng), and low rotor speed. There are three external electrical
connectors on the SDC: J1 which provides input/output interface with helicopter power and sensors, J2 which provides
signal and power input/output interface with the PDU, and J3 which provides signal and power input/output interface with
CDU. The SDC contains the following modules:
1. Lamp power supply (A2)

2. Logic power supply (A3)

3. Interface No. 4 module (A4)

4. Interface No. 3 module (A5)

5. Interface No. 2 module (A6)

6. Interface No. 1 module (A7)

7. Analog processor No. 2 module (A8)

8. Analog processor No. 1 module (A9)

9. Digital processor module (A10)

10. Voltage regulator module (A11)

LAMP POWER SUPPLY (A2)

The lamp power supply A2 is a high current low voltage unit (Figure 1). External power of 28 vdc and unregulated 15.5
vdc and -15.5 vdc are provided to the lamp power supply. The lamp supply control voltage is provided from the voltage
regulator module. The output of the lamp power supply can be varied between 200 millivolts and 6 vdc determined by
the control voltage input.
LOGIC POWER SUPPLY (A3)

The logic power supply receives 115 vac, 400 Hz power from the helicopter power system (Figure 1). The power supply
uses a step-down multi-secondary winding transformer and conventional diode rectifiers to generate various dc voltages
and ac excitation for the engine and main transmission oil pressure sensors.

INTERFACE NO. 4 MODULE (A4)

The interface No. 4 module A4 contains engine oil pressure interface circuitry with its -5 vdc reference voltage regulator,
a floating 5 vdc regulator for the temperature compensating unit, and turbine gas temperature interface circuitry. A 10 vac,

0023 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

INTERFACE NO. 4 MODULE (A4) - Continued

DUST COVER

DIGITAL PROCESSOR MODULE (A10)

LAMP POWER
SUPPLY ANALOG PROCESSOR NO.1 MODULE (A9)

ANALOG PROCESSOR NO.2 MODULE (A8)

INTERFACE NO.1 MODULE (A7)

INTERFACE NO.2 MODULE (A6)

INTERFACE NO.3 MODULE (A5)

INTERFACE NO.4 MODULE (A4)

VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODULE (A11)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J2

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
LOGIC POWER J3
SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J1

AB3400
SA

Figure 1. Signal Data Converter Parts Location.

0023 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

INTERFACE NO. 4 MODULE (A4) - Continued

400 Hz reference voltage from the logic power supply is used with the engine oil pressure sensor signal (400 Hz) to
generate a dc analog signal proportional to the pressure. The dc analog voltage is applied to the A/T converter which
produces the engine oil pressure update signal when enabled by the multiplexer signal from the analog processor. The
analog reset signal generated by the analog processor resets the A/T converter. The update signal is applied to the engine
oil pressure lamp driver module in the CDU. A floating 8 vdc is supplied to the interface No. 4 module from the logic
power supply. This input is applied to a voltage regulator that generates 5 vdc output to the temperature compensating
unit. The output of the thermocouple probes which sense the turbine gas temperature (TGT) is applied to the interface
circuitry through a temperature compensating unit. A 5 vdc regulator supplies a floating output to the temperature
compensating unit which compensates for ambient temperature changes. The conditioned thermocouple signal is applied
to the analog and digital A/T converters which supply TGT analog and digital update signals to the CDU. The TGT
circuitry also receives analog reset and multiplex signals generated by the analog processor and digital reset and multiplex
signals generated by the digital processor. The interface No. 4 module receives -10 vdc, 10 vdc, and 5 vdc operating volt-
age from the voltage regulator module.

INTERFACE NO. 3 MODULE (A5)

The interface No. 3 module A5 contains voltage regulators that provide 11 vdc, -11 vdc, and -5 vdc, and interface
circuitry for No. 1 and No. 2 engine torque signals. The 11 vdc and -11 vdc regulators operate from the 14.5 vdc and
-14.5 vdc floating input, from the logic power supply. The ground isolated -5 vdc regulator operates from the -11 vdc
regulator. The -5 vdc is used as a reference voltage for the A/T converters. Since the engine control unit (ECU) is float-
ing, all reference voltages must also be isolated. The torque sensor signals are conditioned by the ECU, and applied to
buffer amplifiers. The outputs of the buffers are applied to differential amplifiers. The differential amplifiers provide
signals to the A/T analog and digital converters which produce analog and digital update No. 1 and No. 2 engine torque
signals to both PDUs. The No. 1 and No. 2 engine torque circuits receive reset and multiplex signals generated by the
analog and digital processors. The interface No. 3 module receives -10 vdc, 10 vdc, and 5 vdc from the voltage regulator
module.

INTERFACE NO. 2 MODULE (A6)

Interface No. 2 module contains interface circuitry for the engine oil temperature, No. 1 engine power turbine tachometer
signal (% RPM 1) and No. 2 engine power turbine tachometer signal (% RPM 2). The oil temperature sensor provides a
variable resistance input. This resistance forms part of the feedback loop of an operational amplifier. The dc voltage
output is proportional to the oil temperature and is applied to the A/T converter which produces an update engine oil tem-
perature signal for the CDU. The engine oil temperature circuits receive analog reset and multiplex signals generated by
the analog processor. The 1.28 MHz reference frequency is used to convert both No. 1 and No. 2 power turbine
tachometer signals to a dc analog voltage proportional to the sensor input frequency. There are identical circuits for the
engine No. 1 and engine No. 2 sensors. The dc analog signals are fed to the A/T converters which produce update %
RPM 1 and % RPM 2 signals to the PDU. The engine No. 1 and No. 2 circuits receive reset and multiplex signals gener-
ated by the analog processor. The interface No. 2 module receives -10 vdc, and 10 vdc, and 5 vdc operating power from
the voltage regulator module.

INTERFACE NO. 1 MODULE (A7)

The interface No. 1 module A7 contains interface circuitry for the main rotor speed and gas generator tachometer (Ng)
signal inputs. The 1.28 MHz reference voltage from the digital processor module is used with the main rotor speed signal
to generate a dc analog signal proportional to the input frequency. The dc analog signal is fed to the A/T converter which
produces an update rotor speed signal to both the PDU. The rotor speed circuits receive an analog reset pulse and rotor
speed multiplex signal generated by the analog processor. The 1.28 MHz reference frequency is also used to convert the
gas generator tachometer signal (Ng SPEED) to a dc analog voltage proportional to the sensor input frequency. The dc
analog signal is fed to the A/T analog converter and the A/T digital converter. The A/T analog converter receives an
analog reset signal and Ng SPEED analog multiplex signal generated by the analog processor and sends an Ng SPEED
analog update signal to the CDU for the analog display. The A/T digital converter receives a digital reset signal and Ng

0023 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

INTERFACE NO. 1 MODULE (A7) - Continued

SPEED multiplex signal generated by the digital processor and sends an Ng SPEED digital update signal to the CDU for
the digital display. The interface No. 1 module receives -10 vdc, 10 vdc, and 5 vdc operating power from the voltage
regulator module.

ANALOG PROCESSOR NO. 2 MODULE (A8)

The analog processor No. 2 module A8 contains the last stages of the A and B shift registers, overflow counters, circuitry
to generate reset pulses, decoding circuitry to generate multiplex frame pulses, and failure warning detectors. The No. 2
module receives the 12.8 kHz clock signal and the output of the last stage of the A and B registers from the analog
processor No. 1 module. The A and B monitor signals from the analog processor No. 1 module are combined with the
monitor signals in the analog processor No. 2 module to generate the analog A or analog B select signal. The select gates
are inhibited when a failure warning signal is received from the digital processor. Shift register reset pulses are produced
and sent to the No. 1 analog processor. In addition, the analog reset pulse is produced which resets the A/T converters
after amplification by the voltage regulator. Decoding circuits decode the output of a counter to produce the analog
multiplex signal that controls the sequence in which the various analog signals are enabled for updating in the interface
circuitry.

ANALOG PROCESSOR NO. 1 MODULE (A9)

The analog processor No. 1 module A9 contains two shift registers, an A register and a B register. It also contains the
AND/OR select gates which connect either the A or the B register to the output for the analog data word to the PDU and
the CDU. The output of the last stage of the shift registers is connected to the No. 2 analog processor module. The shift
registers are clocked by a 128 KHz signal from the digital processor. The output of the last stage is also fed to a monitor
circuit for each register. The output of the monitors is fed to the analog processor No. 2 module. The A or B shift register
select signal is received from the analog processor No. 2 module. The analog processor No. 1 module receives 5 vdc
operating power from the voltage regulator module.

DIGITAL PROCESSOR MODULE (A10)

The digital processor module A10 generates clock signals for both digital and analog processors and digital multiplexing
signals. In addition, it provides binary coded decimal (BCD) information for use on the digital displays in the CDU and
PDU. Two crystal controlled oscillators generate 1.28 MHz frequencies in a redundant configuration. The 1.28 MHz is
used in the No. 1 and No. 2 interface modules. The 1.28 MHz signal is divided down to provide the analog and digital
clock signals. Redundant decade counters A and B produce BCD data from the 128 kHz clock signal. The last stages of
the counter are used to generate a reset pulse, multiplex sequencing pulses, digital test frequency, and a monitor input
signal. The output of the monitor provides the digital select A or digital select B signal. The digital reset pulse is fed to
the voltage regulator for amplification. Analog clock inhibit signals are received from the PDU are connected through
circuitry to the No. 1 analog processor. Digital clock inhibit signals are received from the CDU and PDU for use in the
digital processor. These signals stop the clock pulses during update. This prevents any clock inputs to either the analog or
digital processors from being processed during transfer of data into the displays.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODULE (A11)

The voltage regulator module contains three regulators. These are -10 volt, 10 volt, and 5 volt. In addition there are buffer
amplifiers for the analog and digital reset signals and the error amplifier of the lamp power supply control. The 10 vdc
regulator operates on 15.5 vdc input power. The 15.5 vdc is also fed out to the lamp power supply. The -10 vdc regulator
operates on -15.5 vdc input power. The -15.5 vdc is also fed out to the lamp power supply. The 5 vdc regulator operates
on 8 vdc power. The 8 vdc is also sent to the PDU. The analog reset is a narrow positive pulse generated on the analog
processor No. 2 module. This pulse is used to reset all the A/T converters synchronously with the resetting of the analog
processor. The voltage regulator module amplifies this pulse for use in the SDC and the CDU. A similar circuit does the
same for the digital reset signal from the digital processor. The lamp power supply error amplifier receives a control
signal from the auto dim circuit in the CDU and the lamp power supply output. Operational amplifiers compare the two
signals and produce a lamp supply control signal for the lamp power supply.

0023 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

LAMP DRIVER MODULES

All the lamp driver modules operate in basically the same way. The only difference is some modules (No. 1 and No. 2
fuel quantity, No. 1 and No. 2 engine oil pressure and main transmission oil pressure modules) have automatic bottom
segment turnoff. This feature automatically turns off the low scale red and/or amber segments when the scale reading
reaches the green segment. The low scale segments are automatically turned on when the scale reading drops below the
green segment. Analog data is fed to the lamp drivers from the analog processor shift registers in the SDCs. The analog
processors also supply the update pulses and test frequency. The analog update initiates the transfer of the data into the
parallel-in/parallel-out shift registers. The output of the registers is applied to transistor lamp drivers to light the appropri-
ate lamps. Light from the lamps is carried to the display panel faceplate by fiber optic strips, giving visual displays cor-
responding to the level of the sensed parameter. Power for the lamps is supplied by lamp supply voltages from SDC No.
1 and SDC No. 2. The No. 1 SDC supplies lamp voltage to all even numbered lamps while the No. 2 SDC supplies lamp
voltage to all the odd numbered lamps on the vertical scale. A fault detection circuit monitors the test frequency and
update pulse. In the absence of the test frequency or an update pulse, the fault detection circuit produces a failure warning
signal and a reset pulse which resets the shift register, turning off all module display lamps on that module. When the
CDU PUSH TO TEST switch is pressed, a lamp test voltage is applied to the driver module causing all its lamps to go
on.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR (A17)

The voltage regulator receives both power and selective multiplexed analog data/update pulses from both the No. 1 and
No. 2 SDCs. The voltage regulator provides over current protection (in conjunction with Q1) and regulated -10 vdc, 10
vdc, and 5 vdc operating voltages for the CDU. In addition, the voltage regulator provides output signals when any
specific helicopter parameter high/low warning condition is detected. The regulator provides three rotor overspeed warn-
ing voltages to both pilot’s display units (PDU) and also provides output voltages through the appropriate CDU fuse and
the SDCs to the helicopter caution/advisory warning system when any of the following conditions exists: No. 1 or No. 2
low engine oil pressure, No. 1 or No. 2 high engine oil temperature, No. 1 or No. 2 low engine gas generator tachometer
(Ng), or low rotor speed. When any of the rotor overspeed conditions (127%, 137%, or 142%) are detected, a relay on
the voltage regulator is energized (latched) and connects the lamp power supply voltage to the respective overspeed lamps
on both PDUs, causing the lamps to go on. The PDU lamps will now remain on and the regulator relay will remain
latched even when the overspeed condition no longer exists (safe RPM). An external reset signal from the helicopter
system to the voltage regulator module is required to reset the latching relay and cause the PDU overspeed lamps to go
off. The remaining warning detection circuits on the voltage regulator will reset whenever the warning (unsafe) condition
no longer exists.

INTERFACE NO. 1 MODULE (A15)

The interface No. 1 module contains the signal conditioning circuitry for transmission oil pressure signal and the auto dim
control circuitry for the CDU, pilot’s PDU and copilot’s PDU. A 10 vac, 400 Hz reference voltage from the SDC logic
power supply is used with the transmission oil pressure sensor signal (400 Hz) to generate a dc analog signal proportional
to the pressure. The dc analog is applied to the A/T converter which produces the transmission oil pressure update signal
when enabled by the multiplexer signal from the SDC analog processor. The analog reset signal from the SDC resets the
A/T converter. The update signal is applied to the transmission oil pressure lamp driver module. The auto dim circuitry
provides a reference voltage for the SDC lamp supply that is proportional to the ambient light level. The three photocells,
one on the CDU, and one on both PDU’s, sense the surrounding light level. The photocell sensing the highest level of
light will provide the controlling input to the interface No. 1 module. The DIM control, on the CDU, is a gain adjustment
which sets the display light level output. Turning the DIM control clockwise, past the detent, sets the display lighting to a
fixed preset level and disables the three photocells.

INTERFACE NO. 2 MODULE (A16)

The interface No. 2 module contains the signal conditioning circuitry for transmission oil temperature and the No. 1 and
No. 2 fuel quantity signals. It also contains the transmission oil temperature A/T converter for the analog scale, the No. 1
and No. 2 A/T converters for the fuel quantity analog scales and the digital A/T converter for total fuel. The output from

0023 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

INTERFACE NO. 2 MODULE (A16) - Continued

the No. 1 and No. 2 fuel quantity sensors are fed to a fuel quantity conditioning circuit where they are converted to a dc
voltage. The outputs are applied to the No. 1 and No. 2 fuel quantity A/T converters. They are summed by the A/T
converter for the digital display for total fuel. The interface No. 2 module also receives analog reset and multiplex signals
from the analog processor in the SDC and generates the fuel 1 and fuel 2 update signals to the respective lamp driver
modules. The digital reset and total fuel multiplex signal are provided by the digital processor in the SDC and the total
fuel update signal is applied to the digital readout module. The transmission oil temperature sensor, a variable resistance,
is fed to a conditioning circuit where it is converted to a dc voltage proportional to the oil temperature. The proportional
dc voltage is then applied to the transmission oil temperature A/T converter. The analog reset signal and the transmission
oil temperature multiplex signal from the SDC are used by the A/T converter to generate the transmission oil temperature
update signal which is applied to the transmission oil temperature lamp driver module.

DIGITAL READOUT MODULE (A18)

The digital readout module provides digital readouts for total fuel, No. 1 and No. 2 engine gas generator tachometer (Ng
SPEED 1 and 2) and No. 1 and No. 2 engine turbine gas temperature sensor signals (TGT TEMP 1 and 2). The digital
readout module receives digital data from both SDCs. The digital data is fed to latching circuits on the digital module.
When a parameter update signal is received, the incoming digital data is coupled through the latching circuitry to the
seven-segment decoder drivers which light the appropriate lamps. Digital data as well as the appropriate update,
multiplexing, test frequency, and lamp power supply voltages for total fuel, No. 1 engine gas generator tachometer (Ng 1)
and No. 1 engine turbine gas temperature (TGT TEMP 1) are provided by the No. 1 SDC. The equivalent voltages for
No. 2 engine gas generator tachometer (Ng 2) and No. 2 engine turbine gas temperature (TGT TEMP 2) display are
provided by the No. 2 SDC. Each update pulse and the test frequency are applied to a monitor circuit on the digital
readout module. In the absence of an update pulse or test frequency pulse, the monitor circuit produces a failure warning
signal which lights the appropriate CHAN 1 or CHAN 2 warning light. In addition, the warning signal turns off the fault
detected digital readout. All digital readouts can be blanked by placing the DIGITS switch to OFF. When the CDU PUSH
TO TEST switch is engaged, all digital segments will light and be displayed in the digital readout.

LAMP DRIVER MODULES

All the lamp driver modules operate in basically the same way. The only difference is that some modules (No. 1 and No.
2 engine RPM and rotor RPM modules) have automatic bottom segment turnoff. This feature automatically turns off the
low scale red and/or amber segments when the scale reading reaches the green segment. The low scale segments are
automatically turned on when the scale reading drops below the green segment. Analog data is fed to the lamp drivers
from the analog processor shift registers in the SDCs. The analog processors also supply the update pulses and test fre-
quency. The analog update initiates the transfer of the data into the parallel-in/parallel-out shift registers. The output of
the registers is applied to transistor lamp drivers to light the appropriate lamps. Light from the lamps is carried to the dis-
play panel faceplate by fiber optic strips, giving visual displays corresponding to the level of the sensed parameter. Power
for the lamps is supplied by lamp supply voltages from the SDC. A monitor circuit checks for the presence of update
pulses and a test frequency. Should either signal fail, the monitor circuit turns off the display of that module and applies a
failure warning signal to the CDU.
TORQUE DIGITAL READOUT MODULE (A8)

The torque digital readout module provides digital readouts for percentage of No. 1 and No. 2 engine torque. The module
receives digital data from the SDC and stores the data in a latching circuit when an update pulse is present. The data is
fed to two decoder drivers which light the seven-segment units and tens displays, and to two transistors that drive
separate lamps for the 9hundreds9 display (numeral 1 only). Each update pulse and a test frequency are applied to a moni-
tor circuit that checks for the presence of update pulses. If the update pulses fail to correspond with the test frequency,
the monitor circuit turns off the digital readout and applies a failure warning signal to the CDU. When the TEST switch
is pressed, all digital segments will go on.

AUTODIM MODULE (A9)

The autodim module produces a dc lamp supply voltage which is proportional to ambient light detected by the photocell
on the front panel. The lamps supply voltage is routed out to the CDU as a reference for the CDU dimming control

0023 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0023 00

AUTODIM MODULE (A9) - Continued

circuit. The autodim module contains a lamp test supply circuit for testing all analog and digital displays. When the TEST
switch is pressed, the circuit provides five separate lamp test voltages for the analog displays and a logic signal for the
digital displays. The module also contains clock inhibit drivers, which provide the combined analog and digital update
pulses to the analog and digital clock inhibit circuits.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 0002 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023 00-7/8 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0024 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT

The central display unit (CDU), in the center of the instrument panel, receives signal and power inputs from both the No.
1 and No. 2 signal data converters (SDC) (Figure 1, Detail A).The CDU contains twelve analog displays, five digital
displays, and two failure lights. The CDU receives the following multiplexed data signals from the SDCs. No. 1 and No.
2 engine oil temperature, No. 1 and No. 2 engine oil pressure, No. 1 and No. 2 engine turbine gas temperature (TGT),
and No. 1 and No. 2 engine gas generator tachometer (Ng). These parameters are displayed on the CDU analog scales.
The No. 1 and No. 2 engine turbine gas temperature and No. 1 and No. 2 engine gas generator tachometer information
are also displayed on CDU digital readouts. The No. 1 and No. 2 fuel quantity signals from the No. 1 SDC and No. 2
SDC, respectively, and main transmission oil temperature and pressure signals from the No. 2 SDC are conditioned and
multiplexed by the CDU for analog display. Total fuel quantity is displayed on a digital readout. Additional information
on CDU analog displays is given in the following tabular data. The CDU failure lights, CHAN 1 and CHAN 2, are part
of the IDS fault detection circuit. A failure of any SDC or CDU processing circuit, CDU or PDU display driver module,
or SDC logic power supply will cause the associated display channel to turn off or switch to backup processor, and will
light the associated CHAN failure light. Failure of lamp power supply within an SDC will cause every second display
light on the CDU to go off. The CDU also contains: a PUSH TO TEST switch that, when pressed, causes all CDU verti-
cal scale lamps, digital readouts, and CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 failure lights and the PDU and CPDU RTR OVERSPEED
lights to go on; a DIGITS switch that gives ON-OFF control for all digital displays; a photocell to sense ambient light for
automatic level adjustment and a DIM control that sets the level of display lighting to be determined by the photocells.

The CDU also contains: a PUSH TO TEST switch which, when pressed, lights all the CDU lamps; a DIGITS switch that
gives ON-OFF control for all digital displays; a photocell to sense ambient light for automatic level adjustment; and a
DIM control that sets the level of display lighting to be maintained by the photocells. On the back panel of the CDU
there are four electrical connectors (J1, J2, J3, and J4), and eight fuses (seven used, one spare). The CDU contains the
following modules:

1. No. 1 fuel quantity lamp driver module (A3)

2. No. 2 fuel quantity lamp driver module (A4)

3. Transmission oil temperature lamp driver module (A5)

4. Transmission oil pressure lamp driver module (A6)

5. No. 1 engine oil temperature lamp driver module (A7)

6. No. 2 engine oil temperature lamp driver module (A8)

7. No. 1 engine oil pressure lamp driver module (A9)

8. No. 2 engine oil pressure lamp driver module (A10)

9. No. 1 TGT lamp driver module (A11)

10. No. 2 TGT lamp driver module (A12)

11. No. 1 Ng speed lamp driver module (A13)

12. No. 2 Ng speed lamp driver module (A14)

13. Interface No. 1 module (A15)

14. Interface No. 2 module (A16)

0024 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0024 00

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT - Continued

15. Voltage regulator (A17)

16. Digital readout module (A18)

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1427 00 for equipment data information.

0024 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0024 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

DUST COVER

VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODULE (A17)

INTERFACE NO. 2 MODULE (A16)

INTERFACE NO. 1 MODULE (A15)

NO. 2 Ng SPEED LAMP

DRIVER MODULE (A14)

NO. 1 Ng SPEED LAMP

DRIVER MODULE (A13)

NO. 2 TGT LAMP DRIVER

MODULE (A12)
NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP
LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A7) NO. 1 TGT LAMP DRIVER
MODULE (A11)
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESS
LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A6)
NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESS
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A10)
LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A5)

NO. 2 FUEL QUANTITY

LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A4) B
NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY
LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A3) NO. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS
LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A9)
DIGITAL READOUT MODULE (A18)

NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A8)

B A
FUSE PANEL SHOWN
WITH COVER REMOVED

FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng

QTY TEMP PRESS TEMP PRESS TEMP SPEED
LB X 100 C X 10 PSI X 10 C X 10 PSI X 10 C X 100 % X 10
19 18 13 11 1 1 1
16
14 11 9
11
14 9 OIL OIL Ng RTR
12 10 J4 J1
12 8 PRESS TEMP SPD
7 12 8
10
10 7 9
2 2 2 SPARE
6 10 7
8
8 6
8
5 8 6
6
6 5
4 5 7
4 4
4 4 J3 J2
3 4
0 0
2 3 2 4
2
0 −4 0 −4 1 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2
PUSH DIM ON

+
TOTAL FUEL OFF 1 − CHAN − 2
TO TEST
DIGITS TGT Ng
ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
J3 J4 J2 J1
LIGHTING PHOTOCELL
CONNECTION
AA8102
SA

Figure 1. Central Display Unit Parts Location Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0024 00-3/4 Blank
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0025 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

The pilot’s display unit (PDU) receives signal and power inputs from an associated signal data converter (SDC) and
central display unit (CDU) (Figure 1, Detail A). The PDU contains five analog vertical scale displays, two digital
displays, three indicator lights and a photocell. The PDU receives the following multiplexed data signals from the SDC:
percentage of RPM speed for No. 1 and No. 2 engines and main rotor, and percentage of torque for the No. 1 and No. 2
engines. These parameters are displayed on the PDU analog scales. The percentage of torque for the No. 1 and No. 2
engines are also displayed on the digital readouts.

The PDU also contains a LT switch which, when pressed, lights the vertical displays and digital readouts. The RTR
OVERSPEED lights go on individually to indicate overspeeds of 127%, 137% and 142%. The CDU provides power to
each of the lights. On the back panel of the PDU are two electrical connectors (J1 and J2). The PDU contains the follow-
ing modules: No. 1 engine RPM lamp driver module (A3), Rotor RPM lamp driver module (A4), No. 2 engine RPM
lamp driver module (A5), No. 1 engine torque (analog) lamp driver module (A6), No. 2 engine torque (analog) lamp
driver module (A7), torque digital readout module (A8), and autodim module (A9).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1651 00 for equipment data information.

0025 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0025 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

ROTOR RPM LAMP

DRIVER MODULE (A4)

NO. 1 ENGINE RPM LAMP NO. 2 ENGINE RPM LAMP

DRIVER MODULE (A3) DRIVER MODULE (A5)

NO. 1 ENGINE TORQUE (ANALOG)

LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A6)

NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE (ANALOG)

LAMP DRIVER MODULE (A7)

DUST COVER A
B

AUTODIM MODULE
(A9)

TORQUE DIGITAL
READOUT MODULE
(A8)

A B

% RPM % TRQ

LT RTR
OVERSPEED

ELECTRICAL
J2 CONNECTOR 1 R 2 1 2
130 130
J2
140 140
120 120
120 120

110 110 100 100

105 105 80 80

60 60
100 100
40 40
95 95
20 20
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR 90 90 0 0 PHOTOCELL
1 2
J1
J1 70 70

30 30
LIGHTING
CONNECTION
0 0
1 R 2

AA7688
SA

Figure 1. Pilots Display Unit Parts Location Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM

The caution/advisory warning system gives visual capsule indications for up to 82 helicopter subsystem conditions, and
aural indications for three of these conditions (Figure 1, Detail A). Each indicator capsule has a colored legend that is
visible when the capsule lights, to indicate the condition monitored. Green advisory capsules indicate actuation and
normal operation of helicopter equipment. Yellow caution capsules indicate unsafe flight conditions and system failures.
Red warning capsules indicate unsafe flight conditions requiring immediate action. When an advisory, caution, or warning
condition exists, the related capsule goes on and remains on until the condition is removed or the trouble is corrected. On
helicopters equipped with caution/advisory panel, 70550-01107-102, there are seven latching caution capsules that remain
on, once turned on, and do not go off until reset. On helicopters with caution/advisory panel, 70550-01107-103, these
capsules do not latch. When a caution capsule goes on, two MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules also go on
to attract the attention of the pilot and copilot to the caution condition. The MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET
capsules will remain on until the trouble is corrected or until either capsule is pressed to reset both capsules for another
caution condition. The system provides aural warnings to the pilot’s and copilot’s ICS stations in addition to the visual
warnings for low rotor RPM, engine out, and stabilator shutdown conditions. A steady tone is provided for either low ro-
tor RPM or engine out conditions, and a beeping tone is provided for stabilator shutdown. The system also gives indicator
light test and dimming control signals to other helicopter systems. The caution/advisory warning system consists of a
caution/advisory panel on the center of the instrument panel, two master warning panels; one on each side of the instru-
ment panel glare shield, an audible warning unit on the canted bulkhead on the left side of the avionics compartment, and
two dimming controls on the left side of the instrument panel.

The caution/advisory panel gives visual indications, on aviation yellow or green color-coded capsules, that show the status
of as many as 82 helicopter subsystem conditions (Figure 1). Each capsule has a legend that becomes visible when a
capsule lights. Sixty four capsules are yellow, while eighteen are green. The 64 yellow capsules are caution capsules that
indicate unsafe flight condition system failures. The 18 green capsules are advisory capsules that indicate actuation or
normal operation of various helicopter subsystems. With the exception of two caution capsules, 1 and 62, all of the cau-
tion and advisory capsules light steady. Capsules 1 and 62 flash when activated. Whenever a fault signal is applied to one
of the 64 caution capsules, a 28 vdc output from the caution/advisory panel is also produced. In the helicopter installation,
this output is used to power external lights on two master warning panels. The external master caution signal may be
reset by unlatching a circuit in the caution/advisory panel with an external reset command voltage. The capsules are ar-
ranged on the front of the caution/advisory panel in 4 horizontal rows, with 19 capsules in the extreme left vertical row
and 21 capsules in each of the remaining 3 rows. The upper portion displays 64 caution indications. The lower portion
displays 18 advisory indications. On panel, 70550-01107-102, there are seven latching capsules (13, 14, 21, 33, 42, 74,
and 75). Once they are turned on, they remain on until a reset is applied. All the latching capsules are identical in opera-
tion except 33, which has a 30-second time delay before turn-on. The caution/advisory panel also consists of a three posi-
tion momentary-type contact toggle switch, with panel markings of BRT/DIM and TEST; a frame assembly; two side cov-
ers; four circuit channel cards and one control card, which plug into mating connectors within the frame; two input/output
signal and power connectors and chassis mounted electronic components. Refer to Table 1.

0026 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLIES

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

FRAME
ASSEMBLY
SIDE COVER

HEAT SINK ASSY

A
Q1, Q2, Q3

DIODE CR2

INDICATOR
LIGHT ASSY RELAY K1

CONNECTOR J118

1 20 41 62
2 21 42 63
3 22 43 64
4 23 44 65
5 24 45 66
6 25 46 67
CONNECTOR J117 7 26 47 68
INDICATOR LIGHT
SWITCH S1 8 27 48 69
9 28 49 70
BRT / DIM−TEST
10 29 50 71
11 30 51 72
C 12 31 52 73
A
U 13 32 53 74
T
I 14 33 54 75
O
N 15 34 55 76
16 35 56 77

A
17 36 57 78
D
V
18 37 58 79
NOTE I
S 19 38 59 80
O BRT / DIM
R 39 60 81
Y
INDICATOR LIGHT ASSEMBLY 40 61 82
(DETAILED VIEW) SHOWS CAPSULE TEST
POSITIONS. LEGEND ASSIGNMENTS
ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
AA7662
SA

Figure 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Parts Location Diagram.

0026 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

Table 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Caution Capsules.

LEGEND FAULT

#1 FUEL LOW Flashes at between 3 to 5 flashes per

second when left fuel tank level is about
172 pounds (20 minutes) remaining at
normal cruise flight.

#1 FUEL PRESS Left engine fuel pressure is below 8.0 to

9.0 psi between engine-driven low pres-
sure fuel pump and high pressure vane
fuel pump.

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS Left engine oil pressure is below 25 psi

on helicopters without modified
faceplate, or below 20 psi on helicopters
with modified faceplate.

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP Left engine oil temperature is above

150°C.

CHIP #1 ENGINE Left engine chip detector in scavenge

oil system has metal chip or particles
buildup.

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS Left engine fuel filter has 7.5 psid
across filter.

#1 ENGINE STARTER Left engine start valve is open.

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS First stage pressure is shut off, or has

dropped to 2000 ± 50 psi, or servo pilot
valve is jammed.

TAIL ROTOR QUADRANT Goes on when a tail rotor cable is

broken or disconnected.

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP Main transmission oil temperature is

above 120°C.

BOOST SERVO OFF Indicates loss of 2nd stage hydraulic

pressure to the boost servo, or a boost
servo jam.

LFT PITOT HEAT Indicates left pitot heater element is not

receiving power with PITOT HEAT
switch in ON position.

CHIP INPUT MDL - LH Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

CHIP ACCESS MDL - LH Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

0026 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

Table 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Caution Capsules. - Continued

LEGEND FAULT

MR DE-ICE FAIL Indicates a short or open in the main

rotor de-ice system, which will disable
the system.

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS Main transmission oil pressure is below

14 psi.

#1 GEN Left generator is not supplying power to

the buses.

#1 GEN BRG Generator main bearing has failed.

#1 CONV Left converter (ac to dc current) has no

output.

AC ESS BUS OFF Indicates that no power (115 vac phase

B) is being supplied to the ac essential
bus.

BATT LOW CHARGE Indicates that the battery charge state is

at or below 40% of full charge state.

GUST LOCK Indicates the gust lock is not fully dis-

engaged.

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS Left engine oil filter pressure differential

is between 60 - 80 psi.

#1 HYD PUMP Left hydraulic pump output pressure to

2000 ± 50 psi.

IRCM INOP (NOTE 1) Indicates a countermeasure system

malfunction has been detected or
countermeasures system is in cool down
period.

INT XMSN OIL TEMP Intermediate gear box oil temperature is

above 140°C.

STABILATOR Stabilator system is turned on but is in

the manual mode.

FLT PATH STAB Indicates that FPS is inoperative.

CHIP INT XMSN Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

0026 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

Table 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Caution Capsules. - Continued

LEGEND FAULT

MR DE-ICE FAULT Indicates partial failure of the blade de-

ice system. Uneven shedding of ice can
be expected.

#1 RSVR LOW Hydraulic fluid level has dropped below

60% of full capacity.

#2 GEN Right generator is not supplying power

to the buses.

#2 GEN BRG Generator main bearing has failed.

#2 CONV Right converter (ac to dc current) has

no output.

DC ESS BUS OFF Indicates that no power (28 vdc) is be-

ing supplied to the dc essential bus.

BATTERY FAULT Indicates that the battery has exceeded

safe operating temperature (over temper-
ature) or a battery cell dissimilarity ex-
ists.

ANTENNA EXTENDED (NOTE 4) Indicates ECM antenna switch is set to

EXTEND.

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS Right engine oil filter pressure dif-

ferential is between 60 - 80 psi.

#2 HYD PUMP Right hydraulic pump output pressure to

2000 ± 50 psi.

AUX FUEL (NOTE 2) Indicates one or more auxiliary fuel

tanks are empty, fuel flow is desired but
not present, or the system is operating
in a degraded mode.

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP Tail gear box oil temperature is above
140°C.

SAS OFF Hydraulic pressure supplied to the SAS

actuator is 2000 ± 50 psi.

IFF Mode 4 is not capable of responding to

interrogation.

CHIP TAIL XMSN Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

0026 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

Table 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Caution Capsules. - Continued

LEGEND FAULT

APU FAIL APU was automatically shut down by

the electrical sequence unit.

TR DE-ICE FAIL Indicates a short or open in a tail rotor

blade de-ice element.

#2 RSVR LOW Hydraulic fluid level has dropped below

60% of full capacity.

#2 FUEL LOW Flashes at 3 to 5 flashes per second

when right fuel level is about 172
pounds (20 minutes) remaining at
normal cruise flight.

#2 FUEL PRESS Right engine fuel pressure is below 8.0

to 9.0 psi between engine-driven low
pressure fuel pump and high pressure
fuel pumps.

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS Right engine oil pressure is below 25

psi on helicopters without modified
faceplate, or below 20 psi on helicopters
with modified faceplate.

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP Right engine oil temperature is above

150°C.

CHIP #2 ENGINE Right engine chip detector in scavenge

oil system has metal chips or particles
buildup.

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS Right fuel filter has 7.5 psid across
filter.

#2 ENGINE STARTER Right engine start valve is open.

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS Second stage pressure is shut off, or has

dropped to 2000 ± 50 psi, or servo pilot
valve is jammed.

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO Hydraulic pressure to the first stage tail

rotor servo is 2000 ± 50 psi.

APU OIL TEMP HI APU oil temperature is above about

149°C.

TRIM FAIL Indicates that yaw, roll or pitch trim

actuators are not responding accurately
to computer signals.

0026 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

Table 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Caution Capsules. - Continued

LEGEND FAULT

RT PITOT HEAT Indicates right pitot heat element is not

receiving power.

CHIP INPUT MDL - RH Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

CHIP ACCESS MDL - RH Indicates a metal particle has been

detected by the chip detector.

ICE DETECTED Indicates that ice is detected on the ro-

tor blade ice detector sensor.

BACK-UP RSVR LOW Hydraulic fluid level has dropped below

60% of full capacity.

#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON Indicates that No. 1 engine anti-ice/start

bleed valve is open.

APU ON APU speed is above 90% for 1.5

seconds.

APU ACCUM LOW APU accumulator pressure is below

2600 psi.

#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON Indicates the No. 1 engine inlet temper-

ature is 93°C or above.

APU GEN ON APU generator output is accepted and

being supplied to the helicopter.

SEARCH LT ON Either pilot or copilot has selected

SEARCH LT ON.

CARGO HOOK OPEN (NOTE 3) Indicates that cargo hook load beam is
not latched.

AIR COND ON (NOTE 4) Indicates AIR COND switch has been

set to COOL and 15 seconds has
elapsed.

PARKING BRAKE ON Indicates that PARKING BRAKE

handle is pulled.

#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON Indicates that No. 2 engine inlet temper-

ature is 93°C or above.

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON Prime boost pump switch is at PRIME

or BOOST.

0026 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

Table 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Caution Capsules. - Continued

LEGEND FAULT

LDG LT ON Either pilot or copilot has selected LDG

LT ON.

HOOK ARMED (NOTE 3) The cargo hook release system is armed.

CABIN HEAT ON (NOTE 4) Indicates AIR COND switch is in FAN

position and HTR switch is set to ON.

EXT PWR CONNECTED Indicates that external power plug is

connected to helicopter’s EXT POWER
connector and BATT switch is ON, if
EXT PWR switch is OFF.

#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON Indicates that No. 2 engine inlet anti-

ice/start bleed valve is open.

BACKUP PUMP ON Backup pump pressure is being supplied

at a pressure above 2350 psi.

#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON Pressure to second stage tail rotor servo

is above 2350 psi.

ANTENNA RETRACTED (NOTE 4) Indicates ECM antenna switch is set to

RETRACT and antenna is in its fully
retracted position.

GPS POS ALERT Indicates that GPS signals are not reli-
able.

NOTES

1. ESSS IRCM INOP capsule is installed.

2. W/O ESSS AUX FUEL capsule is not functional.

3. UH60A UH60L

4. EH60A

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION

The caution/advisory warning system gets dc electrical power from the upper console circuit breaker panel and from the
copilot’s circuit breaker panel (Figure 2, Sheets 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7). Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the dc
essential bus and routed through the CAUT/ADVSY PNL circuit breaker to the caution/advisory panel, the master warn-
ing panels, and the left relay panel. The 28 vdc is also applied to the INSTR LT PILOT FLT control. When the control is
turned from OFF, 28 vdc is applied to the caution/advisory panel for lamp dimming control. Electrical power of 28 vdc is
supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus and routed through the LIGHTS CAUT ADVSY circuit breaker for lamp test
power. Electrical power of 28 vdc is applied to the PNL LTS switches on the pilot’s and copilot’s cyclic stick grips from

0026 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

the LIGHTS ADVSY circuit breaker. UH60A 79-23302 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A When the switches are pressed to turn
off panel lights, the 28 vdc is applied to the caution/advisory panel for night vision goggle dimming control.

The caution/advisory panel receives 28 vdc and ground signals from helicopter systems to light the caution and advisory
capsules listed in Table 2. For most of the caution capsules and all of the advisory capsules, a 28 vdc signal from the
monitored system is applied directly to the capsule circuit to light the capsule. These capsules will remain on until the
input signal is removed. For chip detection and generator bearing failure monitoring, 28 vdc caution capsule power is ap-
plied to ground sensing circuits in the caution/advisory panel. When a chip is detected or a generator bearing fails, a
ground is applied to the ground sensing circuit. The sensing circuit then applies the 28 vdc power to the caution capsule
circuit to light the capsule. UH60A 77-22714 - 78-22986 Five transmission chip and two generator bearing failure
capsules latch when turned on and remain latched until reset. When the fault is removed, a latched capsule can be turned
off by applying either a master or special reset signal. A master reset occurs when power is removed from the caution/
advisory warning system for longer than 200 msec. When a master reset is applied, all latched capsules reset so that when
power is reapplied, all capsules will be off. A special reset signal is generated when power is removed from the particular
system being monitored. With a special reset applied only the associated capsule resets. When power is removed from the
chip detector system, a special reset is generated and these capsules reset, if latched: CHIP INPUT MDL-LH, CHIP AC-
CESS MDL-LH, CHIP MAIN MDL-SUMP, CHIP INPUT MDL-RH and CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH. When ac electrical
system No. 1 generator warning power is removed, a special reset pulse will reset the #1 GEN BRG capsule, if latched.
When ac electrical system No. 2 generator warning power is removed, a special reset pulse will reset the #2 GEN BRG
capsule. With the exception of the #1 and #2 FUEL LOW capsules, all caution and advisory capsules light steady. The
#1 and #2 FUEL LOW capsules flash at a rate of about four flashes per second when activated by a low fuel caution
input.

Table 2. Master Warning Panel Capsules.

LEGEND FAULT

#1 ENG OUT No. 1 engine gas turbine speed (Ng) is

below 55%.

FIRE Indicates a fire detector has actuated a

fire warning circuit.

MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO Indicates a caution light on the caution

RESET panel has been actuated by failed
system.

#2 ENG OUT No. 2 engine gas turbine speed (Ng) is

below 55%.

LOW ROTOR RPM Rotor speed is below about 95% RPM

R.
When any caution capsule lights, a signal is applied to a master caution light circuit in the caution/advisory panel. This
circuit applies a 28 vdc signal to the pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panels to light the MASTER CAUTION PRESS
TO RESET capsules. These capsules remain on until the caution condition is removed or until manually reset by pressing
either capsule. This applies a 28 vdc reset signal to the master caution light circuit to reset it for another caution input.
When the MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules are activated by a low fuel caution, they flash as do the #1
and #2 FUEL LOW caution capsules. UH60A 77-22714 - 83-23896 A diode in the chip detector resistor unit is installed
in the warning reset line to the caution/ advisory panel. This eliminates audible warning reset relay transients from

0026 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

CAUT / ADVSY INSTR LT

PNL PILOT FLT
DC BRT
ESNTL 5 28 VDC DIM ENABLE
BUS AMP DIM

28 VDC 28 VDC

UPPER CONSOLE

LIGHTS
CAUT ADVSY

7.5
AMP

PNL LTS PNL LTS

NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
28 VDC
PILOT’S CYCLIC COPILOT’S CYCLIC
STICK GRIP STICK GRIP
LIGHTS ADVSY

5
AMP K40

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (SEE DETAIL A)

FIRE DETECTION
FIRE FIRE DETECTED AND
DETECTION T-HANDLE
SYSTEM T-HANDLE DIM
K46 DIMMING

(CLOSE IN FLIGHT)

K48

PILOT’S
STATION
K44
K48

COPILOT’S K49
STATION K44 K49

NOTES
K49
1. STABILATOR CONTROLS / AUTO
INTERCOMMUNICATION K49
FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR SYSTEM
LIGHTS MAY BE TESTED USING
CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL BRT/DIM
TEST SWITCH.
K44
2. AUX FUEL CAPSULE ESSS JUNCTION AUDIBLE
BOX WARNING
3. UH60A UH60L ASSEMBLY
4. EH60A
5. RESISTOR UNIT AND ASSOCIATED WIRING
UH60A 77-22714 - 83-23885
6. UH60A 78-22988 - SUBQ
EH60A LEFT RELAY PANEL AA3303_1
SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 7)

0026 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

28 VDC DIM ENABLE 1

28 VDC 2
TO
SHEET
3

28 VDC LAMP TEST PWR 3

STABILATOR WARN 4 TO SHEET 6
NVG DIMMING SIGNAL 5
STABILATOR
CONTROLS / AUTO
FLIGHT CONTROL
PANEL
(SEE NOTE 1)

VHS/HSI MODE
INDICATOR SELECT SYSTEM
LIGHTS INSTRUMENT
DIMMING DISPLAY
UNIT SYSTEM
(IDS) PILOT’S COPILOT’S
VSI / HSI VSI / HSI
MODE SELECT MODE SELECT
PANEL PANEL

TO
SHEET
FIRE WARN 6 3
BRT / DIM CONTROL 7
WARNING RESET 8

NO. 2 ENG OUT WARN 9

LOW ROTOR SPEED WARN 10

NO. 1 ENG OUT WARN 11

12
LAMP TEST 13
MASTER CAUTION RESET 14
DIM CONTROL 15
TONE
ENABLE
BEEPING
TONE AUDIBLE
MASTER CAUTION

LOW ROTOR RPM

PRESS TO RESET

STEADY WARNING
TONE UNIT
#2 ENG OUT
#1 ENG OUT

FIRE

PILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL AA3303_2A

SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 7)

0026 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

1 28 VDC DIM ENABLE

2 28 VDC

3 28 VDC LAMP TEST PWR

5 NVG DIMMING SIGNAL

28 VDC
INSTRUMENT PANEL

CAUT / ADVSY
CAUTION /
ADVISORY NVG
DIMMING CONTROL

TO NVG DIMMING
SHEET MASTER WARNING
NVG DIMMING
2
CONTROL

MA WRN

MASTER CAUTION RESET

6 FIRE WARN
7 BRT / DIM CONTROL

DIM CONTROL
8 WARNING RESET

LAMP TEST
CHIP DETECTOR
RESISTOR UNIT
9 NO. 2 ENG OUT WARN

10 MASTER CAUTION
RESET

11 NO. 1 ENG
OUT WARN
12
13
14
15
MASTER CAUTION

LOW ROTOR RPM

PRESS TO RESET
#1 ENG OUT

#2 ENG OUT
FIRE

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL AA3303_3

COPILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 7)

0026 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

CAUTION CAPSULES

CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH

CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH

CHIP MAIN MDL-SUMP

CHIP INPUT MDL-RH

CHIP INPUT MDL-LH

CHIP TAIL XMSN

CHIP #2 ENGINE
CHIP #1 ENGINE

CHIP INT XMSN

#1 FUEL PRESS

#2 FUEL PRESS

(SEE NOTE 2)
OIL PRESS

OIL PRESS
#2 ENGINE
#1 ENGINE

#2 ENGINE

AUX FUEL
OIL TEMP

OIL TEMP
#1 ENG

CHIP DET PWR

ENGINE TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL
ENGINE WARNING CHIP CHIP DETECTOR STORES SUPPORT
LIGHTS SYSTEM DETECTOR SYSTEM SYSTEM (ESSS
SYSTEM PROVISIONS)

CARGO RETRACTABLE FUEL

HOOK PARKING LANDING PRIME
ENGINE ANTI-ICE BRAKE
SYSTEM SYSTEM LIGHT BOOST
(SEE NOTE 3) SYSTEM SYSTEM SYSTEM
#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON

#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON

HOOK ARMED

PRIME BOOST
(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)
#2 ENG INLET

#2 ENG INLET
ANTI-ICE ON

ANTI-ICE ON

HOOK OPEN

LDG LT ON
BRAKE ON

PUMP ON
PARKING
CARGO

ADVISORY CAPSULES

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

AA3303_4
SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 7)

0026 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

CAUTION CAPSULES

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

BACKUP RSVR LOW

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

APU OIL TEMP HI

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW
#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP
MAIN XMSN

MAIN XMSN

TAIL XMSN
OIL PRESS

INT XMSN

APU FAIL
OIL TEMP

OIL TEMP

OIL TEMP

#1 GEN
WARN PWR

WARN PWR
NO. 1 GEN

NO. 2 GEN
TRANSMISSION AUXILIARY AC
OIL WARNING POWER ELECTRICAL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM UNIT
SYSTEM SYSTEM
SYSTEM

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTROL
SYSTEM
(SEE NOTE 4)
BACKUP PUMP ON
APU ACCUM LOW

CABIN HEAT ON
AIR COND ON
(SEE NOTE 5)

(SEE NOTE 5)

APU GEN ON
#2 TAIL RTR
SERVO ON

APU ON

ADVISORY CAPSULES
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL AA3303_5A
SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 7)

0026 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

BATT LOW CHARGE

BOOST SERVO OFF

AC ESS BUS OFF

DC ESS BUS OFF

BATTERY FAULT

FLT PATH STAB

STABILATOR
#1 GEN BRG

#2 GEN BRG

TAIL ROTOR
QUADRANT
TRIM FAIL
SAS OFF
#1 CONV

#2 CONV
#2 GEN

TO
SHEET 4
2

AC AUTOMATIC TAIL ROTOR FUEL / OIL

DC QUADRANT
ELECTRICAL FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM FILTER BYPASS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WARNING
SYSTEM (AFCS) SYSTEM
SYSTEM

CONTROLLABLE
SEARCH
LIGHT
SEARCH LT ON
CONNECTED
EXT PWR

CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL AA3303_6C

SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 7)

0026 00-15
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
CAUTION CAPSULES

ANTENNA RETRACTED
ANTENNA EXTENDED
#1 ENGINE STARTER

#2 ENGINE STARTER

MR DE-ICE FAULT
GPS POS ALERT

MR DE-ICE FAIL
RT PITOT HEAT

TR DE-ICE FAIL
LT PITOT HEAT

ICE DETECTED
(SEE NOTE 6)
(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 4)

#1 FUEL LOW

#2 FUEL LOW

GUST LOCK

IRCM INOP

IFF
ENGINE
START PITOT TUBE
HEATER GUST LOCK IFF
AND SYSTEM SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
SYSTEM

DOPPLER / ECM SYSTEM FUEL LOW COUNTER BLADE

GPS (ALQ 151(V)2) WARNING MEASURES DE-ICING
SYSTEM (SEE NOTE 4) SYSTEM SYSTEM SYSTEM
(SEE NOTE 2)

LIGHTS
CAUT ADVSY

7.5 28 VDC LAMP TEST PWR

AMP

PNL LTS

LIGHTS
LWR CSL

NO. 1
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP

28 VDC PILOT’S CYCLIC

STICK GRIP

LIGHTS ADVSY

5
AMP K40

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

LEFT RELAY PANEL

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 3) AA3303_7B
SA

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory System Block Diagram. (Sheet 7 of 7)

0026 00-16
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

preventing reset of the master warning caution circuits when the MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET is pressed and
released. UH60A 83-23895 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A The chip detector resistor unit has been removed. A diode has
been installed in the caution/advisory panel to achieve the same function.

The pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panels receive 28 vdc signals from the instrument display system (IDS) and the
fire detection system to light the warning capsules listed in Table 2. The IDS provides warning signals for low engine gas
turbine speed (engine-out) and low rotor RPM. The #1 and #2 ENG OUT capsules light steady when activated. The LOW
ROTOR RPM capsules flash at 3 to 5 flashes per second when activated. The fire detection system generates a fire warn-
ing signal when a fire is detected in the No. 1 engine, No. 2 engine, or APU area. The 28 vdc warning signal is routed
through a fire detection circuit in the left relay panel to the pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panels to light the FIRE
capsules.

The audible warning function is controlled by the left relay panel. Warning signals from the IDS (low rotor RPM and No.
1 or No. 2 engine out) and the stabilator system are routed through the left relay panel to activate the audible warning
unit, which generates both beeping and steady warning tones. The warning tones are applied to the left relay panel which
selects either one for application to the intercommunication system. The stabilator system warning signal is given priority
over both IDS warning signals. With a stabilator warning condition present, the 28 vdc stabilator warning signal is ap-
plied through the normally closed contacts of relay K49 to the audible warning unit and to the solenoid of relay K44.
Relay K44 energizes, selecting the beeping warning tone output from the audible warning unit. The warning tone is fed
from the left relay panel through the junction box assembly to the pilot’s and copilot’s intercommunication system sta-
tions. With a No. 1 or No. 2 engine-out warning condition present, the 28 vdc signals are applied through the normally
closed contacts of relay K48 to the audible warning unit. The steady warning tone is selected by the deenergized contacts
of relay K44 and routed to the pilot’s and copilot’s stations. With a low rotor RPM warning condition present during
flight, the 28 vdc signal is applied through energized contacts of relay K46 to the audible warning unit. The steady warn-
ing signal is applied to the pilot’s and copilot’s stations as described for engine-out warning condition. The low rotor
RPM warning is disabled with weight on wheels. The audible warnings for stabilator shutdown and engine-out conditions
may be cleared by pressing one of the MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules. Pressing a capsule applies 28
vdc to the left relay panel audio reset circuit consisting of relays K48 and K49. Relay K48 energizes to disable an engine-
out warning and relay K49 energizes to disable a stabilator shutdown warning.

The caution/advisory panel contains a BRT/DIM TEST switch that enables testing and changing the light intensity of all
caution, advisory, and warning capsules. The switch is momentary in both the BRT/DIM and TEST positions. Placing the
switch to TEST applies 28 vdc to all caution and advisory capsule circuits to light all capsules. A 28 vdc test signal is
also applied to the master warning panels to light all warning capsules. As in normal operation, the #1 and #2 FUEL
LOW caution capsules and the LOW ROTOR RPM warning capsules flash when activated by the test signal. With the
switch placed to TEST, a 28 vdc test signal is also applied to the pilot’s and copilot’s VSI/HSI mode select panels. The
panels provide ground signals to light the mode select switch lights, the VSI advisory lights and the CIS mode select
panel switch light. The BRT/DIM position of the caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch permits changing the
light intensities of all caution, advisory, and warning capsules. When the INSTR LT PILOT FLT control is turned from
OFF, 28 vdc is applied to the caution/advisory panel to enable the light dimming circuit. When the BRT/DIM-TEST
switch is placed to BRT/ DIM, 28 vdc is applied to a dimming logic circuit. The dimming logic circuit applies a ground
to the caution and advisory light dimming circuits to dim all caution/advisory panel capsules. A ground is also applied to
the master caution and master warning light dimming circuits in the caution/advisory panel. These circuits apply ground
outputs to the master warning panel capsules to dim them. A dim control ground is also applied from the caution/advisory
panel to the indicator light dimming and the T-handle light dimming circuits in the LH relay panel and to the flight
control panel and the range extension kit to enable dimming of other helicopter lights. When the BRT/DIM-TEST switch
is placed to BRT/DIM again, or if the 28 vdc input to the switch is removed, the ground output from the dimming logic
circuit is removed, and all caution/advisory panel, master warning panel, and all other helicopter lights that were dimmed
now go on bright. Further dimming of the caution/advisory and master warning panel capsules is provided when night
vision goggles (NVG) are used. When the pilot’s or copilot’s PNL LTS switch is pressed, the following panel indicating
lights are disabled: UH60A UH60L CARGO HOOK EMERG REL, EH60A chaff dispenser control panel ARM light
, UH60A UH60L rescue hoist control panel when installed, SQUIB IND light, IRCM control panel ON and INOP

0026 00-17
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

lights, miscellaneous switch panel TAIL WHEEL LOCK and UNLOCK lights, pilot’s and copilot’s radar altimeter indica-
tor LOW warning lights and ALT FEET digital readouts, blade de-ice test panel MAIN RTR and TAIL RTR PWR lights,
blade de-ice control panel TEST IN PROGRESS light, all failure and advisory lights on the auto flight control panel,
UH60A UH60L the keyboard and digital readout lights on the Doppler control panel, push-button switch lights on the
CIS mode select panel, lighted push-button switches on the pilot’s and copilot’s VSI/HSI mode select panels, and the DH,
GA, and MB pilot’s and copilot’s VSI/HSI MODE SELECT panels, and the DH, GA, and MG lights on the pilot’s and
copilot’s VSIs. The No. 1 engine, No. 2 engine, and APU fire control T-handles may also go to the dim operating mode,
depending on the lighting loads selected when the PNL LTS switch was pressed. Also, when the pilot’s or copilot’s PNL
LTS switch is pressed, a 28 vdc signal is applied to the caution/advisory panel dimming logic circuit to enable the
caution/advisory and master warning dimming circuits. The CAUT/ADVSY NVG use. The MA WRN NVG DIMMING
control, on the instrument panel, can be used to dim the master warning capsules to night vision goggle intensity.

The panel light dimming system will enter an out of synchronization condition if the PNL LTS switch was pressed to
establish NVG conditions and left in that position when the helicopter is shut down. When electrical power is restored to
the helicopter, the caution/advisory panel lights will be bright, while the lower console warning lights will be off. To
restore synchronization, the PNL LTS switch must be pressed and released, followed by removing and then restoring
helicopter electrical power.

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING PANEL

The control circuits for distributing input and output signals within the caution/advisory panel are on four channel cards
and one control card. These are designated cards A1 through A5.

Channel Card A1

Channel card A1 contains positive input seeking circuitry that control 27 caution capsules. When a fault is detected by
any of those associated helicopter systems, 28 vdc input is applied to channel card A1. Channel card A1 then supplies a
voltage to the corresponding capsule, causing the capsule lamps to go on. Whenever a caution capsule goes on, an output
from the channel card is also applied (through channel card A4) to light external master caution lights. Master caution
lights remain on until either master caution capsule is reset (pressed) or until the fault that caused the capsule to light is
no longer present. Pressing either master caution capsule provides a reset signal to channel card A4, turning off the master
caution capsules while the caution capsule on the caution/advisory panel will remain on until the fault that caused the
capsule to light is no longer present.

Channel Card A2

Channel card A2 contains positive input seeking circuitry that controls 22 caution capsules and 3 advisory capsule. The
operation of the caution capsule circuitry is identical to channel card A1 caution capsule circuitry. Refer to, CHANNEL
CARD A1, in this work package. The operation of all the advisory capsules (whether controlled by channel cards A2, A3,
or A4) is the same. The advisory capsule will be on whenever the corresponding positive input is present and will
automatically go/be off when the positive input is removed/not present.

Channel Card A3
Channel card A3 contains seven negative (50 ohms or less) input seeking circuits that control seven caution capsules and
13 positive input seeking circuits that control 13 advisory capsules. The operation of caution capsules (5 and 66) is identi-
cal to channel card A1 caution circuitry except that these capsules require a negative (50 ohms or less) input. The opera-
tion of the five remaining caution capsules (21, 33, 42, 74, and 75) is identical to channel card A1 caution circuitry
except that these capsules require a negative (50 ohms or less) input. When the fault is removed, a latched capsule can be
turned off by applying either a master or special reset signal. A master reset occurs when operational power is removed
from the caution/advisory panel for longer than 200 msec. When a master reset is applied, all latched capsules will be off.
A special reset signal is generated when power is removed from the particular system being monitored. With a special
reset applied only the associated capsule resets. One special reset input, resets capsules 33, 74, and 75, from channel card

0026 00-18
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING PANEL - Continued

A3, and capsules 13 and 14, from channel card A4. A second special reset signal only resets capsule 21, while another
special reset signal only resets capsule 42. Caution capsule 33 control circuitry also requires that the negative input be
present for at least 30 seconds before capsule 33 is turned on. The operation of the 13 advisory capsules is identical to
channel card A2 advisory capsule circuitry. Refer to, CHANNEL CARD A2, in this work package.

Channel Card A4

Channel card A4 contains, the four negative input seeking circuits that control four caution capsules (29, 32, 50 and 53),
two negative input seeking circuits (latching type) that control two caution capsules (13 and 14) a flasher circuit and two
positive input seeking circuits that control two caution capsules (1 and 62), and two positive input seeking circuits that
control two advisory capsules (81 and 82) except that these capsules require a negative (50 ohms or less) input. The
operation of caution capsules (13 and 14) is identical to channel card A1 caution circuitry except that these capsules
require a negative (50 ohms or less) input. On panel, 70550-01107-102, caution capsules 13 and 14 also have latching
circuits that remain on, once turned on, and do not go off until reset. Refer to, CHANNEL CARD A1, in this work pack-
age. The operation of caution capsules (1 and 62) is identical to channel A1 caution circuitry except that these capsules
are driven by a flashing circuit, causing the capsules and master warning capsules to flash. The advisory capsules (81 and
82) will be on whenever the corresponding positive input is present and will automatically go/be off when the positive
input is removed/not present.

Bright/Dim/NVG Control Card A5

Card A5 contains the circuits which permit changing the intensity of the capsules on the caution/advisory panel (and on
the external master warning panels) from bright to dim. Two levels of dim intensity are provided. Card A5 contains three
voltage regulators, with a Darlington-pair transistor circuit at the output of each regulator. One half of each Darlington
circuit is on card A5; the other half is chassis mounted. Chassis mounted Q1 is in the return to ground path of the light-
ing circuit for all capsules in the external master warning panel; Q2 is in the return path for all 18 advisory capsules on
the caution/advisory panel; Q3 is in the return path for all 64 caution capsules. In the absence of a dimming enable
signal, each of the three Darlington-pairs conduct full on and provide a low impedance return path to ground for all lamps
in all panels. Therefore, all lamps light at full brightness. When a dimming enable signal is externally applied and the
BRT/DIM - TEST switch S1 is placed to BRT/ DIM, circuit conditions change. Switch S1 applies the enabling signal to
channel card A4 to energize a logic circuit. A ground is then applied to the three voltage regulators on card A5. The
output of the regulations biases the Darlington-pair transistors so that current flow is reduced. With increased resistance in
the lamp return circuits, all capsules light at reduced intensity. To restore their intensity to full brightness, press and
release the BRT/DIM switch. This deenergizes the logic circuit on card A4, removing the ground input signal to the three
voltage regulators. Pressing the BRT/DIM switch energizes the relays, reapplies the ground to the voltage regulations
which control current flow in the Darlington-pair transistors; causing all lights to dim. Card A5 also contains two addi-
tional voltage regulators and three relays for night vision goggle (NVG) lighting. The NVG circuit logic will activate
NVG if a 28 vdc enable is present upon initial power application and is removed. The NVG circuit logic will activate
NVG if a 0 vdc enable is present upon initial power application, and 28 vdc is applied. One voltage regulator controls
current flow in Darlington-pair Q1, which is in the ground return lighting circuit for all capsules in the external master
warning panels. Current flow in Q1 is held to a low level; therefore, lamps on this external panel have a high impedance
in their return path and light at lowest intensity. Variation of the input voltage to the lamps is provided by an external
control. The second voltage regulator on card A5 is used to control current flow in Darlington-pairs Q2 and Q3. With this
circuit arrangement, the lamps in both the advisory and caution capsules of the caution/advisory panel operate at the
identical low intensity. A separate external control is provided to vary the intensity of all 82 lamps on this panel.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0026 00-19
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0026 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0026 00-20
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY/CAUTION ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

UH-60Q HH-60L

FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW

The multifunction display (MFD) displays flight data, caution and advisory notices, and provides displays for initiated
built-in tests (IBIT). Displays include flight data, flight plan, attitude, hover, communication, navigation, and forward-
looking infrared (FLIR) displays. Figure 1 shows the controls and screen areas of the MFD. The controls are used to turn
the MFD on and off, select displays, and adjust the brightness and night or day presentation of displays.

CONTROLS

Controls surround the screen of the MFD. Table 1 lists these controls and explains their function.

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

C/A
WNDW

RALT

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

AB0664
SA

Figure 1. Hover Display, Invalid Data.

0027 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

C/A
WNDW

SCALE 25

HDG UP

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

AB0665
SA

Figure 2. Flight Plan Display, Invalid Data.

0027 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

C/A
WNDW

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

AB0666
SA

Figure 3. Attitude Display, Invalid Data.

0027 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

ACK LAND ASAP ILLUM

ALL

MFD

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: PROVIDES INITIAL DISPLAY TO INDICATE POWER ON.

ACTIVATION: BY SETTING ON−OFF SWITCH TO ON. SWITCH T2 CONTROLS DISPLAY (ON OR OFF) OF PART NUMBER.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

ACK LABEL FOR USED WHEN CAUTION NOTICES ARE DISPLAYED. INDICATES T1 (ACK) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO
SWITCH T1 ACKNOWLEDGE CAUTION NOTICES. CAUTION NOTICES ARE DISPLAYED AS INVERSE TEXT UNTIL
ACKNOWLEDGED BY PRESSING T1 (ACK) SWITCH. WHEN ACKNOWLEDGED, CAUTION NOTICES
ARE DISPLAYED IN YELLOW.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED FOR ADVISORY NOTICES, WHICH ARE DISPLAYED IN GREEN.

ILLUM ALL INDICATES T6 (ILLUM ALL) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO TEST−VIEW CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES.
LABEL FOR WHEN T6 (ILLUM ALL) SWITCH IS PRESSED, ALL CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES ARE DISPLAYED
SWITCH T6 FOR 10 SECONDS. AFTER 10 SECONDS, ONLY ACTIVE CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES ARE
DISPLAYED.

AB2159
SA

Figure 4. Caution/Advisory Grid Display.

0027 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

ACK LAND ASAP ILLUM

ALL
#1 FUEL #1 GEN #2 GEN #2 FUEL
#1 FUEL PRESS #1 ENG BRG #2 GEN BRG #2 FUEL PRESS
#1 ENG OIL PRESS #1 CONV #2 CONV #2 ENG OIL PRESS
#1 ENG OIL TEMP AC ESS BUS OFF DC ESS BUS OFF #2 ENGINE OIL TEMP
CHIP #1 ENGINE BATT LOW CHARGE CHIP #2 ENGINE
#1 FUEL FLTR BYPAS GUST LOCK PITCH BIAS FAIL #2 FUEL FLTR BYPAS
#1 ENGINE STARTER #1 OIL FLTR BYPAS #2 OIL FLTR PYPASS #2 ENGINE STARTER
#1 PRI SERVO PRESS #1 HYD PUMP #2 HYD PUMP #2 PRI SERVO PRESS
TAIL RTR QUADRANT IRCM INOP AUX FUEL #1 TAIL RTR SERVO
MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP INT XMSN OIL TEMP TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP APU OIL TEMP HI
BOOST SERVO OFF STABILATOR SAS OFF TRIM FAIL
LFT PITOT HEAT FLT PATH STAB IFF RT PITOT HEAT
CHIP INPUT MDL−LH CHIP INT XMSN CHIP TAIL XMSN CHIP INPUT MDL−RH
CHIP ACCESS MDL−LH CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP APU FAIL CHIP ACCESS MDL−RH
MR DE−ICE FAIL MR DE−ICE FAULT TR DE−ICE FAIL ICE DETECTED
MAIN XMSN OIL PRES #1 RSVR #2 RSVR BACK−UP RSVR LOW
#1 ENG ANTI−ICE #1 INL ANTI−ICE #2 INL ANTI−ICE #2 ENG ANTI−ICE
APU ON APU GEN ON PRIME BOOST PUMP ON BACK−UP PUMP ON
APU ACCUM LOW SEARCH LT ON LDG LT ON #2 TL RTR SERVO
CARGO HOOK OPEN HOOK ARMED
PARKING BRAKE ON EXT PWR CONNECTED

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING B6 (C / A) SWITCH. PRESSING C / A SWITCH AGAIN ACTIVATES PREVIOUS DISPLAY.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

ACK LABEL FOR INDICATES T1 (ACK) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO ACKNOWLEDGE CAUTION NOTICES. CAUTION NOTICES
SWITCH T1 ARE DISPLAYED AS INVERSE TEXT UNTIL ACKNOWLEDGED BY PRESSING T1 (ACK) SWITCH.
WHEN ACKNOWLEDGED, CAUTION NOTICES ARE DISPLAYED IN YELLOW.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED FOR ADVISORY NOTICES, WHICH ARE DISPLAYED IN GREEN.

ILLUM ALL INDICATES T6 (ILLUM ALL) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO TEST−VIEW CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES.
LABEL FOR WHEN T6 (ILLUM ALL) SWITCH IS PRESSED, ALL CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES ARE DISPLAYED
SWITCH T6 FOR 10 SECONDS. AFTER 10 SECONDS, ONLY ACTIVE CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES ARE
DISPLAYED.

LAND ASAP NOTICE TO LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE − PRESENTED WITH SPECIFIC CAUTIONS.
AB2160
SA

Figure 5. Caution/Advisory Grid Display with Caution and Advisory Indications.

0027 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

360
8 X LAKEVIEW

35 X BEACH

C/A
6 X PUP6 WNDW

11 X PUP3

4 X HOSS
SCALE 25
13 X PATUXENT

20 10 10 20
2 X ARGUS
HDG UP

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS FLIGHT PLAN WITH HEADING UP.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING B4 (FP) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

SCALE 25 LABEL INDICATES SCALE OF DISPLAY IN 25 NAUTICAL MILES. ALSO INDICATES L5 (SCALE) SWITCH IS
FOR SWITCH ENABLED TO CHANGE SCALE OF DISPLAY. SCALE IS EITHER KILOMETERS (LABELED KM) OR
L5 NAUTICAL MILES (NOT LABELED) − SELECTED EXTERNAL TO MFD.
WHEN L5 (SCALE) SWITCH IS PRESSED, SCALE CHANGES. SCALES AVAILABLE ARE 3, 25, AND
200 IN NAUTICAL MILES AND 5, 40, AND 300 IN KILOMETERS.

HDG UP LABEL INDICATES ORIENTATION (HEADING UP) OF DISPLAY. ALSO INDICATES L6 (HDG UP) SWITCH IS
FOR SWITCH ENABLED TO CHANGE DISPLAY.
L6 WHEN SWITCH L6 (HDG UP) SWITCH IS PRESSED, DISPLAY CHANGES TO NORTH UP FLIGHT PLAN −
PRESSED AGAIN, DISPLAY RETURNS TO HEADING UP.

360 INDICATES HEADING (360 DEGREES) OF AIRCRAFT.

WAYPOINTS AND WAYPOINT NUMBER AND NAME ARE DISPLAYED RESPECTIVELY TO LEFT AND RIGHT OF WAYPOINT.
FLIGHT PATH CURRENT FLIGHT PATH IS DISPLAYED BY SOLID LINE. OTHER FLIGHT PATHS ARE DISPLAYED BY
DOTTED LINES.

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3 WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

AB0669
SA

Figure 6. Heading Up Flight Plan Display.

0027 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

090

9 X

7 X X
C/A
6 X 5 X
WNDW
3 X 4 X

SCALE 25
10

N UP

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS FLIGHT PLAN WITH NORTH UP. AIRCRAFT SYMBOL IS DISPLAYED IN DIRECTION OF HEADING.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING L6 (HDG UP) SWITCH WHEN HEADING UP FLIGHT PLAN IS DISPLAYED.
PRESSING L6 ALTERNATES DISPLAY, HEADING UP TO NORTH UP OR NORTH UP TO HEADING UP.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

SCALE 25 LABEL INDICATES SCALE OF DISPLAY IN 25 NAUTICAL MILES. ALSO INDICATES L5 (SCALE) SWITCH IS
FOR SWITCH ENABLED TO CHANGE SCALE OF DISPLAY. SCALE IS EITHER KILOMETERS (LABELED KM) OR
L5 NAUTICAL MILES (NOT LABELED) − SELECTED EXTERNAL TO MFD.
WHEN L5 (SCALE) SWITCH IS PRESSED, SCALE CHANGES. SCALES AVAILABLE ARE 3, 25, AND
200 IN NAUTICAL MILES AND 5, 40, AND 300 IN KILOMETERS.

N UP LABEL FOR INDICATES ORIENTATION (NORTH UP) OF DISPLAY. ALSO INDICATES L6 (N UP) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO
SWITCH L6 CHANGE DISPLAY.
WHEN SWITCH L6 (N UP) SWITCH IS PRESSED, DISPLAY CHANGES TO HEADING UP FLIGHT PLAN −
PRESSED AGAIN, DISPLAY RETURNS TO NORTH UP.

090 INDICATES HEADING (90 DEGREES) OF AIRCRAFT.

WAYPOINTS AND WAYPOINT NUMBER AND NAME ARE DISPLAYED RESPECTIVELY TO LEFT AND RIGHT OF WAYPOINT.
FLIGHT PATH CURRENT FLIGHT PATH IS DISPLAYED BY SOLID LINE. OTHER FLIGHT PATHS ARE DISPLAYED BY
DOTTED LINES.

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3 WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

AB0670
SA

Figure 7. North Up Flight Plan Display.

0027 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

11 12 15 16
135

20
C/A
WNDW
10

10

20

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS ATTITUDE DATA: HEADING, HEADING TAPE, PITCH, ROLL, AND COURSE DEVIATION. BANK
ANGLE INDICATORS DISAPPEAR FOR ANGLES GREATER OR LESS THAN 60 DEGREES.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING B2 (ATT) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

135 INDICATES HEADING (135 DEGREES) OF AIRCRAFT.

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3. WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

AB0671
SA

Figure 8. Attitude Display.

0027 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

11 12 15 16
135

C/A
WNDW

RALT

135

20

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS HOVER DATA: HEADING, HEADING TAPE, DEVIATION, ALTITUDE, WIND DIRECTION AND SPEED.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING B3 (HOV) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

135 (AT TOP) INDICATES HEADING (135 DEGREES) OF AIRCRAFT.

RALT 135 INDICATES ALTITUDE (135 FEET) OF AIRCRAFT.

ARROW 20 AT INDICATES DIRECTION (FROM 45 DEGREES) AND SPEED (20 KNOTS) OF WIND. ARROW ROTATES
BOTTOM OF ABOUT WIND SPEED READOUT TO INDICATE DIRECTION.
DISPLAY

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3. WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

AB0672
SA

Figure 9. Hover Display.

0027 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

TO: DEST:
3 PATUXENT 135 8 LAKEVIEW
030 / 15.5 025 / 143.6
3:16

TAS 147 C/A

IAS WNDW

GS 120

RALT

135

UHF 331.875

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS FLIGHT DATA: HEADING, AIRSPEED, GROUND SPEED, ALTITUDE, RADIO BAND, RADIO
FREQUENCY, AND DATA (RANGE, BEARING, TIME−TO−GO) FOR CURRENT AND DESTINATION WAYPOINTS.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING B1 (FLT) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

TO: 3 PATUXENT IDENTIFIES CURRENT WAYPOINT NUMBER (3) AND NAME (PATUXENT); INDICATES BEARING (030
030 / 15.5 DEGREES), RANGE (15.5 NAUTICAL MILES), AND TIME−TO−GO (3 HOURS, 16 MINUTES).
3:16 RANGE IS EITHER KILOMETERS (LABELED KM) OR NAUTICAL MILES (NOT LABELED) − SELECTED
EXTERNAL TO MFD.

DEST: 8 LAKEVIEW IDENTIFIES DESTINATION WAYPOINT NUMBER (8) AND NAME (LAKEVIEW); INDICATES BEARING
025 / 143.6 (025 DEGREES) AND RANGE (143.6 NAUTICAL MILES). TIME−TO−GO IS NOT DISPLAYED.
RANGE IS EITHER KILOMETERS (LABELED KM) OR NAUTICAL MILES (NOT LABELED) − SELECTED
EXTERNAL TO MFD.

135 (AT TOP) INDICATES HEADING (135 DEGREES) OF AIRCRAFT.

TAS 147 IAS CURRENTLY SELECTED AIRSPEED IS BOXED. INDICATES TRUE AIRSPEED IS 147 KNOTS. ALSO
LABEL FOR INDICATES L3 (TAS IAS) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO CHANGE DISPLAY.
SWITCH L3 PRESSING L3 (TAS IAS) SWITCH CHANGES DISPLAY FROM TRUE AIRSPEED TO INDICATED AIRSPEED.
PRESSING L3 (TAS IAS) AGAIN, RETURNS DISPLAY TO TRUE AIRSPEED.

GS 120 INDICATES GROUND SPEED (120 KNOTS) OF AIRCRAFT.

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED. CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3. WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

RALT 135 INDICATES ALTITUDE (135 FEET) OF AIRCRAFT.

UHF 331.875 NOT DISPLAYED IF COMM HEADER IS DISPLAYED. INDICATES BAND (UHF) AND FREQUENCY
(331.875) OF RADIO SELECTED FOR MFD STATION − SELECTION EXTERNAL TO MFD. RADIO 1 IS
SELECTED FOR COPILOT MFD. RADIO 2 IS SELECTED FOR PILOT MFD.

AB0673
SA

Figure 10. Flight Data Display with True Airspeed Indicated.

0027 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

5 VHF 157.375 UHF 331.875 10

KNIGHT−1 TAC−OPS SEC

C/A
WNDW

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS COMMUNICATION DATA FOR TWO RADIOS: CHANNEL, BAND, FREQUENCY, CALL SIGN, AND
CRYPTO MODE.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING T3 (COMM) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

5 VHF 157.375 PROVIDES DATA FOR THE COPILOT’S SELECTED RADIO: INDICATES CHANNEL (5), BAND (VHF),
KNIGHT−1 FREQUENCY (157.375), CALL SIGN (KNIGHT−1), AND CRYPTO MODE (NOT DISPLAYED INDICATES NOT
ENCRYPTED). WHEN RADIO IS KEYED, BAND IS DISPLAYED IN INVERSE TEXT.

UHF 331.875 PROVIDES DATA FOR THE PILOT’S SELECTED RADIO: INDICATES CHANNEL (NOT DISPLAYED INDICATES
10 TAC− NO PRESET CHANNEL), BAND (UHF), FREQUENCY (331.875), CALL SIGN (TAC−OPS), AND CRYPTO
OPS SEC MODE (SEC). WHEN RADIO IS KEYED, BAND IS DISPLAYED IN INVERSE TEXT.

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3. WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

AB0674
SA

Figure 11. Communications Header Display.

0027 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

WPT 3 PATUXENT 030 / 15.5 GS 120 TTG 3:16

WIND 135 / 27 NEXT 010O NAV MODE: DG 13:55:01

C/A
WNDW

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS NAVIGATION DATA: RANGE, BEARING, AND TIME−TO−GO FOR CURRENT WAYPOINT, COURSE
FOR NEXT LEG, WIND DIRECTION AND SPEED, NAVIGATION MODE, AND SYSTEM TIME.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING T4 (NAV) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

WPT 3 PATUXENT IDENTIFIES CURRENT WAYPOINT NUMBER (3) AND NAME (PATUXENT); INDICATES BEARING (030
030 / 15.5 DEGREES), RANGE (15.5 NAUTICAL MILES), AND TIME−TO−GO (3 HOURS, 16 MINUTES).
TTG 3:16 RANGE IS EITHER KILOMETERS (LABELED KM) OR NAUTICAL MILES (NOT LABELED) − SELECTED
EXTERNAL TO MFD.

GS 120 INDICATES GROUND SPEED (102 KNOTS) OF AIRCRAFT.

WIND 137 / 27 INDICATES WIND DIRECTION (137 DEGREES) AND SPEED (27 KNOTS).
O
NEXT 010 INDICATES COURSE (10 DEGREES) FOR NEXT LEG.

NAV MODE: INDICATES NAVIGATION MODE (DG) IS DOPPLER GPS. NAVIGATION MODES ARE TWO LETTERS:
DG DG = DOPPLER GPS; DO = DOPPLER; GP = GPS; IN = INS; IG = INS GPS.

13:55:01 INDICATES SYSTEM TIME IS 13 HOURS, 55 MINUTES, 1 SECOND.

C / A WNDW OR FOR ACTIVE ADVISORY, LABEL IS NEW ADV. INDICATES R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH
NEW ADV IS ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAY OF CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW.
LABEL FOR WHEN R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH IS PRESSED, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP
SWITCH R3. WINDOW IS DISPLAYED AS OVERLAY. ALSO, CAUTION ADVISORY POPUP WINDOW IS
DISPLAYED IF CAUTION BECOMES ACTIVE.

AB0675
SA

Figure 12. Navigation Header Display.

0027 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

C/A
WNDW

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS FORWARD−LOOKING INFRARED (FLIR).

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING B5 (FLIR) SWITCH.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

ALL LABELED SWITCHES ARE ENABLED TO ACTIVATE DISPLAYS AS OVERLAYS TO FLIR.
SWITCHES
EXCEPT
SWITCH B6
(C / A)

AB0676
SA

Figure 13. FLIR Video Display.

0027 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

#1 FUEL LOW
LFT PITOT HEAT
RT PITOT HEAT H
IFF I
CARGO HOOK OPEN
D
BACK−UP PMP ON E

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS LIST OF ACTIVE CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES. CAUTIONS ARE SEPARATED FROM
ADVISORIES BY ROW OF WHITE ASTERISKS. NOTICE TO LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE (LAND ASAP) IS
PRESENTED WITH SPECIFIC CAUTIONS.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R3 (C / A WNDW OR NEW ADV) SWITCH. ALSO, ACTIVATED WHEN CAUTION
BECOMES ACTIVE. ACTIVE CAUTION IS DISPLAYED (FIRST ON LIST) IN INVERSE TEXT.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

UP ARROW LABEL INDICATES R2 (UP ARROW) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SCROLL LIST OF CAUTION AND ADVISORY
FOR SWITCH NOTICES. TEN CAUTION / ADVISORIES ARE VISIBLE WITHOUT HAVING TO SCROLL.
R2

HIDE LABEL FOR INDICATES R3 (HIDE) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OR REMOVE LIST OF
SWITCH R3 CAUTION AND ADVISORY NOTICES FROM DISPLAY.
IF ACTIVE CAUTION IS DISPLAYED, PRESSING R3 (HIDE) SWITCH REQUESTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE. WHEN ACKNOWLEDGED, CAUTION CHANGES FROM INVERSE TO
NORMAL TEXT.
IF CAUTIONS ARE ACKNOWLEDGED, PRESSING R3 (HIDE) SWITCH REMOVES WINDOW AND DISPLAYS
C / A WNDW LABEL FOR SWITCH R3.

DOWN ARROW INDICATES R4 (DOWN ARROW) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SCROLL LIST OF CAUTION AND ADVISORY
LABEL FOR NOTICES. TEN CAUTION / ADVISORIES ARE VISIBLE WITHOUT HAVING TO SCROLL.
SWITCH R4

AB0677
SA

Figure 14. Caution Advisory Popup List Display.

0027 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

UH−60Q MFD
P / N 8920490
DATE 02 / 27 / 97

INITIATED BIT

<ABORT / RETURN CONTINUE >

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: PROVIDES INITIAL DISPLAY TO INDICATE SELECTION OF INITIATE BIT (IBIT). ONLY DISPLAY−LABELED
(SOFT SWITCHES) ARE ENABLED.
ACTIVATION:
ACTIVATION IS EXTERNAL TO MFD.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

ABORT / RETURN INDICATES L6 (ABORT / RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO ABORT IBIT AND RETURN TO PREVIOUS
LABEL FOR DISPLAY.
SWITCH L6 PRESSING L6 (ABORT / RETURN) SWITCH RETURNS TO PREVIOUS DISPLAY.

CONTINUE INDICATES R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO CONTINUE WITH IBIT.

LABEL FOR PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH DISPLAYS IBIT STATUS MENU.
SWITCH R6

AB0678
SA

Figure 15. Initiated Bit (IBIT) Main Page.

0027 00-15
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

IBIT

CPU PASS BIT HISTORY >

MEM FAIL PASS BEZEL >

VG UNTESTED GLASS >

I/O TESTING VIDEO >

<MAIN / RETURN

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

AB0679_1
SA

Figure 16. IBIT Status Menu. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0027 00-16
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

FUNCTION: DISPLAYS STATUS AND ENABLES INITIATION OF TESTS. ONLY DISPLAY−LABELED (SOFT SWITCHES) ARE
ENABLED.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH WHEN IBIT MAIN PAGE IS DISPLAYED.

ALSO, PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) INITIATES CPU, MEM, VG, I / O TESTS. OTHER TESTS ARE
PERFORMED MANUALLY.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

CPU PASS INDICATES PASS STATUS FOR CPU TEST. ALSO INDICATES L2 (CPU) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RERUN
LABEL FOR CPU TEST. IF SWITCH IS LABELED TESTING, TEST IS RUNNING AND SWITCH IS INHIBITED.
SWITCH L2 PRESSING L2 (CPU) SWITCH RERUNS CPU TEST.

MEM FAIL LABEL INDICATES FAIL STATUS FOR MEM TEST. ALSO INDICATES L3 (MEM) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RERUN
FOR SWITCH MEM TEST. IF SWITCH IS LABELED TESTING, TEST IS RUNNING AND SWITCH IS INHIBITED.
L3 PRESSING L3 (MEM) SWITCH RERUNS MEM TEST.

VG UNTESTED INDICATES UNTESTED STATUS FOR VG TEST. ALSO INDICATES L4 (VG) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO
FOR SWITCH RERUN VG TEST. IF SWITCH IS LABELED TESTING, TEST IS RUNNING AND SWITCH IS INHIBITED.
L4 PRESSING L4 (VG) SWITCH RERUNS VG TEST.

I / O TESTING INDICATES TESTING STATUS FOR I / O TEST. IF SWITCH IS LABELED TESTING, TEST IS RUNNING AND
FOR SWITCH SWITCH IS INHIBITED. WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETED (NOT LABELED TESTING), PRESSING L5
L5 (I / O) SWITCH RERUNS I / O TEST.

BEZEL PASS INDICATES PASS STATUS FOR BEZEL SWITCHES. TEST IS PERFORMED MANUALLY. PRESSING R3
FOR SWITCH (BEZEL) SWITCH DISPLAYS BEZEL SWITCH TEST MENU TO BEGIN
R3 MANUAL TESTING.

GLASS FOR INDICATES R4 (GLASS) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO BEGIN GLASS SURFACE TEST. TEST IS PERFORMED
SWITCH R4 MANUALLY. PRESSING R4 (GLASS) SWITCH DISPLAYS GLASS SURFACE TEST MENU
TO BEGIN MANUAL TESTING.

VIDEO PASS INDICATES PASS STATUS FOR VIDEO TEST. TEST IS PERFORMED MANUALLY. PRESSING R5
FOR SWITCH (VIDEO)
R5 SWITCH DISPLAYS VIDEO TEST MENU TO BEGIN MANUAL TESTING.

BIT HISTORY INDICATES R2 (BIT HISTORY) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO DISPLAY HISTORY OF BIT. PRESSING R2
FOR SWITCH (BIT HISTORY) SWITCH DISPLAYS BIT HISTORY PAGE.
R2

MAIN / RETURN INDICATES L6 (MAIN / RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO IBIT MAIN PAGE.
FOR SWITCH
L6

AB0679_2
SA

Figure 16. IBIT Status Menu. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0027 00-17
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

BEZEL SWITCH TEST

PASS

PASS FAIL

<RETURN CONTINUE >

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: ENABLE SELECTION OF PASS OR FAIL FOR BEZEL SWITCH TEST.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R3 (BEZEL) SWITCH WHEN IBIT STATUS MENU IS DISPLAYED.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

PASS LABEL FOR INDICATES L5 (PASS) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SELECT PASS STATUS FOR BEZEL SWITCH TEST.
SWITCH L5 PRESSING L5 (PASS) SWITCH DISPLAYS PASS AT TOP OF DISPLAY.

FAIL LABEL FOR INDICATES R5 (FAIL) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SELECT FAIL STATUS FOR BEZEL SWITCH TEST.
SWITCH R5 PRESSING R5 (FAIL) SWITCH DISPLAYS FAIL AT TOP OF DISPLAY.

PASS AT TOP OF INDICATES TEST WAS RUN AND OPERATOR SELECTED PASS STATUS FOR BEZEL SWITCH TEST.
DISPLAY

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO IBIT STATUS MENU.
SWITCH L6

CONTINUE INDICATES R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO CONTINUE WITH IBIT.

LABEL FOR PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH DISPLAYS BEZEL SWITCH TEST PAGE.
SWITCH R6

AB0680
SA

Figure 17. Bezel Switch Test Menu.

0027 00-18
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

T1 T2 COMM NAV T5 T6
L1 R1

L2 R2
BEZEL SWITCH TEST

L3 R3

L4 R4

L5 R5

<RETURN R6
FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: ENABLE TESTING OF BEZEL SWITCHES.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH WHEN BEZEL SWITCH TEST MENU IS DISPLAYED.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

EACH BEZEL INDICATES EACH SWITCH (EXCEPT L6) IS ENABLED FOR SELF TEST.
SWITCH TO PASS TEST, SWITCH LABEL MUST CHANGE (FROM SHADED TO UNSHADED
(EXCEPT L6) OR FROM UNSHADED TO SHADED) EACH TIME SWITCH IS PRESSED.
IS SELF−IDEN−
TIFIED.

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO BEZEL SWITCH TEST MENU.
SWITCH L6

AB0681
SA

Figure 18. Bezel Switch Test Page.

0027 00-19
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

GLASS SURFACE TEST

PASS

RED WHITE

GREEN BLACK

BLUE

PASS FAIL

< RETURN CONTINUE >

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: ENABLE SELECTION OF TEST COLOR AND PASS OR FAIL FOR GLASS SURFACE TEST.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R4 (GLASS) SWITCH WHEN IBIT STATUS MENU IS DISPLAYED.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

PASS LABEL FOR INDICATES L5 (PASS) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SELECT PASS STATUS FOR GLASS SURFACE TEST.
SWITCH L5 PRESSING L5 (PASS) SWITCH DISPLAYS PASS AT TOP OF DISPLAY.

FAIL LABEL FOR INDICATES R5 (FAIL) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SELECT FAIL STATUS FOR GLASS SURFACE TEST.
SWITCH R5 PRESSING R5 (FAIL) SWITCH DISPLAYS FAIL AT TOP OF DISPLAY.

PASS AT TOP OF INDICATES TEST WAS RUN AND OPERATOR SELECTED PASS STATUS FOR GLASS SURFACE TEST.
DISPLAY

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO IBIT STATUS MENU.
SWITCH L6

CONTINUE INDICATES R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO CONTINUE WITH IBIT.

LABEL FOR PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH DISPLAYS GLASS SURFACE TEST PAGE.
SWITCH R6

COLOR LABEL FOR INDICATES EACH SWITCH (L2−L4, R2 AND R3) IS ENABLED TO SELECT A COLOR TEST.
SWITCHES
L2−L4, R2,
AND R3

AB0682
SA

Figure 19. Glass Surface Test Menu.

0027 00-20
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

GLASS

< RETURN

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: ENABLE TESTING OF GLASS SURFACE.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH WHEN GLASS SURFACE TEST MENU IS DISPLAYED.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

SWITCHES L1 PRESSING SWITCH DISPLAYS HORIZONTAL LINE IN COLOR SELECTED FROM GLASS SURFACE TEST
THRU L5 AND MENU.
R1 THRU R6

SWITCHES T1 PRESSING SWITCH DISPLAYS VERTICAL LINE IN COLOR SELECTED FROM GLASS SURFACE TEST MENU.
THRU T5 AND
B1 THRU B6

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO GLASS SURFACE TEST MENU.
SWITCH L6

AB0683
SA

Figure 20. Glass Surface Test Page.

0027 00-21
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

VIDEO TEST

PASS

PASS FAIL

< RETURN CONTINUE >

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: ENABLE SELECTION OF PASS OR FAIL FOR VIDEO TEST.

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R5 (VIDEO) SWITCH WHEN IBIT STATUS MENU IS DISPLAYED.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

PASS LABEL FOR INDICATES L5 (PASS) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SELECT PASS STATUS FOR VIDEO TEST.
SWITCH L5 PRESSING L5 (PASS) SWITCH DISPLAYS PASS AT TOP OF DISPLAY.

FAIL LABEL FOR INDICATES R5 (FAIL) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SELECT FAIL STATUS FOR VIDEO TEST.
SWITCH R5 PRESSING R5 (FAIL) SWITCH DISPLAYS FAIL AT TOP OF DISPLAY.

PASS AT TOP OF INDICATES TEST WAS RUN AND OPERATOR SELECTED PASS STATUS FOR VIDEO TEST.
DISPLAY

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO IBIT STATUS MENU.
SWITCH L6

CONTINUE INDICATES R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO CONTINUE WITH IBIT.

LABEL FOR PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH DISPLAYS VIDEO TEST PAGE.
SWITCH R6

AB0684
SA

Figure 21. Video Test Menu.

0027 00-22
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

< RETURN

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAY RESULTS OF VIDEO TEST. TO PASS TEST, DISPLAY IS GREEN GRADIENT (DARK TO LIGHT
FROM LEFT TO RIGHT).

ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R6 (CONTINUE) SWITCH WHEN VIDEO TEST MENU IS DISPLAYED.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO VIDEO TEST MENU.
SWITCH L6

AB0685
SA

Figure 22. Video Test Page.

0027 00-23
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T

BIT HISTORY
PAGE 1 OF 1

CPU REG A 00FFF P 00:06:50

CPU MEMCKH 07000 P 00:06:59

< RETURN

O
F O FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
F N

FUNCTION: DISPLAY HISTORY OF BIT. BIT HISTORY CAN DISPLAY 100 ERRORS (TEN ERRORS PER PAGE).
IF BIT ERRORS EXCEED 100, OLD ERRORS ARE OVERWRITTEN.
ACTIVATION: BY PRESSING R2 (BIT HISTORY) SWITCH WHEN IBIT STATUS MENU IS DISPLAYED. BIT HISTORY
IS CLEARED EXTERNAL TO MFD.

DISPLAY CUE FUNCTION

FIRST COLUMN DISPLAYS ITEM TESTED. LAST COLUMN DISPLAYS SYSTEM TIME WHEN ERROR
OCCURRED. NEXT TO LAST COLUMN DISPLAYS ERROR TYPE: P FOR PBIT ERROR, I FOR IBIT ERROR,
OR S FOR SBIT ERROR.

UP ARROW LABEL INDICATES L1 (UP ARROW) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SCROLL BIT LIST.
FOR SWITCH
L1

DOWN ARROW INDICATES R1 (DOWN ARROW) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO SCROLL BIT LIST.
LABEL FOR
SWITCH R1

RETURN FOR INDICATES L6 (RETURN) SWITCH IS ENABLED TO RETURN TO IBIT STATUS MENU.
SWITCH L6

AB0686
SA

Figure 23. Bit History Page.

0027 00-24
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

CONTROLS - Continued

Table 1. Controls.

CONTROL FUNCTION

T1,T2,T5,T6, L1 thru L6, and R1 thru Function of switch is determined by display mode. Display labels
R6 switches switch to identify function that is activated by pressing switch.

UH-60Q NIGHT-DAY Activates night or day lighting for display. HH-60L Turns MFD on
HH-60L OFF-NIGHT-DAY switch or off.

UH-60Q OFF-ON switch Turns MFD on or off.

OFF-ON switch Turns MFD on or off.

BRT control Enables adjustment of brightness for display.

T3 (COMM ) switch Enables display of communication header. Switch acts to toggle

header on and off. Switch is not active during IBIT and C/A displays.

T4 (NAV ) switch Enables display of navigation header. Switch acts to toggle header on
and off. Switch is not active during IBIT and C/A displays.

B1 (FLT ) switch Enables display of flight data. Switch toggles flight data on and off.
Switch is not active during IBIT and C/A displays.

B2 (ATT ) switch Enables display of attitude data. Switch toggles attitude data on and
off. Switch is not active during IBIT displays.

B3 (HO\/ ) switch Enables display of hover data. Switch toggles hover data on and off.
Switch is not active during IBIT displays.

B4 (FP ) switch Enables display of flight plan data Switch toggles flight plan data on
and off. Switch is not active during IBIT displays.

B5 (FLIR ) switch Enables display of forward looking infrared data. Switch toggles
forward looking infrared data on and off. Switch is not active during
IBIT display.

B6 (C/A ) switch Enables display of caution and advisory notices. Switch toggles grid
on and off.

DATA ENTRY

The data for displays are generated external to the MFD. Refer to external sources of display for information on data
entry.
DATA DISPLAY

There are three types of screen displays: IBIT, C/A grid, and main screen. A pulsing asterisk appears in the lower left
corner of all screen displays, to indicate the MFD is operating.

The IBIT screen presents various Initiated Built-in Test (IBIT) displays to test operation of the MFD. The C/A grid screen
presents caution and/or advisory (C/A) notices and a LAND ASAP alert. Table 2 lists the caution and advisory notices.
Also, Table 2 indicates the caution requirements for the LAND ASAP abort. The main screen presents data to operate the

0027 00-25
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

DATA DISPLAY - Continued

aircraft. These data are flight plan and flight data, attitude, hover, communication, navigation, and forward-looking
infrared (FLIR) displays. The main screen (Figure 1) is divided into header, flight, central, and popup areas.

The header area is used to display communication and navigation data, selected respectively by the COMM and NAV
switches. The flight area is used to display flight data, selected by the FLT switch. The central area is used to display at-
titude, hover, flight plan, and forward-looking infrared data, selected respectively by the ATT, HOV, FP, and FLIR
switches. The Slipup area provides a quick-alert area for display of caution and advisory notices.

Table 2. Caution and Advisory Notices.

NOTICE TYPE

CHIP INPUT MDL-LH Caution

CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH Caution (LAND ASAP)

CHIP TAIL XMSN Caution (LAND ASAP)

CHIP INPUT MDL-RH Caution

CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH Caution (LAND ASAP)

CHIP #1 ENGINE Caution

CHIP #2 ENGINE Caution

#2 GEN BRG Caution

#1 GEN BRG Caution

CHIP INT XMSN Caution (LAND ASAP)

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP (delayed 30 Caution (LAND ASAP)

seconds position on popup is don’t care)

APU ACCUM LOW Advisory

#1 GEN Caution

#1 CONV Caution

AC ESS BUS OFF Caution

BATT LOW CHARGE Caution

GUST LOCK Caution

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS Caution

#1 HYD PUMP Caution (SEE NOTE 2)

0027 00-26
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

DATA DISPLAY - Continued

Table 2. Caution and Advisory Notices. - Continued

NOTICE TYPE

IRCM INOP Caution

STABILATOR Caution

FLT PATH STAB Caution

MR DE-ICE FAULT Caution

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPAS Caution (SEE NOTE 1)

#2 ENGINE STARTER Caution

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS Caution

#2 GEN Caution

#2 CONV Caution

#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON Advisory

#2 RSVR LOW Caution

#2 INL ANTI-ICE ON Advisory

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO Caution

#2 TL RTR SERVO ON Advisory

INT XMSN OIL TEMP Caution (LAND ASAP)

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP Caution (LAND ASAP)

#1 FUEL LOW Caution

#1 FUEL PRESS Caution

#1 RSVR LOW Caution

#1 INL ANTI-ICE ON Advisory

APU GEN ON Advisory

SEARCH LT ON Advisory

CARGO HOOK OPEN Advisory

0027 00-27
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

DATA DISPLAY - Continued

Table 2. Caution and Advisory Notices. - Continued

NOTICE TYPE

PARKING BRAKE ON Advisory

DC ESS BUS OFF Caution

BATTERY FAULT Caution (SEE NOTE 4)

PITCH BIAS FAIL Caution (SEE NOTE 3)

AUX FUEL Caution

SAS OFF Caution

IFF Caution

APU FAIL Caution

TR DE-ICE FAIL Caution

PRIME BOOST PMP ON Advisory

LDG LT ON Advisory

HOOK ARMED Advisory

EXT PWR CONNECTED Advisory

APU OIL TEMP HI Caution

TRIM FAIL Caution

RT PITOT HEAT Caution

ICE DETECTED Caution

BACK-UP RSVR LOW Caution

BACK-UP PUMP ON Advisory

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS Caution

#2 HYD PUMP Caution (SEE NOTE 2)

#2 FUEL LOW Caution

#2 FUEL PRESS Caution

0027 00-28
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

DATA DISPLAY - Continued

Table 2. Caution and Advisory Notices. - Continued

NOTICE TYPE

#2 ENG OIL PRESS Caution

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP Caution

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP Caution

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPAS Caution (SEE NOTE 1)

#1 ENGINE STARTER Caution

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS Caution

TAIL RTR QUADRANT Caution

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS Caution (LAND ASAP)

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP Caution (LAND ASAP)

BOOST SERVO OFF Caution

LET PITOT HEAT Caution

MR DE-ICE FAIL Caution

#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON Advisory

APU ON Advisory

NOTES

1. #1 FUEL FLTR BYPAS and #2 FUEL FLTR BYPAS are required for LAND ASAP alert.

2. #1 HYD PUMP and #2 HYD PUMP are required for LAND ASAP alert.

3. Not used.

4. UH-60Q

DISPLAY ORGANIZATION

The displays are organized for switch selection at the MFD and response to external signals. Table 3 indicates the
relationships of switches to displays. For example in Table 3, when the ON-OFF switch is first set to ON, the C/A Grid
(Figure 4) is displayed without part number. Then, if switch T2 is pressed, the part number is displayed. When the C/A
switch is pressed, the C/A Grid is displayed with caution and advisory indications (Figure 4).

0027 00-29
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

DISPLAY ORGANIZATION - Continued

Table 3. Display Organization.

SWITCH DISPLAY FIGURE

Only switches used to select displays are listed in Table 3. For switches used within displays - such as
ACK and IULUM ALL (C/A Grid Display), SCALE (Flight Plan Display) TAS and IAS (Flight Data Dis-
play) - refer to appropriate figure listed in Table 1.

ON-OFF switch, when C/A Grid without part

first set ON number

T2 switch C/A Grid with part 4

number

C/A switch C/A Grid with C/A 5

Indications

FP switch Heading Up Flight Plan 6

L6 (HOG UP ) switch North Up Flight Plan 7

L6 (N UP ) switch Returns to Heading Up

Flight Plan

ATT switch Attitude 8

HOV switch Hover 9

FLT switch Flight Data 10

COMM switch Communications Header 11

NAV switch Navigation Header 12

FLIR switch FLIR Video 13

R3 (C/A WNDW ) Caution Advisory Popup 14

switch (on all displays List
except C/A and IBIT)

(Activation is external to Initiated Bit (IBIT) Main 15

MFD) Page

R6 (CONTINUE ) switch IBIT Status Menu 16

R3 (BEZEL ) switch Bezel Switch Test Menu 17

R6 (CONTINUE ) switch Bezel Switch Test Page 18

R4 (GLASS ) switch Glass Surface Test Menu 19

R6 (CONTINUE ) switch Glass Surface Test Page 20

0027 00-30
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0027 00

DISPLAY ORGANIZATION - Continued

Table 3. Display Organization. - Continued

SWITCH DISPLAY FIGURE

R5 (VIDEO) switch Video Test Menu 21

R6 (CONTINUE ) switch Video Test Page 22

R2 (BIT HISTORY ) BIT History Page 23

switch

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0027 00-31/32 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

This section contains general information for the ac electrical systems, interior and exterior lighting systems, windshield
anti-ice system, fire detection system, flight instruments, engine instruments, miscellaneous instruments and
EH60A mission electrical interface. Each description contains the function of the system and system theory of opera-
tion. Operating controls for the systems described are on the upper console (Figure 1, Sheets 1, 2, and 3). Circuit break-
ers for these systems are located on the various circuit breakers panels.

The ac electrical system consists of primary ac power, auxiliary ac power, and external ac power (Figure 2). Primary ac
power is provided by two independent generating systems, each consisting of a brushless generator, generator control unit,
current transformer, and generator control switch. Auxiliary ac power is provided by a single generating system consisting
of a brushless generator, generator control unit, current transformer, and generator control switch. External ac power is
supplied to the helicopter through an external power receptacle. It is controlled by an external power monitor panel, and
external power switch. AC power is distributed to the helicopter buses from the generating systems and external ac source
through a series of contactors and relays. The system interfaces with the caution/advisory warning system where caution
and advisory capsules monitor the electrical systems operation and status.

GENERATOR CONTROL UNITS

The No. 1 and APU generator control units, on the upper left cabin, and the No. 2 generator control unit, on the upper
right cabin, continuously monitor and regulate generator ac output to provide voltage regulation, current regulation, over
voltage protection, under-voltage protection, feeder fault protection, and under-frequency protection. Voltage and current
regulation, over voltage, under-voltage, and feeder fault protection are provided during all flight and ground operations.
Under-frequency protection by the No. 1 and No. 2 generator control units is provided only during ground operation.
Power for the generator control unit and for generator field excitation is provided by the permanent magnet generator por-
tion of the generator whenever the generator is turning. By controlling generator excitation, the voltage regulator
maintains a preset voltage and current level of generator ac output under varying load conditions. The regulator senses the
generator variations, amplifies the changes, and then varies the average current flow to the exciter control field. If the
generator output level is above the preset level, a decreased current flow is applied to the exciter control field. If the
generator output is below the preset level, an increased current flow is applied to the exciter control field.

When the generator three-phase output rises above 124 to 126 vac, the over voltage protection circuit senses this and,
after a marginal time delay period to prevent nuisance trips, disables and disconnects the generator from ac loads. The
length of time the over voltage condition is permitted to exist is inversely proportional to the magnitude of the over volt-
age condition.

When any single-phase voltage drops below 95 to 105 vac, the under-voltage protection circuit senses this and initially
provides a marginal time delay period to prevent nuisance trips. If the voltage remains low for 5 to 7 seconds, the protec-
tion circuit disables and disconnects the generator from the ac loads.
If the amount of current flow in the generator feeder lines differs from that in the generator main windings as monitored
by two sets of current transformers, the difference probably results from a leakage path to ground. The feeder fault
protection circuit senses this differential current and immediately disables and disconnects the affected generator from the
ac loads.

During ground operations, if the frequency of phase C of the permanent magnet generator drops below 1110 to 1130 Hz
(equivalent to 370 to 380 Hz from main generator), the under-frequency protection circuit senses this and initially
provides a marginal time delay to prevent nuisance trips. If the under-frequency condition is sustained for a period of 1 to
3 seconds, the protection circuit disables and disconnects the generator from the ac loads. Should the frequency rise to the
acceptable level and 12 Hz (4 Hz from main generator) above the dropout frequency, the generator is automatically

0028 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

GENERATOR CONTROL UNITS - Continued

(SEE NOTE 1)

28V #387
WHITE
OPEN
F
F
O
BLUE
SPARE
LAMPS

CARGO HOOK
DC ESNTL BUS DC ESNTL BUS
EMERG REL CONTR ARMING
FUEL ESSS CARGO PILOT FIRE DET ESNTL BATT
ICS TEST NORM CKPT SAFE
NO. 1 VOR / ILS CHIP DUMP JTSN STAB HOOK TURN NO.1 NO.2 DC BUS
O
2 2 5 2 5 5 7.5 P 7.5 5 2 5 5 5 10
E
N
PILOT COPILOT VHF FM DET CONTR OUTBD PWR EMER RATE ENG ENG SENSE SPLY
SHORT ALL ARMED
APU LIGHTS
COMM SCTY SET UHF CAUT / BACKUP HOIST ESSS CONTR FIRE EXTGH NO. 1 TAIL
NO. 1 FM UHF AM AM ADVSY HYD CABLE JTSN SAS ENG WHEEL SEC CONTR SRCH

2 2 7.5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 20 5
OFF
PNL CONTR SHEAR INBD BOOST START LOCK PNL PWR CONTR
ON APU

GENERATORS
EXT PWR BATT APU NO. 1 NO. 2 WINDSHIELD
FORMATION LT GLARESHIELD WIPER
LIGHTS RESET TEST TEST TEST HEATER
4 5 R R R OFF VENT
O E O E O E MED
O O PARK LOW BLOWER
3 F F F S F S F S
F F F E F E F E O O
2 T T T HI F F
ON ON ON ON ON
F F
1 NO. 1 ENG OVSP NO. 2 ENG OVSP ON ON
FIRE DETR TEST
OFF OFF BRT TEST A TEST B TEST A TEST B OFF HI
OPER

1 CONSOLE LT
LIGHTED CPLT FLT
SWITCHES INST LTS 2 UPPER LOWER

AIR SOURCE
FUEL PUMP HEAT / START
APU BOOST ENG
FIRE EXTGH
O O
RESERVE BRT BRT
OFF BRT OFF BRT F F OFF OFF
O
F F
F
FUEL PRIME APU INSTR LT
F
CARGO CABIN
NAV LTS HOOK LT DOME LT NON FLT PILOT FLT
MAIN
WHITE
N
O O O
R F F
M F F
IR ON BLUE
OFF BRT OFF BRT

POSITION ANTI−COLLISION
LIGHTS LIGHTS ENG ANTI−ICE PITOT
A
DIM STEADY UPPER DAY NO. 1 NO. 2 HEAT
B
O O O
F T F O O O
F H F F F F
BRT FLASH LOWER NIGHT F F F
ON ON ON

BACKUP HYD WINDSHIELD ANTI−ICE

HYD PUMP LEAK TEST COPILOT CTR PILOT
OFF RESET
A N O O O
U O F F F
T R F F F
O M ON ON ON
ON TEST

NOTES
1. ESSS EFFECTIVITY
2. W/O HCW UH60A UH60L
AA8600_1A
SA

Figure 1. Upper Console. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0028 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

GENERATOR CONTROL UNITS - Continued

WINDSHIELD
WIPER
VENT HEATER
OFF MED
PARK LOW BLOWER
O O
HI F F
F F
ON ON
OFF HI

CONSOLE LT

UPPER LOWER

OFF BRT OFF BRT

INSTR LT
NON FLT PILOT FLT

OFF BRT OFF BRT

ENG ANTI−ICE WINDSHIELD ANTI−ICE

NO. 1 NO. 2 COPILOT PILOT
O O O O
F F F F
F F F F
ON ON ON ON

PITOT
HEAT

O
F
F
ON

(SEE NOTE 2)
AA8600_2A
SA

Figure 1. Upper Console. (Sheet 2 of 4)

reenergized and reconnected to the ac loads. During flight operations, the under-frequency protection circuits in the No. 1
and No. 2 generator control units are intentionally disabled through action of the landing gear drag beam switch.
W/O ESSS The left drag beam switch provides under-frequency disable signal. ESSS The right drag beam switch
provides the under-frequency disable signal.

Generator Control Switches

Generator outputs are connected to their associated generator control units and the ac primary bus contactors by the three-
position control switches on the upper console (GENERATORS No. 1, No. 2, and APU). The ON position energizes the
associated GCU relay circuitry and the associated ac contactor to connect the generator main output to the primary buses.
The TEST position disconnects the main output from the buses, but allows the GCU to control the generator output so
that output can be monitored at the test connector. OFF/RESET either deenergizes the generator or permits generator
recycling if the generator is disabled and disconnected from its loads. The control switch is manually positioned to
RESET and then back to ON.

JUNCTION BOXES UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L

The No. 1 junction box, on the upper left cabin, and the No. 2 junction box, on the upper right cabin, provide mounting
space for ac power system components. The No. 1 junction box contains the No. 1 generator contactor, current
transformer, current limiters, and a test receptacle. The No. 2 junction box contains the No. 2 generator contactor, APU/
external power contactor, ac bus tie contactor, current transformers, current limiters, and test receptacles.

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A

The No. 1 junction box, on the upper left cabin, and the No. 2 junction box, on the upper right cabin, provide mounting
space for ac system components. The No. 1 junction box contains the No. 1 generator contactor, current transformer T13,

0028 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

28V #387
WHITE
OPEN
F
F
O
BLUE
SPARE
LAMPS

ECS
DC ESNTL BUS DC ESNTL BUS
TEMP CONT AIR COND
ESSS Q/F PILOT FIRE DET ESNTL BATT
ICS NO. 1 VOR / ILS CHIP JTSN COOL HTR PWR STAB TURN NO.1 NO.2 BUS BUS
O O O
2 2 5 2 5 7.5 F F F 7.5 2 5 5 5 10
F F F
PILOT COPILOT VHF FM DET OUTBD PWR RATE ENG ENG SENSE SPLY
FAN ON ON
COOL WARM
APU
LIGHTS
COMM SCTY SET UHF CAUT / BACKUP ESSS NO. 1 TAIL
NO. 1 FM UHF AM AM ADVSY HYD JTSN CONTR FIRE EXTGH SAS ENG WHEEL SEC CONTR SRCH

2 2 7.5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 20 5
OFF
PNL CONTR INBD BOOST START LOCK PNL PWR CONTR
ON APU

GENERATORS
WINDSHIELD
EXT PWR BATT APU NO. 1 NO. 2 WIPER
FORMATION LT GLARESHIELD
LIGHTS RESET TEST TEST TEST HEATER
4 5 R R R OFF VENT
O E O E O E MED
O O PARK LOW BLOWER
3 F F F S F S F S
F F F E F E F E O O
2 T T T HI F F
ON ON ON ON ON
F F
1 NO. 1 ENG OVSP NO. 2 ENG OVSP ON ON
FIRE DETR TEST
OFF OFF BRIGHT TEST A TEST B TEST A TEST B OFF HI
OPER

1 CONSOLE LT
LIGHTED CPLT FLT
SWITCHES INST LTS 2 UPPER LOWER

AIR SOURCE
FUEL PUMP HEAT / START
APU BOOST ENG
FIRE EXTGH
O O
RESERVE
OFF BRIGHT OFF BRIGHT F F OFF BRT OFF BRT
O
F F
F
FUEL PRIME APU INSTR LT
F
CABIN
NAV LTS DOME LT NON FLT PILOT FLT
MAIN
WHITE
N
O O
R F
M F
IR BLUE
OFF BRT OFF BRT

POSITION ANTI−COLLISION
LIGHTS LIGHTS ENG ANTI−ICE PITOT
DIM STEADY UPPER DAY NO. 1 NO. 2 HEAT
B
O O O
F T F O O O
F H F F F F
BRIGHT FLASH LOWER NIGHT F F F
ON ON ON

BACKUP HYD WINDSHIELD ANTI−ICE

HYD PUMP LEAK TEST COPILOT CTR PILOT
OFF RESET
A N O O O
U O F F F
T R F F F
O M ON ON ON
ON TEST

EFFECTIVITY
EH60A
AA7663
SA

Figure 1. Upper Console. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0028 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

28V #387
WHITE
OPEN
F
F
O
BLUE
SPARE
LAMPS

CARGO HOOK
DC ESNTL BUS EMERG REL CONTR ARMING DC ESNTL BUS
FUEL ESSS TEST NORM CKPT SAFE CARGO PILOT FIRE DET ESNTL BATT
ICS NO.1 NO.1 DUMP JTSN O STAB HOOK TURN NO.1 NO.2 DC BUS
P
3 3 5 10 5 7.5 E 7.5 5 2 5 5 5 10
N
SHORT ALL ARMED
PILOT COPILOT VHF VHF AMP CONTR OUTBD PWR EMER RATE ENG ENG SENSE SPLY
APU
CONTR FIRE EXTGH LIGHTS
UHF MASTER BACKUP HOIST ESSS NO. 1 TAIL
VOR / ILS UHF AM AM WARN HYD CABLE JTSN SAS ENG WHEEL SEC CONTR SRCH

2 2 7.5 7.5 OFF 5 5 20

5 5 5 5 5 5
ON
SCTY PNL CONTR SHEAR INBD BOOST START LOCK PNL PWR CONTR
SET
APU

GENERATORS WINDSHIELD
FORMATION LT GLARESHIELD WIPER
LIGHTS EXT PWR BATT APU NO. 1 NO. 2 HEATER
4 5 OFF VENT
RESET TEST TEST TEST MED
R R R PARK LOW BLOWER
3
O O OE OE OE
F FS FS FS O O
2 F
F FE FE FE HI F F
F
T T T F F
1 ON ON ON ON ON
ON ON
OFF OFF BRT NO. 1 ENG OVSP FIRE DETR TEST NO. 2 ENG OVSP OFF HI
TEST A TEST B OPER TEST A TEST B
CONSOLE LT
LIGHTED CPLT FLT 1
SWITCHES INST LTS UPPER LOWER
2

AIR SOURCE
FUEL PUMP
HEAT / START
APU BOOST
FIRE EXTGH ENG
O
RESERVE O BRT BRT
OFF BRT OFF BRT F OFF OFF
F O F
F F INST LT
FUEL PRIME F
APU
CARGO CABIN
NAV LTS HOOK LT DOME LT NON FLT PILOT FLT
MAIN
WHITE
N
O O O
R F F
M F F
IR ON BLUE
OFF BRT OFF BRT

POSITION ANTI−COLLISION
LIGHTS LIGHTS ENG ANTI−ICE PITOT
DIM STEADY UPPER DAY NO. 1 NO. 2 HEAT
B
O O O
F T F O O O
F H F F F F
BRIGHT FLASH LOWER NIGHT F F F
ON ON ON

BACKUP HYD WINDSHIELD ANTI−ICE

HYD PUMP LEAK TEST COPILOT CTR PILOT
OFF RESET
A N O O O
U O F F F
T R F F F
O M ON ON ON
ON TEST

ENG SPD
TRIM
DECR
O
F
F
INCR

UPPER CONSOLE

EFFECTIVITY
UH60Q HH60L
AA8600_4
SA

Figure 1. Upper Console. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0028 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

NO. 1 CONNECTED
AC GEN IF NO. 1 AC PRI
30/45 BUS φ B HAS
KVA POWER

φB

NO POWER
CONNECTED ON AC AC ESS
IF NO. 1 GEN NO. 1 AC PRI BUS BUS OFF
ESSENTIAL
IS ACCEPTABLE BUS

EXTERNAL
AC POWER
NO. 1 GEN EXT PWR
PLUGGED IN
NOT ACCEPTABLE / OFF CONNECTED
AND BATTERY
OR CONTACTOR AC ESNTL BUS
INSTALLED
NOT WORKING
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

CONNECTED
IF EITHER
#1 GEN GEN IS
NOT CONNECTED
TO BUS
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

NO. 2 CONNECTED IF
AC GEN NO. 1 AC PRI BUS
30/45
60 AMP φ B DOES NOT
KVA HAVE POWER

APU
CONNECTED φB GEN
IF NO. 2 GEN NO. 2 AC PRI BUS EXTERNAL CONNECTED IF EXT PWR 20/30
IS ACCEPTABLE AC POWER IS ACCEPTABLE AND APU KVA
GEN IS OFF AND NO. 1
GEN IS OFF AND NO. 2
GEN IS OFF

NO. 2 GEN CONNECTED IF APU GEN

NOT ACCEPTABLE / OFF IS ACCEPTABLE AND
OR CONTACTOR NO. 1 GEN IS OFF AND
NOT WORKING NO. 2 GEN IS OFF

#2 GEN APU GEN ON

CAUTION/ADVISORY CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL PANEL

EFFECTIVITY

UH60A
UH60L AA7664
SA

Figure 2. AC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0028 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

CONNECTED CONNECTED WHEN:

IF NO. 1 AC PRI
BUS φ B HAS
GENERATORS NO. 1 AND NO. 2
NO. 1 ON;
AC GEN POWER AC SEC
GENERATORS NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ON
30/45 AND HYD BACKUP PUMP OFF; BUS
KVA 20 AMP
GENERATORS APU OR EXT PWR
ON, HYD BACKUP PUMP OFF,
φB AND HELICOPTER WEIGHT-ON-
WHEELS.

CONNECTED
IF NO. 1 GEN NO. 1 AC PRI BUS
IS ACCEPTABLE
NO POWER
ON AC AC ESS
ESSENTIAL BUS OFF
BUS

NO. 1 GEN
NOT ACCEPTABLE / OFF EXTERNAL
OR CONTACTOR AC ESNTL BUS
AC POWER
NOT WORKING EXT PWR
PLUGGED IN
CONNECTED
AND BATTERY
INSTALLED

CAUTION/ADVISORY
CONNECTED
PANEL
IF EITHER
#1 GEN GEN IS
NOT CONNECTED
TO BUS
CAUTION/ADVISORY CONNECTED WHEN
PANEL EXTERNAL CONNECTED IF EXT PWR
AC POWER BACKUP PUMP ON,
IS ACCEPTABLE AND APU
GENERATORS APU ON,
GEN IS OFF AND NO. 1
BLADE DEICE OFF, AND
GEN IS OFF AND NO. 2
BOTH NO. 1 AND NO. 2
NO. 2 GEN IS OFF
GENERATORS NOT ON
AC GEN
60 AMP
30/45 CONNECTED IF
KVA NO. 1 AC PRI BUS
φ B DOES NOT
HAVE POWER

APU
CONNECTED φB GEN
IF NO. 2 GEN NO. 2 AC PRI BUS 20/30
IS ACCEPTABLE KVA

NO. 2 GEN CONNECTED IF APU GEN

NOT ACCEPTABLE / OFF IS ACCEPTABLE AND
OR CONTACTOR NO. 1 GEN IS OFF AND
NOT WORKING NO. 2 GEN IS OFF

#2 GEN APU GEN ON

CAUTION/ADVISORY CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL PANEL

EFFECTIVITY
EH60A
AA7665
SA

Figure 3. AC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0028 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

NO. 1
AC GEN CONNECTED
IF NO. 1 AC PRI
BUS φ B HAS
30/45
KVA
POWER
φB

CONNECTED
IF NO. 1 GEN NO. 1 AC PRI BUS
IS ACCEPTABLE
NO POWER
ON AC AC ESS
NO. 1 GEN ESSENTIAL BUS OFF
NOT ACCEPTABLE / OFF BUS
OR CONTACTOR
NOT WORKING
EXTERNAL
AC POWER
EXT PWR
PLUGGED IN
CONNECTED
AND BATTERY
#1 GEN AC ESNTL BUS
INSTALLED

PILOT’S MFD
PILOT’S MFD

CONNECTED AC ESS
IF EITHER BUS OFF
#1 GEN
GEN IS
NOT CONNECTED
TO BUS
COPILOT’S MFD

EXT PWR
CONNECTED

NO. 2 CONNECTED IF
AC GEN NO. 1 AC PRI BUS
30/45
60 AMP φ B DOES NOT COPILOT’S MFD
KVA HAVE POWER

CONNECTED φB
IF NO. 2 GEN NO. 2 AC PRI BUS
IS ACCEPTABLE APU
GEN
EXTERNAL CONNECTED IF EXT PWR 20/30
AC POWER IS ACCEPTABLE AND APU KVA
NO. 2 GEN GEN IS OFF AND NO. 1
NOT ACCEPTABLE / OFF GEN IS OFF AND NO. 2
OR CONTACTOR GEN IS OFF
NOT WORKING

CONNECTED IF APU GEN

IS ACCEPTABLE AND
NO. 1 GEN IS OFF AND
NO. 2 GEN IS OFF
#2 GEN

PILOT’S MFD

APU GEN ON

#2 GEN PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD APU GEN ON

EFFECTIVITY
COPILOT’S MFD
UH60Q HH60L AB2215
SA

Figure 4. AC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0028 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

ac current limiters CL4, CL5, and CL6, a test receptacle, ac secondary bus contactor K11, ac secondary bus current limit-
ers CL16, CL17, and CL18, backup pump interlock relay K80, generators on relay K81, secondary buss ground power
control relay K82, and diodes CR17, CR18, CR19, and CR20. The No. 2 junction box contains the No. 2 generator con-
tactor, APU/external power contactor, current transformer, test receptacle, ac current limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3, K12
blade deice on relay, and diodes CR22 and CR23.

Generator Contactors

The No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors, on the No. 1 and No. 2 junction boxes, respectively, provide connections from
the No. 1 and No. 2 generator three-phase feeder lines to the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses for distribution of ac
power. With the generator control switches placed ON, dc voltage from the generator control units is applied through the
control switches to energize the generator contactor solenoids. Energized auxiliary contacts of No. 1 or No. 2 generator
contactors complete the voltage path to the No. 2 hydraulic logic module when backup pump operation is required. Two
sets of normally open contacts provide dual generators on voltages to the blade deicing system. EH60A Dual generators
on voltage is also applied to the environmental control system and to the ac secondary bus contactor.

When de-energized, auxiliary contacts of the contactors complete the dc voltage path to energize the ac bus tie contactor.
This applies APU generator ac power or external ac power, through the de-energized main contacts of the generator con-
tactors to the ac primary buses. The de-energized main contacts also provide a path to transfer power from a working
generator to the ac primary bus of a failed generator. Deenergized power, through the de-energized main contacts of the
generator contactors to the ac primary buses. The de-energized main contacts also provide a path to transfer power from a
working generator to the ac primary bus of a failed generator. UH60A EH-60A UH-60L De-energized auxiliary contacts
complete the dc voltage paths to the caution/advisory #1 GEN and #2 GEN capsules . UH-60Q HH-60L De-energized
auxiliary contacts complete the dc voltage paths to the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #1 GEN and #2 GEN legends.
Another set of normally closed contacts provide a dual generators off voltage to the blade de-icing system.
EH60A Normally closed contacts provide a path to energize the ac secondary bus during ground operations.

APU/External Power Contactors

The APU/external power contactor, on the No. 2 junction box, provides connection from the APU generator three-phase
feeder lines or the ac external power receptacle to the ac primary buses for distribution. With the APU generator control
switch placed ON, dc voltage from the APU generator control unit is applied through the control switch to energize the
APU/external power contactor solenoid. UH60A EH-60A UH-60L The energized auxiliary contacts of the contactor are
used to complete the dc voltage path from the generator control unit through the ac bus tie contactor to the caution/
advisory panel APU GEN ON capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L The energized auxiliary contacts of the contactor are used to
complete the dc voltage path from the generator control unit through the ac bus tie contactor to the pilot’s and copilot’s
MFDs APU GEN ON legend. EH60A Voltage is also supplied to the environmental control system to energize the
APU on relay K95. Additional auxiliary energized contacts of the APU/external power contactor provide paths which,
through other contacts, supply voltage to the blade deice system. This voltage is also supplied to the secondary bus con-
tactor when auxiliary power is required.
With external ac power connected to the helicopter, de-energized main contacts of the APU/external power contactor ap-
ply the external ac power to the energized main contacts of the ac bus tie contactor for distribution to the ac primary
buses. EH60A Another set of normally closed contacts, when de-energized, provide a path to energize the ac secondary
bus contactor during single main generator operation.

AC Bus Tie Contactors

The ac bus tie contactor, on the No. 2 junction box, provides three-phase ac power from the APU generator or external ac
power receptacle to the ac primary buses. With the APU generator control switch placed ON, the ac bus tie contactor
solenoid is energized by dc voltage from the APU generator control unit. This is accomplished through the de-energized
auxiliary contacts of the No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors. The energized main contacts of the ac bus tie contactor

0028 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

provide a connection from the APU/external power contactor to the ac primary buses. UH60A EH-60A UH-60L The
energized auxiliary contacts of the ac bus tie contactor complete the dc voltage path to the caution/advisory panel APU
GEN ON capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L The energized auxiliary contacts of the ac bus tie contactor complete the dc volt-
age path to the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs APU GEN ON legends.

With external ac power connected to the helicopter and the EXT PWR switch placed ON, the ac bus tie contactor
solenoid is energized. If receives dc voltage from the external power monitor panel through the deenergized auxiliary
contacts of the No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors. The energized main contacts of the ac bus tie contactor provide a
connection from the external ac power receptacle to the ac primary buses.

Auxiliary energized contacts of the ac bus tie contactor complete the voltage path to the No. 2 hydraulic logic module
when backup pump operation is required. Additional sets of normally open and normally closed contacts provide addi-
tional logic to the hydraulic system and the blade deicing system. EH60A Another set of energized auxiliary contacts
provides a path to energize the secondary bus contactor when auxiliary power is required.

Back-up Pump Interlock Relay, K80 EH60A

The back-up pump interlock relay, K80, on the No. 1 junction box, provides logic switching for the ac secondary bus
contactor. Relay K80 is energized whenever the helicopter weight is on wheels and the backup pump is operating, or the
helicopter is airborne and hydraulic pressure is less than 2000 psi. Power is routed from BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit
breaker, on the dc essential bus, through energized contacts of relay K32, on the right relay panel, to energize K80.
Contacts of the energized back-up pump interlock relay provide a path to energize the ac secondary bus contactor when
auxiliary power is required. Voltage that energizes relay K80 is also routed to the environment control system to energize
relay K80A during backup pump operation.

In normal system operation the backup pump is off and the back-up pump interlock relay K80 is deenergized. Normally
closed contacts provide a path to energize the ac secondary bus contactor during ground operation or with the APU off.

Generators On Relay, K81 EH60A

The generators on relay, K81, on the No. 1 junction box, provides logic switching for the ac secondary bus contactor.
Relay K81 is energized whenever both No. 1 and No. 2 generators are on and their outputs are acceptable. From SEC
MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker, power is routed through diode CR5 on the right relay panel, through energized
contacts of No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors, to energize the generators on relay.

When deenergized, normally closed contacts of the generators on relay provide a path to energize the ac secondary bus
contactor when auxiliary power is required.

Secondary Bus Ground Power Control Relay, K82 EH60A

The secondary bus ground power control relay, K82, on the No. 1 junction box, provides logic switching for the ac
secondary bus contactor. Relay K82 is energized whenever the helicopter weight is off the wheels as sensed by the left
drag beam switch. 28 vdc is applied to relay K82 from the SEC MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker. The left drag beam
switch completes the path to ground during flight to energize K82 and disable secondary bus ground power.

When the helicopter weight is on wheels and the secondary bus ground power control relay is deenergized, normally
closed contacts provide a path to energize the ac secondary bus contactor for ground testing and troubleshooting. Another
set of normally closed contacts provide logic for the environmental control system.

Blade Deice On Relay, K12 EH60A

Relay, K12, on the No. 2 junction box, provides logic switching for the ac secondary bus contactor. Relay K12 is
energized whenever blade deice control panel POWER switch is placed to ON or TEST. Power to energize relay K12 is
supplied by DE-ICE CONT RLP circuit breaker, on the No. 1 dc primary bus. If the blade deice system is being tested,
power is routed through the deice control panel POWER-TEST switch, through diode CR23 on the No. 2 junction box, to

0028 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

energize relay K12. If the blade deice system is being operated, power is routed through the deice control panel
POWER-ON switch, through diode CR22 on the No. 2 junction box, to energize relay K12.

Relay K12 is deenergized with the deice control panel POWER switch placed OFF. Normally closed contacts of deener-
gized relay K12 provide a path to energize the ac secondary bus contactor when auxiliary power is required.

AC Secondary Bus Contactor, K11 EH60A

The ac secondary bus contactor, on the No. 1 junction box, supplies three phase ac primary, external, or auxiliary electri-
cal power to the ac secondary bus. The ac secondary bus contactor contains two normally open sets of contacts, each
energized separately. Solenoid X1, through its associated contactors, provides a connection between the No. 1 primary bus
and the ac secondary bus. Solenoid Y1, through its associated contactors, provides a connection between the APU genera-
tor and the ac secondary bus.

AC secondary bus contactor solenoid X1 is energized with both No. 1 and No. 2 generators on. Twenty-eight vdc from
the SEC MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker, on the No. 2 dc primary bus, is applied through energized contacts of No. 1
and No. 2 generator contactors and blocking diode CR17 to energize solenoid X1. If one generator is turned off, solenoid
X1 is energized if the backup pump is off. Twenty-eight vdc from the SEC MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker is applied
through blocking diode CR18 and normally closed contacts of deenergized backup pump interlock relay to energize
solenoid X1.

With both No. 1 and No. 2 generators off and the helicopter weight-on-wheels switch engaged, ac secondary bus contac-
tor solenoid X1 is energized with external power applied or with the APU on, if the backup pump is off. With external
power applied, dc voltage to energize solenoid X1 is supplied by the external power monitor panel, through the upper
console EXT PWR switch, and a blocking diode in the right relay panel. With the APU generator operating, dc voltage to
energize solenoid X1 is supplied by the APU generator control unit, through the upper console GENERATOR APU
switch, and a blocking diode in the right relay panel. From the right relay panel, voltage to energize solenoid X1 follows
a common path for ground operation. From the right relay panel, voltage is routed through normally closed contacts of
deenergized No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors, secondary bus ground power control relay, and backup pump interlock
relay, to energize solenoid X1.

AC secondary bus contactor solenoid Y1 is energized with either, but not both, No. 1 and No. 2 generators on, the APU
generator on, the hydraulic backup pump on, and blade deice off. From the SEC MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker, dc
voltage is routed through contacts of deenergized ac bus tie contactor, contacts of energized APU/external power contac-
tor, contacts of deenergized generators on relay, contacts of energized backup pump interlock relay, and contacts of deen-
ergized blade deice on relay, to energize solenoid Y1 and provide auxiliary power to the ac secondary bus.

Current Transformers

Three current transformers, one on the No. 1 junction box and two on the No. 2 junction box, are installed in the output
legs of each generator to monitor generator output current and to detect feeder faults. Each current transformer consists of
three individual windings, one winding on each of the generator feeder lines. The current transformers are connected in
series with current limit sense circuits within each generator. As the output current of the generator increases during
transient load conditions, the increased current through the transformer is sensed by the generator control unit. This
decreases the generator exciter control field and the generator output current. When a feeder fault (short circuit to ground)
occurs between the generator and the generator contactor, a differential current develops between the current transformer
windings and the current limit sense circuit in the generator. This current difference is sensed by the generator control unit
and disables and disconnects the generator from its loads.
Current Limiters

Current limiters CL1 through CL3, on the No. 2 junction box, and CL4 through CL6, on the No. 1 junction box, are 60
ampere fuses protecting the operating generator from excessive overloading during transfer operations. The current limit-
ers are affected when one generator is used to carry both ac primary buses, permitting the loss of one or more phases of
ac while the remaining phase or phases remain on-line. Current limiters CL1 through CL3 carry three-phase ac power

0028 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

JUNCTION BOXES EH60A - Continued

from the No. 2 generator to the No. 1 ac primary bus in case of a No. 1 generator failure. Current limiters CL4 through
CL6 carry three-phase ac power from the No. 1 generator to the No. 2 ac primary bus in case of a No. 2 generator
failure.

EH60A Three 20-ampere secondary bus current limiters, CL16, CL17, and CL18, carry 115 vac power to the interface
panel from the ac secondary bus contactor. Secondary bus current limiters CL16 through CL18 are in the No. 1 junction
box.

Test Receptacles

The No. 1 generator test receptacle, on the No. 1 junction box, and the No. 2 and APU generator test receptacles, on the
No. 2 junction box, are provided for monitoring generator three-phase ac output. The generator three-phase ac output is
applied to the test receptacle when the generator control switch is placed to ON or TEST.

AC ESSENTIAL BUS XFR RELAY

UH60A UH-60L UH-60Q HH-60L The AC essential bus XFR relay, on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel provides connec-
tion of 115 vac, B phase power to the ac essential bus. EH60A The ac essential bus circuit breaker panel provides
connection of 115 vac, B phase power to the ac essential bus. The relay solenoid is energized by 115 vac, B phase
power from No. 1 ac primary bus. When energized, the relay applies 115 vac, B phase power from the No. 1 ac primary
bus to the ac essential bus. If there is a loss of B phase power on the No. 1 ac primary bus, the ac essential bus relay is
deenergized, and 115 vac, B phase power from the No. 2 ac primary bus is applied through the deenergized contacts to
the ac essential bus.

AC ESSENTIAL BUS FAIL RELAY

UH60A UH-60L UH-60Q HH-60L The ac essential bus fail relay, on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel is energized
whenever there is power on the ac essential bus. EH60A The ac essential bus circuit breaker panel is energized
whenever there is power on the ac essential bus. If this power is lost, the relay is deenergized and its deenergized
contacts complete the dc voltage path from the battery bus to light the caution/advisory panel AC ESS BUS OFF capsule.

EXTERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE

The external power receptacle, on the front right-hand cabin, permits three-phase ac power from an external power cart to
be applied to the helicopter electrical system during ground operations. The receptacle contains four pins for the applica-
tion of power and two additional pins which are jumpered in the external power cart plug, forming an interlock when the
external power cart is connected. The jumpered pins complete the path for applying battery bus voltage to light the
EH-60A UH-60A UH-60L caution/advisory panel EXT PWR CONNECTED capsule UH-60Q HH-60L pilot’s and
copilot’s MFDs EXT PWR CONNECTED legend.

EXTERNAL POWER MONITOR PANEL

The external power monitor panel, on the upper right-hand cabin, monitors the external ac input for under-voltage, over
voltage, under-frequency, over frequency, and correct phase rotation conditions. During external power application, if the
monitor panel requirements are not met, external power is disconnected from the helicopter distribution system. It remains
disconnected until the EXT PWR switch is positioned to RESET.

When external power drops below 100 to 105 vac, the power monitor panel under-voltage protection circuit senses this
and initially provides a marginal time delay to prevent nuisance trips. If the voltage remains low for 0.85 to 2.55 seconds,
the protection circuit opens the monitor panel output circuit. With the output circuit open, dc voltage to the ac bus tie
contactor is removed and external power cannot be used.

0028 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

EXTERNAL POWER MONITOR PANEL - Continued

When external power rises above 125 to 130 vac, the over voltage protection circuit senses this. After a marginal time
delay of 0.75 and 1.25 seconds, to prevent nuisance trips, it disconnects external power as in the under-voltage condition.
The length of time the over voltage condition is permitted to exist is inversely proportional to the magnitude of the over
voltage condition.

When external power frequency drops below 370 to 375 Hz, the under-frequency protection circuit senses this and
provides a time delay to prevent nuisance trips. If the frequency remains low for 0.75 to 1.25 seconds, the protection
circuit disconnects external power as in the under-voltage condition.

When external power frequency rises above 425 to 430 Hz, the over frequency sensing circuit senses this and provides a
time delay to prevent nuisance trips. If the frequency remains high for 0.75 to 1.25 seconds, the protection circuit discon-
nects external power as in the under-voltage condition.

When external power phase rotation (normal A-B-C) is incorrect, the phase rotation sensing circuit senses this and does
not close the monitor panel output circuit. With the output circuit open, dc voltage is not applied to the ac bus tie contac-
tor, and external power usage is not possible.

EXTERNAL POWER CONTROL SWITCH

The external power control switch, on the upper console, is a three-position switch used to apply external power to the
helicopter ac buses. The ON position completes the dc voltage path to energize the ac bus tie contactor to apply ac
external power to the ac buses. The RESET position closes the external power monitor panel output circuit to reconnect
external power to the ac buses if it had been disconnected as a result of an under-voltage, over voltage, under-frequency,
or over frequency condition. The OFF position opens the dc voltage path to deenergize the ac bus tie contactor and
remove external power from the ac buses.

INTERFACE PANEL EH60A

The interface panel contains a three-phase ac power jack marked J511 AC PWR which supplies 115 vac. Another power
jack, marked J958R ASN132, supplies single-phase, 26 vac power.

ECM ANTENNA SYSTEM INTERFACE EH60A

The ECM antenna system is composed of both aircraft and mission equipment. Power to operate the system is provided
from the No. 1 DC PRI BUS through the Q/F EQUIP PWR circuit breaker to connector J510 on the mission interface
panel. Operator control of the system is provided by the ECM ANTENNA switch located on the center section of the
instrument panel. It is a three-position, spring-loaded to OFF, toggle switch. The switch is momentarily placed in the
RETRACT or EXTEND position to either fully retract or fully extend the ECM antenna. The retract or extend signal
(ground) routes through mission interface connector J970R to the mission equipment relay assembly. Relay contacts in the
mission relay assembly and limit switch contacts in the aircraft ECM antenna actuator assembly control mechanical
movement of the antenna and provide system status signals.

The linear actuator assembly, a component of the ECM antenna actuator assembly, converts electrical energy to mechani-
cal motion. It operates a clevis pivot in the ECM antenna actuator assembly to position the ECM antenna in the retracted
or extended position.

The instrument panel caution/advisory panel ANTENNA RETRACTED capsule is turned on when the ECM antenna is in
the fully retracted position. The ANTENNA EXTENDED capsule is controlled by relay and switch contacts that monitor
inputs from the copilot’s radar altimeter. The capsule is turned on if the ECM antenna is not fully retracted and the
altimeter is not installed, has lost power, or is not turned on. It also lights if the antenna is not fully retracted and the
helicopter descends below the altimeter’s LO bug setting. It does not light during normal operation. An ANTENNA
EXTENDED lamp on the mission operators ECM indicator panel does light when the antenna is fully extended during
normal operations. The mission equipment relay assembly and ECM antenna actuator assembly limit switches also
provide an enable signal to the turnable coupler when the ECM antenna is fully extended.

0028 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0028 00

ECM ANTENNA SYSTEM INTERFACE EH60A - Continued

The lower IFF antenna (avionics equipment) is installed on the bottom of the ECM antenna actuator assembly. Its cable is
routed through the ECM antenna actuator assembly to an interface connector at the top of the assembly. The IFF antenna
is functionally unrelated to the ECM antenna system.

AC ELECTRICAL POWER INTERFACE

Mission equipment three-phase, 115 vac power is supplied to mission interface panel connector J511 and 26 vac power is
supplied to the mission interface panel connector J958R from either the No. 1 generator, No. 2 generator, APU generator,
or from an external source. Circuits within the helicopter ac system connect the 115 and 26 vac power source to the mis-
sion interface panel according to a predetermined priority. EH60A Refer to the ac electrical system description paragraph
1.10. for a description of power source priority. In addition to power source priority, loads on the ac electrical system
determine the conditions under which ac power is applied to the mission interface panel. Power is applied under these
conditions:

+ No. 1 and No. 2 generators on.

+ No. 1 or No. 2 generators on and hydraulic backup pump off.

+ APU on, hydraulic backup pump off, and weight-on-wheels.

+ No. 1 or No. 2 generator on, APU on, and blade deice off.

+ External power on, hydraulic backup pump off, and weight-on-wheels.

Power is removed from the mission interface panel when the blade deicing system and hydraulic backup pump are on and
both No. 1 and No. 2 generators are not on.

MISSION INTERFACE PANEL EH60A

The ac secondary bus (Mission Interface Panel) receives primary, auxiliary, or external electrical power. With both genera-
tors operating and their outputs acceptable, the ac secondary bus is powered by the No. 1 ac primary bus. If either the
No. 1 or No. 2 generator is off, its output is not acceptable, or if its associated contactor is not working, the ac secondary
bus receives primary ac power if the hydraulic backup pump is not on. If either the No. 1 or No. 2 generator is off and
the hydraulic backup pump is on, the ac secondary bus receives auxiliary ac power if the APU generator is on. Under
these conditions, secondary bus auxiliary power will be disabled if the blade deice system is operated. With the helicopter
on the ground, the ac secondary bus receives ac electrical power from the APU generator if operating, or an external
power source if the APU is not operating. Secondary bus ground power will be disabled if the backup pump is operating.

MISSION ELECTRICAL INTERFACE EH60A

Refer to WP 0032 00.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0028 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AC ELECTRICAL PRIMARY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

PRIMARY AC POWER SYSTEM

Primary ac power is supplied by the No. 1 and No. 2 ac generators (Figures 1, 2, and 3). Under normal operating condi-
tions, with both generators operating and their outputs acceptable, the No. 1 generator supplies the No. 1 ac primary bus
and the No. 2 generator supplies the No. 2 ac primary bus. Both generators are protected from overload by 60 amp cur-
rent limiters. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L If the No. 2 generator output is not acceptable, or if the generator is off, or if the
associated contactor is not working, the #2 GEN capsule on the caution/advisory panel will light and both ac primary
buses (No. 1 and No. 2) will be supplied from the No. 1 generator. Similarly, if the No. 1 generator output is not accept-
able, or if the associated contactor is not working, generator is off, or if the associated contactor is not working, the #1
GEN capsule on the caution/advisory panel will light and both ac primary buses (No. 1 and No. 2) will be supplied from
the No. 2 generator. UH-60Q HH-60L If the No. 2 generator output is not acceptable, or if the generator is off, or if
the associated contactor is not working, the #2 GEN legend on the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs legend will light and both
ac primary buses (No. 1 and No. 2) will be supplied from the No. 1 generator. Similarly, if the No. 1 generator output is
not acceptable, or if the generator is off, or if the associated contactor is not working, the #1 GEN legend on the pilot and
copilot MFDs will light and both ac primary buses (No. 1 and No. 2) will be supplied from the No. 2 generator. The
ac essential bus is normally supplied with B phase power from the No. 1 ac primary bus. If No. 1 ac primary bus B
phase power is not available, the ac essential bus is supplied from B phase of the No. 2 ac primary bus.
UH-60Q UH-60A UH-60L If no power is present on the ac essential bus, the AC ESS BUS OFF capsule on the caution/
advisory panel will light. UH-60Q HH-60L If no power is present on the ac essential bus, the AC ESS BUS OFF
legend on the pilot and copilot MFDs will light. UH60A UH60L The No. 1 ac primary bus also supplies power to a
60 Hz converter (provisional) for two power receptacles. UH-60Q HH-60L The No. 1 ac primary bus also supplies
power to a 60 Hz converter for one power receptacle.

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION

With the No. 1 and No. 2 generators operating and their outputs at rated value, the No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors
K1 and K2 are energized. The No. 1 and No. 2 generator outputs are applied through the main contacts of K1 and K2 to
supply the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses, respectively. The No. 1 ac primary bus supplies 115 vac, B phase power
through the AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker to energize K8 AC ESNTL BUS XFR relay K8. With K8 energized,
115 vac, B phase power from the No. 1 ac primary bus is applied through the energized contacts of K8 to supply the ac
essential bus.

If one generator fails due to overvoltage, undervoltage, or feeder fault, the generator is disabled and the associated ac
generator contactor deenergizes to disconnect the generator from its loads. When this occurs, the operating generator will
supply both ac primary buses. If the No. 1 generator fails, the No. 2 generator supplies the No. 1 ac primary bus through
current limiters and the normally closed main contacts of No. 1 generator contactor K1. If the No. 2 generator fails, the
No. 1 generator supplies the No. 2 ac primary bus through current limiters and the normally closed main contacts of ac
bus tie contactor K4 and No. 2 generator contactor K2. The 60 amp current limiters protect the operating generator from
too much overloading as a result of a feeder fault that may have disabled the failed generator. If there is a loss of B phase
power on the No. 1 ac primary bus, K8 AC ESNTL BUS XFR relay K8 will deenergize. When this occurs, 115 vac, B
phase power from the No. 2 ac primary bus will be applied through the AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker and the
normally closed contacts of relay K8, to supply the ac essential bus. If no power is available on the ac essential bus, K13
AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay K13 will deenergize. This closes the path between the battery bus and the caution/advisory
panel AC ESS BUS OFF capsule, and the capsule will go on.

EH60A With No. 1 and No. 2 generators operating and their outputs at rated value, three-phase ac primary power is ap-
plied to the interface panel ac secondary bus (J511 ac power connector) from the No. 1 ac primary bus. Power is supplied

0029 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

(SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE NOTE 1)
DC ESNTL BUS DC ESNTL BUS
FUEL ESSS CARGO PILOT FIRE DET ESNTL BATT
ICS NO. 1 VOR / ILS CHIP DUMP JTSN STAB HOOK TURN NO.1 NO.2 BUS BUS

2 2 5 2 5 5 7.5 7.5 5 2 5 5 5 10

PILOT COPILOT VHF FM DET CONTR OUTBD PWR EMER RATE ENG ENG SENSE SPLY

LIGHTS
COMM SCTY SET UHF CAUT / BACKUP HOIST ESSS TAIL
NO. 1 FM UHF AM AM ADVSY HYD CABLE JTSN SAS NO. 1 ENG WHEEL SEC CONTR SRCH

2 2 7.5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 20 5

PNL CONTR SHEAR INBD BOOST START LOCK PNL PWR CONTR

UPPER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

BATT &
ESNTL BUS
ESNTL DC FUEL B BATT
DC AC & WARN PRIME A BUS FIRE
T
B 50 5 5 5 T 5 5
A
T SPLY CONV EXT PWR BOOST U CONTR EXTGH
T WARN CONTR T
APU I UTIL
LTS APU
B L
U 5 5 5 1 5 5
S B NO. 2 EXTD
RANGE PUMP
U
CONTR FIRE GEN GPS S CKPT CONTR
INST DET CONTR ALERT INST 15

LOWER CONSOLE NO. 2 FUEL A

C
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL ICE-DET 2
(SEE NOTE 4)
2 BOOST PUMP

NO. 2 PRI BUS

RESQ HST NO. 2 LTR

BATT &
ESNTL BUS
ESNTL DC FUEL B BATT
DC AC & WARN PRIME A BUS FIRE 10 5
T
B 50 5 5 5 T 5 5 CONTROL LTS D (SEE NOTE 1)
A (SEE NOTE 6) DE-ICE ICE-DET EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
T SPLY CONV EXT PWR BOOST U CONTR EXTGH
T WARN CONTR T
UTIL 5 7.5 5 5
APU LTS
I CABS APU
B L
U CNTRLR RH CONTROL
5 5 5 5 2 5
S B
U
CONTR FIRE GEN CKPT S CONTR EXT FUEL NO. 1 LTR NO. 1 XFER
INST DET CONTR INST
5 5 5
D
C
(SEE NOTE 5) LH LTS CONTROL

LOWER CONSOLE NO. 1 PRI BUS

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL NO. 1 FUEL

EFFECTIVITY BOOST PUMP

DE-ICE PWR
(SEE NOTE 1)
UH60A UH60L
20
A
TAIL ROTOR
C

NO. 1 EXTD
RANGE PUMP
NOTES
15
1. ESSS
2. HUD
3. 77-27714 - 96-26722
4. MWO 50-75 MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS (CABIN)
5. UH60L 96-26723 - SUBQ
MWO 50-77

6. MWO 50-82
AA7617_1D
SA

Figure 1. Circuit Breaker Panels. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0029 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

(SEE NOTE 2)

NO. 1
AC P
RI BU
S
60 HZ AC
CONVERTER

15

AIR
CPLT WSHLD WSHLD NO. 1 UTIL SOURCE FUEL BACKUP ESSS JTSN
NO. 1
DC P
ANTI−ICE WIPER CONVERTER RECP HEAT/ LOW PUMP INBD OUTBD RI BU
S

15 5 20 7.5 5 5 .5 7.5 7.5

CABIN START WARN PWR

LIGHTS NO. 1 LIGHTS NO. 1 ENG CPLT NO. 1 BUS NO. 1 T RTR NO. 1
CPLT GLARE UPPER CABIN LWR ENG HUD HUD ADVSY CAUT RETR LDG WARN ANTI−ICE WSHLD DC TIE GEN SERVO SERVO

5 1 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 7.5 5 25 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

FLT SHLD CSL DOME CSL OVSP REF SYS ADVSY CONT PWR LTS WARN ANTI−ICE INST CNTOR WARN WARN CONTR WARN
AC ESNTL NO. 1 LEFT CMPTR CHAFF CPLT NO. 2 DC ESNTL
BUS AC PITOT DPLR IFF ADF CMD CSL TRIM DISP TURN ALTM MODE VHF FM COMM RDR BUS

7.5 5 10 5 5 2 25 7.5 7.5 2 5 2 5 2 2 5 50

SPLY INST HEAT SET RATE GYRO SELECT FM SCTY SET ALTM WARN SPLY

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

HEAT & VENT

20 7.5

N0. 2 CONVERTER
S
RI BU WINDSHIELD CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
DC P ANTI−ICE FIRE CMPTR ANTI−ICE UTIL RECP ANTI−ICE
NO. 2
5 5 5 2 7.5 7.5 15

PILOT CTR EXTGH

NO. 2 BUS NO. 2 ENG AC ESNTL RT NO. 2 LIGHTS
SERVO DC GEN TIE BATT ANTI−ICE WARN START CARGO HOOK BUS BATT PILOT STAB AC ENG FORM ANTI PLT NON CARGO

5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 2 5 10 5 7.5 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2

WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR CHGR WARN LTS CONTR PWR CONTR SPLY CHGR HEAT CONTR INST OVSP LV HV COLL FLT FLT HOOK
DC ESNTL PILOT MAIN AC ESNTL BUS
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT VHF IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS IR STAB HSI CIS SAS 26 VAC COMP VSI AUTO AC ESNTL

50 2 2 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5

SPLY SELECT VENT AM CONTR TRIM PWR TRIM LTS LTS CONTR PLT / CPLT AMPL STAB IND INST DPLR PLT CPLT XFMR BUS WARN

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE NOTE 3) S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

HEAT & VENT

20 7.5

N0. 2 CONVERTER
S
RI BU WINDSHIELD CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
DC P ANTI−ICE FIRE CMPTR ANTI−ICE UTIL RECP ANTI−ICE
NO. 2
5 5 5 2 7.5 7.5 15

PILOT CTR EXTGH

NO. 2 BUS NO. 2 ENG AC ESNTL RT NO. 2 LIGHTS
SERVO DC GEN TIE ANTI−ICE WARN START CARGO HOOK BUS PILOT STAB AC ENG FORM ANTI PLT NON CARGO

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 10 5 7.5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2

WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR WARN LTS CONTR PWR CONTR SPLY HEAT CONTR INST OVSP LV HV COLL FLT FLT HOOK
DC ESNTL PILOT MAIN AC ESNTL BUS
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT VHF IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS IR STAB HSI CIS SAS 26 VAC COMP VSI AUTO AC ESNTL

50 2 2 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5

SPLY SELECT VENT AM CONTR TRIM PWR TRIM LTS LTS CONTR PLT / CPLT AMPL STAB IND INST DPLR PLT CPLT XFMR BUS WARN

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE NOTE 4) AA7617_2B
SA

Figure 1. Circuit Breaker Panels. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0029 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

DC ESNTL BUS DC ESNTL BUS

FUEL ESSS CARGO PILOT FIRE DET ESNTL BATT
ICS NO. 1 NO. 1 DUMP JTSN STAB HOOK TURN NO.1 NO.2 BUS BUS

2 2 5 2 5 7.5 7.5 5 2 5 5 5 10

PILOT COPILOT VHF VHF AMP CONTR OUTBD PWR EMER RATE ENG ENG SENSE SPLY

LIGHTS
UHF MASTER BACKUP HOIST ESSS NO. 1 TAIL
VOR / ILS UHF AM AM WARN HYD CABLE JTSN SAS ENG WHEEL SEC CONTR SRCH

2 2 7.5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 20 5

SCTY PNL CONTR SHEAR INBD BOOST START LOCK PNL PWR CONTR
SET

UPPER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

NO. 2 EXTD
RANGE PUMP

15
AUX FUEL QTY

2
NO. 2 FUEL A
C
ICE−DET 2

BATT & 2 BOOST PUMP

ESNTL BUS
ESNTL DC FUEL B BATT
DC AC & WARN PRIME A BUS FIRE NO. 2 PRI BUS
T
B 50 T RESQ HST NO. 2 LTR
5 5 5 5 5
A
10 5
T SPLY CONV EXT PWR BOOST U CONTR EXTGH
T WARN CONTR T CONTROL LTS
UTIL D
APU LTS I CDU APU DE−ICE ICE−DET EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
B L
U 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5
S B
U CNTRLR RH CONTROL
CONTR FIRE GEN CKPT S BKUP CONTR
INST DET CONTR INST
EXT FUEL NO. 1 LTR NO. 1 XFER

5 5 5
D
C
LOWER CONSOLE
LH LTS CONTROL
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
NO. 1 PRI BUS
NO. 1 FUEL

BOOST PUMP

DE−ICE PWR

20
A
TAIL ROTOR
C

NO. 1 EXTD
RANGE PUMP

15

EFFECTIVITY
MISSION READINESS
UH60Q HH60L CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
(CABIN) AB2332_1
SA

Figure 2. Circuit Breaker Panels. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0029 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

NO. 1
AC P
RI BU
S
60 HZ AC
CONVERTER

15

AIR
CPLT WSHLD WSHLD NO. 1 UTIL SOURCE FUEL BACKUP ESSS JTSN
NO. 1
DC P
ANTI−ICE WIPER CONVERTER IFW RECP HEAT/ LOW PUMP INBD OUTBD RI BU
S

15 5 20 10 7.5 5 5 .5 7.5 7.5

AC ESNTL BUS CABIN START WARN PWR

LIGHTS NO. 1 LIGHTS NO. 1 ENG CPLT NO. 1 BUS NO. 1 T RTR NO. 1
CPLT GLARE UPPER CABIN LWR ENG HUD HUD ADVSY CAUT RETR LDG WARN ANTI−ICE WSHLD DC TIE GEN SERVO SERVO

5 1 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 7.5 5 25 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

FLT SHLD CSL DOME CSL OVSP REF SYS ADVSY CONT PWR LTS WARN ANTI−ICE INST CNTOR WARN WARN CONTR WARN
AC ESNTL NO. 1 LEFT DPLR / CMPTR CHAFF CPLT NO. 2 DC ESNTL
BUS AC PITOT GPS IFF ADF CMD CSL TRIM DISP TURN ALTM MODE VHF RDR BUS

7.5 5 10 5 5 2 25 7.5 7.5 2 5 2 5 2 5 50

SPLY INST HEAT SET RATE GYRO SEL ALTM WARN SPLY

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

HEAT & VENT

20 7.5

NO. 2 CONVERTER
S
RI BU WINDSHEILD CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
DC P ANTI−ICE FIRE CMPTR ANTI−ICE UTIL RECP ANTI−ICE
NO. 2
5 5 5 2 7.5 7.5 15

PILOT CTR EXTGH

NO. 2 BUS NO. 2 ENG AC ESNTL RT NO. 2 LIGHTS
SERVO DC GEN TIE ANTI−ICE WARN START CARGOHOOK BUS PITOT STAB AC ENG FORM ANTI PLT NON CARGO

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 10 5 7.5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2

WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR WARN LTS CONTR PWR CONTR SPLY HEAT CONTR INST OVSP LV HV COLL FLT FLT HOOK
DC ESNTL PILOT MAIN AC ESNTL BUS
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT VHF IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS IR STAB HSI CIS SAS 26 VAC COMP VSI AUTO AC ESNTL

50 2 2 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5

SPLY SELECT VENT AM CONTR TRIM PWR TRIM LTS LTS CONTR PLT / CPLT AMPL STAB IND INST DPLR / GPS PLT CPLT XFMR BUS WARN

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AB2332_2
SA

Figure 2. Circuit Breaker Panels. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0029 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

NO. 1
AC PR
I BUS

NO. 1 FUEL IINS

2 10

BOOST PUMP AIR

FUEL SOURCE
NO. 1
CPLT WSHLD WSHLD NO. 1 EXT BACKUP T / R DC PR
ANTI−ICE WIPER CONVERTER FUEL LOW HEAT/ PUMP DE−ICE ECS I BUS

15 5 20 5 5 5 .5 .5 .5

LH WARN START PWR PWR PWR

LIGHTS NO. 1 LIGHTS NO. 1 ENG CPLT NO. 1 BUS NO. 1 T RTR NO. 1 ESSS
CPTL GLARE UPPER CABIN LWR ENG ADVSY CAUT RETR LDG WARN ANTI−ICE WSHLD DC TIE GEN SERVO SERVO JTSN

5 1 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 25 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5

FLT SHLD CSL DOME CSL OVSP ADVSY CONT PWR LTS WARN ANTI−ICE INST CNTOR WARN WARN CONTR WARN INBD
AC ESNTL NO. 1 Q/F LEFT ICE INU 26 VAC ICE Q / F CMPTR CHAFF CPLT NO. 2 DC ESNTL ESSS
BUS AC XFMR PITOT DET BATT EQUIP IINS DE−ICE DET IFF ADF EQUIP TRIM FLARE TURN ALTM MODE VHF FM COMM RDR BUS JTSN

7.5 5 5 10 2 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 2 25 7.5 7.5 2 5 2 5 2 2 5 50 7.5

SPLY INST PWR HEAT PWR PWR CONTRLR PWR DISP RATE GYRO SEL FM SCTY SET ALTM WARN SPLY OUTBD

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

DC ESNTL BUS DC ESNTL BUS

ESSS PILOT FIRE DET ESNTL BATT
ICS NO. 1 VOR / ILS CHIP JTSN STAB TURN NO.1 NO.2 DC BUS

2 2 5 2 5 7.5 7.5 2 5 5 5 10

PILOT COPILOT VHF FM DET OUTBD PWR RATE ENG ENG SENSE SPLY

LIGHTS
COMM SCTY SET UHF CAUT / BACKUP ESSS
NO. 1 FM UHF AM AM ADVSY HYD JTSN SAS NO. 1 ENG TAIL SEC CONTR SRCH

2 2 7.5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 20 5

PNL CONTR INBD BOOST START WHEEL PNL PWR CONTR

LOCK

UPPER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

BATT &
ESNTL BUS
ESNTL DC FUEL BATT
DC AC & WARN PRIME BUS FIRE

50 5 5 5 5 5

SPLY CONV EXT PWR BOOST CONTR EXTGH

WARN CONTR
UTIL
APU LTS APU

5 5 5 5 5

CONTR FIRE GEN CKPT CONTR

INST DET CONTR INST

EFFECTIVITY
LOWER CONSOLE
EH60A CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA7618_1A_1
SA

Figure 3. Circuit Breaker Panels. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0029 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

HEAT & VENT

ON BUS
DC M 20 7.5

N0. 2 CONVERTER
S
RI BU
WINDSHIELD UTIL CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
DC P ANTI−ICE FIRE RECEPT CMPTR ANTI−ICE UTIL RECP ANTI−ICE
NO. 2
5 5 5 7.5 2 7.5 7.5 15

PILOT CTR EXTGH CABIN

NO. 2 BUS NO. 2 ENG EXT AUX LIGHTS
TACAN SERVO DC GEN TIE BATT ANTI−ICE WARN START ECS FUEL FUEL NO. 2 FUEL TACAN FORM ANTI PLT NON

2 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 2 5 5 5 5 5 5

WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR CHGR WARN LTS CONTR CONTR RH CONTR BOOST PUMP LV HV COLL FLT FLT
SEC MON DC ESNTL PILOT MAIN DC MON AC ESNTL RIGHT NO. 2 AUX FUEL
BUS BUS MODE ALTM HEAT VHF IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS BUS IR BUS BATT PITOT STAB AC ENG QTY

5 50 2 2 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 5 25 5 7.5 5 10 5 5 5 2

CONTR SPLY SELECT VENT AM CONTR TRIM PWR TRIM LTS SPLY LTS SPLY CHGR HEAT CONTR INST OVSP

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AC ESNTL BUS

COMP VSI AUTO AC ESNTL

2 2 2 5 5

CPLT PLT XFMR BUS WARN

28 VDC STAB HSI CIS SAS

2 2 5 2 2 2

INST STAB CONT PLT / AMPL

IND CPLT

AC ESSENTIAL BUS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AA7618_2
SA

Figure 3. Circuit Breaker Panels. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0029 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

PRIMARY AC POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

to the ac secondary bus through contacts of energized No. 1 generator contactor, contacts of energized ac secondary bus
contactor K11, and secondary bus current limiters. If either generator fails, the operating generator supplies three-phase
primary power to the ac secondary bus if emergency hydraulic backup pump operation is not selected. Power is applied
through contacts of the energized operating generator contactor, contacts of the deenergized failed generator contactor,
contacts of energized ac secondary bus contactor K11, and secondary bus current limiters, to the interface panel.

POWER GENERATION

Operation of the No. 1, No. 2, and APU generating systems is identical. With the generators driven at rated speed, the
permanent magnet generator (PMG) section of each generator supplies ac voltage to the PMG rectifier of the associated
generator control unit (GCU). The ac voltage is rectified and used as supply voltage for the GCU circuitry. When the No.
1, No. 2, or APU GENERATORS switch is placed ON, the voltage regulator section of the GCU controls the current flow
to the exciter field of the generator, and the generator main output builds up. This output is monitored by the GCU and
when it reaches at least 95 vac at a frequency of between 370 and 380 Hz, power-ready sensing circuitry connects it to its
loads. For each generator system, the main AC output and the primary DC bus output can be monitored at a test connec-
tor located on the associated junction box. With the generator switch at TEST, the generator main output is disconnected
from the ac primary bus. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L With all generators running, the #1 and #2 GEN capsules go off, and
the APU GEN ON capsule goes on . UH-60Q HH-60L With all generators running, the #1 and #2 GEN legends go
off, and the APU GEN ON legend goes on.

No. 1 and No. 2 Generator Description

The No. 1 and No. 2 oil-cooled, brushless generators, mounted on the left and right accessory modules of the main gear
box, are driven whenever the main rotor head is turning. Each generator, rated at 30/45 KVA at 115/200 volts, is con-
nected for a 4-wire output, with grounded neutral, furnishing three-phase alternating current. The generator drive shaft is
normally driven at about 12,000 RPM to maintain an output frequency of 400 Hz. The generator output voltage is
regulated by a voltage regulator within the generator control unit, which varies the exciter control field.
The No. 1 and No. 2 generators, driven by the left and right accessory gear box modules, respectively, are oil-spray
cooled brushless generators rated at 30/45 KVA at 115/200 vac, three-phase. The APU generator, driven by the APU
turbine engine, is an air-cooled brushless generator rated at 20/30 KVA at 115/200 vac, three-phase. Each generator output
is controlled by its generator control unit (GCU). The GCU contains sensing circuits to disconnect the generator from its
respective loads when an overvoltage, undervoltage, underfrequency, or feeder-fault condition occurs.

No. 1 and No. 2 Generator Operation

With the left and right accessory gear box modules driving the generators at rated speed, each generator’s 12-pole
permanent magnet generator (PMG) applies three-phase ac voltage to the PMG rectifier in the generator control unit
(GCU). The PMG rectifier rectifies and filters the ac voltage and applies a dc voltage to the No. 1 and No. 2 GENERA-
TORS switches and to a regulated dc power supply that supplies the GCU sensing circuits. When the generator control
switch is placed ON, the dc voltage from the PMG rectifier is routed through AND gates 13 and 3. With no inhibit signal
from OR gate 1, gate 3 is enabled, energizing generator control relay (GCR) K1. Energizing the GCR routes PMG power
from the PMG rectifier to the voltage regulator, and also energizes the generator exciter control field. The exciter is
rotated in the magnetic field produced by the exciter control field, thereby producing three-phase ac voltages that are ap-
plied to diode rectifiers. A flywheel diode across the exciter control field input in the GCU allows the field to collapse
rapidly, increasing response from the voltage regulator. The positive half cycle of each phase of the exciter voltage
activates one of the diodes and causes a continuous flow of current in the rotating field. This moving field causes a volt-
age to be induced in the main generator winding, which supplies a three-phase ac output voltage.

The same dc voltage that is applied to GCU AND gates 13 and 3 through the ON position of the generator control switch
is also applied to AND gates 7 and 8. AND gate 7 receives a second inhibiting input from OR gate 6, which senses an
underfrequency or overvoltage condition from the respective sensing circuits. The voltage sensing circuit monitors the
main generator’s three-phase output for deviations in voltage from specified limits. The frequency sensing circuit monitors

0029 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

POWER GENERATION - Continued

one of the three PMG voltages for frequency deviations. With no underfrequency, undervoltage, or overvoltage condition
present, no inhibit signal is passed through OR gate 6. As a result, gate 7 is enabled and senses a power ready condition.
With gate 7 satisfied, a signal through OR gate 9 satisfies one half of AND gate 11. With no signal from OR gate 2 or
TD3 through OR gate 12, gate 11 is satisfied and the contactor control relay (CCR) K2 energizes. With the CCR
energized, the logic 0 is removed from AND gates 8 and 4 and dc voltage from the PMG rectifier is applied through the
contacts of No. 2 and No. 1 GENERATORS switches to energize No. 2 and No. 1 generator contactors K2 and K1,
respectively. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L Energizing the CCR also opens the path between the No. 2 dc primary bus and the
caution/advisory panel #2 GEN capsule, and between the No. 1 dc primary bus and the caution/advisory panel #1 GEN
capsule. The capsules then go off. UH-60Q HH-60L Energizing the CCR also opens the path between the No. 2 dc
primary bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #2 GEN legends, and between the No. 1 dc primary bus and the MFD #1
GEN legend. The legends then go off.

Dual Generator Operation

The main generator is protected from transient current overloads and feeder faults. The current monitoring circuit consists
of a current transformer, on the generator’s feeder lines to the generator contactor, and an internal generator current
limiter circuit. Current limiting is performed by the current transformer, connected in series with the current limit circuit
within the generator, to regulate the output voltage. As the load causes the current from the main generator to increase,
the induced voltage in the current transformer windings increases proportionately to the load current. The GCU monitors
this induced voltage and regulates the field current of the main generator. When the current from the current transformer
winding is at the preset value, the GCU reduces the current in the exciter control field, thereby causing less voltage to be
generated by the exciter. This action reduces the dc current through the rotating field, thereby lowering the induced volt-
age in the main generator. Less output results in a reduction of current in the field of the main generator, thereby return-
ing the output current to the preset value. Under normal operation, the current flowing through the two current
transformer windings around the main generator output are equal and out-of-phase, resulting in zero differential current. If
a feeder fault (short circuit to ground) should occur, an unbalance condition is developed, producing a differential current
in the current transformer loop. This differential current is sensed by the GCU feeder fault sensing circuit, which applies a
signal directly to OR gate 2. The signal is routed through OR gate 2, through OR gate 1, to AND gate 3, inhibiting AND
gate 3. With AND gate 3 inhibited, CGR relay K1 trips, and the generator is deenergized. The same signal from OR gate
2 inhibits gate 11 through gate 12, to immediately open CCR relay K2. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The generator’s load is
disconnected and the caution/advisory panel #1 GEN or #2 GEN capsule goes on. </applic> UH-60Q HH-60L The
generator’s load is disconnected and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #1 GEN or #2 GEN legend goes on. The output
of OR gate 2 is also applied to AND gate 13, through TD5, back into OR gate 2, causing OR gate 2 output to be continu-
ous. The GCR and CCR relays cannot release until the signal to AND gate 13 is removed by placing the generator
control switch to OFF/RESET.

If an overvoltage condition is sensed, a trip signal is developed through inverse time delay TD1; the greater the overvolt-
age, the shorter the time delay. This trip signal is applied to OR gate 2 and the GCR and CCR relays open as described
above.

If an undervoltage condition is sensed, a GCR trip signal is developed through fixed time delay TD2 to OR gate 2, caus-
ing the GCR and CCR relays to open. At the same time an undervoltage is sensed, gate 7 is inhibited through gate 6.
Thus, if you cycle the generator control switch from OFF/RESET to ON, the generator is energized, but the CCR relay is
not allowed to close and apply the underfrequency, undervoltage or overvoltage condition onto the load bus. The CCR
relay closes only when the frequency and voltage become acceptable again.
If an underfrequency condition is sensed (during ground operation), it produces a trip signal through fixed time delay TD3
to OR gate 1. The signal from OR gate 1 inhibits gate 3, opening the GCR relay, thereby deenergizing the generator. The
signal from TD3 also causes the CCR relay to open by inhibiting AND gate 11 via OR gate 12. When the CCR relay
opens, a logic 0 inhibit signal is applied to AND gate 4. When the frequency is again within limits, the inhibit at gate 3 is
removed and the GCR relay closes again. The input to AND gate 11 is not satisfied until the underfrequency inhibit signal
at gate 7 through gate 6 disappears. This occurs when the power ready signal has been restored. When the frequency is

0029 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

POWER GENERATION - Continued

within limits, the CCR relay again closes, energizing the bus load. During flight, with the helicopter’s weight-off-wheels,
the landing gear drag beam switch is closed. This applies a ground to the underfrequency sensing circuit, disabling it.
W/O ESSS The left drag beam switch provides the underfrequency disable signal. ESSS The right drag beam
switch provides the underfrequency disable signal. Thus, the generator will not be deenergized and disconnected from its
load during an autorotative flare, when generator frequency decreases.

EH60A UH-60A UH-60L Too much wear of the generator main bearing is detected during generator operation and a
caution/advisory panel indication is given. UH-60Q HH-60L Too much wear of the generator main bearing is detected
during generator operation and a pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs indication is given. When the main bearing is worn a
predetermined amount, a detector ring with a sensing lead contacts the outer race of the generator auxiliary bearing,
grounding the sensing lead. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The ground is applied from the generator to the caution/advisory
panel, and the #1 GEN BRG or #2 GEN BRG capsule goes on. UH-60Q HH-60L The ground is applied from the
generator to the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #1 GEN BRG or #2 GEN BRG legend goes on.

With the No. 1 and No. 2 generators operating at rated value, the three-phase ac output of the No. 2 generator is applied
to the No. 2 test receptacle for monitoring, and through the energized main contacts of No. 2 generator contactor K2 to
supply the No. 2 ac primary bus. Similarly, the three-phase ac output of the No. 1 generator is applied to the No. 1 test
receptacle and through the energized main contacts of No. 1 generator contactor K1 to supply the No. 1 ac primary bus.
The No. 1 ac primary bus supplies 115 vac. B phase power, through the AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker, to the
coil and contacts of ac essential bus XFR relay K8. With relay K8 energized, the 115 vac, B phase power is supplied to
the ac essential bus. The ac essential bus applies 115 vac, B phase power to an autotransformer that supplies 26 vac to
navigation instrument loads. When the generator control switch is placed to TEST, system operation is the same as for the
ON position, except that generator contactors K1 and K2 remain de-energized and GCU test relay K3 is energized. With
K3 energized, its contacts open and the caution/advisory panel GEN capsules go off. The generator outputs are not ap-
plied to the ac buses but are applied to the test receptacles for monitoring.

EH60A With the No. 1 and No. 2 generators operating at rated value, three-phase ac electrical power from the No. 1 ac
primary bus is applied to the ac secondary bus. Power is supplied through contacts of energized K1 No. 1 generator con-
tactor, contacts of energized ac secondary bus contactor, and secondary bus current limiters to the interface panel.

Single No. 1 Generator Operation

With only the No. 1 GENERATOR switch ON, the No. 1 generator output builds up and is controlled by the No. 1 GCU.
When the No. 1 generator output reaches rated value, No. 1 generator contactor K1 is energized and the three-phase ac
generator output is applied through the energized main contacts of K1 to supply the No. 1 ac primary bus.
EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The path between the No. 1 dc primary bus and the caution/advisory panel #1 GEN capsule is
open through open auxiliary contacts of K1 and the capsule is off. UH-60Q HH-60L The path between the No. 1 dc
primary bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #1 GEN legends is open through open auxiliary contacts of K1 and the
capsule is off. The No. 1 ac primary bus supplies 115 vac, B phase power, through the AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit
breaker, to the coil and contacts of K8 AC ESNTL BUS XFER relay K8. With relay K8 energized, 115 vac, B phase
power is supplied to the ac essential bus. The ac essential bus applies 115 vac, B phase power to an autotransformer,
which supplies 26 vac to navigation instrument loads.

With No. 2 GENERATORS switch OFF, the No. 2 generator output does not build up. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L No. 2
generator contactor K2 is deenergized, the path between the No. 2 dc primary bus and the caution/advisory panel #2 GEN
capsule is closed through normally closed auxiliary contacts of K2, and the capsule is on. UH-60Q HH-60L No. 2
generator contactor K2 is deenergized, the path between the No. 2 dc primary bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #2
GEN legends is closed through normally closed auxiliary contacts of K2, and the capsule is on. The three-phase output

0029 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0029 00

POWER GENERATION - Continued

of the No. 1 generator is applied from the No. 1 ac primary bus, through current limiters CL4, 5, and 6, and through the
normally closed main contacts of ac bus tie contactor K4 and No. 2 generator contactor K2, to supply the No. 2 ac
primary bus.

EH60A With only the No. 1 GENERATOR switch ON, the ac secondary bus is supplied by the No. 1 ac primary bus if
the hydraulic backup pump is off. Power is applied through contacts of energized No. 1 generator contactor, contacts of
energized ac secondary bus contactor, and secondary bus current limiters to the interface panel. If backup pump operation
is required, the ac secondary bus instead receives auxiliary power from the APU generator, if on. This protects the No. 1
generator from excessive current damage.

Single No. 2 Generator Operation

With only the No. 2 GENERATOR switch ON, the No. 2 generator output builds up and is controlled by the No. 2 GCU.
When the No. 2 generator output reaches rated value, No. 2 generator contactor K2 is energized and the three-phase ac
generator output is applied through the energized main contacts of K2 to supply the No. 2 ac primary bus.
EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The path between the No. 2 dc primary bus and the caution/advisory panel #2 GEN capsule is
open through the open auxiliary contacts of K2 and the capsule is off. UH-60Q HH-60L The path between the No. 2
dc primary bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #2 GEN legends is open through the open auxiliary contacts of K2
and the capsule is off.

With No. 1 GENERATOR switch OFF, the No. 1 generator output does not build up. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L No. 1
generator contactor K1 is deenergized, the path between the No. 1 dc primary bus and the caution/advisory panel #1 GEN
capsule is closed through normally closed auxiliary contacts of K1, and the capsule is on. UH-60Q HH-60L No. 1
generator contactor K1 is deenergized, the path between the No. 1 dc primary bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #1
GEN legends is closed through normally closed auxiliary contacts of K1, and the capsule is on. The three-phase output
of the No. 2 generator is applied from the No. 2 ac primary bus, through current limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3, and the
normally closed contacts of No. 1 generator contactor K1 to supply the No. 1 ac primary bus. The No. 1 ac primary bus
supplies 115 vac, B phase power, through the AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker, to the coil and contacts of AC
ESNTL BUS XFER relay K8. With relay K8 energized, the 115 vac, B phase power is supplied to the ac essential bus.
The ac essential bus applies 115 vac, B phase power to an autotransformer that supplies 26 vac to navigation instrument
loads.

EH60A With only the No. 2 GENERATOR switch ON, the ac secondary bus is connected to the No. 2 ac primary bus if
the hydraulic backup pump is off. Power is applied through contacts of energized No. 2 generator contactor, current limit-
ers CL1, CL2, and CL3, contacts of deenergized No. 1 generator contactor, contacts of energized ac secondary bus con-
tactor, and secondary bus current limiters, to the interface panel. If backup pump operation is required, the ac secondary
bus instead receives auxiliary power from the APU generator, if on. This protects the No. 2 generator from excessive cur-
rent damage.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0029 00-11/12 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0030 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AC ELECTRICAL AUXILIARY POWER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

APU GENERATOR DESCRIPTION

The APU air-cooled, brushless generator, mounted on the APU, is driven whenever the APU is operating. The generator,
rated at 20/30 KVA at 115/200 volts, is connected for a 4-wire Wye output, with grounded neutral, furnishing three-phase
alternating current. The generator drive shaft is normally driven at about 12,000 RPM to maintain an output frequency of
400 Hz. The generator output voltage is regulated by a voltage regulator within the generator control unit which varies
the exciter control field. The generator is cooled by drawing air in at the front end and exhausting it at the drive end.

The No. 1 and No. 2 generators, driven by the left and right accessory gear box modules, respectively, are oil-spray
cooled brushless generators rated at 30/45 KVA at 115/200 vac, three-phase. The APU generator, driven by the APU
turbine engine, is an air-cooled brushless generator rated at 20/30 KVA at 115/200 vac, three-phase. Each generator output
is controlled by its generator control unit (GCU). The GCU contains sensing circuits to disconnect the generator from its
respective loads when an overvoltage, undervoltage, underfrequency, or feeder-fault condition occurs.

AUXILIARY AC POWER SYSTEM

Auxiliary ac power is supplied by the APU generator. When the No. 1 and No. 2 ac generators are off and the APU
generator output is acceptable, the APU generator supplies the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses.
EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The APU GEN ON capsule on the caution/advisory panel will then light.
UH-60Q HH-60L The APU GEN ON legends on pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs will then light. When the No. 1, No. 2
and APU generators are off, external ac power can supply the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses.
EH60A UH-60A UH-60L With external ac power connected and the helicopter battery installed, the EXT PWR CON-
NECTED capsule on the caution/advisory panel will light. UH-60Q HH-60L With external ac power connected and
the helicopter battery installed, the EXT PWR CONNECTED legends on pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs will light. When
the external ac power is acceptable, it will supply the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses.

AUXILIARY POWER DISTRIBUTION

With the No. 1 and No. 2 generators OFF and the APU generator operating at its rated value, APU/external power contac-
tor K3 is energized. DC voltage is applied through a blocking diode and the normally closed auxiliary contacts of No. 2
and No. 1 generator contactors K2 and K1, to energize ac bus tie contactor K4. The three-phase ac output of the APU
generator is applied through the energized main contacts of contactors K3 and K4 and the normally closed main contacts
of contactor K2 to supply the No. 2 ac primary bus. The No. 1 ac primary bus is supplied through current limiters and
the normally closed main contacts of contactor K1.

EH60A With both No. 1 and No. 2 generators off and the APU generator on, the ac secondary bus receives auxiliary
power with weight-on-wheels and the backup pump off. Under these conditions, ac electrical power is supplied from the
APU generator, through contacts of energized APU/external power contactor, contacts of energized ac bus tie contactor,
contacts of deenergized No. 2 generator contactor, current limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3, contacts of deenergized No. 1
generator contactor, contacts of energized ac secondary bus contactor, and secondary bus current limiters, to the mission
interface panel.

With either No. 1 or No. 2 generators on, the APU generator on, and the backup pump on, the ac secondary bus receives
auxiliary power if the blade deice system is off. Under these conditions, ac electrical power is supplied from the APU,
through energized ac secondary bus contactor and secondary bus current limiters, to the interface panel.

0030 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0030 00

EXTERNAL POWER DISTRIBUTION

With the No. 1, No. 2, and APU generators off, a source of external ac power can be connected to supply the helicopter
buses. When a source of 115 vac, three-phase power is connected to the ac external power receptacle and the battery is
installed in the helicopter, dc voltage from the battery bus is applied through the power receptacle and jumpered pins in
the external power cart plug. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L This lights the caution/advisory panel EXT PWR CONNECTED
capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L This lights the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs EXT PWR CONNECTED legends. The
external power is monitored for proper phase rotation, voltage, and frequency by the external power monitor panel. When
external power is acceptable, the monitor panel provides a dc output voltage. When you place the EXT PWR switch ON,
the monitor panel dc voltage is applied through the switch. It goes through a blocking diode and the normally closed
auxiliary contacts of No. 2 and No. 1 generator contactors K2 and K1 to energize ac bus tie contactor K4. The three-
phase external ac power is applied through the normally closed main contacts of contactor K3, the energized main
contacts of contactor K4 and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K2 to supply the No. 2 ac primary bus. The
No. 1 ac primary bus is supplied through current limiters and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K1. If an
overvoltage, undervoltage, overfrequency, or underfrequency fault occurs, the external power monitor panel dc output
circuit opens; the ac bus tie contactor K4 will be deenergized; and the external ac power will be disconnected from the
helicopter buses. When the fault is corrected, external power can be reconnected to the buses if you place the EXT PWR
switch to RESET and then back ON.

The three-phase ac output of the APU generator is applied through the energized main contacts of contactors K3 and K4
and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K2 to supply the No. 2 ac primary bus. The No. 1 ac primary bus is
supplied through current limiters. CL1, CL2, and CL3 and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K1. The No. 1
ac primary bus supplies 115 vac, B phase power, through the AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker, to the coil and
contacts of ac essential bus XFR relay K8. With relay K8 energized, the 115 vac, B phase power is supplied to the ac
essential bus. The ac essential bus applies 115 vac, B phase power to an autotransformer, which supplies 26 vac to
navigation instrument loads. With the APU GENERATOR switch to TEST, APU/external power contactor K3 remains
deenergized and the APU generator output is applied only to the test receptacle. The dc voltage from the GCU PMG
rectifier is applied through the TEST position of the switch to light the caution/advisory panel APU GEN ON capsule.

EH60A With both the No. 1 and No. 2 generators off and the APU generator on, the APU generator supplies auxiliary
power to the ac secondary bus during weight-on-wheels and if the hydraulic backup pump is off. Under these conditions,
ac electrical power is supplied from the APU generator, through contacts of energized APU/external power contactor,
contacts of energized ac bus tie contactor, contacts of deenergized No. 2 generator contactor, contacts of energized ac
secondary bus contactor, and ac secondary bus current limiters, to the interface panel. To avoid overloading the APU
generator under these conditions, auxiliary power to the ac secondary bus is disabled if the backup pump is turned on.

EH60A With either the No. 1 or No. 2 generators on, the APU generators on, and the backup pump on, the APU sup-
plies auxiliary power to the ac secondary bus if blade deice is not on. Under these conditions, ac electrical power is sup-
plied from the APU generator, through contacts of energized ac secondary bus contactor and ac secondary bus current
limiters, to the interface panel. To avoid overloading the APU generator under these conditions, auxiliary power to the ac
secondary bus is disabled if blade deice operation is selected.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0030 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0030 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1604 00, WP 1605 00, WP 1606 00 and WP 1655 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0030 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0031 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AC ELECTRICAL EXTERNAL POWER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

EXTERNAL POWER DISTRIBUTION

With the No. 1, No. 2, and APU generators off, a source of external ac power can be connected to supply the helicopter
buses. When a source of 115 vac, three-phase power is connected to the ac external power receptacle and the battery is
installed in the helicopter, dc voltage from the battery bus is applied through the power receptacle and jumpered pins in
the external power cart plug. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L This lights the caution/advisory panel EXT PWR CONNECTED
capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L This lights the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs EXT PWR CONNECTED legends. The
external power is monitored for proper phase rotation, voltage, and frequency by the external power monitor panel. When
external power is acceptable, the monitor panel provides a dc output voltage. When you place the EXT PWR switch ON,
the monitor panel dc voltage is applied through the switch. It goes through a blocking diode and the normally closed
auxiliary contacts of No. 2 and No. 1 generator contactors K2 and K1 to energize ac bus tie contactor K4. The three-
phase external ac power is applied through the normally closed main contacts of contactor K3, the energized main
contacts of contactor K4 and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K2 to supply the No. 2 ac primary bus. The
No. 1 ac primary bus is supplied through current limiters and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K1. If an
overvoltage, undervoltage, overfrequency, or underfrequency fault occurs, the external power monitor panel dc output
circuit opens; the ac bus tie contactor K4 will be deenergized; and the external ac power will be disconnected from the
helicopter buses. When the fault is corrected, external power can be reconnected to the buses if you place the EXT PWR
switch to RESET and then back ON.

EH60A With the No. 1, No. 2, and APU generators OFF, the helicopter weight-on-wheels, the hydraulic backup pump
off, and an external source connected, the external source supplies ac electrical power to the ac secondary bus. Under
these conditions, power is routed through the contacts of deenergized APU/EXT power contactor, contacts of energized ac
bus tie contactor, contacts of deenergized No. 2 generator contactor, current limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3, contacts of
deenergized No. 1 generator contactor, contacts of energized ac secondary bus contactor, and secondary bus current limit-
ers to the interface panel.
EXTERNAL POWER OPERATION

With the No. 1, No. 2, and APU generators OFF, an external power source can be connected to supply all ac buses. A
source of 115 vac, three-phase power is connected to the external power receptacle. With a battery installed in the
helicopter and the BATT switch ON, the battery supplies power to the battery bus. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L DC voltage
from the battery bus is applied through the power receptacle and jumpered pins in the external power cart plug to light
the caution/advisory panel EXT PWR CONNECTED capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L DC voltage from the battery bus is
applied through the power receptacle and jumpered pins in the external power cart plug to light the pilot’s and copilot’s
MFDs EXT PWR CONNECTED legends. The external power monitor panel monitors the external power for proper
phase rotation, voltage, and frequency. One phase of external power is also supplied to a power supply in the monitor
panel that provides dc voltage to the sensing circuits and to an output circuit. When the external power is acceptable, the
monitor panel output circuit closes and applies dc voltage to the EXT PWR switch. With the No. 1, No. 2, and APU
generators off, No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors K1 and K2 and APU/external power contactor K3 are deenergized.
When you place the EXT PWR switch ON, the dc voltage is applied through a blocking diode and the normally closed
auxiliary contacts of contactors K2 and K1 to energize ac bus tie contactor K4. The blocking diode prevents 28 vdc from
being applied to the EXT PWR switch when the APU generator is on.

The three-phase ac power is applied from the external power receptacle through the normally closed main contacts of
contactor K3, the energized main contacts of contactor K4, and the normally closed main contacts of contactor K2 to sup-

0031 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0031 00

EXTERNAL POWER OPERATION - Continued

ply the No. 2 ac primary bus. The No. 1 ac primary bus is supplied through current limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3 and the
normally closed main contacts of contactor K1. The No. 1 ac primary bus supplies 115 vac, B phase power, through the
AC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker, to the coil and contacts of ac essential bus XFR relay K8. With relay K8
energized, and 115 vac, B phase power is supplied to the ac essential bus. The ac essential bus applies 115 vac, B phase
power to an autotransformer that supplies 26 vac to navigation instrument loads.

An overvoltage, undervoltage, overfrequency, or underfrequency fault in the external power is sensed by the external
power monitor panel. When this occurs, the monitor panel output circuit opens, deenergizing ac bus tie contactor K4 and
removing the external power from the ac buses. When the fault is corrected, you can reenergize contactor K4 and recon-
nect external power to the buses by setting the EXT PWR switch to RESET and then back to ON.

EH60A With the No. 1, No. 2, and APU generators OFF, the helicopter weight-on-wheels, an external power source
connected, and the EXT PWR switch ON, external power is applied to the ac secondary bus if the hydraulic backup
pump is off. External power is supplied from the external power receptacle, through contacts of deenergized APU/EXT
power contactor, contacts of energized ac bus tie contactor, contacts of deenergized No. 2 generator contactor, current
limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3, contacts of deenergized No. 1 generator contactor, contacts of energized secondary bus con-
tactor, and secondary bus current limiters, to the interface panel. To avoid overloading the external power source, external
power to the ac secondary bus is disabled if the backup pump is turned on.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0031 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Helicopter dc electrical power is provided by a primary dc system (Figures 1,2,3, or 4). EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The
primary dc system consists of two converters, supplied from the ac power system, and associated caution/advisory
capsules. UH-60Q HH-60L The primary dc system consists of two converters, supplied from the ac power system,
and associated MFD/caution/advisory legends. 77-27714-96-26722 EH-60A The battery system consists of a NiCad
battery with a battery analyzer/conditioner, battery relay, battery switch, and its associated caution/advisory capsules.
UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ MWO 50-77 The battery system consists of a lead acid battery, battery relay, battery switch, and
its associated caution/advisory capsules. UH-60Q HH-60L The battery system consists of a lead acid battery, battery
relay, battery switch, and its associated MFD/caution/advisory legends. DC power is distributed to the helicopter buses
through a series of contactors and relays. The primary dc system supplies electrical power to the No. 1 and No. 2 dc
primary buses, the dc essential bus, and the battery bus. EH60A Primary dc electrical power is also supplied to the dc
monitor bus and the mission interface panel. The battery always supplies the battery utility bus. The battery also sup-
plies power to the battery bus when no ac electrical power is supplied to the helicopter buses. The battery bus controls
APU starting on the ground, or in the air if both ac generators fail.

The No. 1 and No. 2 converters receive three-phase ac power from the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses. With both
converters operating normally, the No. 1 converter supplies the No. 1 dc primary bus and the No. 2 converter supplies the
No. 2 dc primary bus. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L If the No. 2 (or No. 1, as applicable) converter has no output or if the
associated contactor is not working, the #2 (or #1) CONV capsule on the caution/advisory panel will light and the No. 2
(or No. 1) dc primary bus will be supplied from the No. 1 (or No. 2) dc primary bus through a 100-amp current limiter.
UH-60Q HH-60L If the No. 2 (or No. 1, as applicable) converter has no output or if the associated contactor is not
working, the #2 (or #1) CONV legend on pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs will light and the No. 2 (or No. 1) dc primary bus
will be supplied from the No. 1 (or No. 2) dc primary bus through a 100-amp current limiter. The dc essential bus is
normally supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus. If there is no power on the No. 1 dc primary bus, the dc essential bus is
supplied by the No. 2 dc primary bus. With the dc essential bus supplied from either the No. 1 or No. 2 dc primary bus,
the battery bus is supplied from the dc essential bus. UH60A UH60L The No. 1 and No. 2 primary bus also supplies
power to a cabin utility receptacle and a command console power receptacle.

EH60A Provide additional dc outputs to power associated quick fix equipment. Power for the dc monitor bus is sup-
plied by the No. 2 dc primary bus. The dc monitor bus supplies power to a cabin utility receptacle. The mission interface
panel has two dc power output jacks. J510 receives dc power from the No. 1 dc primary bus. J512 receives dc power
from the No. 2 dc primary bus through current limiter CL10. Contactors associated with the dc monitor bus and connec-
tor J512 remove power if a converter fails.

77-27714-96-26722 The battery is connected directly to and always supplies the battery utility bus. When both convert-
ers are off and the battery switch is ON, the battery also supplies the battery bus and the battery bus supplies the dc es-
sential bus. Battery temperature and percent of charge are continuously monitored by the battery analyzer/conditioner. If a
battery over temperature or overcharge condition occurs, the BATTERY FAULT capsule on the caution/advisory panel
will light. If the battery is less than 40% charged, the BATT LOW CHARGE capsule will light. If the battery charge
drops below 35%, the dc essential bus will be dropped and the DC ESS BUS OFF capsule will light.

0032 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - Continued

UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ MWO 50-77 The battery is connected to and supplies the battery bus when both converters are
off and the battery switch is ON. If battery voltage drops to less than 23 vdc, the BATT LOW CHARGE capsule will
light.

UH-60Q HH-60L The battery is connected directly to and always supplies the battery utility bus. When both converters
are off and the battery switch is ON, the battery also supplies the battery bus and the battery bus supplies the dc essential
bus. If battery voltage drops to less than 23 vdc, relay K201 de-energizes, and the BATT LOW CHARGE legend will
light. The battery charging is done via relay K200 when either converter is on line and the battery switch is on.

CONVERTERS

The No. 1 converter, on the upper left-hand cabin, and the No. 2 converter, on the upper right-hand cabin, provide dc
power for helicopter equipment. The converters operate from 115/200 vac, three-phase, 400 Hz power and provide outputs
of 31 vdc at no load to 25 vdc at 200 amperes. The converters are cooled by internal fans.

JUNCTION BOXES

The No. 1 junction box, on the upper left-hand cabin, and the No. 2 junction box, on the upper right-hand cabin, provide
mounting space for dc power system components. The No. 1 junction box contains the No. 1 dc primary bus contactor,
the dc bus tie contactor, and a current limiter. The No. 2 junction box contains the No. 2 dc primary bus contactor.
EH60A The No. 2 junction box also contains the dc monitor bus contactor, the quick fix power contactor, and a current
limiter CL10 (Figures 1,2,3 or 4).

DC Primary Bus Contactors

The No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary bus contactors, on the No. 1 and No. 2 junction boxes, respectively, provide connections
from the No. 1 and No. 2 converters to the No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary buses. With the converters operating, their dc
outputs energize the contactor solenoids and supply the dc primary buses. When energized, one set of contactor auxiliary
contacts open the path to the battery relay to prevent the battery from supplying power to the dc buses.
EH60A UH-60A UH-60L If either converter fails, deenergizing its primary bus contactor, a set of auxiliary contacts
closes, energizing the dc bus tie contactor, and another set of contacts closes, lighting the caution/advisory panel #1 or #2
CONV capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L If either converter fails, deenergizing its primary bus contactor, a set of auxiliary
contacts closes, energizing the dc bus tie contactor, and another set of contacts closes, lighting the pilot’s and copilot’s
MFDs #1 or #2 CONV legend. When both converters are off, normally closed contacts of both contactors provide
paths for energizing the battery relay and the No. 2 dc essential bus supply relay to allow the battery to supply dc buses.

DC Bus Tie Contactor

The dc bus tie contactor, on the No. 1 junction box, provides a connection between the No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary
buses. If one converter fails, the path is closed from the primary bus of the operating converter to energize the solenoid
of the dc bus tie contactor. The energized contactor connects the primary bus of the operating converter to the primary
bus of the failed converter. EH60A The dc bus tie contactor also provides a path to energize the dc monitor bus supply
contactor and quick fix power contactor through an auxiliary set of normally closed contacts.

DC Monitor Bus Supply Relay EH60A

The dc monitor bus supply relay, on the No. 2 junction box, provides a connection from the No. 2 dc primary bus to the
dc monitor bus. With both No. 1 and No. 2 converters operating, power to energize the dc monitor bus supply relay
solenoid is routed from the No. 2 dc primary bus BUS TIE CNTOR circuit breaker through the normally closed contacts
of the dc bus tie contactor. If a converter failure occurs that energizes the dc bus tie contactor, power to energize the dc
monitor bus supply contactor is removed, thus disabling the dc monitor bus.

0032 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

JUNCTION BOXES - Continued

NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC

NO. 2 NO POWER ON DC ESS

CONVERTER DC ESSENTIAL BUS
200A BUS OFF

CAUTION/ADVISORY
CONNECTED IF
NO. 2 CONVERTER
PANEL
NO. 2 DC PRI BUS BATT BUS
HAS AN
OUTPUT

NO. 2 CONVERTER CONNECTED IF CONNECTED

HAS NO OUTPUT 100A NO. 1 DC PRI IF 1 OR BOTH
OR CONTACTOR BUS DOES NOT CONVERTERS
NOT WORKING HAVE POWER ARE ON

CONNECTED IF BATTERY BUS CONNECTED CONNECTED IF

#2 CONV EITHER IF BATTERY SWITCH IS ON BATTERY SWITCH
CONVERTER IS AND BOTH CONVERTERS IS ON AND BOTH
NOT CONNECTED ARE OFF AND BATTERY CONVERTERS
TO BUS IS AT LEAST 35% CHARGED ARE OFF
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

DC ESNTL BUS
NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC
BATT UTIL BUS

NO. 1 CONNECTED IF
CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI
200A BUS HAS
POWER AC

CONNECTED IF
NO. 1 CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI BUS
HAS AN
OUTPUT
BATTERY
BATTERY BATTERY
ANALYZER /
OVERTEMP FAULT
CONDITIONER
NO. 1 CONVERTER
HAS NO OUTPUT
OR CONTACTOR
NOT WORKING CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

#1 CONV
BATTERY BATTERY LESS BATT
5.5 AH THAN 40% LOW
28 VDC CHARGED CHARGE
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
EFFECTIVITY CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
UH60A
UH60L 77−27714−96−26722 AB0705
SA

Figure 1. DC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0032 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

JUNCTION BOXES - Continued

NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC

NO. 2
CONVERTER
200A NO POWER ON DC ESS
DC ESSENTIAL BUS
BUS OFF

CONNECTED IF
NO. 2 CONVERTER NO. 2 DC PRI BUS
HAS AN CAUTION/ADVISORY
OUTPUT PANEL
BATT BUS

NO. 2 CONVERTER
HAS NO OUTPUT
OR CONTACTOR
NOT WORKING CONNECTED IF CONNECTED
100A NO. 1 DC PRI IF 1 OR BOTH
BUS DOES NOT CONVERTERS
HAVE POWER ARE ON

#2 CONV
BATTERY BUS CONNECTED IF
TIE CNTOR DC ESNTL BUS CONNECTED BATTERY SWITCH
CAUTION/ADVISORY CONNECTED IF IF BATTERY SWITCH IS ON IS ON AND BOTH
PANEL EITHER AND BOTH CONVERTERS CONVERTERS
CONVERTER IS ARE OFF ARE OFF
NOT CONNECTED
TO BUS

DC ESNTL BUS

NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC BATT UTIL BUS

NO. 1 CONNECTED IF
CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI
200A BUS HAS
POWER
AC
CONNECTED IF
NO. 1 CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI BUS
HAS AN
OUTPUT

NO. 1 CONVERTER BATTERY LOW

HAS NO OUTPUT SENSING RELAY AND
OR CONTACTOR CHARGING RELAY
NOT WORKING

#1 CONV

BATTERY BATTERY LESS BATT

CAUTION/ADVISORY 9.5 AH THAN LOW
PANEL 28 VDC 23 VDC CHARGE

EFFECTIVITY
CAUTION/ADVISORY
UH60L 96−26723 − SUBQ PANEL
MWO 50−77
AB0706A
SA

Figure 2. DC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0032 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

JUNCTION BOXES - Continued

NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC
CONNECTED
NO POWER ON DC ESS WITH BOTH
DC ESSENTIAL BUS CONVERTERS
BUS OFF OPERATING
NO. 2
CONVERTER
200A
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

CONNECTED IF
NO. 2 CONVERTER NO. 2 DC PRI BUS BATT BUS DC MON
HAS AN BUS
OUTPUT

NO. 2 CONVERTER CONNECTED IF CONNECTED CONNECTED

HAS NO OUTPUT 100A NO. 1 DC PRI IF 1 OR BOTH WITH Q/F PWR
OR CONTACTOR BUS DOES NOT CONVERTERS SWITCH ON
NOT WORKING HAVE POWER ARE ON

CONNECTED IF BATTERY BUS CONNECTED CONNECTED IF

#2 CONV EITHER IF BATTERY SWITCH IS ON BATTERY SWITCH
CONVERTER IS AND BOTH CONVERTERS IS ON AND BOTH
NOT CONNECTED ARE OFF AND BATTERY CONVERTERS CL10
TO BUS IS AT LEAST 35% CHARGED ARE OFF
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

DC ESNTL BUS
NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC
BATT UTIL BUS
J512

NO. 1 CONNECTED IF J510

CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI
200A BUS HAS
POWER AC MISSION INTERFACE
PANEL
CONNECTED IF
NO. 1 CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI BUS
HAS AN
OUTPUT
BATTERY
BATTERY BATTERY
ANALYZER /
OVERTEMP FAULT
CONDITIONER
NO. 1 CONVERTER
HAS NO OUTPUT
OR CONTACTOR
NOT WORKING CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL

#1 CONV
BATTERY BATTERY LESS BATT
5.5 AH THAN 40% LOW
28 VDC CHARGED CHARGE
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY
EFFECTIVITY PANEL
EH60A
AA7667
SA

Figure 3. DC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0032 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

JUNCTION BOXES - Continued

NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC

NO. 2
CONVERTER
200A NO POWER ON DC ESS
DC ESSENTIAL BUS
BUS OFF

CONNECTED IF
NO. 2 CONVERTER NO. 2 DC PRI BUS
HAS AN PILOT’S MFD
OUTPUT
BATT BUS

NO. 2 CONVERTER DC ESS

HAS NO OUTPUT BUS
OR CONTACTOR OFF
NOT WORKING CONNECTED IF CONNECTED
100A NO. 1 DC PRI IF 1 OR BOTH
BUS DOES NOT CONVERTERS
HAVE POWER ARE ON COPILOT’S MFD

#2 CONV
BATTERY BUS CONNECTED IF
TIE CNTOR DC ESNTL BUS CONNECTED BATTERY SWITCH
PILOT’S MFD CONNECTED IF IF BATTERY SWITCH IS ON IS ON AND BOTH
EITHER AND BOTH CONVERTERS CONVERTERS
CONVERTER IS ARE OFF ARE OFF
NOT CONNECTED
#2 CONV TO BUS

COPILOT’S MFD DC ESNTL BUS

NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS 3φ
AC BATT UTIL BUS

NO. 1 CONNECTED IF
CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI
200A BUS HAS
POWER
AC
CONNECTED IF
NO. 1 CONVERTER NO. 1 DC PRI BUS
HAS AN
OUTPUT

NO. 1 CONVERTER BATTERY LOW

HAS NO OUTPUT SENSING RELAY AND BATT
OR CONTACTOR CHARGING RELAY LOW
NOT WORKING CHARGE

PILOT’S MFD
#1 CONV

BATTERY BATTERY LESS BATT

PILOT’S MFD 9.5 AH THAN LOW
28 VDC 23 VDC CHARGE

#1 CONV
EFFECTIVITY COPILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD UH60Q HH60L

AB2117
SA

Figure 4. DC Electrical System General Block Diagram.

0032 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

JUNCTION BOXES - Continued

Quick Fix Power Contactor EH60A

The quick fix power contactor, on the No. 2 junction box, provides a connection from the No. 2 dc primary bus to the
mission interface panel. With both No. 1 and No. 2 converters operating and the quick fix power switch on, power to
energize the quick fix power contactor solenoid is routed from the No. 2 dc primary bus BUS TIE CNTOR circuit breaker
through the switch and the normally closed contacts of the dc bus tie contactor. If a converter failure occurs that energizes
the dc bus tie contactor, power to energize the quick fix power contactor is removed, disabling quick fix power to J512.

DC Bus Tie Current Limiter

A current limiter on the No. 1 junction box is a 100-ampere fuse protecting the operation. This current limiter operates
when one dc primary bus is supplying the other dc primary bus as a result of a converter failure caused by a load short-
circuit.

Quick Fix Power Current Limiter CL10 EH60A

A current limiter on the No. 2 junction box is a 100-ampere fuse protecting the No. 2 dc primary bus from overload
because of a fault in the quick fix system. CL10 operates whenever quick fix equipment operation is selected by the upper
console Q/F PWR switch and both converters are operating.

No. 1 DC Essential Bus Supply Relay

The No. 1 dc essential bus supply relay, behind the pilot’s circuit breaker panel, connects the dc essential bus to the No.
1 dc primary bus when energized, or the dc essential bus to the No. 2 dc primary bus or the battery bus when deener-
gized. When the converters are operating, power from the No. 1 dc primary bus energizes the solenoid of the No. 1 dc
essential bus supply relay. This power is applied through the energized relay contacts to supply the dc essential bus. If
power is lost on the No. 1 dc primary bus, the relay is deenergized and power from the No. 2 dc primary bus is applied
through the normally closed relay contacts to supply the dc essential bus. When the converters are off and the BATT
switch is ON, power from the battery bus is applied through the normally closed contacts of the No. 1 dc essential bus
supply relay to supply the dc essential bus.

No. 2 DC Essential Bus Supply Relay

The No. 2 dc essential bus supply relay, behind the pilot’s circuit breaker panel, connects the dc essential bus to the bat-
tery bus when energized, or the dc essential bus to the No. 2 dc primary bus when de-energized.
77-27714-96-26722 When the converters are off, the BATT switch is ON, and the battery is more than 35% charged, the
path is closed from the battery utility bus, through the battery analyzer/conditioner, to energize the solenoid of the No. 2
essential bus supply relay. Power from the battery bus is applied through the energized relay contacts to supply the dc
essential bus. If the battery charge falls to 35%, the path through the analyzer/conditioner to the relay solenoid is opened
and the relay de-energizes. The path from the battery bus to the dc essential bus is opened and the dc essential bus is
dropped. If only the No. 2 converter is operating and there is no power on the No. 1 dc primary bus, power from the No.
2 dc primary bus is applied through the normally closed contacts of the No. 2 dc essential bus supply relay and the No. 1
dc essential bus supply relay to supply the dc essential bus.
DC Essential Bus Fail Relay

EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The dc essential bus fail relay, on the right relay panel in the upper cabin, provides a path to
light the caution/advisory panel DC ESS BUS OFF capsule. Power from the dc essential bus energizes the relay solenoid
and the path is opened between the battery bus and the caution/advisory panel capsule. When the charge of the battery
supplying the dc essential bus falls to 35%, the bus is dropped. The relay is now de-energized and the normally closed
relay contacts close the path from the battery bus to light the DC ESS BUS OFF capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L The dc
essential bus fail relay, on the right relay panel in the upper cabin, provides a path to light the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs
DC ESS BUS OFF legends. Power from the dc essential bus energizes the relay solenoid and the path is opened between

0032 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

JUNCTION BOXES - Continued

the battery bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s MFD legends. When the charge of the battery supplying the dc essential bus
falls to 35%, the bus is dropped. The relay is now de-energized and the normally closed relay contacts close the path
from the battery bus to light the DC ESS BUS OFF legend.

DC ELECTRICAL POWER INTERFACE EH60A

Mission equipment dc power is supplied to mission interface panel connector J512 from the No. 2 DC PRI BUS through
a 100-amp fuse and power contactor K83 (Figure 5). When dc power is available at both the No. 1 and No. 2 DC PRI
BUS, 28 vdc is applied to the upper console Q/F PWR switch. A failure of either bus will remove the 28 vdc input to the
Q/F PWR switch. Placing the Q/F PWR switch ON, when power is available at both dc primary buses, energizes power
contactor K83. The contacts of K83 route 28 vdc to the mission equipment through connector J512.

MISSION ELECTRICAL INTERFACE EH60A

The mission electrical interface provides ac and dc power connections between helicopter systems and mission equipment.
AC power is provided through the No. 1 junction box to the mission interface panel. DC power is provided through the
No. 2 junction box to the mission interface panel.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0032 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0032 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

Q/F K83
PWR QUICK FIX
OFF POWER CNTOR
NO. 1
JUNCTION
BOX
S60
ON

DC ELECTRICAL UPPER CONSOLE

SYSTEM

CL10
QUICK FIX
POWER
A1
J512
DC PWR
100 AMP

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX

CNTCTR

115 VAC φ A
115 VAC φ B
J511
NO. 1 AC PWR
AC PRI 115 VAC φ C
BUS
J958R
26 VAC
AC PWR

AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MISSION INTERFACE

PANEL

AA7668
SA

Figure 5. Mission Electrical Interface Block Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0032 00-9/10 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0033 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

DC ELECTRICAL PRIMARY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

DC PRIMARY POWER SYSTEM

Primary dc power is developed by the No. 1 and No. 2 converters using three-phase ac inputs from the No. 1 and No. 2
ac primary buses, respectively. The dc outputs of the converters are applied through the energized contacts of No. 1 and
No. 2 dc primary bus contactors K16 and K6 to supply the No. 1 and No. 2 primary buses, respectively. If one converter
fails, dc bus tie contactor K15 is energized and dc power from the primary bus of the operating converter is applied,
through a current limiter, to the primary bus of the failed converter. The current limiter protects the operating converter
from an excessive overload that may have disabled the failed converter.

EH60A Electrical dc power from the No. 2 dc primary bus is applied through contacts of dc monitor bus relay K5,
when energized, to power the dc monitor bus. The No. 2 dc primary bus also provides power through current limiter
CL10 and contacts of quick fix power contactor K83, when energized, to power J512 on the mission interface panel.
Primary power to energize dc monitor bus contactor K5 and quick fix power contactor K83 is applied through normally
closed contacts of dc bus tie contactor K15. If one converter fails, dc bus tie contactor K15 is energized, deenergizing K5
and K83 and removing power from the dc monitor bus and interface panel J512. Power to energize quick fix power con-
tactor K83 is also routed through the upper console Q/F PWR switch. This switch must be ON to energize K83 and
power up connector J512.

DC power from the No. 1 dc primary bus is applied through the energized contacts of the No. 1 dc essential bus supply
relay K10 to supply the dc essential bus. If there is no power on the No. 1 dc primary bus, power from the No. 2 dc
primary bus is applied through the normally closed contacts of the No. 2 essential bus supply relay K9 and the No. 1 dc
essential bus supply relay K10, to supply the dc essential bus. The battery bus is supplied by the dc essential bus through
the normally closed contacts of battery relay K7.

UH-60A EH-60A UH60L 89-26149 - 96-26722 When the converters are on and the battery switch is ON, the battery is
charged by the battery analyzer/conditioner. The analyzer/conditioner is supplied with 115 vac, B phase power from the
No. 2 ac primary bus and with dc power from the No. 2 dc primary bus. The analyzer/conditioner output is applied
through the normally closed contacts of battery relay K7 to charge the battery. If excessive battery temperature or an
overcharge condition is sensed by the analyzer/conditioner, battery charging is discontinued and the caution/advisory panel
BATTERY FAULT capsule goes on.

CONVERTER OPERATION

The No. 1 converter is supplied with 115 vac, three-phase power from the No. 1 ac primary bus, through the No. 1
CONVERTER circuit breaker. The No. 2 converter is supplied with 115 vac, three-phase power from the No. 2 ac
primary bus, through the No. 2 CONVERTER circuit breaker. The ac input is rectified and filtered by each converter to
produce a dc output. The dc output of the No. 1 (or No. 2, as applicable) converter energizes No. 1 (or No. 2) dc primary
bus contactor K16 (or K6) and is applied through the energized main contacts of contactor K16 (or K6) to supply the No.
1 (or No. 2) dc primary bus.

DC power from the No. 1 dc primary bus, through the DC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker, energizes No. 1 dc es-
sential bus supply relay K10 and is applied through the energized contacts of relay K10 to supply the dc essential bus.
The dc essential bus supplies dc power, through the BATT BUS SPLY circuit breaker and the normally closed contacts of
battery relay K7, to the battery bus. EH60A UH-60A UH-60L The dc essential bus also supplies dc power through the
ESNTL DC SENSE circuit breaker to energize dc essential bus fail relay K20. With relay K20 energized, the path
between the battery bus and the caution/advisory panel DC ESS BUS OFF capsule is open and the capsule is off.
UH-60Q HH-60L The dc essential bus also supplies dc power through the ESNTL DC SENSE circuit breaker to energize

0033 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0033 00

CONVERTER OPERATION - Continued

dc essential bus fail relay K20. With relay K20 energized, the path between the battery bus and the pilot’s and copilot’s
MFDs DC ESS BUS OFF legends are open and the legends are off.

EH60A UH-60A UH-60L If the No. 2 converter fails and its output drops to zero, No. 2 dc primary bus contactor K6
deenergizes. DC power from the battery bus is applied through the ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN circuit breaker and
normally closed auxiliary contacts of contactor K6 to light the caution/advisory panel #2 CONV capsule.
UH-60Q HH-60L If the No. 2 converter fails and its output drops to zero, No. 2 dc primary bus contactor K6 deener-
gizes. DC power from the battery bus is applied through the ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN circuit breaker and
normally closed auxiliary contacts of contactor K6 to light the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #2 CONV legends. DC
power from the No. 1 dc primary bus is applied through the BUS TIE CNTOR circuit breaker and normally closed
auxiliary contacts of contactor K6 to energize dc bus tie contactor K15. With contactor K15 energized, dc power from the
No. 1 dc primary bus is applied through the 100 amp current limiter to supply the No. 2 dc primary bus. If the No. 1
converter fails and its output drops to zero, No. 1 dc primary bus contactor K16 deenergizes.
EH60A UH-60A UH-60L DC power from the battery bus is applied through the ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN
circuit breaker and normally closed auxiliary contacts of contactor K16 to light the caution/advisory panel #1 CONV
capsule. UH-60Q HH-60L DC power from the battery bus is applied through the ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN
circuit breaker and normally closed auxiliary contacts of contactor K16 to light the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs #1 CONV
legends. DC power from the No. 2 dc primary bus is applied through the BUS TIE CNTOR circuit breaker and
normally closed auxiliary contacts of contactor K16 to energize dc bus tie contactor K15. With contactor K15 energized,
dc power from the No. 2 dc primary bus is applied through the 100 amp current limiter to supply the No. 1 dc primary
bus.

If a short circuit causes the No. 1 converter to be disabled and the 100 amp current limiter to open, all power is lost on
the No. 1 dc primary bus. If this occurs, No. 1 dc essential bus supply relay K10 deenergizes. DC power from the No. 2
dc primary bus is applied through the DC ESNTL BUS SPLY circuit breaker and normally closed contacts of relay K10
to supply the dc essential bus.

UH-60A EH-60A UH60L 89-26149 - 96-26722 With the converters operating and the BATT switch ON, power is
provided from the battery analyzer/conditioner to charge the battery. DC power from the battery utility bus is applied
through the BATT switch to energize relay K2 in the analyzer/conditioner. Relays K2 and K3 provide the paths for con-
necting the charger/analyzer circuit operating power and charging power from the No. 2 ac and dc primary buses. DC
power from the No. 2 dc primary bus, through the BATT CHGR circuit breaker, is used for most of the required charging
power. AC power from the No. 2 ac primary bus, through the BATT CHGR circuit breaker, is converted to dc power to
provide a voltage boost to allow a timed overcharge to be applied to the battery. The timed overcharge is applied only
when the battery has been discharged below a certain level during the previous discharge cycle. A current control circuit
controls the charging current, applied from the analyzer/conditioner through the normally closed contacts of battery relay
K7, to charge the battery. When the battery voltage reaches a reference level, a voltage control circuit automatically stops
battery charging. A temperature-compensation sensor in the battery feeds temperature information to the voltage control
circuit to modify the voltage reference level and accommodate charging over a wide temperature range.

UH-60A EH-60A UH60L 89-26149 - 96-26722 The analyzer/conditioner monitors the battery for overtemperature or
overcharge conditions occurring during charging. If the battery temperature increases to 160°F, the battery overtempera-
ture switch opens. This is sensed by the analyzer battery fault indicator and an input is applied to the voltage control
circuit that discontinues battery charging. The fault indicator also applies voltage to light the caution/advisory panel BAT-
TERY FAULT capsule. When the battery temperature decreases to a safe level, the battery overtemperature switch closes,
battery charging is continued, and the BATTERY FAULT capsule goes off. A battery or analyzer/conditioner malfunction

0033 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0033 00

CONVERTER OPERATION - Continued

may cause a battery overcharge condition. An overcharge condition is indicated by an unbalance in cell voltages. The
analyzer detects a voltage difference between battery cells. The fault indicator then stops battery charging and lights the
BATTERY FAULT capsule.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0033 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0034 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

DC ELECTRICAL BATTERY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

BATTERY

The battery is on the front cabin floor behind the copilot UH-60Q HH-60L in access area on underside of the cockpit .
It provides power for the dc essential bus on the ground when neither the engines nor the APU are operating. It also
provides power for controlling APU starting on the ground, or in the air if both ac generators fail.
77-27714-96-26722 The NiCad battery has a capacity of 5.5 ampere-hours, based on a 2-hour discharge rate at 25°C.
The battery has a total of 20 cells: 19 interchangeable cells and one low-capacity sense cell.
UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ MWO 50-77 UH-60Q HH-60L The sealed lead acid battery has a capacity of 9.5 ampere-hours,
based on a 1-hour discharge rate at 24°C ambient temperature to a cutoff voltage of 18 volts.

UH60L 89-26149 - 96-26722 UH-60A EH-60A The battery low-capacity sense cell provides information to the battery
analyzer/conditioner as to the percent of charge of the battery. Two temperature sensors in the battery provide continuous
signals to the analyzer/conditioner to compensate for voltage changes occurring as a result of battery temperature varia-
tions during charging and discharging. An over-temperature switch in the battery opens when the battery temperature
increases to 160°F during charging, disabling the analyzer/conditioner charging circuit to prevent thermal runaway.

BATTERY ANALYZER/CONDITIONER uh60l 89-26149 96-26722 UH60A EH60A

The battery analyzer/conditioner, on the rear cockpit floor inside the lower console, continuously monitors battery voltage
and temperature condition and contains a charging circuit for battery charging. When the battery is supplying the
helicopter dc buses, the analyzer/conditioner monitors the battery low capacity cell to sense battery capacity. When the
battery capacity falls to 40%, a low cell voltage detector in the analyzer lights the caution/advisory panel BATT LOW
CHARGE capsule. When capacity falls to 35%, a battery low disconnect circuit disconnects the dc essential bus loads to
make sure that enough charge remains on the battery for APU starting. The analyzer voltage detector circuit also receives
temperature information from the battery to compensate for voltage changes as battery temperature varies.

When the helicopter converters are operating and the battery switch is ON, the charging circuit of the analyzer/conditioner
receives ac and dc power to charge the battery. Battery output voltage and temperature are monitored by the charging
circuit to regulate the charging current applied to the battery. The charging circuit is automatically disabled when a battery
over temperature or overcharge condition is sensed by the analyzer/conditioner fault indication circuit. The fault indication
circuit also lights the caution/advisory panel BATTERY FAULT capsule to indicate the fault condition.
BATTERY SWITCH

77-27714-96-26722 The two-position BATT switch, on the upper console, controls battery system operation. ON permits
the battery to supply the battery and dc essential buses when the converters are off, or the battery to be charged by the
analyzer/conditioner when the converters are on. UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ MWO 50-77 UH-60Q HH-60L The two-
position BATT switch, on the upper console, controls battery system operation. ON permits the battery to supply the bat-
tery and dc essential buses when the converters are off, or the battery to be charged by the battery relay when the
converters are on. OFF disables all battery system operation 77-27714-96-26722 except supply of the battery utility
bus.

BATTERY RELAY

The battery relay, on the lower front cabin bulkhead left-hand side, connects the battery to the battery bus when energized
or the dc essential bus to the battery bus when deenergized. When the converters are off and the BATT switch is ON, the
path is closed and the battery utility bus energizes the solenoid of the battery relay. The energized contacts of the battery
relay apply power from the battery to the battery bus. When the converters are operating, the normally closed contacts of

0034 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0034 00

BATTERY RELAY - Continued

the battery relay apply power from the dc essential bus to the battery bus. When the converters are operating and the
BATT switch is ON, the battery relay is de-energized. 77-27714-96-26722 Normally closed relay contacts connect the
battery to the analyzer/conditioner to allow the battery to be charged.

BATTERY POWER SYSTEM

The battery system provides dc power to the battery bus and dc essential bus when the battery switch is ON and the
converters are off. The battery is connected directly to the battery utility bus. With the battery switch ON and both
converters off, battery relay K7 is energized and the battery supplies the battery bus through the energized contacts of
relay K7. With the battery sufficiently charged, the No. 2 dc essential bus supply relay K9 is energized and the battery
bus supplies the dc essential bus through the energized contacts of relay K9 and the normally closed contacts of the No. 1
dc essential bus supply relay K10. The No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary buses are not supplied by the battery.

77-27714-96-26722 The condition of the battery is continuously monitored by the battery analyzer/conditioner. The
analyzer/conditioner lights the caution/advisory panel BATT LOW CHARGE capsule to indicate a low battery charge.
When the battery charge falls below the low charge level, the analyzer/conditioner reserves the remaining charge for
control of APU starting by dropping the dc essential bus load.

BATTERY SYSTEM OPERATION

The helicopter battery is connected either directly to and is always supplying the battery utility bus. With both helicopter
converters off and the BATT switch placed to ON, dc power from the battery utility bus is applied through the BATT
BUS CONTR circuit breaker, the normally closed auxiliary contacts of No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary bus contactors K16
and K6, and the BATT switch, to energize battery relay K7. DC power from the battery is applied through the energized
contacts of relay K7 to supply the battery bus.

77-27714-96-26722 The battery condition is continuously monitored by the battery analyzer/conditioner. The analyzer
section of the analyzer/conditioner senses battery voltage, low cell voltage, and battery temperature. One of the 20 battery
cells is used as a sense cell to indicate the battery state of charge. A temperature sensing compensation circuit in the bat-
tery compensates for the effect of cell voltage variations with temperature. With a battery charge of at least 35%, as
indicated by the battery sense cell, analyzer/conditioner relay K1 is energized. DC power from the battery utility bus is
applied through the BATT BUS CONTR circuit breaker, normally closed auxiliary contacts of No. 1 and No. 2 dc
primary bus contactors K16 and K6, and the energized contacts of relay K1 to energize No. 2 dc essential bus supply
relay K9. DC power from the battery bus is applied through the ESNTL DC SPLY circuit breaker, the energized contacts
of relay K9, and the normally closed contacts of No. 1 dc essential bus supply relay K10, to supply the dc essential bus.
The dc essential bus applies power through the ESNTL DC SENSE circuit breaker to energize dc essential bus fail relay
K20 to keep the caution/advisory panel DC ESS BUS OFF capsule off.

77-27714-96-26722 If the voltage in the battery sense cell falls to a level indicating a battery charge of less than 40%,
this is sensed by the analyzer low cell voltage detector circuit. It applies a voltage to light the caution/advisory panel
BATT LOW CHARGE capsule. To reserve enough battery capacity for controlling APU starting, the dc essential bus is
dropped if battery charge falls below 35%. When the sense cell indicates a battery charge of less than 35%, the analyzer
low disconnect circuit deenergizes analyzer relay K1, thus deenergizing No. 2 dc essential bus supply relay K9. With
relay K9 deenergized, the path between the battery bus and the dc essential bus is open and the dc essential bus is
dropped. The removal of power from the dc essential bus deenergizes dc essential bus fail relay K20. This closes the path
from the battery bus through the BATT & ESNTL DC WARN EXT PWR CONTR circuit breaker to light the caution/
advisory panel DC ESS BUS OFF capsule.

0034 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0034 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0034 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

INTERIOR LIGHTING DESCRIPTION AND DATA

INTERIOR LIGHTING

The interior lighting systems are used for general interior illumination in the cockpit and/or in the cabin area. The interior
lighting systems consists of instrument panel lights, console lights, instrument panel and console lights dimming circuit,
cabin dome lights, cockpit flood and secondary lights, and utility and maintenance lights.

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS

The instrument panel lights consist of the pilot’s flight instrument lights, the copilot’s flight instrument lights, and the
nonflight lights (Figure 1). The lights are used to light instrument panel instruments and controls. Electrical power for the
pilot’s flight instruments is routed from the No. 1 ac primary bus through the LIGHTS PLT FLT circuit breaker to the
INSTR LT PILOT FLT control on the upper console. Electrical power for the copilot’s flight instruments is routed from
the No. 1 ac primary bus through the LIGHTS CPLT FLT circuit breaker to the CPLT FLT INST LT control on the upper
console. Electrical power for the nonflight instruments is routed from the No. 1 ac primary bus through the LIGHTS
NON FLT circuit breaker to the INSTR LT NON FLT control, also on the upper console. Turning the dimming controls
from OFF to BRT allows the pilot or copilot to vary the intensity of the flight and nonflight instrument lights.
UH60L UH-60A Lighted bezel assemblies provide lighting for the airspeed indicators (pilot’s and copilot’s), clocks,
barometric altimeters, vertical situation indicators, horizontal situation indicators, vertical speed indicators, radar
altimeters, and stabilator position indicators. A bracket-mounted post light assembly provides lighting for the icing rate
meter. UH-60Q HH-60L Lighted bezel assemblies provide lighting for the digital clocks, airspeed indicator, vertical
situation indicator, horizontal situation indicator, vertical velocity indicator (VVI), barometric altimeter indicator
(copilot’s) altimeter/encoder (pilot’s), radar altimeter, and stabilator position indicators. EH-60A Lighted bezel as-
semblies provide lighting for the digital clocks, airspeed indicator, vertical situation indicator, horizontal situation indica-
tor, vertical velocity indicator (VVI), barometric altimeter indicator (copilot’s) altimeter/encoder (pilot’s), radar altimeter,
bearing distance heading indicator, and stabilator position indicators. A bracket-mounted post light assembly provides
lighting for the icing rate meter. MWO 50-78 A bracket-mounted post light assembly provides lighting for the icing
rate meter and an integrally illuminated panel provides lighting for the auxiliary fuel management panel.
EH60A Electrical power (0 to 5 vac) from the INSTR LT NON FLT dimming control is routed to the nonflight instru-
ment lights 5V/115V transformer and to the system select panel, ECM antenna placard, blade deice test panel, and blade
deice control panel. The output of the transformer (0 to 115 vac) is routed to the icing rate meter light.
MWO 50-78 Electrical power (0 to 5 vac) from the INSTR LT NON FLT dimming control is routed to the non-flight
instrument lights 5V/115V transformer and to the blade deice test panel, and blade deice control panel. The output of the
transformer (0 to 115 vac) is routed to the icing rate meter light and to the auxiliary fuel management panel.
UH60L UH-60A EH-60A Electrical power (0 to 5 vac) from the INSTR LT PILOT FLT dimming control is routed to the
pilot’s flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer. The output of the transformer (0 to 115 vac) is routed to the pilot’s
VSI/HSI mode select panel, pilot’s stabilator position placard, and the No. 2 signal data converter. The No. 2 signal data
converter routes 0 to 115 vac power to the pilot’s display unit. Electrical power (0 to 5 vac) from the CPLT FLT INST
LTS dimming control is routed to the copilot’s flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer. The output of the
transformer (0 to 115 vac) is routed to the copilot’s VSI/HSI mode select panel, copilot’s stabilator position placard, and
the No. 1 signal data converter. The No. 1 signal data converter routes 0 to 115 vac power to the central display unit.
UH-60Q HH-60L Electrical power (0 to 5 vac) from the INSTR LT PILOT FLT dimming control is routed to the pilot’s
flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer. The transformer’s output (0 to 115 vac) is routed to the pilot’s HSI/VSI
mode select panel and No. 2 signal data converter. The No. 2 signal data converter then routes power to the pilot’s dis-
play unit on the instrument panel. The MFD/ Caution/Advisory Warning system receives its dimming ability from the IN-

0035 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS - Continued

STR LT PILOT FLT dimming control. The INSTR LT NON FLT dimming control supplies electrical power (0 to 5 vac)
to the non-flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer and to the pilot’s and copilot’s collective stick grips. The non-
flight instrument lights 5V/115V transformer then routes power (0 to 115 vac) to the stabilator indicator lighted bezel as-
sembly while the stabilator indicator placard directly receives its 0 to 5 vac from the INSTR LT NON FLT dimming
control. The INSTR LT NON FLT dimming control also supplies 0 to 5 vac to the No. 1 signal data converter. The No. 1
signal data converter then routes 0 to 115 vac to the central display unit and to the copilot’s display unit on the instru-
ment panel. The CPLT FLT INST LTS dimming control supplies 0 to 5 vac to the copilot’s flight instrument lights 5V
/115V transformer which routes power to the No. 1 signal data converter and 0 to 115 vac to the copilot’s HSI/VSI mode
select panel on the instrument panel.

CONSOLE LIGHTING

The console lighting consists of the upper and lower console lights. Upper console lighting provides control for panel
lighting of all control panels on the upper console and engine controls quadrant. UH60L UH-60A EH-60A Lower console
lighting provides control for panel lighting of limited control panels on the lower console, left and right gunners’ ICS
control panel floodlights, and troop commander’s ICS control panel floodlight. UH-60Q HH-60L Lower console light-
ing provides control for panel lighting of limited control panels on the lower console, MED 2 ICS control panel, MED 1
ICS control panel, and crew chief’s ICS control panel. Console lighting uses separate circuits for the upper and lower
consoles (Figure 2). The upper console lighting circuit is powered from the No. 1 ac primary bus through the LIGHTS
UPPER CSL circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. The lower console lighting circuit is powered from the
No. 1 ac primary bus through the LIGHTS LWR CSL circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. The upper
console light intensity is controlled by the CONSOLE LT UPPER control, on the upper console. Turning the control from
OFF to BRT provides a variable voltage (0 to 115 vac) to the upper console panels, cockpit flood and secondary lights
panel, and engine controls quadrant panels. The lower console light intensity is controlled by the CONSOLE LT LOWER
control, also on the upper console. Turning the control from OFF to BRT provides a variable voltage (0 to 115 vac)
directly to the ESSS ESSS range extension system connector, fuel boost pump control panel, the rescue hoist kit
control panel when installed, and the stabilator controls/auto flight control panel. UH60L UH-60A EH-60A The variable
115 vac is also fed through the junction box assembly to the following lower console panels: miscellaneous switch panel,
retransmit switch panel, compass system control panel, cabin dome light dimmer panel, and ESSS stores jettison control
panel connector; also the left and right gunners’ ICS control panel floodlights and the troop commander’s ICS control
panel floodlight. UH-60Q HH-60L The variable 115 vac is also fed to the following lower console panels: miscel-
laneous switch panel, compass system control panel, ESSS stores jettison control panel, personnel locator system (PLS)
control panel, blade de-ice control panel, blade de-ice test panel, pilot’s ICS control panel, copilot’s ICS control panel,
MED2 ICS control panel, MED1 ICS control panel, and crew chief’s ICS control panel. The auxiliary lighting circuit is
powered from the No.1 ac primary bus through the LIGHTS LWR CSL 5V circuit breaker on the auxiliary circuit breaker
panel. The auxiliary light intensity is controlled by the LWR CSL AUX DIMMER on the instrument panel. Turning the
control clockwise provides a variable voltage 0 to 5 vac to the following lower console panels: ice rate meter, the pilot’s
and copilot’s CDUs, emergency control panel, pilot’s rescue hoist control panel, onboard oxygen generating system
(OBOGS) status panel, auxiliary switch panel, VHF AM/FM radio, environmental control unit (ECU) control panel,
forward looking infrared (FLIR) control panel, auxiliary fuel management control panel, and crew’s rescue hoist control
panel.

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING

The instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dimming system (Figure 3) provides control for decreasing the
intensity of or turning off indicator lights on the instrument panel, upper and lower consoles, and engine and APU fire
T-handles. The dimming system consists of relays K40 and K43 as well as dimming resistors R8, R9, and R10 in the left

0035 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

LIGHTS INSTR LT
NON FLT NON FLT

HV
BRT
5
AMP 0-5 VAC 2
LV
OFF
NO.1
AC PRI
BUS
115 VAC 3
B
4
LIGHTS INSTR LT
PLT FLT PILOT FLT

HV BRT
5 LV
AMP 0-5 VAC 5
OFF
PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER TO
PANEL SHEET
2 OR 3
6

LIGHTS CPLT FLT

NO.1 CPLT FLT INST LTS
AC PRI
BUS HV BRT
115 VAC 5 LV
B AMP 0-5 VAC 7
OFF
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
8

UPPER CONSOLE

NOTES
1. EH60A
2. ESSS
AA2235_1B
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0035 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

NON-FLIGHT INSTRUMENT EFFECTIVITY

1 LIGHTS 5V / 115V TRANSFORMER 0-115 VAC
EH60A UH60A UH60L

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL (SEE NOTE 2)

ICING RATE METER

PILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP
2
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL
BLADE DE-ICE CONTROL PANEL
IRCM CONTROL PANEL
ECM ANTENNA PLACARD (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
SYSTEM SELECT PANEL (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)

3 CAUTION / ADVISORY CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT (CDU)

WARNING SYSTEM
4 INSTRUMENT PANEL
NON-FLIGHT INDICATORS

VSI / HSI MODE SELECT PANEL

0-115 VAC
STABILATOR POSITION PLACARD
PILOT’S FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
5 LIGHTS 5V / 115V TRANSFORMER AIRSPEED INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
CLOCK (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER (LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY)
VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
6 0-5 VAC HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
RADAR ALTIMETER (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
STABILATOR POSITION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER
PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT (PDU)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
PILOT’S FLIGHT INDICATORS

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

VSI / HSI MODE SELECT PANEL

STABILATOR POSITION PLACARD

VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED

BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
0-115 VAC
COPILOT’S FLIGHT INSTRUMENT AIRSPEED INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
7 LIGHTS 5V / 115V TRANSFORMER CLOCK (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY)
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER (LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY)
8 0-5 VAC RADAR ALTIMETER (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
STABILATOR POSITION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
BEARING DISTANCE HEADING INDICATOR (BDHI)
(LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY) (SEE NOTE 1)
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM
NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER 0-115 VAC
0-115 VAC COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT (CPDU)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
COPILOT’S FLIGHT INDICATORS
AA2235_2B
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0035 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

NON−FLIGHT INSTRUMENT EFFECTIVITY

1 LIGHTS 5V / 115V TRANSFORMER 0−115 VAC
UH60Q HH60L

STABILATOR INDICATOR LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY

2 PILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

STABILATOR INDICATOR PLACARD

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT (CDU)

3 MFD
CAUTION / ADVISORY INSTRUMENT PANEL
WARNING SYSTEM NON−FLIGHT INDICATORS
4

0−115 VAC HSI / VSI MODE SELECT PANEL

PILOT’S FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
5 LIGHTS 5V / 115V TRANSFORMER AIRSPEED INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
DIGITAL CLOCK (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
ALTIMETER / ENCODER INDICATER
(LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
6 0−5 VAC HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
VERTICAL VELOCITY INDICATOR (VVI) (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
RADAR ALTIMETER INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL)
ASSEMBLY)
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD)
NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER
PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

INSTRUMENT PANEL
PILOT’S FLIGHT INDICATORS

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

HSI / VSI MODE SELECT PANEL

0−115 VAC
COPILOT’S FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
7 LIGHTS 5V / 115V TRANSFORMER
VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
AIRSPEED INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
DIGITAL CLOCK (LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
VERTICAL VELOCITY INDICATOR (VVI)
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (LIGHTED
8 0−5 VAC BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER ENCODER (LIGHTED
BEZEL ASSEMBLY)
RADAR ALTIMETER INDICATOR (LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY)
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD)
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM
NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER 0−115 VAC
0−115 VAC COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT (CPDU)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
COPILOT’S FLIGHT INDICATORS
AB2236_3
SA

Figure 1. Instrument Panel Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

0035 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

CONSOLE LT
UPPER
LIGHTS
UPPER CSL
BRT
5 COCKPIT FLOOD AND
AMP SECONDARY LIGHTS
PANEL AND
UPPER CONSOLE PANELS
NO. 1 OFF
AC PRI
BUS
115 VAC
φB CONSOLE LT
LOWER
LIGHTS
LWR CSL
BRT
5
AMP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT OFF

BREAKER PANEL

UPPER CONSOLE

ESSS RANGE EXTENSION RIGHT GUNNER’S ICS

ENGINE CONTROLS
SYSTEM CONNECTOR CONTROL PANEL
QUADRANT PANELS
(SEE NOTE) FLOODLIGHT

RESCUE HOIST KIT LEFT GUNNER’S ICS

CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL
FLOODLIGHT

TROOP COMMANDER’S ICS

CONTROL PANEL
FLOODLIGHT

MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL,

RADIO TRANSMISSION
CONTROL PANEL,
JUNCTION COMPASS SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL,
BOX CABIN DOME LIGHT DIMMER PANEL,
EFFECTIVITY ASSEMBLY AND ESSS STORES JETTISON CONTROL
UH60L PANEL CONNECTOR
CM SET ALQ−162
UH60A CONTROL INDICATOR PANEL
EH60A

FUEL BOOST PUMP CONTROL PANEL

NOTE AND FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

ESSS
LOWER CONSOLE AB0717_1
SA

Figure 2. Console Lighting Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0035 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

LIGHTS
UPPER CSL CONSOLE LT
UPPER BRT
5 COCKPIT FLOOD AND
AMP SECONDARY LIGHTS
PANEL AND
NO. 1 UPPER CONSOLE PANELS
AC PRI OFF
BUS
115 VAC
φB LIGHTS
CONSOLE LT
LWR CSL
LOWER BRT
5
AMP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT OFF

BREAKER PANEL

UPPER CONSOLE

MED 2 ICS
CONTROL PANEL

ENGINE CONTROLS
QUADRANT PANELS
MED 1 ICS
CONTROL PANEL
LIGHTS
LWR AUXILIARY
CSL 5V FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL
NO. 1 CREW CHIEF’S ICS
AC PRI 1 CONTROL PANEL
BUS AMP
115 VAC

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL,
COMPASS SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL,
ESSS STORES JETTISON CONTROL,
PERSONNEL LOCATION SYSTEM,
(PLS) CONTROL PANEL,
BLADE DE−ICE CONTROL PANEL,
BLADE DE−ICE TEST PANEL,
PILOT’S ISC CONTROL PANEL,
COPILOT’S ICS CONTROL PANEL
LWR CSL AUX
DIMMER
FUEL BOOST PUMP CONTROL PANEL,
STABILATOR CONTROL / AUTO FLIGHT
CONTROL PANEL

ICE RATE METER,

CDU’S,
EMERGENCY CONTROL PANEL,
INSTRUMENT PILOT’S RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL,
ON−BOARD OXYGEN GENERATING SYSTEM
PANEL (OBOGS) STATUS PANEL,
AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL,
VHF AM / FM RADIO,
ENGINE CONTROLLED UNIT,
(ECW) CONTROL PANEL,
FORWARD LOOKING INFRARED
(FLIR) CONTROL PANEL,
EFFECTIVITY CREW’S RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL
UH60Q

LOWER CONSOLE AB0717_2A

SA

Figure 2. Console Lighting Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0035 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

LIGHTS
UPPER CSL CONSOLE LT
UPPER BRT
5 COCKPIT FLOOD AND
AMP SECONDARY LIGHTS
PANEL AND
NO. 1 UPPER CONSOLE PANELS
AC PRI OFF
BUS
115 VAC
φB LIGHTS
CONSOLE LT
LWR CSL
LOWER BRT
5
AMP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT OFF

BREAKER PANEL

UPPER CONSOLE

ENGINE CONTROLS MED 2 ICS

QUADRANT PANELS CONTROL PANEL

LIGHTS CREW CHIEF’S ICS MED 1 ICS

LWR CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL
CSL 5V
NO. 1
AC PRI 1
BUS AMP
115 VAC MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL,
COMPASS SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL,
COPILOT’S AUXILIARY ESSS STORES JETTISON CONTROL,
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL PERSONNEL LOCATION SYSTEM,
(PLS) CONTROL PANEL,
BLADE DE−ICE CONTROL PANEL,
BLADE DE−ICE TEST PANEL,
PILOT’S ISC CONTROL PANEL,
COPILOT’S ICS CONTROL PANEL
DETECTING SET CONTROL PANEL
CHAFF / FLARE DISPENSER CONTROLPANEL

LWR CSL AUX

DIMMER FUEL BOOST PUMP CONTROL PANEL,
STABILATOR CONTROL / AUTO FLIGHT
CONTROL PANEL

ICE RATE METER,

CDU’S,
EMERGENCY CONTROL PANEL,
PILOT’S RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL,
ON−BOARD OXYGEN GENERATING SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT (OBOGS) STATUS PANEL,
AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL,
PANEL VHF AM / FM RADIO,
ENGINE CONTROLLED UNIT,
(ECW) CONTROL PANEL,
FORWARD LOOKING INFRARED
(FLIR) CONTROL PANEL,
CREW’S RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL
EFFECTIVITY IRCM CONTROL UNIT
IFF RECEIVER TRANSMITTER CONTROL PANEL
HH60L

LOWER CONSOLE AB0717_3

SA

Figure 2. Console Lighting Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

0035 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

relay panel, a LIGHTED SWITCHES dimmer control on the upper console, indicator lights dimmer forward of the lower
console, pilot’s and copilot’s RAD ALT DIMMING controls on the instrument panel, and the BRT/DIM-TEST switch on
the caution/advisory panel UH60L UH60A EH60A BRT/DIM-TEST switch on the caution/advisory panel
UH-60Q HH-60L indicator LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch on the instrument panel .

The system is electrically powered by 28 vdc in three different places. The major part of the system is powered from the
No. 1 dc primary bus through the LIGHTS ADVSY circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
UH60L UH-60A EH-60A A second part of the system, relay K43, receives its power from the dc essential bus through
the FIRE DET No. 1 ENG circuit breaker in the upper console. A third part of the system, the T-handles for the #1
Engine, #2 Engine, and APU are powered by their respective fire detector control amplifiers located in the cabin
overhead. UH-60Q HH-60L A fourth part of the system, relay K303, receives its power from the No. 1 dc primary
bus through the HOIST CONTR circuit breaker panel, on the copilot’s auxiliary circuit breaker panel.

MWO 50-78 The LIGHTED SWITCHES dimmer control provides 0 to 26 vdc to the auxiliary fuel management panel
annunciators and displays. In the bright mode of operation, relay K40 is de-energized and full voltage is applied
through normally closed contacts of K40 to brighten legend lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI/VSI mode select
panels, CIS mode select panel, advisory light on the pilot’s and copilot’s vertical situation indicators (VSIs), doppler
computer display, blade de-ice test and control panels, fuel boost pump control panel, rescue hoist control panel when
installed, the CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light, and the tail wheel lock indicating system. The dimming system
also applies the 28 vdc to warning and display lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s radar altimeters. The LIGHTED
SWITCHES dimmer control provides 0 to 26 vdc to the auxiliary fuel management panel annunciators and displays.
UH60L UH-60A In the bright mode of operation, relay K40 and K43 are de-energized and full voltage is applied through
normally closed contacts of K40 to brighten legend lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI/VSI mode select panels, CIS
mode select panel, advisory light on the pilot’s and copilot’s vertical situation indicators (VSIs), stabilator controls/auto
flight control panel, doppler computer display, blade de-ice test and control panels, fuel boost pump control panel, rescue
hoist control panel when installed, the CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light, and the tail wheel lock indicating
system. The dimming system also applies the 28 vdc to warning and display lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s radar
altimeters. Normally closed contacts of relay K43 apply full output voltage of the No. 1 engine, No. 2 engine, and APU
fire detector control amplifiers directly to the respective fire warning T-handles. EH-60A In the bright mode of opera-
tion, relay K40 and K43 are de-energized and full voltage is applied through normally closed contacts of K40 to brighten
legend lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI/VSI mode select panels, CIS mode select panel, advisory light on the pilot’s
and copilot’s vertical situation indicators (VSIs), stabilator controls/auto flight control panel, doppler computer display,
blade de-ice test and control panels, fuel boost pump control panel, rescue hoist control panel when installed, the CARGO
HOOK EMERG REL TEST light, ECS control panel, system select panel, crew call switch, and the tail wheel lock
indicating system. The dimming system also applies the 28 vdc to warning and display lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s
radar altimeters. Normally closed contacts of relay K43 apply full output voltage of the No. 1 engine, No. 2 engine, and
APU fire detector control amplifiers directly to the respective fire warning T-handles. UH-60Q HH-60L In the bright
mode of operation, relays K40 and K303 are de-energized and full voltage is applied through normally closed contacts of
K40 to brighten legend lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI/VSI mode select panels, CIS mode select panel, advisory
light on the pilot’s and copilot’s vertical situation indicators (VSIs), stabilator controls/auto flight control panel, blade de-
ice test and control panels, fuel boost pump control panel, rescue hoist control panel when installed, the CARGO HOOK
EMERG REL TEST light, OBOGS status panel, and the tail wheel lock indicating system. The dimming system also ap-
plies the 28 vdc to warning and display lights on the pilot’s and copilot’s radar altimeters.

UH60L UH-60A When the BRT/DIM-TEST switch is actuated to dim mode, a ground is applied to the left relay panel to
energize relays K40 and K43. Then, dimming voltages are routed through energized contacts of relay K40 in the follow-

0035 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING - Continued

ing way: from the indicator lights dimmer, 9 vdc is applied to the blade deice control and test panels, pilot’s and copilot’s
VSI’s, rescue hoist control panel when installed, doppler computer display, and the CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST
light. Through the LIGHTED SWITCHES dimmer control, 26 vdc variable voltage is routed to the pilot’s and copilot’s
HSI/VSI mode select panel, CIS mode select panel, flight control panel, tail wheel lock system, and fuel boost pump
control panel. Also, through two RAD ALT DIMMING controls, 28 vdc variable voltage is directed to the pilot’s and
copilot’s radar altimeters. While dimming is occurring through relay K40, a 28 vdc output of each of the fire detector
control amplifiers is applied through the energized contacts of relay K43 via the dimming resistors R8, R9, and R10 to
dim the T-handles should a fire warning occur. EH-60A When the BRT/DIM-TEST switch is actuated to dim mode, a
ground is applied to the left relay panel to energize relay K40. Then, dimming voltages are routed through energized
contacts of relay K40 in the following way: from the indicator lights dimmer, 9 vdc is applied to the blade deice control
and test panels, pilot’s and copilot’s VSI’s, rescue hoist control panel when installed, system select panel, crew call
switch, doppler computer display, and the CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light. Through the LIGHTED
SWITCHES dimmer control, 26 vdc variable voltage is routed to the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI/VSI mode select panel,
CIS mode select panel, flight control panel, tail wheel lock system, and fuel boost pump control panel. Also, through two
RAD ALT DIMMING controls, 28 vdc variable voltage is directed to the pilot’s and copilot’s radar altimeters. While
dimming is occurring through relay K40, a 28 vdc output of each of the fire detector control amplifiers is applied through
the energized contacts of relay K43 via the dimming resistors R8, R9, and R10 to dim the T-handles should a fire warn-
ing occur. UH-60Q HH-60L When the BRT/DIM-TEST switch is actuated to dim mode, a ground is applied to the
left relay panel to energize relays K40 and K303. Then, dimming voltages are routed through energized contacts of relay
K40 in the following way: from the indicator lights dimmer, 9 vdc is applied to the blade deice control and test panels,
pilot’s and copilot’s VSI’s, rescue hoist control panel when installed, OBOGS status panel, system select panel, crew call
switch, and the CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light. Through the LIGHTED SWITCHES dimmer control, 26 vdc
variable voltage is routed to the pilot’s and copilot’s HSI/VSI mode select panel, CIS mode select panel, flight control
panel, tail wheel lock system, and fuel boost pump control panel. Also, through two RAD ALT DIMMING controls, 28
vdc variable voltage is directed to the pilot’s and copilot’s radar altimeters. While dimming is occurring through relay
K40, a 28 vdc output of each of the fire detector control amplifiers is applied through the energized contacts of relay
K303 via the dimming resistors R8, R9, and R10 to dim the T-handles should a fire warning occur.

UH60L UH-60A EH-60A When the BRT/DIM-TEST switch is actuated again to select the bright mode, the ground is
removed from the left relay panel. The loss of the ground de-energizes relays K40, K43, and and all panel indicator lights
mentioned above will brighten again. UH-60Q HH-60L When the INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM TEST switch is actu-
ated again to select the bright mode, the ground is removed from the left relay panel. The loss of the ground de-energizes
relays K40, K303, and all panel indicator lights mentioned above will brighten again.

CABIN DOME LIGHTS

Three dome light assemblies are installed in the cabin area to provide blue or white lighting (Figure 4). Each dome light
assembly contains a blue light and a white light. System electrical power is supplied by the No. 1 ac primary bus through
the LIGHTS CABIN DOME circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. The lights are controlled by the
CABIN DOME LT, OFF-BRT dimmer unit behind the pilot’s seat and the CABIN DOME LT WHITE-OFF-BLUE switch
on the upper console. The three-position switch, WHITE-OFF-BLUE, has on-off control and permits selection of color.

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS

The cockpit flood and secondary lights consist of two white flood lights and two blue secondary lights on the cockpit
overhead, six blue glareshield lights on the instrument panel, and standby compass light. The lighting is controlled by the
BLUE/OFF/WHITE switch on the cockpit flood and secondary lights panel, and by the GLARESHIELD LIGHTS control
on the upper console. Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied to the BLUE/OFF/WHITE switch and to standby compass

0035 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS - Continued

LEFT RELAY PANEL

1
2
FIRE DET 3
NO. 1 ENG
DC R10
ESNTL 5 4
BUS AMP 5
28 VDC
R9
UPPER CONSOLE BRT / DIM−TEST 6
7
R8
CAUTION/
LIGHTS ADVSY ADVISORY
NO. 1 PANEL K43
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP
28 VDC K40
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL

PNL LTS

TO
CAUTION / COPILOT’S
ADVISORY
WARNING RAD ALT
SYSTEM DIMMING
INDICATOR
LIGHTS CONTROL
DIMMER
PILOT’S CYCLIC
STICK GRIP PILOT’S

RAD ALT
DIMMING
LIGHTED SWITCHES
CONTROL
LIGHTED SWITCHES
DIMMER CONTROL

COPILOT’S
RADAR
ALTIMETER

PILOT’S
RADAR
EFFECTIVITY ALTIMETER
EH60A UH60A UH60L

RESCUE HOIST
CONTROL PANEL
NOTES (WHEN INSTALLED)
(SEE NOTE 1)
1. UH60A UH60L
2. WIRING ESSS 8
3. EH60A 9
4. HH60L
10
AB2130_1
SA

Figure 3. Instrument Panel and Consoles Indicator Lights Dimming Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0035 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS - Continued

ESSS RANGE
1 EXTENSION SYSTEM
2 CONNECTOR
CARGO HOOK (SEE NOTE 2)
3 EMERG REL
NO. 1 ENG TEST LIGHT
EMER OFF (SEE NOTE 1)
4 AUXILIARY FUEL
T−HANDLE MANAGEMENT PANEL
5 (WHEN INSTALLED)
(SEE NOTE 1)
APU
6 T−HANDLE
7 NO. 2 ENG
EMER OFF
T−HANDLE

MISCELLANEOUS
APU FIRE TAILWHEEL SWITCH PANEL
DETECTOR CONTROL LOCK CONTROL TAILWHEEL LOCK /
AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS UNLOCK

STABILATOR
NO. 1 ENGINE CONTROLS / AUTO
FIRE DETECTOR FLIGHT
CONTROL AMPLIFIER CONTROL PANEL

NO. 2 ENGINE
FIRE DETECTOR FUEL BOOST PUMP
CONTROL AMPLIFIER CONTROL PANEL

PILOT’S VSI / HSI

MODE SELECT
BLADE DE−ICE PANEL
CONTROL PANEL

CIS MODE
COPILOT’S SELECT
VERTICAL PANEL
SITUATION
INDICATOR (VSI)

COPILOT’S VSI / HSI

MODE SELECT
PILOT’S VERTICAL PANEL
SITUATION
INDICATOR (VSI)

CREW CALL
SWITCH (SEE NOTE 3)
BLADE DE−ICE
TEST PANEL
EFFECTIVITY
EH60A UH60A UH60L
DOPPLER SYSTEM SELECT
COMPUTER PANEL (SEE NOTE 3)
8 DISPLAY
(SEE NOTE 1)
9
10
AB2130_2
SA

Figure 3. Instrument Panel and Consoles Indicator Lights Dimming Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0035 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS - Continued

LEFT RELAY PANEL

INDICATOR LTS
BRT / DIM − TEST
K40

INSTRUMENT
(SEE NOTE 4)
PANEL
RESCUE
HOIST
CONTROL
LIGHTS ADVSY PANEL COPILOT’S
NO. 1 RAD ALT
DC PRI 5 DIMMING
BUS AMP INDICATOR
LIGHTS CONTROL
28 VDC
DIMMER
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL PILOT’S

RAD ALT
DIMMING
LIGHTED SWITCHES
CONTROL
LIGHTED SWITCHES
DIMMER CONTROL

COPILOT’S
RADAR
ALTIMETER
HOIST CONTR
NO. 1
DC PRI 5
BUS PILOT’S
AMP
RADAR
28 VDC ALTIMETER

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY
CIRCIUT BREAKER PANEL
X1

K303
X2

NO. 3 RELAY PANEL CREW’S HOIST

CONTROL PANEL

11
EFFECTIVITY
UH60Q HH60L 12
AB2130_3
SA

Figure 3. Instrument Panel and Consoles Indicator Lights Dimming Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0035 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS - Continued

MISCELLANEOUS
TAILWHEEL SWITCH PANEL
LOCK CONTROL TAILWHEEL LOCK /
CIRCUITS UNLOCK

STABILATOR
CARGO HOOK CONTROLS / AUTO
EMERG REL FLIGHT
TEST LIGHT CONTROL PANEL

OBOGS
STATUS FUEL BOOST PUMP
PANEL CONTROL PANEL

PILOT’S
MODE SELECT
BLADE DE−ICE PANEL
CONTROL PANEL

CIS MODE
COPILOT’S SELECT
VERTICAL PANEL
SITUATION
INDICATOR (VSI)

COPILOT’S
MODE SELECT
PILOT’S VERTICAL PANEL
SITUATION
INDICATOR (VSI)

ECS CONTROL
BLADE DE−ICE PANEL
TEST PANEL

DOPPLER
11 COMPUTER EFFECTIVITY
DISPLAY
UH60Q HH60L

12
AB2130_4
SA

Figure 3. Instrument Panel and Consoles Indicator Lights Dimming Block Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0035 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS - Continued

LIGHTS CABIN
DOME CABIN DOME LT

NO. 1
AC PRI 5 BRT
BUS AMP
115 VAC
φC OFF

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL

CABIN DOME LIGHTS

DIMMER UNIT

CABIN DOME LT
BLUE

WHITE
1
WHITE
OFF
2
3
BLUE CABIN DOME LIGHT

BLUE

WHITE

UPPER CONSOLE
CABIN DOME LIGHT

BLUE

WHITE

CABIN DOME LIGHT

AA7670
SA

Figure 4. Cabin Dome Lights Block Diagram.

0035 00-15
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY LIGHTS - Continued

switch by the dc essential bus through the LIGHTS SEC PNL circuit breaker on the upper console (Figure 5). Electrical
power of 115 vac is supplied to the GLARESHIELD LIGHTS control by the No. 1 ac primary bus through the
GLARESHLD circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Both blue and white secondary overhead lights are
controlled by the BLUE/OFF/WHITE switch located on the secondary light panel. The six glareshield lights are
controlled by the GLARESHIELD LIGHTS control.

UTILITY AND MAINTENANCE LIGHTS

Three portable, hand-held utility lights with coil cords are installed. Two lights are installed on the upper console; one
each for the pilot and copilot. The third light is installed on the right side of the copilot’s seat. All three utility lights
provide blue or white lighting (Figure 6). 77-27714-96-26722 System electrical power is supplied by the battery utility
bus through the UTIL LTS CKPT circuit breaker on the lower console. UH60L 96-26723-SUBQ MWO 50-77 System
electrical power is supplied by the battery bus through the UTIL LTS CKPT circuit breaker on the lower console. The
utility lights are attached to swivel-type detachable mountings and may be held to provide blue or white flood or
spotlighting. Depressing the lock button on the casing assembly and simultaneously turning the lens casing selects a light
filter for blue or white lighting.

The maintenance light, stored in a stowage bag behind the pilot’s seat, is a portable floodlight on a 20-foot cord. A DIM,
OFF, and BRIGHT switch controls the brightness of the light. UH60A UH60L The cord of the light assembly can be
connected to either of two maintenance light receptacles. One maintenance light receptacle is on the right side overhead
in the forward cabin, while the other receptacle is on the bottom, outside of the tail cone aft of the tail wheel strut.
EH60A The cord of the light assembly can be connected to either of the two receptacles previously mentioned, or, to a
third receptacle located in the transition section. Power to operate the maintenance light is provided from the battery util-
ity bus through the UTIL LTS CKPT circuit breaker on the lower console circuit breaker panel.

CM SET LIGHTS EH60A

The control indicator unit of the AN/ALQ-156 CM set is mounted on the instrument panel and receives bezel assembly
lighting power from the upper console. Control indicator status lamp lighting is also controlled at the upper console.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0035 00-16
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

BLUE SECONDARY LTS

LIGHTS SEC PNL BLUE

3
DC
ESNTL 2
5 OFF
BUS
AMP
28 VDC 1
WHITE

UPPER CONSOLE
WHITE FLOOD LTS

LIGHTS
GLARE SHLD
NO. 1
AC PRI 1
BUS AMP
115 VAC
A
PANEL LIGHTS
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
COCKPIT FLOOD AND SECONDARY
LIGHTS PANEL

GLARE SHIELD CONSOLE LT

LIGHTS UPPER

BRT HV
LV

OFF
OFF

ON

UPPER CONSOLE STANDBY COMPASS STANDBY COMPASS

SWITCH POST LIGHT

GLARE SHIELD
LIGHTS

AA7671
SA

Figure 5. Cockpit Flood and Secondary Lights Block Diagram.

0035 00-17
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0035 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

UTIL LTS CKPT

BATT
UTIL CB8 FWD
5 MAINTENANCE
BUS
AMP LIGHT
28 VDC RECEPTACLE
(SEE NOTE 1)

LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE DETAIL A)

TRANSITION
MAINTENANCE
LIGHT
RECEPTACLE
(SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE NOTE 2)

AFT
MAINTENANCE
LIGHT COPILOT’S UTILITY
RECEPTACLE LIGHT
(SEE NOTE 1)

UTIL LTS CKPT

BATT CB9
BUS 5
AMP
28 VDC AUXILIARY UTILITY
LIGHT

LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 4)

DETAIL A

NOTES
1. MAINTENANCE LIGHT STORES IN PILOT’S UTILITY LIGHT
STOWAGE BAG BEHIND PILOT’S SEAT.
2. TRANSITION MAINTENANCE LIGHT
RECEPTACLE J517 AND ASSOCIATED
WIRING.
3. 77-27714 - 97-26743
4. UH60L 96-26723 - SUBQ
MWO 50-77
AA7673B
SA

Figure 6. Utility and Maintenance Lights Block Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035 00-18
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

EXTERIOR LIGHTING DESCRIPTION AND DATA

EXTERIOR LIGHTING

The exterior lighting systems are used either as navigational aids or for lighting an area outside of the helicopter for
search or landing operations. The exterior lighting systems consist of formation lights, anti-collision lights, position lights,
a retractable landing light, controllable searchlight, and cargo hook lights.

FORMATION LIGHTS

There are two sets of formation lights. Each set consists of two lights on the right and left horizontal stabilator, one on
the rear of the main rotor pylon, and one on the tail cone (Figure 1). One set of the formation lights, one at each posi-
tion, are electro-luminescent light assemblies that emit green light when an alternating electrical field is applied to the
phosphorescent plate (NORM). The other set of formation lights, one at each position, are infrared (IR) light emitting
diode assemblies. With the NAV LTS switch at NORM, 115 vac is routed from the No. 2 ac primary bus through
LIGHTS FORM HV circuit breaker, FORMATION LT control, LIGHTS FORM LV circuit breaker, and normally-closed
contacts of relay K53 to the formation lights.

With the NAV LTS switch at IR, 28 vdc is routed from the No. 2 dc primary bus through the IR LTS circuit breaker and
NAV LTS switch to energize relay K53 in the left relay panel. Also, 28 vdc is routed to circuitry in the left relay panel,
producing a 5 vdc output. This voltage is routed through the FORMATION LT control to the IR formation lights. The
FORMATION LT control, on the upper console, has an OFF position, and positions marked 1 through 5. With the NAV
LTS switch positioned at NORM, the intensity of the electro-luminescent formation lights is controlled by rotating the
FORMATION LT control clockwise from 1 to 5. Position 1 is dim and position 5 is bright. With the NAV LTS switch at
IR, the electro-luminescent formation lights are disabled by energizing relay K53 in the left relay panel. With the
FORMATION LT control at 5, 5 vdc is applied to the clear (bright) side of the IR assemblies. At positions 1 through 4, 5
vdc is applied to the filtered (dim) side of the IR assemblies.

ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS

The helicopter has two anti-collision light assemblies; one on the underside of the tail cone, and the other on the top of
the tail rotor pylon (Figure 2). Each anti-collision light assembly contains two strobe lamps. One lamp is enclosed in a
white lens and provides light for daylight operation. The second lamp is enclosed in a red lens and provides light for
night operation. The mode of operation is controlled by the ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS UPPER/BOTH/LOWER and
DAY/OFF/NIGHT switches on the upper console. System electrical power is provided by the No. 2 ac primary bus and
routed through the LIGHTS ANTI COLL circuit breaker, on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel, to the power supply. The
power supply, located in the tail cone section, can power either one or both light assemblies in either the red or white
mode, as selected by the ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS switches. With the DAY/OFF/NIGHT switch placed to NIGHT, and
with UPPER/BOTH/LOWER switch placed to BOTH, the power supply alternately provides trigger voltages to the red
lamps in both the upper and lower anti-collision light assemblies. With the DAY/OFF/NIGHT switch placed to DAY, the
power supply alternately provides trigger voltages to the white lamp in both the upper and lower anti-collision light as-
semblies. With the UPPER/BOTH/LOWER switch placed to either UPPER or LOWER, the opposite light is disabled; the
frequency of the trigger voltage to the selected lamps are 30 - 40 flashes per minute.
POSITION LIGHTS

The helicopter has two sets of either three or five position lights (Figure 3). One set is infrared and one is incandescent.
On helicopters without horizontal stores support (HSS) installed, the helicopter has three position lights: a white light on
the rear of the tail rotor pylon, a red light on the left landing gear support fairing, and a green light on the right landing
gear support fairing. On helicopters with HSS installed, the helicopter has two additional position lights: a red light on the
left horizontal stores support and a green light on the right horizontal stores support. On helicopters without HSS in-
stalled, the HSS disconnects are jumpered so the existing three lights are operational. On helicopters with HSS installed,
the position lights on the landing gear support fairings are disabled and the position lights on the horizontal stores sup-

0036 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

POSITION LIGHTS - Continued

LIGHTS FORM LV

5
AMP

LIGHTS FORM HV
FORMATION LT
NO. 2
AC PRI 5 115 VAC
BUS AMP 5

115 VAC 85 VAC 4

B

60 VAC 3

40 VAC 2

25 VAC 1

OFF

5 VDC

5 VDC

NAV LTS
IR LTS
NO. 2 NORM OFF
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP
28 VDC
IR

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL UPPER CONSOLE

AA2242_1A
SA

Figure 1. Formation Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0036 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

POSITION LIGHTS - Continued

B 2
1
X1
K53 X2

R2
VR2
Q2 VR6

LEFT RELAY PANEL

BRT BRT BRT BRT

DIM DIM DIM DIM

AFT MAIN ROTOR PYLON TAIL CONE IR LEFT RIGHT

IR FORMATION LIGHT FORMATION LIGHT HORIZONTAL STABILATOR HORIZONTAL STABILATOR
IR FORMATION LIGHT IR FORMATION LIGHT

AFT MAIN ROTOR LEFT HORIZONTAL RIGHT HORIZONTAL

PYLON FORMATION TAIL CONE STABILATOR STABILATOR
LIGHT FORMATION LIGHT FORMATION LIGHT FORMATION LIGHT

AA2242_2A
SA

Figure 1. Formation Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0036 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

POSITION LIGHTS - Continued

LIGHTS
ANTI−COLL TRIGGER (RED)

NO. 2 C
AC PRI 5 115 VAC
BUS AMP UPPER
TRIGGER (CLEAR) ANTI−COLLISION
115 VAC LIGHT

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL LAMP VOLTAGE

POWER SUPPLY

ANTI−COLLISION
LIGHTS

UPPER / BOTH /
UPPER
LOWER SELECT
LAMP VOLTAGE
BOTH
LOWER +15 VDC
LOWER
TRIGGER (CLEAR) ANTI−COLLISION
NIGHT OFF LIGHT
DAY/NIGHT SELECT

TRIGGER (RED)
DAY

UPPER CONSOLE

AK2657
SA

Figure 2. Anti-Collision Lights Block Diagram.

0036 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

POSITION LIGHTS - Continued

ports are operational. Therefore, three position lights are operational in either helicopter configuration. Power for the
incandescent set of position lights is applied to the lights from the No. 2 dc primary bus through the POS LTS circuit
breaker, on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel, and the POSITION LIGHTS switches on the upper console. With the POSI-
TION LIGHTS STEADY/FLASH switch placed to STEADY and DIM/OFF/BRT switch placed to either DIM or BRT, all
three position lights illuminate accordingly. With the POSITION LIGHTS DIM/OFF/BRT switch placed to either DIM or
BRT and STEADY/FLASH switch placed to FLASH, 28 vdc is applied to the flasher. Pulsing power is then routed from
the flasher through the DIM/OFF/BRT switch to the lights, causing the three position lights to flash between 70 and 90
times per minute.

Power for the IR position lights is applied when the NAV LTS switch is placed to the IR position. Power of 28 vdc is
applied to the left relay panel from the No. 2 dc primary bus through the POS LTS circuit breaker and the POSITION
LIGHTS switch on the upper console. When the NAV LTS switch is placed to IR, the 28 vdc from the POSITION
LIGHTS STEADY/FLASH switch is reduced to 5 vdc and applied through the POSITION LIGHTS DIM/OFF/BRT
switch to the IR position lights. With the POSITION LIGHTS STEADY/FLASH switch placed to FLASH, 28 vdc is ap-
plied to the flasher. This circuit is protected by a fuse mounted on the left relay panel.

RETRACTABLE LANDING LIGHT

The retractable landing light assembly is on the left-forward lower nose area of the helicopter (Figure 4). Power of 28
vdc for the 600-watt quartz lamp is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus through the LIGHTS RETR LDG PWR circuit
breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. The light assembly is controlled by a LDG LT combination push-button/
toggle switch on both the pilot’s and copilot’s collective stick grips. Both LDG LT switches receive operating power from
the No. 1 dc primary bus through the LIGHTS RETR LDG CONT circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
UH-60L UH-60A EH-60A When either LDG LT ON/OFF switch is pushed and released, 28 vdc control voltage is ap-
plied through relay latching circuitry in the right relay panel to the retractable landing light assembly, causing the lamp to
light, and to the caution/advisory panel, causing the LDG LT ON caution capsule to light. Pressing the LDG LT ON/OFF
switch again and releasing it causes the lamp and the LDG LT ON capsule to go out. UH-60Q HH-60L When either
LDG LT ON/OFF switch is pushed and released, 28 vdc control voltage is applied through relay latching circuitry in the
right relay panel to the retractable landing light assembly, causing the lamp to light, and to the pilot’s and copilot’s multi-
function displays, causing the LDG LT ON legends to appear. Pressing the LDG LT ON/OFF switch again and releasing
it causes the lamp and the LDG LT ON legends to go out. When either LDG LT EXT/RET switch is moved to EXT,
and held, 28 vdc power is applied to the retractable landing light assembly to extend the light. When either LDG LT
EXT/RET switch is moved to RET, 28 vdc power is applied to the retractable landing light assembly to retract the light.
The beam angle of the landing light can be controlled from straight down to straight ahead.

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT
The controllable searchlight assembly provides a directional beam of light which is manually controlled by switches on
the pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick grips (Figure 5). The searchlight can be extended about 120° from fully retract
position and can be rotated either left or right a full 360° when in any extended position. Power of 28 vdc for the 150-
watt lamp is supplied by the dc essential bus through the LIGHTS CONTR PWR circuit breaker on the upper console, to
the dimming control and to the searchlight. Power of 28 vdc to control the searchlight is supplied by the essential bus
through the LIGHTS CONTR SRCH CONTR circuit breaker on upper console to the left relay panel, to the SRCH LT
PUSH ON-OFF/BRT-DIM switch and a four-way thumb switch on the pilot’s and copilot’s collective stick grips.
UH-60L UH-60A EH-60A Pressing and releasing the SRCH LT PUSH ON-OFF/BRT-DIM switch causes the searchlight
lamp to light and the SEARCH LT ON capsule on the caution advisory panel to go on. UH-60Q HH-60L Pressing
and releasing the SRCH LT PUSH ON-OFF/BRT-DIM switch causes the searchlight lamp to light and the SEARCH LT
ON legends on the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs to go on. If the controllable searchlight dimming unit, on the
glareshield, OUTPUT NORM/BYPASS switch is in NORM position, the lamp intensity is that of when it was last turned
on and controllable by the SRCH LT PUSH ON-OFF/BRT-DIM switch BRT/DIM positions. If the controllable searchlight
dimming unit OUTPUT NORM/BYPASS switch is in BYPASS position, the lamp intensity is full bright and is not dim-

0036 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT - Continued

POSITION LIGHTS

FLASH
POS LTS FLASHER IN

5 FLASHER
AMP
STEADY
FLASHER OUT
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
NAV LTS
28 VDC
IR LTS
NORM
5
AMP
IR

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL POSITION LIGHTS

DIM R10

OFF

LEFT
RELAY BRT
PANEL
BRIGHT COMMAND TAIL
IR
POSITION
DIM COMMAND LIGHT

UPPER CONSOLE

AA3307_1A
SA

Figure 3. Position Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0036 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT - Continued

TAIL
POSITION LIGHT
(WHITE)

RIGHT HSS
CONNECTED WHEN HSS INSTALLED POSITION
LIGHT (GREEN)

RIGHT LANDING
GEAR SUPPORT
CONNECTED WHEN HSS NOT INSTALLED FAIRING POSITION
LIGHT (GREEN)
RIGHT HSS POSITION LIGHT DISCONNECT

LEFT HSS
CONNECTED WHEN HSS INSTALLED POSITION
LIGHT (RED)

LEFT LANDING
GEAR SUPPORT
CONNECTED WHEN HSS NOT INSTALLED FAIRING POSITION
LIGHT (RED)
LEFT HSS POSITION LIGHT DISCONNECT

CONNECTED WHEN HSS INSTALLED RIGHT HSS

IR POSITION
CONNECTED WHEN HSS INSTALLED LIGHT

RIGHT LANDING
CONNECTED WHEN HSS NOT INSTALLED GEAR SUPPORT
CONNECTED WHEN HSS NOT INSTALLED FAIRING IR POSITION
LIGHT
RIGHT HSS POSITION LIGHT DISCONNECT

CONNECTED WHEN HSS INSTALLED LEFT HSS

IR POSITION
CONNECTED WHEN HSS INSTALLED LIGHT

LEFT LANDING
CONNECTED WHEN HSS NOT INSTALLED GEAR SUPPORT
CONNECTED WHEN HSS NOT INSTALLED FAIRING IR POSITION
LIGHT
LEFT HSS POSITION LIGHT DISCONNECT
AA3307_2A
SA

Figure 3. Position Lights Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0036 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT - Continued

LIGHTS LDG LT
RETR LDG
CONT
RET EXT

5 28 VDC
AMP
NO. 1
DC PRI LIGHTS
BUS RETR LDG
28 VDC PWR
ON
PUSH
25 28 VDC OFF
AMP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

PILOT’S COLLECTIVE
STICK GRIP

LDG LT ON

CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL LDG LT

CAUTION/ADVISORY
WARNING SYSTEM RET EXT

(SEE DETAIL A)

ON
PUSH
OFF

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE
RELAY STICK GRIP
LATCHING
CIRCUITRY

LIGHT POWER RETRACT

RETRACTABLE
LANDING LIGHT
LIGHT CONTROL
EXTEND

RH RELAY PANEL

NOTE
UH60Q HH60L
AB2218_1
SA

Figure 4. Retractable Landing Light Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0036 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT - Continued

LDG LT ON

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

LDG LT ON

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)

AB2218_2
SA

Figure 4. Retractable Landing Light Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0036 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT - Continued

mable. Pressing and releasing the SRCH LT ON-OFF/BRT-DIM switch again turns the searchlight lamp off. The
searchlight lamp has a removable infrared filter for NVG operations or incandescent lamp operation. Placing the four-way
thumb switch to EXT causes the searchlight to extend. Placing the four-way thumb switch to R or L causes the
searchlight to turn right or left. Placing the four-way thumb switch to RET causes the searchlight to retract and also to
stow if held at RET.

CARGO HOOK LIGHTS

Three lights are mounted in the cargo hook well area. Power for these lights is provided by the No. 2 ac primary bus
through the LIGHTS CARGO HOOK circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel (Figure 6). From the circuit
breaker, power is routed to the CARGO HOOK LT switch on the upper console. From there, power is routed to the three
cargo hook lights. The CARGO HOOK LT switch is a two-position toggle switch that provides on-off control of cargo
hook lighting.

DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT

The dual-mode controllable searchlight assembly (Figure 7) provides a directional beam of light which is manually
controlled by a switch on the rescue hoist pendant. The searchlight can be extended about 120° from the fully retracted
position and can be rotated either left or right a full 360° when in any extended position. The searchlight assembly has
three lamps, all three lamps are identical. Two lamps are wired in parallel, and are installed under a clear lens, these
lamps are called normal lamps and are used for normal white light operation. The third lamp is located under an infrared
(IR) lens and is called the IR lamp and is used for night vision goggle (NVG) operations. The searchlight lamps are
controlled by a three position toggle switch SEARCHLIGHT ON/NORMAL OFF ON/NVG switch on the crew’s hoist
control panel. When the switch is placed to ON/NORMAL 28 vdc is applied to the two normal lamps. When the switch
is placed to ON/NVG 28 vdc is applied to the IR lamp. Placing the four-way thumb switch on the rescue hoist pendant to
FWD causes the searchlight to extend. Placing the four-way thumb switch to LEFT or RIGHT causes the searchlight to
turn left or right. Placing the four-way thumb switch to AFT causes the searchlight to retract and also stow if held at
AFT.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0036 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT
DIMMING UNIT

BRT COMMAND
DIM COMMAND

ON COMMAND

CIRCUIT PWR

INPUT PWR
LAMP PWR
LIGHTS CONTR
PWR
1
20 2
AMP
DC
ESNTL
BUS
LIGHTS SRCH
28 VDC CONTR

5
AMP

UPPER CONSOLE

3
4
28 VDC OUTPUT 5
6
7
INPUT PWR 8
9
10
ON / OFF CONTROL IN 11

LEFT RELAY PANEL

PUSH
ON
EXT
OFF

L R

RETR
DIM BRT

SRCH LT SEARCHLIGHT
POSITION
CONTROL SWITCH
SEARCHLIGHT
SWITCH

NOTE
PILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP
UH60Q HH60L AB2204_1
SA

Figure 5. Controllable Searchlight Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0036 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

LAMP POWER

LAMP RELAY

TURN LEFT
CONTROLLABLE
EXTEND SEARCHLIGHT

TURN RIGHT

RETRACT
1
2 28 VDC MOTOR PWR

3
4
SEARCH LT
5 ON
6
7 CAUTION / ADVISORY
8 PANEL
9
10 CAUTION/ADVISORY
WARNING SYSTEM
11
(SEE DETAIL A)

PUSH
ON SEARCH LT
EXT ON
OFF
PILOT’S
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
L R

RETR
DIM BRT
SEARCH LT
SEARCHLIGHT ON
SRCH LT
POSITION
CONTROL SWITCH COPILOT’S
SEARCHLIGHT MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH DISPLAY

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP DETAIL A

(SEE NOTE)
AB2204_2
SA

Figure 5. Controllable Searchlight Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0036 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

CARGO HOOK LT
LEFT CARGO HOOK
LIGHTS LIGHT
CARGO HOOK OFF
C
NO. 2 AC 2
PRI BUS ON
AMP
115 VAC

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER UPPER CONSOLE

PANEL REAR CARGO HOOK
LIGHT

FORWARD CARGO HOOK

LIGHT
AK2662
SA

Figure 6. Cargo Hook Lights Block Diagram.

0036 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0036 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

CREW’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL

HOIST LIGHT CONTR

LIGHT
CONTR

2
AMP

NO. 1
DC
PRI HOIST
PWR
28 VDC
20
AMP

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY CIRCIUT

BREAKER PANEL
WHT LT ON

NVG LT ON
WHT LT PWR

IR LT PWR

EXTEND / FORWARD

RIGHT

RETRACT / AFT

LEFT

DUAL − MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT

AB0712
SA

Figure 7. Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight Block Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0036 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

UNIT LEVEL

FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

FUEL SYSTEM GENERAL

The fuel system supplies fuel to both engines and to the APU. The system consists of a main fuel system, a fuel quantity
system, and a fuel low-level warning system. Fuel from both main fuel tanks is drawn by suction to the hydromechanical
unit (HMU) and the engine-driven pumps. Fuel from the No. 1 fuel tank is drawn by suction to the APU fuel control.

MAIN FUEL SYSTEM

Fuel from both main fuel tanks is drawn by suction to the HMU and the engine-driven pumps. Fuel from the No. 1 fuel
tank is drawn by suction to the APU fuel control.

Main Fuel Tanks

Two interchangeable fuel tanks are in the transition section. The tanks are crashworthy and self-sealing. Tank material is a
rubber compound with a nylon filament added for strength and an outer coat of Vithane added for scuff resistance. Each
tank’s usable capacity varies with the method of fueling as follows:

Single-point pressure fueling - 180.5 gallons

Closed circuit fueling - 179 gallons

Gravity fueling - 181 gallons

Sump drains are in the bottom of each tank. Vent lines from each tank, in addition to venting, prevent over pressurization
during refueling if the high-level shutoff valves malfunction. Location of components in each fuel tank are shown in
Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Fuel Lines

The fuel lines are self-sealing, and have self-sealing, breakaway type valves. These valves and lines prevent loss of fuel if
the valves break away from the fuel lines or a line is severed.

REFUEL/DEFUEL SYSTEM

Both the pressure refueling and closed circuit refueling adapters are in one refueling receptacle on the left side of the
helicopter. Gravity refueling is done through separate filler ports on each side of the helicopter. No electrical power is
needed for refueling. A high-level shutoff valve in each tank closes the pressure refueling valve in the tank when the tank
is full. During pressure defueling a low-level shutoff valve closes the pressure refueling valve when the tank is empty
(Figure 1). Fueling of the fuel tanks can be done by:

Single-point pressure refueling.

Closed circuit refueling.

Gravity refueling.

VENT SYSTEM

The vent system allows air to enter or exit the main fuel tanks. It also prevents fuel spillage from the main tanks if the
helicopter banks and/or rolls excessively. Vent valves are attached to breakaway valves on each main tank panel assembly.
A single Y shaped vent tube connects each vent valve to a common line extending to the rear and down, exiting at the
bottom of the fuselage. The vent valves have double-acting check valves which open due to a pressure differential
between the tank and atmosphere. This allows air to exit or enter the tanks. If the helicopter banks or rolls excessively

0037 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

VENT SYSTEM - Continued

BREAKAWAY VENT
VALVE VALVE

MAIN VALVE

PLATE ASSY

HIGH-
LEVEL
SHUTOFF
VALVE FUEL
QUANTITY
PROBE

FUEL PRESS
INTERCONNECT PRESSURE
TUBE FUEL IN

RELIEF
VALVE INTERCONNECT
BREAKAWAY
VALVE

PRESS
FUELING
SHUTOFF
VALVE LOW-LEVEL
SHUTOFF VALVE

LOW-LEVEL SENSOR

APU
CHECK VALVE

ENGINE CHECK
VALVE

AB0870
SA

Figure 1. Fuel Tank Components.

0037 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

VENT SYSTEM - Continued

PRESSURE
SWITCH

CHECK VALVE

FUEL BOOST
PUMP

AB0872
SA

Figure 2. Fuel Tank Pressure Switch, Check Valve and Fuel Boost Pump.

0037 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

VENT SYSTEM - Continued

these valves will remain closed preventing fuel loss. Main tank fuel overflow is detected by an overflow sensor in the
vent line. ESSS The signal output will turn on the OVERFLOW indicator on the fuel management panel.

SUPPLY SYSTEM

The fuel supply system consists of a low pressure engine boost pump, fuel filter, fuel selector valve, HMU, and a main
tank check valve. Fuel is drawn to each engine HMU by suction created by the engine boost pump. Under particular situ-
ations a tank’s fuel boost pump can be utilized to pressurize fuel to the HMU. A prime/boost system will automatically
pressurize (prime) the fuel supply upon engine start. The fuel filter for each engine has a bypass valve to assure continu-
ous fuel flow when the filter becomes blocked. A bypass warning device in the form of a popout button will indicate the
bypass condition. The main tank check valve prevents loss of fuel prime when the engines are shut down. Fuel selector
valves control the source of fuel for each engine.

PRIME BOOST SYSTEM

A prime/boost pump is installed in front of the No. 1 fuel component plate assembly in the fuel tank compartment. If the
main fuel lines lose their prime, the electrically operated pump will prime them. The pump is controlled by the FUEL
PUMP switch on the upper console. Electrical power is supplied from the battery bus through the FUEL PRIME BOOST
circuit breaker. While the pump is running, the PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule on the caution/advisory panel will be
on. The prime/boost system is activated by the engine start system, automatically priming each engine fuel line while the
engine is being started.

FUEL BOOST PUMP SYSTEM

The fuel boost pump system consists of a submerged centrifugal pump in the bottom of each fuel tank, two pressure
switches, two pump lights, two check valves, and two control switches. The pump and control switches are mounted on
the fuel boost pump control panel on the lower console (Figure 3). When either the NO. 1 PUMP or NO. 2 PUMP switch
is placed ON, the respective boost pump will go on and a pump light will go on. The check valve (one at each pump
outlet) prevents loss of engine fuel line prime. Power for the No. 1 boost pump is supplied by the No. 1 primary ac bus
through the NO. 1 FUEL BOOST PUMP circuit breaker mounted on the mission readiness panel. Power for the No. 2
boost pump is supplied by the No. 2 primary ac bus through the NO. 2 FUEL BOOST PUMP circuit breaker mounted on
the mission readiness panel. EH60A Power for the No. 1 boost pump is supplied by the No. 1 ac primary bus through
the NO. 1 FUEL BOOST PUMP circuit breaker mounted on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Power for the No. 2 boost
pump is supplied by the No. 2 ac primary bus through the NO. 2 FUEL BOOST circuit breaker mounted on the pilot’s
circuit breaker panel. Power to the No. 1 and No. 2 pump lights on the fuel boost pump control panel is routed through
one set of contracts of relay K40 in the left relay panel.

Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel

The fuel boost pump control panel consists of two toggle switches, two press-to-test light indicators, a lighted information
plate and, on the back of the control panel, an electrical connector (Figure 3). The NO. 1 PUMP and NO. 2 PUMP toggle
switches control the operating voltage to the respective fuel boost pump. The NO. 1 PUMP and NO. 2 PUMP indicators
go on to indicate adequate pressure at the respective boost pump output.

ENGINE FUEL SELECTOR CONTROL

There are two fuel selector levers, one for each engine, in the engine control quadrant. The levers are connected by push-
pull cables to fuel selector valves. Each lever has three positions, OFF, DIR (direct), and XFD (crossfeed). With the
levers at OFF, the fuel selector valves are closed. When you push the levers forward to DIR the selector valves open, al-
lowing fuel flow for each engine from its fuel tank. Pushing the lever further forward to XFD connects the crossfeed
position of the selector valves. The fuel crossfeed system allows:

Fuel from No. 1 tank to supply No. 1 engine.

Fuel from No. 2 tank to supply No. 2 engine.

0037 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

ENGINE FUEL SELECTOR CONTROL - Continued

FUEL BOOST PUMP CONTROL

ON ON
NO. 1 NO. 2
PUMP PUMP

OFF OFF

AK2664
SA

Figure 3. Fuel Boost Pump Control Panel.

Fuel from either tank to supply both engines.

Fuel from either tank to supply the opposite engine.

FUEL QUANTITY INDICATING SYSTEM

The fuel quantity system visually indicates the amount of fuel, in pounds, in each tank and also the amount of total fuel
remaining in both tanks. The fuel quantity system consists of one fuel quantity probe in each fuel tank, a fuel quantity
signal conditioner, and a fuel indicator test circuit. See Figure 4 for system block diagram. The fuel quantity system
information is displayed on the instrument display system FUEL QTY indicators. The quantity of fuel in each fuel tank is
sensed by the fuel quantity probe. The FUEL QTY vertical indicators display fuel quantity in LBS X 100 for both the No.
1 and No. 2 fuel tanks. The FUEL QTY indicator scales are amber for 0 to 200 pounds of fuel, and green for 200 to
1500 pounds of fuel. A digital readout of total fuel in both tanks is shown at the bottom of the vertical indicators. The
system may be checked out by pressing the FUEL IND TEST push-button on the miscellaneous switch panel, causing
both vertical scales of the FUEL QTY indicator and the digital readout to change, and the #1 and #2 FUEL LOW caution
lights on the caution/advisory panel HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display to flash. When the
button is released, the scale returns to the original readings. The signal conditioner has external empty and full adjust-
ments for each fuel tank.

FUEL LOW LEVEL WARNING SYSTEM

The fuel low level warning system consists of one low-level sensor on each fuel quantity probe, a low level warning
conditioner, #1 FUEL LOW and #2 FUEL LOW caution lights on the caution/advisory panel, HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s or
copilot’s multifunction display, and a fuel low indicator test circuit. See Figure 5 for system block diagram. Power for
the system is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus through the FUEL LOW WARN circuit breaker. The low-level warn-

0037 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

FUEL LOW LEVEL WARNING SYSTEM - Continued

ing conditioner supplies dc current to the fuel low level sensor circuitry. The sensor, at the lower portion of the fuel
quantity probe, contains a thermistor which senses the presence or absence of fuel. When the thermistor beads are wet,
the sensor signal voltage supplied to the low level warning conditioner is high. A high sensor signal causes the
conditioner to open the supply voltage path to the #1 FUEL LOW and #2 FUEL LOW caution lights. When the ther-
mistor beads are dry, the sensor signal voltage supplied to the low level warning conditioner is low. A low sensor signal
causes the conditioner to close the supply voltage path. The 28 vdc from the FUEL LOW WARN circuit breaker is then
supplied through the low-level warning conditioner to the caution/advisory panel HH-60L UH-60Q pilot’s or copilot’s
multifunction display , causing the #1 FUEL LOW or #2 FUEL LOW caution light to flash. Each light flashes when
about a 20-minute fuel supply (172 pounds of fuel) remains in its tank. Both lights also flash when the FUEL IND TEST
push-button on the miscellaneous switch panel is pressed.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1732 00 for equipment data information.

0037 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

NO. 1 AC
INST
NO. 1
AC PRI 5 115 VAC
BUS AMP
NO. 1 TANK
115 VAC FUEL QUANTITY
B

FUEL
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL IND
TEST

6KHZ VOLTAGE

6KHZ VOLTAGE
6KHZ VOLTAGE

6KHZ VOLTAGE
MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH
PANEL ASSEMBLY

NO. 2 TANK
FUEL QUANTITY

FEED−THROUGH FEED−THROUGH

HI Z HI Z

LO Z LO Z

FUEL
LOW−LEVEL
FUEL SENSOR
FUEL LOW−LEVEL FUEL
QUANTITY SENSOR QUANTITY
PROBE PROBE

NO. 1 FUEL TANK NO. 2 FUEL TANK

AA7813_1
SA

Figure 4. Fuel Quantity System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0037 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

EMPTY EMPTY
ADJUST ADJUST RANGE EXTENSION
KIT (WHEN
INSTALLED)
BRIDGE 6KHZ
RECTIFIER OSCILLATOR

REF REF FULL ESSS

ADJUST RANGE EXTENSION
SYSTEM CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE)
NEGATIVE
CLIPPER

NO. 1 TANK
FUEL QUANTITY

FULL
ADJUST

NEGATIVE
CLIPPER

NO. 2 TANK
FUEL QUANTITY

SIGNAL CONDITIONER

NO. 1 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER

CENTRAL DISPLAY
UNIT

NO. 2 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER

INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM

NOTE
ESSS
AA7813_2
SA

Figure 4. Fuel Quantity System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0037 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

FUEL
LOW
WARN
NO. 1
DC PRI 5 28 VDC 1
BUS AMP
28 VDC

2
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

DC SENSOR
GROUND CURRENT SIGNAL 4

0.25 0.25
AMP AMP FUEL
IND
TEST

2.2 MFD 2.2 MFD

MISCELLANEOUS
SWITCH PANEL
5
tO

tO
6

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)

FUEL QUANTITY
PROBE

(SEE DETAIL A)

FUEL LOW
LEVEL SENSOR

NO. 1 FUEL TANK

NOTES
1. THERMISTERS HAVE NEGATIVE
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT.
2. UH60Q HH60L
AB2141_1
SA

Figure 5. Fuel Low Level Warning System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0037 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0037 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

1 28 VDC FLASHER #2 FUEL LOW

2 28 VDC
K1

3 DC CURRENT

4 SENSOR SIGNAL

5 28 VDC FLASHER #1 FUEL LOW

CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL

6 28 VDC
K2
CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM

DC CURRENT (SEE DETAIL B)

SENSOR SIGNAL

FLASHER #1 FUEL LOW

LOW LEVEL WARNING
CONDITIONER FLASHER #2 FUEL LOW

FUEL QUANTITY COPILOT’S MFD CAUTION /

PROBE ADVISORY PANEL

FLASHER #1 FUEL LOW

FLASHER #2 FUEL LOW

PILOT’S MFD CAUTION /

ADVISORY PANEL

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM

(SEE DETAIL A) DETAIL B

(SEE NOTE 2)
FUEL LOW
LEVEL SENSOR

NO. 2 FUEL TANK AB2141_2

SA

Figure 5. Fuel Low Level Warning System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0037 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

UNIT LEVEL

FLIGHT CONTROLS

FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

DESCRIPTION

The flight controls consist of the collective, cyclic, and tail rotor (directional) control systems. These systems use a series
of push-pull rods, bellcranks, cables, pulleys, and servos that transmit control movements from cockpit to the main and
tail rotors (Figure 1). The pilot and copilot have dual controls. Cyclic control sticks control forward, rearward, and lateral
helicopter movements; collective control sticks control vertical helicopter movements; and tail rotor control pedals control
helicopter headings. Hydraulic power is supplied by the first stage, second stage, and backup hydraulic systems. Electrical
power is supplied by the ac and dc electrical system. Assistance for the pilot or copilot in pitch, roll, and yaw control is
provided by the stability augmentation system (SAS), flight path stabilization (FPS), and electromechanical trim. For a
complete description of these systems, refer to TM 11-1520-237-23.

OPERATION

The flight controls are either manually operated, by the pilot or copilot moving the cyclic control stick, collective control
stick, and tail rotor control pedals, or automatically by the SAS. Movement of the cyclic or collective control stick is
transmitted by mechanical linkage to hydraulic servos for power assist, and then to the mixing unit. The mixing unit
mechanically combines inputs to the main rotor and provides proportional control movements to the tail rotor. This takes
place through the collective to yaw coupling and through the hydraulic primary servos. The primary servos move the
main rotor swashplate, which changes blade pitch. The tail rotor pedals are connected by bellcranks, idlers, and control
rods to the hydraulic yaw boost servo for power assist, and then through the mixing unit. Control cables transmit this
movement to the rear control quadrant, then to a control rod to the hydraulic tail rotor servo. This moves the pitch change
beam, which changes the tail rotor blade angles (Figure 2).

FLIGHT CONTROL SELF-RETAINING BOLTS

Self-retaining (impedance) bolts are used as the primary connections in the flight controls system to prevent components
from disconnecting accidently. These bolts are identified by a split collar on the bolt shank at the threaded end. The collar
provides the self-retaining feature of the bolt. The split collar is compressed into a groove during installation and expands
on the outside of the hole when the bolt is completely installed.

COLLECTIVE CONTROL SYSTEM

This system gives vertical helicopter control. The collective sticks are connected through a series of control rods,
bellcranks, the collective boost servo and the mixing unit to the primary servos. These all raise or lower the main rotor
swashplate, independent of the cyclic position of the swashplate. This causes the pitch angle of all blades to change
equally. The collective boost servo is powered by the second stage hydraulic system.

Collective Stick Assembly

The pilot’s collective stick assembly consists of a grip assembly, friction lock boot assembly, tube assembly, socket as-
sembly, drag strut assembly, and associated wiring (Figure 3, Sheets 1 and 2). The copilot’s collective stick assembly
consists of a grip assembly, telescoping tube assembly, socket assembly, and associated wiring. Both stick assemblies use
the same grip assembly. The grip assembly has a LDG LT (landing light control) push-button/toggle switch, SVO OFF
(servo shutoff) toggle switch, searchlight control thumb switch, SRCH LT (search light) toggle switch,
EH-60A UH-60A UH-60L ENG RPM (engine speed trim) switch, UH-60Q HH-60L RAD SEL (radio select) switch,
EMERG HOOK REL push button, and HUD control switch, marked BRT, DIM, MODE, DCLT.

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM

This system provides forward, rearward, and lateral control of the helicopter. The cyclic sticks are mechanically-coupled,
lever-type controls for both pilot and copilot. The cyclic sticks are connected through a torque shaft, a series of control

0038 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

A
PILOT‘S
CYCLIC STICK

PILOT‘S
TAIL ROTOR
CONTROL
PEDALS

COPILOT‘S
COLLECTIVE
STICK

AK2667_1
SA

Figure 1. Flight Control System. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0038 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

MAIN ROTOR TAIL GEAR

PRIMARY SERVOS BOX TAIL
ROTOR
SERVO

MIXER
UNIT
TAIL ROTOR
AFT QUADRANT
PILOT ASSIST
ASSEMBLIES

FLIGHT CONTROL
BRIDGE ASSEMBLY
(MAIN TRANSMISSION)

TAIL ROTOR
CONTROL CABLES

TAIL ROTOR
CONTROL CABLES

TAIL ROTOR
FORWARD QUADRANT
(CABIN) AK2667_2
SA

Figure 1. Flight Control System. (Sheet 2 of 2)

rods, bellcranks, pitch trim assembly, roll assembly SAS actuator and a mixing unit, to the primary servos. These control
movement of the main rotor blades. The servos are powered by the first stage and second stage hydraulic systems.

Cyclic Stick Assembly

The cyclic stick assembly consists of a grip assembly, tube assembly, socket assembly, and associated wiring (Figure 4).
The grip assembly has a STICK TRIM thumb switch, ICS - RADIO rocker switch, and push button switches marked
TRIM REL (trim release), PNL LTS (panel lights kill switch), GA (go around enable), and CARGO REL (cargo hook
release). The cyclic stick also houses a manual slew-up switch (Figure 5). HFIRE/VOL Have provisions on the pilot’s
and copilot’s sticks to disable the GA (go around enable) function.

0038 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

NO. 1 ENGINE
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC (SEE NOTE)
CONTROL

NO. 2 ENGINE
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC (SEE NOTE)
CONTROL

COCKPIT PILOT-ASSIST
CONTROLS SERVOS
COLLECTIVE COLLECTIVE
STICKS BOOST

2ND FORWARD

1ST

SAS T
A
I
L
2ND R
PITCH TRIM O
1ST AFT T
CYCLIC
STICKS O
R
SAS
S
E
R
V
O
ROLL 2ND

1ST
LATERAL
PRIMARY SERVOS
TRIM
SAS

CONTROL YAW
PEDALS BOOST

MIXER

TRIM

NOTE
UH60L HH60L
AA7679A
SA

Figure 2. Flight Controls - Simplified Diagram.

0038 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

PILOT

FRICTION
GRIP
A
GRIP ASSEMBLY
FRICTION LOCK
BOOT
TUBE ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY

DRAG STRUT
ASSEMBLY

SOCKET
ASSEMBLY
A
CARGO
HOOK EMERGENCY SEARCHLIGHT
RELEASE SWITCH SWITCH WIRING
SRCH LT
HARNESS
HOOK BRT
EMER REL PUSH SERVO
SHUTOFF
ON
S
OFF 1S VO O
TS F
TA F
GE

LDG LT EXT DIM

PUSH EXT
RETR 2N EN
DS RP G
ON TG M
OFF L
UP
R
INC
R

RA RETR
D DE
SE CR
DN L

LANDING LIGHT ENGINE RPM

CONTROL SWITCH
RADIO SEARCHLIGHT (SEE NOTE 1)
SELECT CONTROL
SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 2)
GRIP ASSEMBLY HUD HUD
CONTROL
O
M BRT SWITCH
D
D
NOTES E L
T
C

DIM

1. UH60Q HH60L ENGINE SPEED TRIM

SWITCH LOCATED ON UPPER CONSOLE.
2. UH60Q HH60L
3. HUD (SEE NOTE 3) AA7609_1A
SA

Figure 3. Collective Stick Assembly. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0038 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

COPILOT

A
GRIP ASSEMBLY

SOCKET
ASSEMBLY

TELESCOPING
TUBE ASSEMBLY

WIRING
HARNESS

AA7609_2
SA

Figure 3. Collective Stick Assembly. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0038 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

GRIP
ASSEMBLY
A

TR
ICK IM
ST FWD

L R O
RG
GA CA EL.
AFT R

TUBE ASSEMBLY

STICK TRIM
GO AROUND CARGO HOOK
ENABLE SWITCH RELEASE SWITCH

SOCKET
ASSEMBLY

TRIM I.C.S.
RELEASE
SWITCH

IM
TR L
RE

RADIO−ICS
WIRING SWITCH RADIO
HARNESSES
PANEL LIGHTS
KILL SWITCH

PNL
LTS

GRIP ASSEMBLY
AB3406
SA

Figure 4. Cyclic Stick, Typical.

0038 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

CYCLIC CONTROL SYSTEM - Continued

(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 1)

NOTES

1. UH60A 88−26047 − SUBQ

UH60L UH60Q HH60L
EH60A 87−24667 − SUBQ
2. UH60A 77−22714 − 88−26047
EH60A 84−24017 − 87−24666
3. HFIRE/VOL AB2303
SA

Figure 5. Cyclic Stick Slew Switch Configurations.

0038 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

TAIL ROTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY

The tail rotor (directional) control system determines helicopter heading, or yaw, by controlling pitch of the tail rotor
blades. The control pedals are connected through a series of control rods, bellcranks, yaw boost servo, the mixing unit,
cables, and quadrants to the tail rotor servo. This moves the pitch change beam to change tail rotor blade angles. The tail
rotor controls are powered by the first stage or backup hydraulic systems.

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL PEDALS

The pedals are mechanically coupled and permit the pilot and copilot to control helicopter headings. The pedals contain
independent toe-operated wheel brake controls. Each set of pedals can be adjusted to the pilot’s leg length.

TAIL ROTOR QUADRANT

A tail rotor quadrant, mounted on the tail gear box, transmits tail rotor cable movements into the tail rotor servo
(Figure 6). Two spring cylinders are connected to the quadrant. If one cable is broken, the spring cylinders allow the
quadrant to operate normally. The TAIL ROTOR QUADRANT caution capsule on the caution/advisory panel will go on
if a cable breaks. The remaining cable will unlatch when the helicopter is shut down.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0038 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0038 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

A MICROSWITCH

LEVER

TAIL
ROTOR
CABLE

QUADRANT

OUTPUT
LINK CABLE
TAIL GUARD
ROTOR
CABLE

SPRING
CYLINDER

T RTR SERVO
WARN
28 VDC SWITCH S45
NO. 1 C
DC PRI 5
BUS AMP NC TAIL ROTOR
QUADRANT
NO

NC
NO

SWITCH S46
TAIL ROTOR QUADRANT AB3405
WARNING SCHEMATIC SA

Figure 6. Tail Rotor Quadrant.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0039 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM

The windshield anti-ice system prevents ice from forming on the pilot’s and copilot’s windshields. HCW The center
windshield is also equipped with the anti-ice system. The anti-ice system applies three-phase, 115 vac power to heater
elements within the windshield to keep a temperature of 70° to 115°F on the windshield surface. The ac power is sup-
plied to the windshield heater elements by anti-ice controllers that are activated by two temperature sensors within each
windshield. The system consists of heater elements and temperature sensors in the pilot’s and copilot’s windshields,
pilot’s and copilot’s anti-ice controllers on the right and left sides of the cabin overhead, and control switches on the up-
per console. HCW The system also consists of heater elements and temperature sensors in the center windshield and
center anti-ice controller on the left side of the cabin overhead, and control switch on the upper console.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

The windshield anti-ice system gets ac and dc electrical power from the pilot’s and copilots circuit breaker panels
(Figure 1, Sheet 1, 2, 3, and 4). Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary buses and
routed through the CPLT WSHLD ANTI-ICE, PILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE, and HCW CTR WSHLD ANTI-ICE
circuit breakers, respectively, to the WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT, PILOT, and HCW CTR switches. Electrical
power of 115 vac is supplied by the No. 1 and No. 2 ac primary buses and routed through the respective anti-ice circuit
breakers to the copilot’s, pilot’s, and center anti-ice controllers.

NORMAL OPERATION

Anti-ice operation for the pilot’s, copilot’s, and HCW center windshields is the same. Copilot’s anti-ice operation is
described. When the WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch is placed ON, 28 vdc control voltage is applied through
the switch and normally closed contacts of automatic cutout relay K21 in the right relay panel, to the copilot’s anti-ice
controller. Windshield heater element power of 115 vac is also applied to the controller. The temperature of the copilot’s
windshield is monitored by two parallel connected temperature sensors within the windshield. The sensors form one leg
of a resistance bridge circuit in the anti-ice controller. Changes in windshield temperature cause corresponding changes in
sensor resistance, resulting in a bridge unbalance. The bridge unbalance produces a signal of specific phase that cor-
responds to a sensor resistance above or below the bridge balance point. This signal is phase-detected and compared with
a 400 Hz reference signal within the controller. When windshield temperature decreases to a value giving a sensor
resistance of between 167 to 169 ohms, an in-phase bridge unbalance signal is produced. This signal turns on the control-
ler that applies 115 vac power to the windshield heater elements to heat the windshield. When the temperature of the
windshield increases to a value giving a sensor resistance of between 4 to 5 ohms above the turn-on resistance value, the
unbalanced bridge circuit produces an out-of-phase signal that turns off the controller.

The windshield anti-ice system contains protection circuitry to prevent damage to the windshield in case of a fault. If a
windshield temperature sensor opens or shorts, or if there is a loss of ac or dc power, the anti-ice controller removes
power from the windshield heater elements. The system is also automatically shut off if the auxiliary power unit (APU)
generator is the only source of electrical power and the backup hydraulic pump is on. Under these conditions, 28 vdc
from the APU is applied through the normally closed contacts of No. 2 and No. 1 ac generator contactors K2 and K1,
through the energized contacts of APU/external power contactor K3, and the energized contacts of hydraulic emergency
relay K19 to energize automatic cutout relay K21. With K21 energized, the 28 vdc is removed from the anti-ice controller
and the system shuts off.

0039 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0039 00

NORMAL OPERATION - Continued

EH-60A When any of the WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switches are set to ON, relay K96 disables operation of the
environmental control system.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0039 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0039 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

COPILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE

NO. 1
115 VAC
3φ 400 Hz
AC PRI 15
BUS AMP
115 VAC
3φ WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE
COPILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
COPILOT OFF

NO. 1
DC PRI 5 28 VDC
BUS AMP
28 VDC ON

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

PILOT OFF

PILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE

NO. 2 ON
DC PRI 5 28 VDC
BUS AMP
28 VDC UPPER CONSOLE

PILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE

NO. 2
AC PRI 15
BUS AMP
115 VAC
3φ

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE
(SEE NOTE 1) 28 VDC APPLIED NOTE 2)
WHEN APU
GENERATOR IS
ON THE LINE
OR EXTERNAL
K3 POWER IS K2
CONNECTED

APU EXT PWR NO. 2 GENERATOR

CONTACTOR CONTACTOR
EFFECTIVITY
W / O HCW
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX

NOTES
1. CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN APU
115 VAC
3 φ 400 Hz
GENERATOR ON THE LINE.
2. CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN NO. 2
GENERATOR OFF.
3. CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN NO. 1
GENERATOR OFF.
4. CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN BACKUP
HYDRAULIC PUMP IS ON.
5. WHEN WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE IS ON,
THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
SYSTEM IS DISABLED BY RELAY K96. AA3305_1A
SA

Figure 1. Windshield Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0039 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0039 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

115 VAC HEATER

3φ 400 Hz ELEMENTS
COPILOT’S
ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER
SENSOR RIGHT AND
RESISTANCE LEFT SENSORS
CHANGE

COPILOT’S
DC CONTROL WINDSHIELD
VOLTAGE

DC CONTROL
VOLTAGE

K21

(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 4) AUTOMATIC

CUTOUT
RELAY

RIGHT RELAY
K1 K19 PANEL

NO. 1 AC HYDRAULIC
GENERATOR EMERGENCY
CONTACTOR RELAY

NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX

115 VAC
3φ 400 Hz
HEATER
ELEMENTS
PILOT’S
ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER

SENSOR RIGHT AND

RESISTANCE LEFT SENSORS
CHANGE

PILOT’S
WINDSHIELD

AA3305_2A
SA

Figure 1. Windshield Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0039 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0039 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

CPLT WSHLD 115 VAC

ANTI-ICE 3 φ 400 Hz
NO. 1
AC PRI 15
BUS AMP
115 VAC WINDSHIELD
3φ CPLT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
ANTI-ICE
COPILOT OFF
NO. 1
AC PRI 5 28 VDC
BUS AMP
28 VDC
ON

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

PILOT
OFF
WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE PILOT 28 VDC
NO. 2
DC PRI 5 ON
BUS AMP
28 VDC
PILOT WSHLD CTR
ANTI-ICE OFF
NO. 2
AC PRI 15
BUS AMP
ON
115 VAC
3φ
WINDSHIELD UPPER CONSOLE
ANTI-ICE CTR
NO. 2
DC PRI 5 28 VDC
BUS AMP
28 VDC
CTR WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
NO. 2
AC PRI 115 VAC
3 φ 400 Hz
7.5
BUS AMP
115 VAC
3φ

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL 115 VAC

3 φ 400 Hz

(SEE 28 VDC APPLIED (SEE

NOTE 1) WHEN APU NOTE 2)
GENERATOR IS
ON LINE
K3 OR EXTERNAL K2
POWER IS
CONNECTED

APU EXT PWR NO. 2 GENERATOR

CONTACTOR CONTACTOR

EFFECTIVITY
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
HCW
AA3305_3A
SA

Figure 1. Windshield Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0039 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0039 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

HEATER
115 VAC ELEMENTS
COPILOT’S 3φ 400 Hz
ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER SENSOR RIGHT AND
RESISTANCE LEFT SENSORS
CHANGE

COPILOT’S
WINDSHIELD

DC CONTROL
VOLTAGE (SEE NOTE 5)

K96

NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

DC CONTROL
VOLTAGE
115 VAC HEATER
3φ 400 Hz ELEMENTS
CENTER
ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER SENSOR RIGHT AND
RESISTANCE LEFT SENSORS
DC CONTROL CHANGE
VOLTAGE
CENTER
WINDSHIELD

K21

AUTOMATIC
CUTOUT
RELAY

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

115 VAC HEATER

3φ 400 Hz ELEMENTS
PILOT’S
ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER SENSOR RIGHT AND
RESISTANCE LEFT SENSORS
CHANGE

PILOT’S
WINDSHIELD

(SEE (SEE NOTE 4)

NOTE 3)

K1 K19

NO. 1 AC HYDRAULIC
GENERATOR EMERGENCY
CONTACTOR RELAY

NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX

AA3305_4A
SA

Figure 1. Windshield Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0040 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The electrically-operated windshield wiper system consists of a two-speed ac motor, two converters, two wipers, and a
control switch (Figure 1). The HI and LOW positions of the WINDSHIELD WIPER control switch, on the upper
console, control the wiper blade speed. The PARK position is used to return the wiper blade to the inboard edge of the
windshields. Power for the wiper system is supplied by the No. 1 primary ac bus through the WSHLD WIPER circuit
breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel.

UPPER
CONSOLE

WINDSHIELD
WIPER SWITCH

WINDSHIELD
WIPERS (SHOWN
IN PARK POSITION)

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
WIPER
MOTOR FLEX CONVERTER
SHAFT
AK2672
SA

Figure 1. Windshield Wiper System.

0040 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0040 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1646 00 and WP 1666 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0040 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The fire detection system provides fire warning in the cockpit if there is a fire in either the main engine compartment or
the APU compartment. For a complete description, refer to POWER DISTRIBUTION, NORMAL OPERATION, and
TEST OPERATION in this work package. The fire detection system warns the pilot and copilot, when infrared radiation,
caused by a fire or extreme overheating, is detected in either engine compartment or APU compartment. The system
consists of three control amplifiers, one for each engine and one for the APU, in the forward cabin ceiling; five sensors,
two in each engine compartment, one on the firewall and the other on the engine deck, and one in the APU compartment;
No. 1 and No. 2 engine T-handle fire warning lights in the engine controls quadrant; and an APU T-handle fire warning
light and a FIRE DET TEST/OPER switch on the upper console. The fire detection system functionally interfaces with
the caution/advisory warning system, or the UH-60Q UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory warning system,
through the left relay panel. The caution/advisory warning system, or HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory warning system,
provides FIRE capsules, one each on the pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panel. It also provides T-handle light dim-
ming control. The fire detection system is associated with the discharge-type fire extinguishing system described in
WP 0042 00.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Electrical power for the fire detection system is supplied by the dc essential bus and the battery bus. The 28 vdc from the
dc essential bus is routed through the FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG and the FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breakers on the up-
per console. The FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG circuit breaker supplies 28 vdc to both No. 1 engine fire detectors, the No. 1
engine fire detector amplifier and the left relay panel. The FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breaker supplies 28 vdc to both
NO. 2 engine fire detectors, the No. 2 engine fire detector amplifier and the left relay panel. The 28 vdc from the BATT
BUS is routed through the APU FIRE DET circuit breaker on the lower console. The APU FIRE DET circuit breaker sup-
plies 28 vdc to the APU fire detector, APU fire detector amplifier and the left relay panel. Lighting intensity of the three
T-handle warning capsules and two FIRE capsules on the pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panels are controlled by the
BRT/DIM-TEST switch on the caution/advisory panel, or UH-60Q HH-60L on the instrument panel. The BRT/DIM-
TEST switch controls dim circuits in the left relay panel.

NORMAL OPERATION

The system consists of five identical fire detector sensors. Each sensor is a dual-element photoresistive light sensor, whose
electrical resistance decreases with the intensity and color of the light energy reaching the detector elements. One element
is sensitive to red light, the other is sensitive to blue. In normal operation (selected by the OPER position of the FIRE
DET TEST/OPER switch), the detector circuit configuration produces an output of from 9 to 11 vdc when the blue
component of ambient light reaches the detector and an output of from 13 to 15 vdc when the red component of fire’s
flame reaches the detector. The fire detector amplifiers control switching of 28 vdc to the capsule described in
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, through a relay in the amplifiers. When detector output/amplifier input is
from 9 to 11 vdc, amplifier output is 0 vdc; when detector output/amplifier input is from 13 to 15 vdc, amplifier output is
28 vdc.

TEST OPERATION

The FIRE DET TEST switch is used to simulate a fire condition. When the FIRE DET TEST switch is placed to 1, a
simulated fire detected signal is applied to the APU fire detector, No. 1 engine firewall-mounted detector and No. 2
engine firewall-mounted detector. This causes the two FIRE warning capsules on the master warning panels, #1 and #2
ENG EMER OFF and APU T-handle capsules to go on. When the FIRE DET TEST switch is placed to 2, a simulated
fire detected signal is applied to the No. 1 and No. 2 engine deck-mounted detectors. This causes the two FIRE warning

0041 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

NO. 2 ENGINE DECK

FIRE DETECTOR APU FIRE DETECTOR

NO. 2 ENGINE FIREWALL

FIRE DETECTOR

APU FIRE DETECTOR

CONTROL AMPLIFIER

LH RELAY
PANEL
NO. 1 ENGINE FIREWALL
FIRE DETECTOR
D
C
NO. 1 ENGINE DECK
FIRE DETECTOR
B

NO. 1 ENGINE
FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER

A NO. 2 ENGINE
LOWER FIRE DETECTOR
CONSOLE CONTROL AMPLIFIER

B A

B
A
T
T
APU
B FIRE
U 5
S
FIRE
DET
PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AA7900_1
SA

Figure 1. Fire Detection System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0041 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

NO. 2 ENGINE
QUADRANT

NO. 1 ENGINE
QUADRANT

#2 ENG EMER OFF

FIRE WARNING CAPSULE

#1 ENG EMER OFF

FIRE WARNING CAPSULE

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT

C

DC ESNTL BUS
FIRE DET
NO.1 NO.2

5 5

ENG ENG

APU

FIRE DET TEST

OPER

UPPER CONSOLE FK1790_2

SA

Figure 1. Fire Detection System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0041 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

NO. 1 ENGINE QUADRANT NO. 2 ENGINE QUADRANT UPPER CONSOLE

#1 ENG EMER OFF #2 ENG EMER OFF APU

T−HANDLE T−HANDLE T−HANDLE

3
4
5
1 TO NO. 2 ENGINE CONTROL AMPLIFIER
SHEET
2 3
FIRE DET
NO. 1 ENG

5
AMP
DC
ESNTL
BUS FIRE DET
NO. 2 ENG
28 VDC
5 28 VDC 6
AMP

UPPER CONSOLE 7
8

APU
FIRE DET 9

BATT 5
BUS AMP
28 VDC FIRE 10
COPILOT’S
MASTER
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT WARNING
PANEL
BREAKER PANEL
FIRE DETECT

FIRE DETECT

FIRE 11
COPILOT’S
TEST

TEST

MASTER
WARNING
PANEL

BRT / DIM 12
CAUTION /
ADVISORY
PANEL
NOTES CAUTION / ADVISORY
NO. 2 ENGINE FIRE NO. 2 ENGINE FIRE WARNING SYSTEM
1. W/O EMEP
DETECTOR (FIREWALL) DETECTOR (ENGINE) (SEE DETAIL A)
2. UH60Q HH60L
AB2239_1
SA

Figure 2. Fire Detection System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0041 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

UPPER CONSOLE

FIRE DETR TEST

OPER
1 2 6 7 2 6 7 1 2 1

3
AC1 3 AC2 BC1 3 BC2 CC1 2
8 8
DECK A DECK B DECK C

3
4
5
(SEE DETAIL B)

13
14
15

6 TO
FIRE DETECT
SHEET
3

7
8
16
9 17
18
19
10

A2

CR4 CR5 CR6

11
R12 R13

R11 R8 R9 R10

12

K43

LEFT RELAY PANEL

AB2239_2
SA

Figure 2. Fire Detection System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0041 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

NO. 1 ENGINE CONTROL AMPLIFIER APU CONTROL AMPLIFIER

SAME AS NO. 2 ENG CONTROL SAME AS NO. 2 ENG CONTROL

TO 1 28 VDC
SHEET
1 2 28 VDC
13 TEST
14 TEST
15 TEST
FIRE DETECT
FIRE DETECT

FIRE DETECT
TO
SHEET
2

16 28 VDC
17 FIRE DETECT
18 FIRE DETECT
19 28 VDC

SAME AS NO. 2 ENG. SAME AS NO. 2 ENG. SAME AS NO. 2 ENG.

NO. 1 ENGINE FIRE NO. 1 ENGINE FIRE APU FIRE DETECTOR

DETECTOR (FIREWALL) DETECTOR (ENGINE (FIREWALL)
DECK) AB2239_3
SA

Figure 2. Fire Detection System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0041 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

FIRE
COPILOT’S
MASTER
WARNING
PANEL

FIRE
COPILOT’S
MASTER
WARNING
PANEL

BRT / DIM
INSTRUMENT
PANEL

MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2)

UPPER CONSOLE

FIRE DETR TEST

OPER
1 2 1 2 1 2 1
6 7 6 7

3
3 8 3 8 CC1 2
AC1 AC2 BC1 BC2
DECK DECK
A B DECK C

DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 1)

AB2239_4
SA

Figure 2. Fire Detection System Block Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0041 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0041 00

TEST OPERATION - Continued

capsules on the master warning panels as well as the #1 and #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle capsules to go on. When the
FIRE DET TEST switch is placed to OPER, all simulated fire detected signals are removed and the system operates in the
normal mode.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0042 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The fire extinguishing system puts out fire in the APU or in either of the main engine compartments (Figure 1, Sheets1
and 2). The system consists of two pressurized containers, an overboard discharge line, a discharge indicator on the right
side of the helicopter, and electrical switches and wiring. Each pressurized container is charged with 2.5 pounds of mono-
bromotrifluoromethane and has a pressure gage. Each container serves as a backup for the other, there by providing a two
shot capability to extinguish fires in either main engine compartment. The APU compartment is only extinguished by one
container. A single, overboard discharge line is connected to both pressurized containers. A red indicator disc is at the end
of the line on the right side of the helicopter at station 464. A broken-out red disc shows you that a container relief valve
has discharged and a container must be replaced. Upon impact of a crash of 10 Gs or more, an inertia switch automati-
cally fires both containers into both main engine compartments.

FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM OPERATION

If a fire is detected in the No. 1 engine, No. 2 engine, or APU compartment, a light in the extinguishing agent T-handle
on the upper console will go on. Pulling out on the lighted T-handle selects the compartment to which the extinguishing
agent will be discharged (Figure 1, Sheets1 and 2). The FIRE EXTGH switch on the upper console is spring-loaded OFF,
and controls the release of the extinguishing agent. Moving the switch to either MAIN or RESERVE selects the container
from which the extinguishing agent will be discharged.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to, WP 1709 00 for equipment data information.

0042 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0042 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

FIRE MAIN
EXTGH
NO. 2
DC PRI 5 OFF
BUS AMP

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

OFF

RESERVE

FIRE EXT
RESERVE
O
F
APU F
FIRE MAIN
EXTGH

BATT 5
UTIL BUS AMP

LOWER CONSOLE PANEL

NO. 1 ENGINE FIRE NO. 2 ENGINE FIRE

EXTINGUISHER EXTINGUISHER
ARMING LEVER ARMING LEVER

AA7896_1
SA

Figure 1. Fire Extinguishing System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0042 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0042 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

13 8

9 4

12 LOGIC 7
MODULE

10 5

11 6
3 2 1

WILL ACTIVATE
WITH 10G OR
MORE IMPACT IN
ANY DIRECTION

K24

IMPACT SWITCH

NO. 2 ENGINE

FIREWALL 2 2

MAIN RES

1 1

DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL
VALVE

THERMAL
RELIEF
VALVE
(OVERBOARD)

FIREWALL FIREWALL

NO. 1 ENGINE APU

AA7896_2
SA

Figure 1. Fire Extinguishing System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0042 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0043 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

ENGINE ANTI-ICE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

ENGINE ANTI-ICE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

The engine anti-ice systems consist of an inlet anti-ice valve and temperature sensing switch, and an engine-mounted anti-
ice valve with a position switch. When the ENG ANTI-ICE No. 1 or No. 2 switch is placed ON, the engine mounted
anti-ice valve opens, causing a position switch to close. Then, the #1 or #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON advisory light goes on.
After the inlet valve has opened and the engine inlet temperature reaches 200°F the #1 or #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON
advisory light will go on (Figure 1, Sheets 1 and 2).

ENGINE INLET ANTI-ICING

The engine air inlets are anti-iced by bleed-air from the engines. Four advisories, #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON, #2 ENG
ANTI-ICE ON, #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON, and #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON, are provided for the engines. The
#1 and #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON advisories will appear when the ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 and ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2
switches are placed ON. When the anti-ice system is operating and an engine is started, the inlet anti-ice valve for that
engine will close. The #1 and #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisories operate from temperature sensed at the engine
inlet fairing. When the temperature reaches about 93°C (199°F), the temperature switch will activate the appropriate ENG
INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisory. If this advisory appears with the switches at ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 and NO. 2 OFF, it
indicates that heat is being applied to that engine inlet and a malfunction exists. Inlet anti-icing will turn on if dc primary
power failure occurs; dc electrical power is applied to keep the valve closed. Functioning of ENG INLET ANTI-ICE is
controlled as follows:

Above 13°C (55°F) - Appearance of the ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisory indicates a system malfunction.

Above 4°C (39°F) to 13°C (55°F) - The ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisory may appear or may not appear.
At 4°C (39°F) and below - Failure of ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisory to appear indicates a system malfunction. Do
not fly the aircraft in known icing conditions.
At engine power levels of 10% TRQ per engine and below, full inlet anti-ice capability cannot be provided due to engine
bleed limitations. Power to operate the valves is normally provided from the No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary buses,
respectively, through circuit breakers marked NO. 1 and NO. 2 ENG ANTI-ICE, respectively. During engine start, power
to operate the No. 1 engine inlet anti-ice valve is provided from the dc essential bus through a circuit breaker marked
NO. 1 ENG START. The #1 and #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisories receive power from No. 1 and No. 2 dc
primary buses, through circuit breakers marked NO. 1 and NO. 2 ENG ANTI-ICE WARN, respectively.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1434 00 for equipment data information.

0043 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0043 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

NO. 2 ENG
ANTI−ICE WARN

5
AMP

NO. 2
DC PRI NO. 2 ENG OFF ON NO. 2 ENGINE
ANTI−ICE NO. 2 ENGINE TEMPERATURE
BUS START RELAY
SWITCH (SEE NOTE 1)
28 VDC
5 1
AMP
ENG ANTI−ICE
2
PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL NO. 2 3

#2 ENG ANTI−ICE ON 4

#2 ENG INLET ANTI−ICE ON

#1 ENG ANTI−ICE ON

#1 ENG INLET ANTI−ICE ON

NO. 1 ENGINE
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL TEMPERATURE
(SEE DETAIL A) SWITCH (SEE NOTE 1)

NO. 1 ENG
START
DC
ESNTL
BUS 5
AMP
28 VDC

UPPER CONSOLE 5
6
7
NO. 1 ENG
ANTI−ICE WARN
8
5
AMP
NO. 1
DC PRI NO. 1 ENG OFF ON
BUS ANTI−ICE

5
AMP
ENG ANTI−ICE
NO. 1
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER NO. 1 ENGINE
START RELAY
PANEL
NOTES
1. SWITCH CLOSES WHEN ENGINE INLET
TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 200OF.
2. VALVE SHOWN OPEN (DE−ENERGIZED).
IF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE
55OF (13 OC), VALVE WILL NOT OPEN.
3. VALVE OPENS WHEN DE−ENERGIZED,
THEN POSITION SWITCH WILL CLOSE.
POSITION SWITCH IS ALSO CLOSED LEGEND
UNTIL ENGINE COMPRESSOR SPEED IS
ABOVE 86% TO 87% Ng. ELECTRICAL WIRING
MECHANICAL AB2203_1B
4. UH60Q HH60L SA

Figure 1. Engine Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0043 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0043 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

1
2 TO HMU
3
STAGE 5
ANTI−ICE BLEED−AIR

4
NO. 2 ENGINE

VENT

STAGE 5 (SEE NOTE 3)

BLEED−AIR
NO. 2 ENGINE INLET
ANTI−ICE VALVE
(SEE NOTE 2)

ANTI−ICE

ANTI−ICE/START BLEED VALVE

5
6
TO HMU
7

STAGE 5
8 BLEED−AIR
ANTI−ICE

NO. 1 ENGINE

STAGE 5
BLEED−AIR
NO. 1 ENGINE INLET
ANTI−ICE VALVE VENT
(SEE NOTE 2)
(SEE NOTE 3)

ANTI−ICE

ANTI−ICE/START BLEED VALVE AB2203_2

SA

Figure 1. Engine Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0043 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0043 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

#2 ENG ANTI−ICE ON

#2 INL ANTI−ICE ON

#1 ENG ANTI−ICE ON

#1 INL ANTI−ICE ON

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

#2 ENG ANTI−ICE ON

#2 INL ANTI−ICE ON

#1 ENG ANTI−ICE ON

#1 INL ANTI−ICE ON

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 4)

AB2203_3
SA

Figure 1. Engine Anti-Ice System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0043 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0044 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

BLADE DEICING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

BLADE DEICING SYSTEM

The blade deicing system provides for deicing the main and tail rotor blades and droop stops. The deicing system may be
operated in either of two selectable modes, manual or automatic. The automatic mode uses a signal from the outside air
temperature sensor to determine the amount of time the heating current is applied to the main and tail rotor blades. The
manual mode provides selection of three predetermined deicing conditions: trace, light, and moderate. The main and tail
rotor channels of the deice system electrically heat mats bonded into the leading edges of each blade. Each main rotor
blade contains four separate heating zones. Deicing current is sequentially supplied to identical zones of opposite blades
to assure symmetrical ice shedding. The amount of time heating current is applied to each blade zone is determined by
the outside air temperature (OAT). This is sensed by an outside OAT sensor. The time between heating cycles is
determined by an ice detector probe. The signals from both the OAT sensor and the ice detector probe are applied to the
main and tail rotor channels in the deice controller. Each tail rotor blade contains only one heating zone, and all tail rotor
blades are simultaneously pulsed by deicing current. The amount of time heating current is supplied to the blades in the
automatic mode is greater as the outside air temperature decreases. In the manual mode, the time between heating cycles
is determined by the mode selector switch setting. A blade deice test panel permits testing of the internal fail detection
circuits in the deice controller. At NORM, the test panel permits normal system operation. At SYNC 1 and SYNC 2, the
main rotor synchronization fail detection circuits are tested. At OAT, a short-circuited OAT sensor is simulated, and fail
detection circuits in main and tail rotor channels are tested. At EOT, faulty element-on-timers are simulated in the main
and tail channels and their associated failure detection circuits are tested. The PWR MAIN RTR and PWR TAIL RTR
lamps monitor power application to the main and tail rotor blades. The lamps will go on during system test, any time
power remains applied to the blades with the MR DEICE FAIL or TR DEICE FAIL caution capsule is on and the system
POWER switch is ON, or any time power remains applied to the blades with the system POWER switch OFF. The droop
stops are continuously heated as long as the BLADE DEICE control panel POWER switch is in the TEST or ON mode.
The blade deicing system is made up of an outside air temperature sensor mounted on the fuselage forward of the pilot’s
window; an ice detector mounted on the right engine air inlet duct, with a sensing probe exposed to outside air; an icing
rate meter, BLADE DEICE control panel, and BLADE DEICE TEST panel, all of which are mounted on the instrument
panel. The blade deicing system also includes a slipring mounted on the main and tail gear boxes, auxiliary ac, and main
rotor blade deice junction boxes, a blade deice controller mounted in the cabin containing separate main and tail rotor
channels, and droop stop heaters built into the rotor head droop stops. The main and tail rotor blades are not part of the
system. All blades contain resistive heating mats built into the blade during its construction.
Panel lighting of the icing rate meter panel is controlled by the INSTR LT NON FLT control on the upper console. For a
further description of panel lighting, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTING in WP 0035 00. The left relay panel
connects the TEST IN PROGRESS lamp on the BLADE DEICE control panel, and the PWR MAIN RTR and PWR
TAIL RTR lamps on the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel, to dimming voltage and permits indicator lamp dimming and
disabling functions. For a further description of indicator lighting, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLES
INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMING in WP 0035 00.

POWER DISTRIBUTION UH-60A UH-60L UH-60Q HH-60L

28 vdc from the No. 2 dc primary bus is applied through the DE-ICE CNTRLR circuit breaker, on the mission readiness
circuit breaker panel, as follows: to the blade deice controller, as power supply voltage; through deenergized contacts of
ac bus tie contactor and energized contacts of APU/external power contactor, or through diode CR5, energized No. 1 and
No. 2 generator contactors, and diode CR11, to the blade deice controller power monitor circuits; to the BLADE DE-ICE
TEST panel as press-to-test lamp voltage; and to the BLADE DE-ICE control panel POWER switch. If this switch is
placed ON, 28 vdc will energize the icing rate meter, the blade deice controller, and relay K64 via diode CR16. If the
POWER switch is placed to TEST, 28 vdc will energize relay K64 through diode CR15 and contacts of relay K65, if the
backup pump is not operating. This test voltage is also applied to the blade deice controller. No. 1 dc primary voltage is
applied through the ICE DET circuit breaker, on the copilots circuit breaker panel, to the icing rate meter. 28 vdc from

0044 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0044 00

POWER DISTRIBUTION UH-60A UH-60L UH-60Q HH-60L - Continued

the battery bus is applied through the APU GEN CONTR circuit breaker, through normally open or normally closed
contacts of No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors, and energized contacts of relay K64, to energize contactors K62 and
K63.

Three-phase 115 vac tail rotor heater power may come from one of two sources: from the No. 1 ac primary bus through
the DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker and normally open contacts of contactor K63, or from the APU generator
through normally closed contacts of contactor K63. From contactor K63, power is routed through current limiters CL13,
CL14, and CL15, contacts of contactor K61, and fault detection circuitry within the blade deice controller, to the tail rotor
sliprings. Three-phase 115 vac main rotor heater power may come from one of two sources: from the No. 2 ac primary
bus through current limiters CL7, CL8, and CL9, and normally open contacts of contactor K62, or from the APU genera-
tor through normally closed contacts of contactor K62. From contactor K62, power is routed through current limiters
CL10, CL11, and CL12, contacts of contactor K60, and MN RTR BLADE DE-ICE CT transformers T14 and T14A, to
the main rotor sliprings. Single-phase 115 vac for the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel and the icing rate meter is supplied
by the No. 2 ac primary bus via the ICE DET circuit breaker.

POWER DISTRIBUTION UH-60A

28 vdc from the No. 1 dc primary bus is applied through the DE-ICE CONTRLR circuit breaker, on the copilot’s circuit
breaker panel, as follows: to the blade deice controller, as power supply voltage; to the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel as
press-to-test lamp voltage; and to the BLADE DE-ICE control panel POWER switch. If this switch is placed ON, 28 vdc
will energize the icing rate meter, the blade deice controller, relay K64 via diode CR16, and relay K12 via diode CR22. If
the POWER switch is placed to TEST, 28 vdc will energize relay K12 through diode CR23, and relay K64 through diode
CR15 and contacts of relay K65, if the backup pump is not operating. This test voltage is also applied to the blade deice
controller. No. 1 dc primary voltage is applied through the ICE DET circuit breaker, on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel,
to the icing rate meter. 28 vdc from the battery bus is applied through the APU GEN CONTR circuit breaker, normally
open or normally closed contacts of the No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors, and energized contacts of relay K64, to
energize contactors K62 and K63. No. 2 dc primary voltage, from the SEC MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker on the
pilot’s circuit breaker panel, is applied to blade deice controller power monitor circuits by one of two paths: through
deenergized contacts of ac bus tie contactor, energized contacts of APU/external power contactor, and diode CR20; or
through diode CR5, energized contacts of No. 1 and No. 2 generator contactors, and diode CR11.

Three-phase 115 vac tail rotor heater power may come from one of two sources: from the No. 2 ac primary bus through
current limiters CL1, CL2, and CL3, the DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker, and normally open contacts of con-
tactor K63; or from the APU generator through normally closed contacts of contactor K63. From contactor K63, power is
routed through current limiters CL13, CL14, and CL15, contacts of contactor K61, and fault detection circuitry within the
blade deice controller, to the tail rotor sliprings. Three-phase 115 vac main rotor heater power may come from one of two
sources: from the No. 2 ac primary bus through current limiters CL7, CL8, and CL9, and normally open contacts of con-
tactor K62; or from the APU generator through normally closed contacts of contactor K62. From contactor K62, power is
routed through current limiters CL10, CL11, and CL12, contacts of contactor K60, and MN RTR BLADE DE-ICE CT
transformers T14 and T14A, to the main rotor sliprings. Single-phase 115 vac for the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel and
the icing rate meter is supplied by the No. 1 ac primary bus via the ICE DET circuit breaker.

ICE DETECTOR OPERATION

The ice detector senses ice accumulation on a vibrating probe by a change in probe frequency. The probe excitation fre-
quency is supplied by the icing rate meter (nulling voltage from icing rate meter). A sensing coil returns the probe’s oscil-
lation frequency to the icing rate meter (icing output to icing rate meter drive coil). The icing rate meter processes the
signal from the ice detector and visually displays icing intensity. Also, the icing rate meter sends an ice detected 28 vdc
signal to the ICE DETECTED caution capsule when the BLADE DE-ICE control panel POWER switch is OFF or at
TEST. When the POWER switch is placed ON, the ice detector aspirator heater is turned on and the ICE DETECTED
caution capsule is turned off. If the BLADE DE-ICE control panel MODE switch is at AUTO, the icing rate meter sends
an ice rate signal through the switch to the deice controller. After the probe has generated a signal proportional to the rate
of icing, 28 vdc from the icing rate meter is applied to the probe strut heater. This melts the ice accumulated on the
probe. The probe heater operates for about 5 to 7 seconds, and then cools down to allow another icing rate sensing cycle.

0044 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0044 00

ICE DETECTOR OPERATION - Continued

The icing rate signal is held by circuitry within the icing rate meter panel. The hold circuits prevent the controller from
receiving a false no-ice signal. An aspirator built into the detector uses engine bleed-air to create a vacuum near the probe
sensing area. This draws air over the sensing probe when the helicopter is in a hover, and there is no ram air flowing over
the probe.

MAIN ROTOR BLADE SYSTEM AUTOMATIC MODE OPERATION

If the main rotor distributor is not in its proper reference position, 28 vdc power is applied to the deice controller from
the ON position of the BLADE DE-ICE control panel POWER switch, and the main rotor channel automatically enters
the fast synchronization mode. During this time the distributor driver delivers a series of short pulses (375 milliseconds)
to step the distributor to a reference position. During synchronization, the controller monitors the sync pulse input signal
from the distributor, to check for synchronization and proper sequencing. The distributor will provide a -3 to -7 volt refer-
ence signal to the controller when the stepping relay is in position for deicing to start. If the reference signal is not
present, the controller continues to generate pulses (to a maximum of eight) to advance a stepping relay in the distributor.
If the -3 to -7 volt sync signal is not received within the first eight-pulse cycle, the controller generates a main blade
deice fail signal, which turns on the MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule. If the reference signal is present, the output from the
element-on-time (EOT) pulse counter and sync control circuit is a synchronizer functional signal to the main blade fail/
fault detect circuits. A no-fail signal from the main blade fail/fault detect circuit is applied to the main rotor power moni-
tor. The power monitor is enabled when the POWER switch on the BLADE DE-ICE control panel is ON or at TEST, and
the synchronizer is functional.

The output of the main rotor power monitor enables the main rotor contactor driver, which energizes the main rotor blade
deice contactor K60 through the contacts of relay K64. Contactor K60 supplies 115 vac, three-phase power to the
distributor through current transformers T14 and T14A, and the main rotor sliprings. The controller now begins a normal
main rotor cycle. The eight element-on-time heating control pulses used to step the stepping relay in the distributor are
generated by the main blade element-on-timer of the blade deice controller. The EOT distributor drive pulses are applied
to the input control logic circuit in the distributor. The 28 vdc EOT signal simultaneously energizes stepping relay K2 and
contactors K1 and K3. The gate circuits are also enabled. Stepping relay K2 cocks a ratchet mechanism to advance the
rotary distributor. The gate circuits control the SCRs, which provide arc suppression for contactors K1 and K3. When the
EOT signal goes low, contactor K1 and K3 open. The input control logic circuit and gate circuits keep the SCRs conduct-
ing until after the contacts of K1 and K3 have opened. Finally, the stepping relay solenoid is deenergized, allowing its
contacts to advance. Sync information is derived from stepping relay K2 and a sync forming circuit. This provides a
negative output pulse of 5 volts for position 1, and 30 volts for positions 3, 5, and 7. Positions 2, 4, 6, and 8 are sensed
by zero volts on the sync pulse input line.

TAIL ROTOR BLADE SYSTEM AUTOMATIC MODE OPERATION

The icing rate signal is also applied to the tail deice integrator circuit through the normally closed contacts of a test relay.
The output of the integrator is used to determine the off-time (OT) of the tail blade heating elements. With the POWER
switch ON, 28 vdc energizes relay K64 through diode CR16. The 28 vdc is also supplied to the ON command input of
the blade deice controller’s tail rotor power monitor circuit.

The tail rotor power monitor is enabled because the ON input is present, and a no-fail signal from the fail detect circuit
enables the power monitor. The output of the tail rotor contactor driver energizes the TL RTR DE-ICE CNTOR K61
through the contacts of relay K64 when both inputs to the tail rotor contactor driver are present. The ON signal to OR-
gate U6 provides one input to AND gate U5. Then, a no-fail signal enables U5. The output of U5 enables the contactor
driver and supplies one input to AND gate U4. The other input to U4 is the tail rotor element on-timer signal. The pulse
width of the timer signal is a function of the outside air temperature (OAT). The lower the temperature, the greater the
pulse width. The timer output pulse (EOT) enables AND gate U4, which energizes the heat control contactor in the
controller. Heating power is connected through the tail rotor sliprings to the tail rotor blade heating elements. The time
between EOT cycles is determined by the icing rate signal as sensed by the ice detector. The icing rate signal is applied
to the tail deice integrator. The output of the integrator controls the operation of the tail rotor element-on-timer.

0044 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0044 00

MAIN AND TAIL BLADE DEICE SYSTEM TEST MODE

Placing the BLADE DE-ICE control panel POWER switch to TEST applies 28 vdc to the test control circuits in the
controller, which energizes the test relay and applies a command to all test circuits in the blade deice controller. The
controller also feeds back 28 vdc to turn on the TEST IN PROGRESS lamp in the BLADE DE-ICE control panel for 105
to 135 seconds. During the test mode, the controller overrides existing element-on-time (EOT), element-off-time (OT),
and any MANUAL or AUTO commands, to execute a preset test program. Test relay contacts remove the icing rate signal
supplied by the AUTO or MANUAL position of the MODE switch on the BLADE DE-ICE control panel to the main and
tail blade integrators in the controller. A fixed resistor is substituted, which provides a nominal off-time to 100 seconds for
the main rotor channel, and 100 seconds for the tail rotor channel. Another set of test relay contacts removes the outside
air temperature (OAT) signal to the main and tail blade element-on-time (EOT) circuits, and substitutes a fixed resistor,
which provides for eight 375 millisecond main blade element-on-time pulses and a single tail blade EOT pulse of 1
second. A test command input to the EOT pulse counter and sync check circuit causes the main rotor channel to enter the
fast cycle mode. During this mode, the main blade element-on-timer generates eight EOT pulses. The EOT test program
is generated by the same timing circuits that generate EOT and OT during normal operation. The main and tail blade
systems fault detection circuits signal the existence of any malfunction in the same way as in normal operation. During
the test cycle, the OT timers are checked for proper operation. If the tail OT is less than 90 seconds or more than 110
seconds, a failure indication will be generated. If the main blade OT is less than 90 seconds or more than 110 seconds, a
failure indication will be generated. If the BLADE DE-ICE control panel POWER switch is placed OFF before the test
cycle is complete, the controller terminates the test sequence and resets any existing warning outputs. When the test is
allowed to terminate, all warning outputs are reset, so that if the POWER switch is placed OFF and then ON, no warning
capsules will be on. The BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel provides a check of blade deice system for failures that are not
detected during the normal TEST mode. The panel does this by inserting specific failure signals into the system, which
should be detected by the built-in-test circuits, in the controller. When the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel switch is at
SYNC or SYNC 2, the test panel interrupts the distributor sync line and injects a false sync signal to the controller. The
test panel provides the controller with a -30 vdc pulse when the mode switch is at SYNC, and presents an open circuit
with switch at SYNC 2. This causes the MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule to go on. When the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel
switch is placed to OAT, the switch short circuits the OAT sensor input to the controller. The main blade and tail blade
fail detect circuits sense the simulated failure and cause the MR DE-ICE FAIL and TR DE-ICE FAIL caution capsules to
go on.

When the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel switch is placed to EOT, the switch connects grounds from relay K3 to the main
blade and tail blade fault detect circuits in the controller to simulate malfunctioning EOT timing circuits. Thus the MR
DE-ICE FAIL and TR DE-ICE FAIL caution capsules are turned on. When the test function switch on the BLADE DE-
ICE TEST panel is at NORM, the test panel does not inject failure signals into the system, and allows normal system
operation. The BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel also functions to sense faults in the deice power circuits. If electrical power
remains applied to either the main or tail rotor heating elements after a fail condition, or when blade deice power is
switched off, the BLADE DE-ICE TEST panel causes the corresponding PWR monitor indicator to go on. The tail rotor
power monitor circuit monitors the three-phase ac voltage to the tail rotor heating elements. If voltage is present on at
least two phases, a ground return is provided for fault detector relay K2. When the POWER switch on the BLADE DE-
ICE control panel is OFF, or the controller generates a tail rotor deice fail signal, relay K2 is energized. The PWR TAIL
RTR lamp is turned on through the contacts of K2, warning that the tail rotor blade heater power has not been turned off
as required. The main rotor power monitor circuit monitors the voltage from three main rotor blade current transformers.
If power is being applied to any rotor blade heating element, the main rotor power monitor circuit provides a ground
return for fault detector relay K1. If the POWER switch on the BLADE DE-ICE control panel is OFF, or a main blade
deice fail signal is generated by the controller, relay K1 is energized. The PWR MAIN RTR lamp on the BLADE DE-
ICE TEST panel is turned on, warning that the main rotor blade heater power has not been turned off as required.

ICING RATE METER TEST

If there is no ice on the ice detector probe, pressing and releasing the PRESS TO TEST push button on the icing rate
meter will cause the meter’s needle to move to center scale (1.0) and then to drop to zero or below. The ICE DETECTED

0044 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0044 00

ICING RATE METER TEST - Continued

caution capsule goes on. The probe heater and aspirator heater turn on at the same time. When the indicator needle goes
below zero, the ICE DETECTED capsule, probe heater, and aspirator heater turn off.

MAIN AND TAIL BLADE MANUAL MODE OPERATION

The MANUAL mode of system operation provides the ability to maintain blade deice operation should either the ice
detector or icing rate meter fail, UH-60A UH-60L UH60Q HH-60L 28 vdc from the No. 2 dc primary bus DE-ICE CON-
TRLR circuit breaker, or UH-60A 28 vdc from the No. 1 dc primary bus DE-ICE CONTRLR circuit breaker, sup-
plies the blade deice controller power supply. The blade deice power supply powers the manual mode power supply,
which produces three dc voltages for the three icing rate signals: T (trace) 2.0 vdc, L (light) 3.5 vdc, and M (moderate)
5.0 vdc. The dc voltages are supplied from the blade deice controller to the BLADE DE-ICE control panel. By turning
the MODE select switch out of AUTO and to MANUAL, one of three discrete levels of off-time, T, L, or M, may be
selected. The selected voltage is routed from the BLADE DE-ICE control panel to the main and tail deice integrators in
the blade deice controller. In the MANUAL mode, the off-time (OT) is constant for any selected position and no updating
occurs as in AUTO mode.

MAIN BLADE FAIL/FAULT DETECTION

During element-on-time periods (EOT), three-phase pulsed current is supplied to the main blade heating elements through
the current transformers of T14/T14A. Each of the current transformer outputs are applied to the blade deice controller’s
current sensing circuits in the main blade fail/fault circuits. The three-phase voltages are also supplied to the controller
which makes proportional adjustments to counteract the effect of power line voltage fluctuations. An increase of any
single blade line current to between 58 and 64 amperes, a decrease to between 22 and 26 amperes, or a ground current of
between 1 to 10 amperes, will cause the current sensing circuits in the controller to produce a fail signal, which causes
the MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule on the caution panel to go on. The same fail signal is applied to the main blade power
monitor, which removes 28 vdc from the main blade contactor driver, deenergizing MN RTR BLADE DE-ICE CNTOR
K60, which removes 115 vac, three-phase power from the distributor. The fail signal applied to the main blade power
monitor is also applied to the main blade control circuits to inhibit the element-on-timer. These malfunctions will cause an
identical shutdown of the main blade deicing system: element-on-time failure, outside air temperature sensor failed open
or shorted, synchronization pulse failure, or distributor advance failure. When a failure is detected, the controller’s main
blade deice channel is latched off by the action of the main rotor power monitor circuit. To attempt to restore system
operation, the POWER switch on the BLADE DE-ICE control panel must be cycled to OFF and returned to ON. If the
problem was transient, the system will return to operation. If the problem remains, the system will again be returned to
the failed condition. If a single blade line is sensed to decrease to between.39 and.43 amperes, the blade deice controller
fail/fault circuit produces a fault output, causing the MR DE-ICE FAULT capsule to go on. However, the blade deice
system, though degraded, will continue to operate.

TAIL BLADE FAIL DETECTION

During element-on-time periods (EOT) three-phase pulsed current is supplied to the tail rotor blades through three current
transformers in the blade deice controller. Each of the three current transformer outputs is applied to the blade deice
controllers current sensing circuit in the tail blade fail detect circuits. The three-phase voltages are also supplied to the
controller, which makes proportional adjustments to counteract the effect of power line voltage fluctuations. An increase
of any single blade line current to between 15 and 18 amperes, a decrease of between 5 and 7 amperes, or a ground cur-
rent between 1 and 10 amperes, will cause the current sensing circuit to the controller to produce a fail signal, which
causes the TL DE-ICE FAIL capsule, on the caution panel, to go on. The same signal is applied to the tail rotor power
monitor, which removes 28 vdc from the tail rotor contactor driver. This removes one enabling input from AND gate U4,
thereby deenergizing the tail rotor contactor, which removes 115 vac, three-phase power from the tail rotor heating ele-
ments. The tail rotor power monitor disabling signal from the tail blade fail circuitry also inhibits the element-on-time
timer in the tail blade deice control circuits. These malfunctions will cause an identical shutdown of the tail deicing
system: element-on-time failure or outside air temperature sensor failure if a heating element is open or shorted. When a
failure is detected, the controller’s tail blade deice channel is latched off by the action of the tail rotor power monitor

0044 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0044 00

TAIL BLADE FAIL DETECTION - Continued

circuit. To attempt to restore system operation, the POWER switch on the BLADE DE-ICE control panel must be cycled
to OFF and returned to ON. If the problem remains, the system will again be returned to the failed condition.

BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL

The blade de-ice test panel applies simulated malfunctions to the blade deice system and produces failure indications if
system shutdown occurs The test panel contains a lighted information plate, a five-position rotary switch, and two push-
button indicator lamps. The blade de-ice test panel also consists of a printed wiring board, a circuit board, and electrical
connectors P2/J2, which electrically interfaces the rotary switch and the indicator lamps with the printed wiring board.
Electrical interface with the helicopter is accomplished through electrical connector J1.

BLADE DEICE TEST PANEL OPERATION

Internal circuits within the test panel are controlled by selecting specific modes on the five-position rotary switch. The
five rotary switch positions are NORM-SYNC 1-SYNC 2-OAT-EOT. When the switch is at SYNC 1 or SYNC 2, the test
panel interrupts the distributor sync pulse line and injects a false sync signal to the controller. The test panel sync
circuitry provides the controller with a -30 vdc pulse when the switch is at SYNC 1, and provides an open circuit with
the switch at SYNC 2. When at OAT, the switch short circuits the OAT sensor input to the controller. When the switch is
placed to EOT, the EOT test circuit grounds relay K3, which electrically grounds the circuit to the controller. When at
NORM, the test panel does not inject failure signals into the system (outputs), and allows normal operation.
BLADE DEICE TEST PANEL FAULT DETECTION

The main rotor power monitor circuit monitors the voltage from three main rotor blade current transformers. If a main
rotor fault is detected and power remains applied to the main rotor circuitry, relay K1 is energized and the MAIN RO-
TOR POWER indicator lamp is turned on. The energized relay K1 also supplies 28 vdc output to the main rotor fail light
system indicator. The tail rotor power monitor circuit monitors the three-phase ac voltage to the tail rotor heating ele-
ments. If a tail rotor fault is detected, and power remains applied to the tail rotor circuitry, a ground return is provided for
relay K2 and the TAIL RTR PWR indicator lamp is turned on. The energized relay K2 also supplies 28 vdc output to the
tail rotor light system indicator.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1642 00 and WP 1643 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0044 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0045 00

UNIT LEVEL

UTILITY SYSTEM

CARGO HOOK SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

CARGO HOOK SYSTEM

NOTE
The external load limit of the airframe (UH-60A, 8000-pound-capacity or UH-60L,
9000-pound-capacity) will not be exceeded when using either cargo hook.
UH60L 89-26179-92-26420 helicopters may carry up to 9000 pounds only when cargo hook, P/N
70800-02503-113, 9000-pound-capacity, is installed, but will require a 120-hour inspection
(WP 1697 00 ) after first use and every 120 hours thereafter.

The cargo hook system consists of a P/N 70800-02503-111, 8000-pound-capacity or P/N 70800-02503-113, 9000-pound-
capacity cargo hook and electrical circuits which control it. The hook is in the cargo hook well underneath the cabin floor.
The electrical controls of the cargo hook system consist of the following: a CARGO HOOK ARMING switch labeled
SAFE and ARMED; a CARGO HOOK CONTR switch labeled CKPT and ALL; CARGO HOOK EMERG REL. switch
labeled NORM, OPEN and SHORT; a TEST light; CARGO REL. switches on the pilot’s and copilot’s cyclic stick; a
switch labeled NORMAL RLSE on the crewman’s pendant; an emergency hook release button on the pilot’s and copilot’s
collective sticks; and an EMER RLSE button on the crewman’s pendant.

The system incorporates three modes of load release:

A normal release powered from the No. 2 dc primary bus through the CARGO HOOK CONTR and PWR circuit break-
ers.

A manual release worked by the crewmember through a covered hatch in the cabin floor or by personnel on the ground.

An emergency release system (cockpit or cabin controlled) using an electrically activated explosive charge. When 28 vdc
is supplied to the cartridge it explodes, driving a piston inside the hook into the load arm lock. The load beam will not
support a load, and the CARGO HOOK OPEN light will stay on until the old explosive charge has been replaced. Power
to operate the emergency release system is by the dc essential bus through the CARGO HOOK EMER circuit breaker.
The cargo hook can be placed in a stowed position by opening the cargo hook access cover in the cabin floor, and pulling
the hook to the right and up. The cargo hook shall be maintained in the stow position while not in use. When the hook is
in the stowed position, the load beam rests on a spring-loaded latch assembly and is prevented from vibrating by a Teflon
bumper applying downward pressure on the load beam. To release the hook from its stowed position, downward pressure
is placed on the latch assembly lever, retracting the latch from beneath the load beam, allowing the cargo hook to swing
into the operating position.
CREWMAN’S PENDANT CONTROL

The crewman’s cargo hook pendant consists of two normally open push-button switches marked NORMAL RLSE and
EMER RLSE (Figure 1). The switches control the release of the cargo hook under normal and emergency conditions.
Guards are mounted over each switch to prevent accidental cargo release. The pendant electrically interfaces with the
helicopter system through a six-foot cable assembly. The pendant can be attached to the crewman by way of a strap as-
sembly.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

The cargo hook system gets dc electrical power from the cabin overhead circuit breaker panel. Electrical power of 28 vdc
is supplied by the No. 2 dc primary bus through the CARGO HOOK PWR circuit breaker to the cargo hook relay and
through the CARGO HOOK CONTR circuit breaker to the CARGO HOOK CONTROL switch, CARGO HOOK ARM-
ING switch, pilot’s and copilot’s CARGO REL. switches and to the LOAD BEAM OPEN switch.

0045 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0045 00

POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

CARGO HOOK
NORMAL RELEASE

K O
G
CA R O
SWITCH HO

AL
RM
NO SE
RL

CARGO HOOK
EMERGENCY
RELEASE SWITCH

SE R
RL ME
E
PROTECTIVE
COVER

CABLE
ASSEMBLY

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
AB3425
SA

Figure 1. Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant.

NORMAL RELEASE

Placing the CARGO HOOK ARMING switch on the upper console to ARMED completes the circuit from the CARGO
REL. switches on the pilot’s and copilot’s cyclic sticks to the hook. At the same time, the HOOK ARMED advisory light
on the caution/advisory panel goes on. Pressing either CARGO REL. switch opens the cargo hook load arm and releases
the load. At the same time the load arm starts to open, the CARGO HOOK OPEN advisory light goes on. When the load
is released, the load arm will swing up and latch, and the CARGO HOOK OPEN advisory light will go off. If the
CARGO HOOK CONTR switch is placed to ALL, the crewman’s pendant can be used to release the load by pressing the
NORMAL RLSE button.

MANUAL RELEASE

The cargo hook can be opened manually either through the cargo hook access panel in the cabin floor or from outside the
helicopter. Pushing the manual release lever down, on the right side of the hook, opens the cargo hook and releases the
load. If electrical power is on and the CARGO HOOK ARMING switch is at ARMED, the CARGO HOOK OPEN
advisory light will go on and then off as the hook opens and closes.

EMERGENCY RELEASE

Cargo hook emergency release power is provided by the dc essential bus through the CARGO HOOK EMER circuit
breaker. When the crewman’s cargo hook pendant EMER RLSE button, or the pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick
emergency hook release switch is pressed, dc power is supplied through R4 to the EMERG REL switch on the upper
console. With the EMERG REL switch placed to NORM, dc power is routed to the pressure cartridge (squib). The
cartridge explodes and the pressure from the explosion drives a piston into the lock, releasing the load arm.

0045 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0045 00

TEST FUNCTION

The testing function of the cargo hook emergency release system checks the associated circuitry for open and short condi-
tions. When the EMERG REL switch, on the upper console, is placed to OPEN or SHORT, the EMERG REL TEST light
goes on if there are no open or short circuits in the emergency release circuitry. Power is routed from the left relay panel
to one side of the EMERG REL TEST light. The press-to-test light circuit is completed to ground when the EMERG REL
TEST light is pressed. Placing the EMERG REL switch to OPEN, and pressing the emergency hook release switch on the
pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick, or the EMER RLSE button on the crewman’s cargo hook pendant, causes the EMERG
REL TEST light to go on if no open conditions exist in the emergency release circuitry. Placing the EMERG REL switch
to SHORT and pressing the pilot’s, copilot’s, or crewman’s emergency release button, causes the EMERG REL TEST
light to go on if there are no short circuits in the emergency release test circuitry. The weight of the load causes the hook
to open, and the CARGO HOOK OPEN advisory light to go on. The CARGO HOOK OPEN light will remain on until
the explosive charge has been replaced.

CARGO HOOK LIGHTS

Lighting of the cargo hook well area is provided by three lights. For a description of the cargo hook lights refer to
WP 0036 00.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1637 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

UNIT LEVEL

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

DESCRIPTION

The heating and ventilation system consists of heating system with a winterized subsystem, a ventilation system, heat and
ventilation control. See Figure 1, Sheets 1 and 2 and Figure 2, Sheets 1 through 4 for system component location and
block diagrams.

The heating system is a bleed-air system with bleed-air supplied by the main engines under flight conditions or the APU
during ground operations. The heater system uses a bleed-air mixing valve to mix engine or APU bleed-air and ambient
air at a cockpit selected mixture temperature. Heated air is distributed to the cockpit and cabin through a system of ducts.
A mixture temperature sensor works along with the bleed-air mixture valve, regulating the bleed-air flow to match the
mixture temperature selected at the cockpit heating control. On helicopters with mixing valve, 70309-02101-103, the heat-
ing system gives a temperature of 40°F when the outside ambient temperature is -25°F. On helicopters with mixing valve,
70309-02113-101, the heating system gives a temperature of 40°F when the outside ambient temperature is -65°F. The
ventilation system provides ventilated air to the cockpit and cabin. Air obtained from outside the helicopter by an air
intake duct is then distributed by the blower unit through the heating system ducts.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

The ventilation system gets ac and dc electrical power from the pilot’s circuit breaker panel. Electrical power of 28 vdc is
supplied by the No. 2 dc primary bus and routed through the HEAT VENT circuit breakers, to the VENT BLOWER
switch. Electrical power of 115 vac is supplied by the No. 2 ac primary bus and routed through the HEAT & VENT
circuit breaker to open contacts of the BLOWER relay (K-25). The heating system gets dc electrical power from the
copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus and routed through the
AIR SOURCE HEAT START circuit breaker to the AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch, HEATER switch and to the
winterization solenoid.

VENTILATION SYSTEM

Placing the VENT BLOWER switch on the upper console ON completes the electrical circuit to the blower and motor.
The blower pulls in outside air through the external air intake and circulates it through the cabin heat ducting.

HEATING SYSTEM (APU OPERATION)

Placing the HEATER switch ON opens the mixing valve, and bleed-air circulates through the cabin heat ducting. The
HEATER knob on the upper console controls the temperature of the heated bleed-air entering the cabin. Turning the knob
from OFF to MED or HI regulates the temperature of the air entering the cabin by allowing more bleed-air to pass
through the mixing valve into the cabin heat ducting.

HEATING SYSTEM (ENGINES OPERATING)

Placing the AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch on the upper console to ENG opens the No. 1 and No. 2 engine bleed-
air shutoff valves, and engine bleed-air goes to the mixing valve. Placing the HEAT switch ON opens the mixing valve,
and bleed-air circulates through the cabin heat ducting. The HEATER knob on the upper console controls the temperature
of the heated air entering the cabin. Turning the knob from OFF to MED or HI regulates the temperature of heated air
entering the cabin by allowing more bleed-air to pass through the mixing valve into the cabin heat ducting.

WINTERIZATION MODE

Mixing valve, 70309-02113-101, has a mode that gives additional bleed-air for maximum heating capacity. When the
ENG ANTI-ICE No. 1 or No. 2 switch is ON or the bleed-air temperature entering the mixing valve is above 200°F, the
winterization mode of the valve is shut off, and the valve operates in the normal mode.

0046 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

PNEUMATIC NO. 1 ENGINE

LINE BLEED-AIR
NO. 2 ENGINE SHUTOFF VALVE
BLEED-AIR
RIGHT RELAY SHUTOFF VALVE
PANEL
(SEE NOTE) VENT P435
P241 / J241 BLOWER MIXING
P244 / J244 P437 / J437 VALVE

AIR
INTAKE
MIXTURE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

P230 / J230

P220 / J220 EXTERNAL

AIR SOURCE
P126 / J126 CONNECTOR

P434
P236 / J236
P436

B
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P902 / J902
A
WINTERIZATION KIT
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
P221 / J221 (SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A
J244B / J244
P231 / J231
C
HEATER
CONTROL P230 / J230
KNOB
HEATER P127 / J127
CONTROL
SHAFT

TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J437 VENTILATION BLOWER
VALVE
P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 RH,
STA 243
P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 LH,
STA 243
P220 / J220 JUNCTION BOX, MAIN
ROTOR PYLON DECK
P221 / J221 JUNCTION BOX, MAIN
ROTOR PYLON DECK
P222 / J222 JUNCTION BOX, MAIN
ROTOR PYLON DECK
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING, BL 4 RH,
STA 247
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH,
STA 247
NOTE
P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUIT
WINTER BREAKER PANEL, BL 23 RH
AA3416_1
SA

Figure 1. Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0046 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KIT
J244B / J244 HARNESS ASSEMBLY (SEE
NOTE)
P434 NO. 1 ENGINE BLEED−AIR
SHUTOFF VALVE
P435 NO. 2 ENGINE BLEED−AIR
SHUTOFF VALVE
P436 MIXING VALVE
P437 / J437 VENTILATION BLOWER
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY

VENT HEATER
MED
BLOWER
O O
F F
F F
ON ON
OFF HI

AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
ENGINE
O
F
F
APU

ENG ANTI−ICE
NO. 1 NO. 2

O O
F F
F F
ON ON

AA3416_2
UPPER CONSOLE SA

Figure 1. Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0046 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

HEAT & VENT

7.5

S
RI BU
DC P
NO. 2

HEAT

VENT

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AIR
SOURCE
NO. 1
DC P
HEAT/ RI BU
S

START

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AA3416_3
SA

Figure 1. Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 3)

0046 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

HEAT & VENT

A
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS B

115 VAC
C
7.5
AMP
OFF MED HI

HEATER
HEAT ON
VENT KNOB
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS 5 OFF
AMP
28 VDC
VENT
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BLOWER
BREAKER PANEL
SWITCH

BLOWER
AIR SOURCE RELAY
HEAT / START
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS 5
AMP
28 VDC OFF
F3 F2 F3 F2
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL ON NO. 1 NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
HEATER START START
RELAY RELAY
CONTACTS CONTACTS
LEGEND
ELECTRICAL WIRING
MECHANICAL
ENGINE BLEED-AIR
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
APU BLEED-AIR
SWITCH
OUTSIDE AIR
ENG
MIXED AIR
OFF

APU

UPPER CONSOLE

EFFECTIVITY
ON HELICOPTERS WITH MIXING VALVE
PART NO. 70309-02101-103 INSTALLED.
AA7816_1A
SA

Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0046 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

PRESSURE
REGULATING
VALVE
TO CABIN
HEAT DUCTING
OVERTEMPERATURE
SWITCH OPENS
AT 200oF

MIXER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

ON OFF
SOLENOID

THERMAL
PROTECTION

VENTILATION BLOWER
AIR MIXING
INTAKE VALVE
NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE
BLEED AIR BLEED AIR
SHUTOFF VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE
NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE PORT DISCHARGE PORT

NO. 1 NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
NO. 1 ENGINE E2 E2 NO. 2 ENGINE
START RELAY START RELAY
CONTACTS E3 E3 CONTACTS

TO NO. 1 TO NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
STARTER STARTER

NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE

START VALVE START VALVE
APU
CHECK VALVE
APU
COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL
BLEED AIR AIR SUPPLY
SOURCE CONNECTOR

AA7816_2
SA

Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0046 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

HEAT & VENT

A
NO. 2
AC PRI
B
BUS

115 VAC
C
7.5
AMP

OFF HI

HEATER
HEAT ON
VENT KNOB
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS 5 OFF
AMP
28 VDC

VENT
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BLOWER
BREAKER PANEL
SWITCH

BLOWER
AIR SOURCE ENG ANTI-ICE ENG ANTI-ICE RELAY
HEAT/START NO. 1 NO. 2
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS 5
AMP
28 VDC
OFF

COPILOT'S CIRCUIT F3 F2 F3 F2
BREAKER PANEL
ON
NO. 1 NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
HEATER START START
RELAY RELAY
CONTACTS CONTACTS

AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
SWITCH

ENG

OFF

APU

UPPER CONSOLE

EFFECTIVITY
ON HELICOPTERS WITH MIXING VALVE
PART NO. 70309-02113-101 INSTALLED. AA7816_3
SA

Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Block Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0046 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

WINTERIZATION MODE - Continued

TO CABIN
HEAT DUCTING MIXING VALVE

PRESSURE
REGULATING
VALVE

OVERTEMPERATURE WINTERIZATION
SWITCH OPENS SOLENOID
AT 200oF

MIXER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

ON OFF
SOLENOID

THERMAL
PROTECTION
BLEED-AIR TEMP SWITCH
VENTILATION BLOWER OPENS AT 200oF

AIR
INTAKE

NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE

BLEED AIR BLEED AIR
SHUTOFF VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE
NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE PORT DISCHARGE PORT

NO. 1 NO. 2
ENGINE E2 E2 ENGINE
NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE
START RELAY START RELAY
CONTACTS E3 E3 CONTACTS

TO NO. 1 TO NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
STARTER STARTER

NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE

START VALVE START VALVE
APU
CHECK VALVE
APU
COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL
BLEED AIR AIR SUPPLY
SOURCE CONNECTOR
AA7816_4
SA

Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Block Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0046 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0046 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0046 00-9/10 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) DESCRIPTION AND DATA EH60A

DESCRIPTION

The environmental control system (ECS) consists of a heater/demister and a vapor cycle air conditioner that provides
heating, cooling, ambient air circulation, and humidity control in the helicopter’s cockpit and cabin in addition to the
standard heating/ventilating system. Table 1 lists the ECS components and their locations. The system is controlled from
the ECS control panel on the upper console. The ECS functionally interfaces with the caution/advisory warning system
and the ac electrical system through the electrical control unit (ECU). Panel lighting for the air conditioning controls is
provided by the upper console lights. See Figure 1, Sheets 1 through 6, and Figure 2.

Table 1. Environmental Control System Component Locations.

COMPONENT LOCATION

Compressor/Motor Evaporator Pallet

Condenser Condenser Pallet

Condenser Fan Condenser Pallet

Filter/Drier Evaporator Pallet

Expansion Valve Evaporator Pallet

Evaporator Evaporator Pallet

Evaporator Fan Evaporator Pallet

High Temperature Switch Heater/Demister

Low Temperature Switch Heater/Demister

Air Conditioning Ducts Overhead On Left And Right Sides Of Cabin

Hot Gas Bypass Valve Evaporator Pallet

Heater/Demister Evaporator Pallet

Return Air Temperature Sensor Return Air Plenum

ECU (Electrical Control Unit) Electrical Pallet

Air Conditioning Control Panel Upper Console

Sight Glass Electrical Pallet

Service Valves Electrical Pallet

0047 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

Table 1. Environmental Control System Component Locations. - Continued

COMPONENT LOCATION

High Pressure Switch Electrical Pallet

Low Pressure Switch Electrical Pallet

Ambient Air Valve Evaporator Pallet

Thermistor Sensor Evaporator Low Pressure Line

Evaporator Pallet

The evaporator pallet is horizontally-mounted on the left side of the helicopter, rear of the cabin bulkhead. Its major
components are the compressor/motor, evaporator, inlet transition duct, evaporator blower, heater/demister housing,
discharge transition duct, expansion valve, filter/dryer, and hot gas bypass valve. The evaporator and heater/demister hous-
ing are insulated with neoprene foam insulation.

The expansion valve controls the rate of refrigerant evaporation; it allows only enough refrigerant to flow into the
evaporator to keep the evaporator operating efficiently, depending on its heat load. Refrigerant enters the expansion valve
in a liquid state and passes through a small orifice. It emerges as a vapor at a lower pressure. As a vapor and under low
pressure, the refrigerant then enters the evaporator and begins to evaporate. The evaporator is a crossflow plate-fin type
aluminum heat exchanger that absorbs heat by boiling off liquid refrigerant flowing through it. The blower draws hot
cabin air through the evaporator. The heat in this air is absorbed by the evaporating refrigerant. The resultant cool air is
then recirculated through the aircraft air distribution system back into the cabin. At this point, the refrigerant is a low
pressure gas and is drawn back to the compressor through the suction line.

Compressor/Motor

The compressor/motor is a single, hermetically sealed unit. An eight horsepower motor is mounted vertically over a rotary
pump to compress and circulate the R-500 refrigerant throughout the system. The compressor’s function is to draw the
low pressure refrigerant gas (suction) from the evaporator and compress it to a high pressure gas for routing to the
condenser (discharge). An electrical connector for the electrical power supply, discharge port, suction port, and oil level
sight glass are mounted in the compressor/motor housing.

Inlet Transition Duct

The fiberglass evaporator inlet transition duct connects the evaporator with the evaporator blower. The duct includes guide
vanes to ensure an even air flow through the evaporator.

Evaporator Fan

The evaporator fan is a six-inch vane, axial-type fan that draws return air from the cabin interior and circulates it through
the evaporator.

Heater/Demister Housing

The heater/demister housing is mounted between the evaporator and the evaporator outlet transition duct. It is a steel
housing insulated with neoprene foam. It contains three heating elements, a heater high temperature switch, an air
conditioner low temperature switch, a heater temperature limiting switch, and an aluminum mesh demister pad for water
elimination.

0047 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

P456 / J1
P457 / J2

RIGHT RELAY P379 / J379 F

PANEL G
NO. 2 P244 P922 / J922
JUNCTION P900
BOX
P203 / J203 P217 / J217
P206
P205

P230 / J230 E
P266 / J266
D
C

B
H
A NO. 3
RELAY PANEL
P398 / J398

REMOTE CONTROL
CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX
P114 / J114
CB601

NO. 1
JUNCTION
P110 / J110 P237 / J237 BOX
P118 / J118 P210 / J210
P212
P111 / J111 P246 / J246

TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/

DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P3 / J3 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P206 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
UNIT
P210 / J210 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P4 / J4 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
UNIT P212 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX

P5 / J5 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA

UNIT 284

P6 / J6 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P230 / J230 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK,

UNIT BL 8 RH, STA 247

P7 / J7 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P237 / J237 COPILOT’S CIRCUIT

UNIT BREAKER PANEL

P8 / J8 COMPRESSOR / MOTOR P244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL

P9 / J9 EVAPORATOR FAN P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH,

STA 247
P10 / J10 CONDENSER FAN
P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUIT
P11 / J11 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH BREAKER PANEL, BL 25 RH
P12 / J12 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH P379 / J379 CABIN CEILING, STA 379,
WL 269, BL 5
P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA 197
P398 / J398 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
P111 / J111 COCKPIT, LB 7.5 LH, STA 197
P456 / J1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
P114 / J114 COCKPIT, BL 8, STA 200 UNIT
P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORY P457 / J2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
PANEL UNIT
P203 / J203 NO. 2 MAIN ELECTRICAL P900 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
JUNCTION BOX
P922 / J922 CABIN CEILING, BL 10.7 LH,
P205 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX STA 380 AA3418_1
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6)

0047 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

#1 GEN #2 GEN

#1 GEN BRG #2 GEN BRG

#1 CONV #2 CONV

APU GEN ON BACK−UP

PUMP ON

AIR COND CABIN

ON HEAT ON

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

ESNTL BUS B BATT

AC & A BUS
T
B 5 T 5
A
T CONV U CONTR
T WARN T
APU I APU
B L
U 5 5
S B
U
CONTR CONTR
INST S INST

LOWER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AA3418_2
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6)

0047 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

20

NO. 2 CONVERTER
S
RI BU
WINDSHIELD
DC P ANTI−ICE
NO. 2
5 5

PILOT CTR
NO. 2
SERVO GEN ECS

5 5 7.5

WARN WARN CONTR

SEC MON DC ESNTL
BUS BUS

5 50

CONTR SPLY

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

ECS
TEMP CONT AIR COND
COOL HTR BATT
BUS
O O
F F 10
F F
FAN ON SPLY
COOL WARM

CAUT / BACKUP
ADVSY HYD

5 5

PNL CONTR

GENERATORS
APU NO. 1 NO. 2
TEST TEST TEST
R R R
O E O E O E
F S F S F S
F E F E F E
T ON T ON T ON

BACKUP WINDSHIELD ANTI−ICE

HYD PUMP COPILOT CTR PILOT
OFF
A O O O
U F F F
T F F F
O ON ON ON
ON

UPPER CONSOLE AA3418_3

SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 6)

0047 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

NO. 1
AC P
RI BU
S

NO. 1 BACKUP
NO. 1
DC P
CONVERTER PUMP ECS RI BU
S

20 .5 .5

PWR PWR
LIGHTS CPTL NO. 1
ADVSY CAUT WSHLD GEN

5 7.5 5 5

ADVSY ANTI−ICE WARN

DC ESNTL
BUS

50

SPLY

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

F
AIR INLET

CONDENSER

CONDENSER
TRANSITION
DUCT

CONDENSER FAN

THERMAL P10
PROTECTION
SWITCH

HOT AIR
EXHAUST
DUCT

CONDENSER PALLET
AA3418_4
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6)

0047 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

ELECTRICAL CONTROL
SIGHT GLASS UNIT (ECU)

J3

J7 AIR CONDITIONER J4
FAULT INDICATOR PANEL
HIGH LOW HIGH LOW

1 1 1 1
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE

AIR
CONDITIONER
FAULT
INDICATOR
LOW PANEL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
P12 / J12

HIGH
PRESSURE
SWITCH
P11 / J11 AIR
CONDITIONER
CIRCUIT
AIR CONDITIONER BREAKER
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL PANEL
AC POWER DC
POWER
COMPRESSOR CONDENSER 10
35 25 EVAPORATOR 7.5
BLOWER
J2
MOTOR BLOWER CONTROLS
10
HEATER ELEMENTS

J1

P5 / J5 P6 / J6

ELECTRICAL PALLET

AA3418_5
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6)

0047 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

COMPRESSOR
MOTOR HIGH
THERMAL THERMISTOR TEMPERATURE
PROTECTION SWITCH
SWITCH
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE FAN HEATER /
SENSOR DEMISTER
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
LIMITING SWITCH

P8 EXPANSION FILTER / LOW

PLENUM P9 VALVE DRYER TEMPERATURE
AIR INLET SWITCH
HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE

EVAPORATOR PALLET

AA3418_6
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6)

0047 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

BURST 350 5 PSIG HIGH

475 PSIG DISK 500 PRESSURE SWITCH
PRESSURE PISG @ 100OF EXPANSION VALVE
RELIEF VALVE

FAN
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

FILTER
AMBIENT SIGHT GLASS DRYER
AIR WINDOW WARM /
COLD
HIGH−PRESSURE AIR
SERVICE VALVE

HOT GAS BYPASS

VALVE (HGBV)

CONDENSER SOLENOID

50 5 PSIG
BYPASS VALVE PRESSURE
CHECK SENSING LINE SWITCH
VALVE

EVAPORATOR

THERMISTER
SENSOR

COMPRESSOR
FAN
HEAT
160OF TEMPERATURE COILS
LIMITING SWITCH

WARM LOW−PRESSURE
AIR SERVICE
VALVE

LEGEND
MOTOR COOL /
HIGH− 180O 8O HIGH HOT
PRESSURE AIR
TEMPERATURE
LIQUID
SWITCH
LOW−
PRESSURE
LIQUID
LOW−
PRESSURE
GAS
HIGH−
PRESSURE
GAS EVAPORATOR DUCT
35O 5OF LOW−
SOLUTION
SENSING TEMPERATURE
LOW− SWITCH
PRESSURE
GAS
AA3421
SA

Figure 2. Environmental Control System Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

0047 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

Outlet Transition Duct

Conditioned air is ducted to the aircraft air distribution system through the evaporator outlet transition duct. This duct is
constructed of fiberglass and insulated with neoprene foam.

Filter/Dryer

The filter/dryer is mounted in the high pressure (liquid) refrigerant line just before the expansion valve on the evaporator
pallet. Through its molded porous core, both contaminants and moisture are filtered from the refrigerant. Moisture in the
air conditioning system interferes with the proper operation of the expansion valve and reacts with the refrigerant to form
corrosive hydro-fluoric acid.

Hot Gas Bypass Valve

The hot gas bypass valve regulates the evaporator pressure, hence temperature, to provide evaporator outlet air tempera-
ture adjustment. The cooling system is designed to produce not lower than 42°F conditioned air. The valve will discharge
hot refrigerant gas directly into the evaporator to increase its pressure and, therefore, temperature. The valve receives re-
frigerant from the compressor discharge line to discharge it directly into the evaporator. The valve receives sensing input
from a duct temperature sensor mounted in the helicopter return air plenum, and control voltage from the TEMP CONT
rheostat through the temperature controller in the ECU.

Condenser Pallet

The condenser pallet is horizontally-mounted on the right side of the helicopter aft of the cabin bulkhead. Its major
components are the heat exchanger, condenser fan, transition duct, pressure relief valve, thermal protection switch, and
burst disc. The condenser unit extracts the heat absorbed by the refrigerant in the evaporator, exhausts it overboard, and
changes the refrigerant to a liquid state for routing back to the expansion valve. The refrigerant enters the condenser from
the compressor as a compressed gas under high pressure. Ambient air is blown over the condenser by the fan. Because
the refrigerant is at a higher temperature than the ambient air, the heat is transferred from the refrigerant to the air. The
condenser is constructed similarly to the evaporator. The condenser is a crossflow, plate-fin type heat exchanger that uses
air from the fan to extract heat from the refrigerant gas, allowing it to condense into a manifold that connects to a sub-
cooler, across the condenser lower face, then out the discharge port.

Condenser Transition Duct

A fiberglass transition duct separates the condenser and blower. It is bolted to flanges on both components and supported
by aluminum brackets.

Pressure Relief Valve

A pressure relief valve protects the air conditioning system from over pressure. If system pressure reaches 475 psig, the
relief valve will open, discharge refrigerant directly into the condenser transition duct and exhausting it overboard. As
pressure decreases below 475 psig, the pressure relief valve will automatically reseal and air conditioner operation will
resume. The valve is mounted to the high pressure (liquid) discharge refrigerant line.

Burst Disc

A burst disc is included in the system to provide redundancy in high pressure protection. Mounted 9in-line9 with the pres-
sure relief valve, the disc will burst at 500 psig. This would occur under a high pressure condition when both the high
pressure switch and pressure relief valve failed. The burst disc must be replaced after rupture before resuming air
conditioner operation.

0047 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

Electrical Pallet

The electrical pallet is vertically mounted aft of the condenser and evaporator pallet assemblies in the helicopter aft
transition avionics compartment. The major components are: ECU, air conditioner circuit breaker panel, air conditioner
fault indicator panel, high pressure switch, low pressure switch, refrigerant liquid indicator (sight glass), and high/low
pressure service valves.

Electrical Control Unit (ECU)

The ECU is a sealed unit containing practically all of the electrical components necessary for operation. Contents include
the temperature controller, relays, circuit breakers, and compressor/motor capacitor.

Circuit Breaker Panel

The circuit breaker panel is mounted on the ECU cover. The panel includes four ac circuit breakers and one dc circuit
breaker. A description is as follows:

+ COMPRESSOR MOTOR, 35 amps ac.

+ CONDENSER BLOWER, 25 amps ac.

+ EVAPORATOR BLOWER, 10 amps ac.

+ HEATER ELEMENTS, 10 amps ac.

+ DC POWER CONTROLS, 7.5 amps dc.

Fault Indicator Panel

A fault indicator panel, containing four one-amp circuit breakers, is mounted on the ECU cover to indicate extremes in
either pressure or temperature during ECS operation. The circuit breakers are labeled HIGH PRESSURE, LOW PRES-
SURE, HIGH TEMPERATURE, and LOW TEMPERATURE. High pressure, low pressure, high temperature, or low tem-
perature conditions will cause the affected circuit breaker to pop. The affected breaker should be reset before flight.

Service Valves

The air conditioner contains two service ports for system maintenance; one in the high pressure line and one in the low
pressure line. The service valve in the high pressure line (from compressor to condenser) allows access to the high pres-
sure side of the system for attaching a service hose and pressure gauge. The service valve in the low pressure line (from
evaporator to compressor) allows access to the low pressure side of the system. Access to both pressure lines is required
for monitoring the system during maintenance operations and for servicing the system.

High And Low Pressure Switches

The high and low pressure switches protect the air conditioning system from abnormally high and low pressures. Both
switches are located in the servicing manifold and exposed to either the high or low side pressures. The high pressure
switch will disengage the compressor/motor if system high side pressure reaches between 345 to 355 psi. The compressor/
motor will reengage as pressure decreases to between 270 to 280 psi. The low pressure switch will disengage the
compressor/motor at between 7 to 53 psi. At between 17 to 23 psi, the compressor/motor will reengage.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Ac power is supplied by the No. 1 generator contactor K1 in the No. 1 junction box and routed through the No. 2 junc-
tion box to the ECU PWR circuit breaker in the remote control circuit breaker box. The ECU PWR circuit breaker is
controlled remotely by the ECS PWR circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. From the ECU PWR circuit
breaker, ac power is routed to connector J1 on the ECS electrical control unit. In the ECU, the 115 vac three-phase power
arms the normally-open contacts of four relays (K1, K2, K3, and K4), each protected by its own circuit breakers for ac

0047 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

operation of the ECS compressor, condenser, evaporator, and heater/demister. These circuit breakers are identified on the
ECU AIR CONDITIONER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL as COMPRESSOR MOTOR, CONDENSER BLOWER,
EVAPORATOR BLOWER, and HEATER ELEMENTS.

Dc power controls the operation of the 115 vac components through dc interlock circuitry. The 28 vdc is supplied by the
No. 2 primary bus and routed through the ECS CONTR circuit breaker on the pilot’s circuit breaker panel to the ECU on
the electrical pallet and to the ECS AIR COND COOL-OFF-FAN switch on the upper console. Air conditioning power
source priorities, listed in Table 2 are established by circuitry in the ac electrical system and the No. 3 relay panel.

Table 2. Air Conditioning System Power Source Priority.

POWER SOURCE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM OPERATION

APU Generator (Helicopter on Ground) Air conditioning interrupted if: (1) backup pump is
on. or (2) windshield anti-ice is on. Windshield
anti-ice interrupted when backup pump is on.

APU Generator (Helicopter in Air) Air conditioning interrupted while helicopter in air.

Windshield anti-ice interrupted when backup pump

is on.

Dual Main Generator (No. 1 and No. 2) Air conditioning, backup pump, and windshield
anti-ice can operate simultaneously.

Single Generator (Helicopter in Air or on Ground) Air conditioning interrupted when weight off
or External ac Power (Weight on or Off Wheels) wheels.

SYSTEM OPERATION

Control of the air conditioning system is accomplished by the ECS TEMP CONT, AIR COND, and HTR controls on the
upper console. The temperature rheostat (TEMP CONT COOL-WARM) has two arrows. One arrow indicates an increase
to COOL (counterclockwise), the other an increase to WARM (clockwise). The AIR COND switch is marked FAN-OFF-
COOL. The TEMP CONT rheostat R5 is used with the AIR COND switch to set the desired cabin temperature.

When the switch is placed to either COOL or FAN, the evaporator immediately starts, providing air flow to the cockpit
and cabin. When the manually-operated ambient air valve is open, fresh air is drawn from outside the helicopter into the
plenum chamber, mixed with inside cool or vent air, and circulated through the helicopter. With the ambient air valve
closed, inside air will be recirculated through the helicopter by the evaporator fan. When air conditioning is desired, the
switch is placed to COOL, starting a sequence of events leading to full air conditioning operation. Major electrical
components are started at spaced intervals to prevent surges in 115 vac electrical power. The evaporator fan operates first,
followed by the condenser fan, after a five-second delay. Finally, after an additional ten-second delay, the compressor mo-
tor operates. Temperature control is accomplished by mixing the cool refrigerant in the evaporator with warm refrigerant
in the compressor. This is in response to a signal from the temperature sensor in the return air rear plenum. This signal is
processed by the temperature controller and is adjusted by the TEMP CONT rheostat R5 to open the hot gas bypass valve
solenoid when the desired cabin and cockpit comfort level is reached. Safety of the air conditioning system is maintained
by high and low pressure and temperature switches, and by a pressure relief valve and a burst disk. The switches also
latch individual fault indicators (CB6 through CB9) on the ECU (identified as AIR CONDITIONER FAULT INDICATOR
PANEL) to provide visual indication of an air conditioning system malfunction.

When the helicopter is on the ground, the 28 vdc interlock circuitry is as follows: The AIR COND control is armed with
28 vdc through contacts of relay K82 in the No. 1 junction box. The ECS can then be used either with or without the
APU running (through relay K95). EH60A 86-24561 - SUBQ The APU must be running or external power applied

0047 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0047 00

SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

(contacts B1 and B2 of relay K95 must be closed). Placing the AIR COND switch to COOL energizes evaporator fan
relay K3 to switch on ac power to the evaporator fan. When the hydraulic backup pump and windshield anti-ice are off,
placing the AIR COND switch to COOL also energizes the expansion valve and thermistor through relays K96 and
K80A. After a five-second delay, this energizes relay K5 to in turn energize condenser fan relay K2, which connects 115
vac to start the condenser fan. After an additional ten-second delay, relay K6 energizes. Compressor motor relay K4 then
energizes through the high and low pressure switches, the low temperature switch, and contacts of relay K6. Relay K4
connects ac power to start the compressor, and dc power to light the AIR COND ON capsule on the caution/advisory
panel.

The high and low pressure switches and the low temperature switch are connected in series between 28 vdc from DC
POWER circuit breaker on the ECU and contacts B1-B2 of relay K6. This causes the compressor motor to stop running
when the pressure in the high pressure line exceeds 300 psig, the pressure in the low pressure line drops below 50 psig,
or the temperature in the evaporator duct drops below 35°F. Either of these conditions can be monitored on the AIR
CONDITIONER FAULT INDICATOR PANEL on the ECU. The circuit breakers are marked: HIGH PRESSURE, LOW
PRESSURE, and LOW TEMPERATURE. When one of the switches is activated, 28 vdc is shorted to ground through the
corresponding circuit breaker, which pops the breaker.
Placing the AIR COND switch to FAN arms the HTR switch on the ECS control panel when either the backup pump or
windshield anti-ice is off, or when No. 1 and No. 2 generators are on. Placing the HTR switch to ON energizes relay K7
which provides a ground to energize relay K1 through contacts of relay K3 and the NC contacts of the high temperature
switch in the evaporator duct. When duct temperature exceeds 180°F, the high temperature switch activates to short out
and pop the HIGH TEMPERATURE circuit breaker on the fault isolator panel. Relay K1 switches ac power to energize
the heater/demister coils and relay K7 switches dc power to light the CABIN HEAT ON capsule on the caution/advisory
panel. The heater/demister is also protected by a temperature limiting switch between the high temperature switch and
relay K1, which is set to disconnect power to the heater coils when evaporator duct temperature exceeds 160°F.

When the helicopter is airborne, the AIR COND switch can be armed only when the APU is off (through relay K95).
Operation of the ECS is the same with the helicopter airborne as it is with the helicopter on the ground except that the
backup pump or the windshield anti-ice will not interrupt air conditioning or heater operation because No. 1 and No. 2
generator relay K81A connects the AIR COND and HTR switches to the system components.
EH60A 86-24561 - SUBQ When the helicopter is airborne (weight-off-wheels), the air conditioning will operate only
when aircraft power is supplied by both No. 1 and No. 2 generators.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1622 00, WP 1623 00, WP 1626 00 and WP 1627 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0047 00-13/14 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) DESCRIPTION AND DATA UH-60Q HH-60L

DESCRIPTION

The environmental control system (ECS) consists of a heater/demister and a vapor cycle air conditioner that provide heat-
ing, cooling, ambient air circulation, and humidity control in the helicopter’s cockpit and cabin. Table 1 lists the ECS
components and their locations. The system is controlled from the ECS control panel on the left side of the helicopter,
rear cabin. When the AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is in the VENT position, heated air is circulated through the
helicopter. The ECS functionally interfaces with the MFD/caution/advisory warning system and the ac electrical system
through the electrical control unit (ECU). Panel lighting for the ECS control panel is provided by the lower console
lights/indicator lights dimming. See Figure 1, Sheets 1 through 3, and Figure 2.

Table 1. Environmental Control System Component Locations.

COMPONENT LOCATION

Compressor/Motor Evaporator Pallet

Condenser Condenser Pallet

Condenser Fan Condenser Pallet

Filter/Drier Electrical Pallet

Expansion Valve Evaporator Pallet

Evaporator Evaporator Pallet

Evaporator Fan Evaporator Pallet

High Temperature Switch Heater/Demister

Low Temperature Switch Heater/Demister

Hot Gas Bypass Valve Evaporator Pallet

Heater/Demister Evaporator Pallet

ECU (Electrical Control Unit) Electrical Pallet

ECS Control Panel Rear Cabin

Sight Glass Electrical Pallet

Service Valves Electrical Pallet

High Pressure Switch Electrical Pallet

Low Pressure Switch Electrical Pallet

0048 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

Table 1. Environmental Control System Component Locations. - Continued

COMPONENT LOCATION

Thermistor Sensor Evaporator Low Pressure Line

Evaporator Pallet

The evaporator pallet is horizontally-mounted on the left side of the helicopter, rear of the cabin bulkhead. Its major
components are the compressor/motor, evaporator, inlet transition duct, evaporator blower, heater/demister housing,
discharge transition duct, expansion valve, and hot gas bypass valve. The evaporator and heater/demister housing are
insulated with neoprene foam insulation.

The expansion valve controls the rate of refrigerant evaporation; it allows only enough refrigerant to flow into the
evaporator to keep the evaporator operating efficiently, depending on its heat load. Refrigerant enters the expansion valve
in a liquid state and passes through a small orifice. It emerges as a vapor at a lower pressure. As a vapor and under low
pressure, the refrigerant then enters the evaporator and begins to evaporate. The evaporator is a crossflow plate-fin type
aluminum heat exchanger that absorbs heat by boiling off liquid refrigerant flowing through it. The blower draws hot
cabin air through the evaporator. The heat in this air is absorbed by the evaporating refrigerant. The resultant cool air is
then recirculated through the aircraft air distribution system back into the cabin. At this point, the refrigerant is a low
pressure gas and is drawn back to the compressor through the suction line.

Compressor/Motor

The compressor/motor is a single, hermetically sealed unit. A ten horsepower motor is mounted vertically over a scroll
compressor to compress and circulate the R407C/SUVA 9000 refrigerant throughout the system. The compressor’s func-
tion is to draw the low pressure refrigerant gas (suction) from the evaporator and compress it to a high pressure gas for
routing to the condenser (discharge). An electrical connector for the electrical power supply, discharge port, suction port,
and oil level sight glass are mounted in the compressor/motor housing.

Inlet Transition Duct

The fiberglass evaporator inlet transition duct connects the evaporator with the evaporator blower. The duct includes guide
vanes to insure an even air flow through the evaporator.

Evaporator Blower

The evaporator blower is a six-inch vane, axial-type fan that draws return air from the cabin interior and circulates it
through the evaporator.

Heater/Demister Housing

The heater/demister housing is mounted between the evaporator and the evaporator outlet transition duct. It is a steel
housing insulated with neoprene foam. It contains three heating elements, a heater high temperature switch, an air
conditioner low temperature switch, a heater temperature limiting switch, and an aluminum mesh demister pad for water
elimination.

Outlet Transition Duct

Conditioned air is ducted to the aircraft air distribution system through the evaporator outlet transition duct. This duct is
constructed of fiberglass and insulated with neoprene foam.

0048 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

P349 / J13
P350 / J14
P352 / J2
P351 / J1

D
E
P353 / J10

B
H

P354 / J6
P355 / J5 J
P357 / J12
NO. 3
RELAY PANEL
A P298 / J1

COMPRESSOR
POWER
RELAY

L
M

TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /

LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
DISCONNECT PLUG / CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE
P298 / J1 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
J198 INDICATOR LIGHTS
DIMMER P329 / J329 MAIN ROTOR DE−ICE
JUNCTION BOX
J906 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P349 / J13 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
P3 / J3 ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
UNIT
P350 / J14 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
P9 / J9 COMPRESSOR / MOTOR UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX

P11 / J11 EVAPORATOR BLOWER P351 / J1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL

UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
P129 / J129 COPILOT’S AUXILIARY P352 / J2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
P210 / J210 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX P353 / J10 CONDENSER BLOWER
P212 LOW TEMPERATURE P354 / J6 EVAPORATOR PALLET
SWITCH SW3
P355 / J5 EVAPORATOR PALLET
P244 / J244 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P356 / J1 ECS CONTROL PANEL
P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL BL 25 RH P357 / J12 EVAPORATOR PALLET

AB0216_1A
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 7)

0048 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

A
T6

#1 GEN #2 GEN

#1 CONV #2 CONV

APU ON APU GEN ON

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY’S
CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID

AB0216_2A
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 7)

0048 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

GENERATORS
APU NO. 1 NO. 2
TEST TEST TEST
R R R
OE OE OE
FS FS FS
FE FE FE
T ON T ON T ON

WINDSHIELD ANTI−ICE
COPILOT CTR PILOT

O O O
F F F
F F F
ON ON ON

UPPER CONSOLE

AB0216_3
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 7)

0048 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

ARM

TEST

CREW’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL

C

CONDENSER
BLOWER

AR
RE

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P353
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J10

CONDENSER PALLET
AB0216_4
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 7)

0048 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

SIGHT GLASS
FILTER DRIER FLOW F
ECS
FAULT
SERVICE INDICATOR
ECS HAND PANEL
ECU CIRCUIT
DISTRIBUTION BREAKER VALVES
PANEL

BOX FAULT

15
EVAPORATOR
RESET
FAN

HEATER

25
CONDENSER
FAN

EVAPORATOR

SERVICE WITH R40XX

FAN

REFRIGERANT ONLY
25
HEATER
ELEMENTS

HEATER CONDENSER
ELEMENTS
FAN
25

J13 J3
MOTOR
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR
50

DC POWER
CONTROL
7.5

J2 J1 J14
ECS FAULT
INDICATOR PANEL

ECS ELECTRICAL PALLET

E F

G
ECS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
15

EVAPORATOR
FAN
25

CONDENSER
FAN
25

HEATER
ELEMENTS

HEATER
ELEMENTS
25

MOTOR
COMPRESSOR
50

DC POWER
CONTROL
7.5

ECS
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL AB0216_5
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 7)

0048 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

EVAPORATOR
BLOWER

AR
RE

COMPRESSOR

EVAPORATOR PALLET
H

OFF
AC VENT
AC ON
HEAT
HEAT ON

COOL WARM

ECS CONTROL PANEL

AB0216_6
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 7)

0048 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

NO. 1 AC PRI
ECS/HEAT
POWER

30

NO. 1 AC PRI NO. 1 DC PRI

HEAT
POWER ECS

25 7.5

CONTR

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

M L

B PILOT HOIST
L CABLE
MODE OVERRIDE POWER
A UP ON
D M
E POWER TEST AUTO
T
AN

ON IN
UA

D
L
L

E
I DOWN OFF
CUT
C M
E TEST
PROGRESS

BLADE DEICE CONTROL PANEL PILOT’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL

AB0216_7
SA

Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram. (Sheet 7 of 7)

0048 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

BURST 350 5 PSIG HIGH

475 PSIG DISK 500 PRESSURE SWITCH
PRESSURE PISG @ 100OF EXPANSION VALVE
RELIEF VALVE (37.7OC)

FAN
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

FILTER
AMBIENT SIGHT GLASS DRYER
AIR WINDOW WARM /
COLD
HIGH−PRESSURE AIR
SERVICE VALVE

HOT GAS BYPASS

VALVE (HGBV)

CONDENSER SOLENOID

50 5 PSIG
BYPASS VALVE PRESSURE
CHECK SENSING LINE SWITCH
VALVE

EVAPORATOR

THERMISTER
SENSOR

COMPRESSOR
FAN
HEAT
160OF TEMPERATURE COILS
LIMITING SWITCH

WARM LOW−PRESSURE
AIR SERVICE
VALVE

LEGEND
MOTOR COOL /
HIGH− 180O 8OF (82.2O 4.5OC) HOT
PRESSURE AIR
HIGH TEMPERATURE
LIQUID SWITCH
LOW−
PRESSURE
LIQUID
LOW−
PRESSURE
GAS
HIGH−
PRESSURE
GAS EVAPORATOR DUCT
35O 5OF (1.7O 2.7OC)
SOLUTION
SENSING LOW TEMPERATURE
LOW− SWITCH
PRESSURE
GAS
AB2134
SA

Figure 2. Environmental Control System Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

0048 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

Filter/Dryer

The filter/dryer is mounted in the high pressure (liquid) refrigerant line just before the expansion valve on the electrical
pallet. Through its molded porous core, both contaminants and moisture are filtered from the refrigerant. Moisture in the
air conditioning system interferes with the proper operation of the expansion valve and reacts with the refrigerant to form
corrosive hydro-fluoric acid.

Hot Gas Bypass Valve

The hot gas bypass valve regulates the evaporator pressure, hence temperature, to provide evaporator outlet air tempera-
ture adjustment. The cooling system is designed to produce not lower than 42°F (5.6°C) conditioned air. The valve will
discharge hot refrigerant gas directly into the evaporator to increase its pressure and, therefore, temperature. The valve
receives refrigerant from the compressor discharge line to discharge it directly into the evaporator.

Condenser Pallet

The condenser pallet is horizontally-mounted on the right side of the helicopter aft of the cabin bulkhead. Its major
components are the heat exchanger, condenser fan, transition duct, pressure relief valve, thermal protection switch, and
burst disc. The condenser unit extracts the heat absorbed by the refrigerant in the evaporator, exhausts it overboard, and
changes the refrigerant to a liquid state for routing back to the expansion valve. The refrigerant enters the condenser from
the compressor as a compressed gas under high pressure. Ambient air is blown over the condenser by the fan. Because
the refrigerant is at a higher temperature than the ambient air, the heat is transferred from the refrigerant to the air. The
condenser is constructed similarly to the evaporator. The condenser is a crossflow, plate-fin type heat exchanger that uses
air from the fan to extract heat from the refrigerant gas, allowing it to condense into a manifold that connects to a sub-
cooler, across the condenser lower face, then out the discharge port.

Condenser Transition Duct

A fiberglass transition duct separates the condenser and blower. It is bolted to flanges on both components and supported
by aluminum brackets.

Pressure Relief Valve

A pressure relief valve protects the air conditioning system from over pressure. If system pressure reaches 475 psig, the
relief valve will open, discharge refrigerant directly into the condenser transition duct and exhaust it overboard. As pres-
sure decreases below 475 psig, the pressure relief valve will automatically reseal and air conditioner operation will
resume. The valve is mounted to the high pressure (liquid) discharge refrigerant line.

Burst Disc

A burst disc is included in the system to provide redundancy in high pressure protection. Mounted 9in-line9 with the pres-
sure relief valve, the disc will burst at 500 psig. This would occur under a high pressure condition when both the high
pressure switch and pressure relief valve failed. The burst disc must be replaced after rupture before resuming air
conditioner operation.

Electrical Pallet

The electrical pallet is vertically mounted aft of the condenser and evaporator pallet assemblies in the helicopter aft
transition avionics compartment. The major components are: ECU, ECS circuit breaker panel, ECS fault indicator panel,
high pressure switch, low pressure switch, filter/dryer, refrigerant liquid indicator (sight glass), and high/low pressure
service valves.

Electrical Control Unit (ECU)

The ECU is a sealed unit containing practically all of the electrical components necessary for operation. Contents include
the temperature controller, relays, circuit breakers, and compressor/motor capacitor.

0048 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

DESCRIPTION - Continued

Ecs Circuit Breaker Panel

The ECS circuit breaker panel is mounted on the ECU cover. The panel includes five ac circuit breakers and one dc
circuit breaker. A description is as follows:

+ EVAPORATOR FAN, 15 amps ac.

+ CONDENSER FAN, 25 amps ac.

+ HEATER ELEMENTS, 25 amps ac.

+ HEATER ELEMENTS, 25 amps ac.

+ MOTOR COMPRESSOR, 50 amps ac.

+ DC POWER CONTROL, 7.5 amps dc.

Ecs Fault Indicator Panel

An ECS fault indicator panel, containing four indicator lights, is mounted on the side of the ECU. The lights are labeled
HEATER, EVAPORATOR FAN, CONDENSER FAN, and COMPRESSOR. A light on indicates an open circuit for that
component from a faulty component or wiring or a loose connection. After investigating for problems, the fault reset but-
ton clears the panel lights.

Service Valves

The air conditioner contains two service ports for system maintenance; one in the high pressure line and one in the low
pressure line. The service valve in the high pressure line (from compressor to condenser) allows access to the high pres-
sure side of the system for attaching a service hose and pressure gauge. The service valve in the low pressure line (from
evaporator to compressor) allows access to the low pressure side of the system. Access to both pressure lines is required
for monitoring the system during maintenance operations and for servicing the system.

High And Low Pressure Switches

The high and low pressure switches protect the air conditioning system from abnormally high and low pressures. Both
switches are located in the servicing manifold and exposed to either the high or low side pressures. The high pressure
switch will disengage the compressor/motor if system high side pressure reaches between 345 to 355 psi. The compressor/
motor will reengage as pressure decreases to between 270 to 280 psi. The low pressure switch will disengage the
compressor/motor at between 47 to 53 psi. At between 17 to 23 psi, the compressor/motor will reengage.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Ac power is supplied by the No. 1 generator contactor K1 in the No. 1 junction box and goes through the contacts of the
compressor power relay K310. From K310, power is routed to connector J14 on the ECU. Ac power is also supplied by
the No. 1 ac primary bus through the ECS/HEAT POWER and HEAT POWER circuit breakers on the copilot’s auxiliary
circuit breaker panel and routed to connector J13 on the ECU. Inside the ECU, the 115 vac three-phase power from the
circuit breakers and the relay arm the normally-open contacts of five relays (SSR1, SSR2, SSR3, SSR4, and SSR5), each
protected by its own circuit breakers for ac operation of the compressor, condenser, evaporator, and heater/demister. These
circuit breakers are identified on the ECU circuit breaker panel as MOTOR COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER FAN,
EVAPORATOR FAN, and HEATER ELEMENTS.

Dc power controls the operation of the 115 vac components through dc interlock circuitry. The 28 vdc is supplied by the
No. 1 dc primary bus and routed through the ECS CONTR circuit breaker on the copilot’s auxiliary circuit breaker panel
to the ECU on the electrical pallet and to the No. 3 relay panel. From the No. 3 relay panel, the 28 vdc continues on to
the AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch on the ECS control panel. Air conditioning power source priorities, listed in Table 2 are
established by circuitry in the ac electrical system and the No. 3 relay panel.

0048 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

POWER DISTRIBUTION - Continued

Table 2. Air Conditioning System Power Source Priority.

AIR CONDITIONING
POWER SOURCE SYSTEM OPERATION

APU Generator Air conditioning inter-

rupted if APU is on.

Generators (No. 1 And Air conditioning can only

No. 2) operate if both are on.

External ac Power Air conditioning inter-

rupted if external power
not on. Air conditioning
also interrupted if blade
de-ice system or rescue
hoist system is operating.

SYSTEM OPERATION

Control of the ECS system is accomplished by the ECS control panel at the rear left side of the aircraft cabin. The tem-
perature rheostat (COOL-WARM) has two arrows. One arrow indicates an increase to COOL (counterclockwise), the
other an increase to WARM (clockwise). The ECS mode select switch is marked AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT. The rheostat R1
is used with the mode select switch to set the desired cabin temperature.

When the switch is placed to either AC or VENT, the evaporator immediately starts, providing air flow to the cockpit and
cabin. When air conditioning is desired, the switch is placed to AC, starting a sequence of events leading to full air
conditioning operation. Major electrical components are started at spaced intervals to prevent surges in 115 vac electrical
power. The evaporator fan operates first, followed by the condenser fan, after a five-second delay. Finally, after an addi-
tional ten-second delay, the compressor motor operates. Temperature control is accomplished by mixing the cool refriger-
ant in the evaporator with warm refrigerant in the compressor. Temperature is adjusted by the temperature rheostat R1
which opens the hot gas bypass valve solenoid when the desired cabin and cockpit comfort level is reached. Safety of the
air conditioning system is maintained by high and low pressure and temperature switches, and by a pressure relief valve
and a burst disk. The switches also latch individual fault indicators on the ECU (identified as the ECS FAULT INDICA-
TOR PANEL) to provide visual indication of an ECS system malfunction.

The 28 vdc interlock circuitry is described as follows. The ECS control mode select switch is armed with 28 vdc through
contacts of relay K301 in the No. 3 relay panel. Placing the switch to AC energizes condenser fan relay SSR2 to switch
on ac power to the condenser fan and also energizes the expansion valve and thermistor. Motor compressor relay SSR1
then energizes as a result of compressor power relay K310 energizing and sending ac power from the No. 1 junction box
through its contacts. Dc power to light the AC ON capsule on the ECS control panel is received from relay K1.

Placing the ECS control mode select switch to VENT energizes evaporator fan relay SSR3 to switch on ac power to the
evaporator fan. Placing the ECS control mode select switch to HEAT energizes heater elements relays SSR4 and SSR5
which, in turn, provide power to the contacts of heater overtemperature switches in the evaporator duct. When duct tem-
perature goes too high, the high temperature switch activates to short out and pop the HEATER circuit breaker on the
fault indicator panel. Relay SSR1 switches ac power to energize the heater/demister coils and relay K2 switches dc power
to light the HEAT ON capsule on the ECS control panel. The heater/demister is also protected by these heater overtem-
perature switches which are set to disconnect power to the heater coils when evaporator duct temperature goes too high.

The ECS control mode select switch can be armed only when the APU is off (through relay K302), when the external
power is on (through relay K312), and when BOTH the No. 1 and No. 2 generators are on (through relays K304 and
K305). Operation of the ECS will be interrupted if the rescue hoist or blade de-ice systems are used.

0048 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0048 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1622 00, WP 1623 00, WP 1626 00 and WP 1627 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

UNIT LEVEL

HOISTS AND WINCHES

RESCUE HOIST DESCRIPTION AND DATA

RESCUE HOIST DESCRIPTION HOIST 42305R1

The rescue hoist is post-mounted in the cabin on the right side of the helicopter when installed. The hoist system consists
of modular components, electrically driven and electronically controlled, to provide maximum lift capacities of 300
pounds at 0 to 250 feet-per-minute and 600 pounds at 0 to 125 feet-per-minute. The hoist motor, mounted at the top of
the pole, provides reel-in and reel-out drive of a 250-foot hoist cable. A fail-safe mechanism at all times limits the
induced loading to the hoist to 1200 pounds. A continuously running circulating fan cools the hoist motor. The hoist is
controlled through a lower console mounted RESCUE HOIST CONTROL panel and/or crewman’s control pendant grip in
the cabin. A hoist cable shear system is used to cut the hoist cable in case of emergency, by exploding a squib-actuated
cable-cutter. The cut cable then drops free of the hoist boom. Power to operate the rescue hoist system is from the No. 2
primary dc bus through a circuit breaker on the mission readiness circuit breaker panel, marked RESQ HST CONTROL.
Power for the cable cutter system is from the dc essential bus through a circuit breaker, marked HOIST CABLE SHEAR.
Operation of the rescue hoist is disabled if the helicopter’s No. 1 or No. 2 converter fails.

Power for the squib test light is controlled by the caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch. When this switch is in
the center (normal) position, 28 vdc is applied to the squib test light circuit. Placing the BRT/DIM-TEST switch to BRT/
DIM applies a dimming signal to the squib test light circuit from the indicator light dimmer. For a further description of
squib test light power, refer to instrument panel and consoles indicator light dimming, WP 0035 00

The boom assembly module consists of the boom head, up-limit switch, cable-cut device, and a cable guide, all installed
in the boom. The boom head is allowed to swivel from side-to-side and guide the cable to wrap or unwrap from a 30°
cone angle. The upper limits of cable control includes an automatic means for decelerating the cable to 67 feet-per-minute
cable speed. At 10 feet below the boom head, a caution light on the crewman’s pendant marked CAUTION will go on.
The cable will again decrease speed to 20 feet-per-minute at 8 to 12 inches below the boom head.
Four limit switches are tripped by actuation assembly cams. They are: a down all stop, that actuates when 250 feet of
cable is reeled out; a down-limit switch, that actuates at 247 feet, to provide deceleration; a 10-foot caution switch that
actuates when the hook is within 8 to 10 feet of the boom head or within 10 feet of the down limit (240 feet); and an up
deceleration switch, that actuates when the cable hook is within 12 to 18 inches of the boom head.
The crewman’s control pendant grip is a hand held control in the cabin. The pendant grip is connected to the control box
by a cable connector. The control pendant contains three switches: HOIST cable control, BOOM positioning, and ICS.
The HOIST control is a directional and variable speed, spring-loaded to center switch with positions of OFF, UP, and
DOWN. As the switch is moved further away from OFF, the hoist speed increases in the marked direction. When the
switch is released the hoist will stop. The BOOM position switch, with marked positions of OUT and IN, operates in the
same manner as the HOIST switch, except the boom moves in or out at a single speed. The ICS control switch, on the
front of the pendant, provides the operator with intra-helicopter communication.

A cable shear feature releases a rescue hoist load in case of an emergency. The system consists of a dual squib-actuated
cable cutter, a CABLE SHEAR switch and a SQUIB test circuit. The cutter may be fired by the pilot or the copilot from
the SHEAR switch on the control panel, or by the hoist operator using the CABLE-CUT switch on top of the control
box. The SQUIB test circuit consists of a TEST-NORM switch and a test good IND light. When the SQUIB switch is at
NORM and the SHEAR switch is placed to FIRE, electrical power is sent to the dual squib for firing. The exploding
cartridge then drives a cutter into the hoist cable and shears it. Once fired, the dual squib must be replaced.

RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION HOIST 42305R1

The rescue hoist control panel provides the controls to position the boom, raise and lower the cable, and to test or fire the
cable cutting squib for the rescue hoist. It also provides enabling function for the MASTER toggle switch, BOOM and
CABLE control toggle switches, a CABLE SHEAR momentary toggle switch with a switch guard, a SQUIB TEST

0049 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION HOIST 42305R1 - Continued

momentary toggle switch and a press-to-test SQUIB indicator lamp. The squib test circuit consists of a relay, switch,
resistor and diode. The squib test circuit components are mounted on the inside of the rear removable panel. The switches
and indicator lamp are mounted to the front of the panel under the lighted information plate. The control panel electrical
interfaces with the helicopter system through an electrical connector on the side of the control panel.

GENERAL UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30

The rescue hoist system is comprised of a rescue hoist unit, a movable control handle, a control pendant cable assembly,
a pilot control panel, and a crew control panel. These components are considered Line Replaceable Units (LRU) and they
are shown in Figures 1, 2, 3, and 4. The hoist system requires 200 V, 3 phase 400 Hz, 24 amp main power; 28 vdc 5
amp control power and a separate 28 vdc 5 amp input for cable cutter power.

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30

The rescue hoist unit operates with the pilot control panel or the control handle (pendant) in this order of precedence.

The unit includes an electric motor, a hoist assembly, a controller section, and aerodynamic fairings. The hoist assembly
contains a rotating drum, which is driven by the electric motor through a gear train and a clutch assembly to raise and
lower a 290 foot cable terminated in a swivel hook. A brake assembly inside the drum locks the drum when input power
is cut off or the load tries to overhaul the motor, and the clutch assembly allows slippage if the load on the hook exceeds
1800 pounds. A levelwind mechanism on the hoist assembly ensures even winding of the cable on the drum. Limit
switches sense when the cable approaches the full-in or full-out position, and when the cable reaches these positions. A
potentiometer coupled to the drum continuously senses cable position for cable pay out indication.

The hoist utilizes a tension roller located between the cable guide and the drum. The tension roller is gear driven by the
drum through an over-running clutch such that when reeling out, the tension roller is rotating faster than the tangential

AB0633
SA

Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Unit UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .

0049 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

speed of the drum, thereby maintaining a 9pull9 on the cable at no load. In like manner, the tension roller rotates slower
that the tangential speed of the drum when reeling in, thus providing drag on the cable which ensures tight cable storage
on the drum under all conditions.

The cable assembly for this hoist system consists of a wire rope with a swagged stainless steel ball/shank fitting. The wire
rope is 3/16 inch diameter, corrosion resistant, performed spin resistant type. The drum end of the cable assembly is cut
off by an inert gas shielded electric arc process such that the cable end is sealed and made suitable for attachment at the
drum anchor point. The swivel hook assembly prevents inadvertent load release and is operable with one hand.

The swivel hook assembly incorporates a lightweight high strength honeycomb aluminum crushable bumper assembly.
During normal hoist operations after the slow in limit switch has actuated, the crushable bumper triggers the 9full in9 limit
switch plunger to stop the hoist. In the event of a failure of the slow in limit signal, the crushable bumper will 9absorb9
all the rotational energy to safely stop the hoist at the 9full in9 position. The rotational energy at full speed is capable of
producing loads in excess of the rating of the cable. This provides a last line safety device to minimize to the greatest
extent possible a hoist cable breakage due to a single point failure. A crushed bumper also provides the operator a visual
indication that a failure has occurred.

The cable cutter assembly consists of a pressure cartridge, guillotine and anvil, all of which are contained in the cable
guide housing. The cable cutter has a 10 year life. The specific minimum 9all fire9 current of the pressure cartridge is 5
amps per bridge. This cartridge has the highest EMI rejection with a guaranteed 9no fire9 rating of 1 watt.
The speed of the hoist is continuously variable from zero to a full speed of 350 feet per minute. It incorporates four guide
rollers to guide the cable into the hoist at large fleet angles due to either high winds (30 m/s) or aircraft movement. The
bell mouth swivels to follow the angle of the cable at that condition. See below for leading particulars of the High Speed
Rescue Hoist System. Figure 5 shows the High Speed Rescue Hoist System Installation drawings.
Rescue Hoist, Functional Characteristics

+ Min. 350 fpm cable speed with 600 lb load (average)

+ Max. Operating Load 600 lb

+ Design Limit Load 1800 lb

+ Structural Ultimate Load 2700 lb

+ 28 vdc, 5 amp power for cable cutter (momentary)

+ 200 V, 3 phase, 400 Hz, 24 amp ac input power

+ 28 vdc, 5 amp control power

+ Cable angle capability of 30° from the vertical

+ Electro-ballistic cable cutter

Rescue Hoist, Physical Characteristics

+ Brushless dc motor with integral Power Electronics

+ Built in heat sink fins on cable drum

+ Optimized fail-safe Weston type brake

+ Dual levelwind shaft system

+ Optimized cable tensioning system

+ Integrated hoist control unit

0049 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

+ Safety overload clutch - slip between 1200 lb and 1850 lb.

+ Redundant limit switches

+ Slow down lowering

+ Slow down hoisting

+ Full in

+ Full out

+ Emergency full out

+ Full out and emergency full out override (for cable installation and removal only)

Pendant Control Handle UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30

The movable pendant control handle allows crew selection of the direction and speed of hoist cable travel via thumb-
wheel activation (Figure 2). Cable speed is directly proportional to thumbwheel deflection. The pendant control handle
also provides a Night Vision Goggle (NVG) compatible/ sunlight readable cable pay out display. The display will dim
with a 28 vdc signal to the controller. The pendant control handle provides the hoist operator with three NVG indicators,
for one second following application of 28 vdc power all indicators are illuminated as a test feature. The indicators
provide the operator with cable 9Full In9, 9Full Out9 and 9Motor Hot9 information. A four-way switch is provided for
search light control.

Control Pendant, Functional Characteristics

+ Input power - 28 VDC supplied by EC-23000 Rescue Hoist Electronic Controller

+ Output:

+ Signal of variable voltage for speed control

+ Up and down directional signals

+ NVG compatible/sunlight readable, digital cable pay out display

+ Motor thermal overheat signa

+ Full in limit switch, full out limit switch and search light control

Control Pendant, Physical Characteristics

+ Three NVG indicators

+ Variable speed thumbwheel

+ Ten-foot retractable cord

See above for leading particulars of the control pendant.

EC-14170-2 Control Pendant Cable Assembly

The control pendant cable assembly interconnects the control pendant and controller.

0049 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

FULL IN CABLE−FEET
UP
047
FULL OUT FWD
OFF R
L
E I
MTR HOT F G
T H
DN T
AFT SCHLT

TRIGGER

PENDANT CONTROL

CONTROL CABLE
AB0634
SA

Figure 2. Pendant Control Handle and Control Pendant Cable Assembly UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .

0049 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

Pilot Control Panel

The hoist system includes a pilot control panel. This will allow the pilot to completely override any hoist command and
operate the hoist at a fixed speed. Provisions for cutting the hoist cable are provided with a guarded switch to avoid ac-
cidental firing of the cable cutter. All indicators are NVG compatible for one second following application of 28 vdc
power. All indicators are illuminated as a test feature.

Crew Control Panel

The hoist system includes a crew control panel. The crew control panel has a switch for the SEARCH LIGHT, a SQUIB
TEST switch, and an ARM TEST switch. Provisions for cutting the hoist cable are provided with a guarded switch to
avoid accidental firing of the cable cutter. Also, the crew control panel can be used to activate the NVG lighting by plac-
ing the SEARCH LIGHT switch to the lower position.

The control system allows for two modes of control with the pilot having the highest priority and the movable control
handle having the lowest priority. All controls provide indications of overheating, cable extremes and cable length and
allow control of the hoist operation. The speed command from the pilot control panel is fixed while variable speed is
provided at the crew control panel and pendant control. The pendant control handle controls hoist speed via the deflection
of the thumbwheel which is continuously variable and spring loaded to the off position. All controls have automatic slow
speed prior to the automatic stop at the cable extremes.

The pilot and the crew controls have a guarded switch for activation of the cable cutter electro-ballistic device.
Searchlight/hover trim capability is provided in the pendant control handle.

PILOT HOIST
CABLE
OVERRIDE POWER
UP ON

DOWN OFF
CUT

AB0635
SA

Figure 3. Pilot Control Panel UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .

0049 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

SEARCH LIGHT
SQUIB ON / NORMAL
ARM
M
DI

P R ES
OFF

T
ES
S
TO T

TEST TEST ON / NVG

PENDANT CABLE

CUT

AB0636
SA

Figure 4. Crew Control Panel UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .

Operating Limit Switches

The hoist is equipped with the limit switches that are designed to slow down the hoist as it approaches each cable
extreme and to stop the hoist at each cable extreme. The actuation of the 9full-in9 or 9full-out9 limit switches also il-
luminate a NVG compatible indicator on each of the control panels and the movable control handle indicating the hoist
has reached the end positions. Each limit switch consists of two switches wired redundantly so that the failure of either
switch will not inhibit limit switch operation.

The electronic controller contains internal circuitry that monitors the status of the 9up slow9 limit switches. The 9up slow9
limit switch when actuated slows the retracting cable speed to 50 ± 20% fpm fixed. This limit switch is actuated when the
retracting cable is 10 ± 2 ft from the fully reeled in position. If the electronic controller detects a 9full-in9 switch actua-
tion with no 9up slow9 actuation, the electronic controller inhibits hoist operation. This feature is needed because of the
high speed capabilities of the hoist and will prevent the possibility of breaking the cable. It is important that ground test-
ing of the full-in limit switch be done after the 9up slow9 switch is actuated. When the cable is reeled out, at 10 ± 2 ft
from the full-out position, the intermediate down switch actuates resulting in a speed deceleration to 50 ± 20% fpm in the
down direction. These are built-in safety features of the hoist to avoid reaching cable extremities at full speed. The hoist
controller limits the acceleration and deceleration to 1 second from 0 to full speed and from full speed to zero speed. The
full-out limit switches stop the hoist with 3.5 to 4.5 dead cable turns on the hoist drum. The full-in limits switches actuate
when the cable is at full-in with the conical spring hook assembly installed.

As an added safety feature, the rescue hoist system incorporates an emergency full-out switch. The switch will actuate if
the full-out switch signal path fails to stop the hoist. Further operation of the hoist system is inhibited and can only be
bypassed by actuating the emergency bypass switch located at front of the hoist.

0049 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

RESCUE HOIST

PILOT HOIST
CABLE
OVERRIDE POWER
UP ON

DOWN OFF
CUT

FULL IN CABLE−FEET
UP
047
FULL OUT FWD
PILOT’S CONTROL PANEL OFF
L R
E I
MTR HOT F G
T H
DN T
AFT SCHLT

SEARCH LIGHT
SQUIB ON / NORMAL
ARM
M
DI
P R ES

OFF
T
ES

S
TO T

TEST TEST ON / NVG

PENDANT CABLE

CUT
PENDANT

CREW’S CONTROL PANEL

AB0637
SA

Figure 5. Rescue Hoist System UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 .

0049 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

System Protection

The hoist motor has an internal thermal switch that senses the motor temperature under overheating conditions. The actua-
tion of the thermal switch illuminates an indicator on all control panels. A thermal switch activation will not stop hoist
operations. The hoist system will operate at a reduced rate to permit cool down. When ready, it resets automatically.

The controller baseplate also has a thermal switch, which when hot also illuminates the MOTOR HOT indicator on the
control panel. Controller baseplate overheat operation is the same as motor overheat operation - hoist function continues
at reduced speed. When ready, the controller baseplate thermal switch resets automatically. Reduced loads are recom-
mended when the MOTOR HOT indicator is illuminated.

The power drive bias voltages and the power drive temperature are also monitored. In the event of power drive bias volt-
age failure or power drive temperature overheat all displays on the pendant are illuminated and hoist operation is stopped.
When the conditions are cleared, the displays return to normal and hoist operation may continue.

The hoist system contains an input voltage monitor. If an undervoltage condition is present, all displays on the pendant
are illuminated. To clear an undervoltage condition, cycling of the power on switch is required.

The hoist structure can withstand a static load of 2250 lbs. The hoist has an overload safety clutch that will allow the
cable drum to rotate under high loads. The slip clutch prevents cable failure or shock loading of the aircraft structure in
the event of a cable snag. The clutch slips between 1200 and 1800 lbs.

The hoist is also equipped with a 9fail safe9 load lowering brake that prevents hoist loads from overhauling the motor. A
9fail safe9 solenoid brake is also included in the motor. This brake prevents unwinding of the cable while the hoist is at
rest.

Cable Payout Indication

NOTE
The cable payout reading is for reference only since the cable stretch varies with the
load and also varies with the amount of cable paid out.

Cable length indicators are provided in the pilot control panel, crew control panel and the movable control handle. The
readouts are in feet, NVG compatible and sunlight readable. The readout intensity is dimmed via a 28 vdc input.

Cycle Counting

The hoist has a cycle counter that records the number of drum revolutions. By dividing the cycle counter number by the
number of turns of the drum per a complete hoist cycle, the equivalent number of hoist cycles can be accurately obtained
(356 counts per cycle).

Emergency Input

Emergency mode can be initiated by shorting the emergency input to the 28 RTN signal. Hoist operation will then
proceed at a reduced speed.

This input allows airframe detected faults to be used to reduce hoist speed.

General Rescue Hoist Cable Handling

Rescue hoist cables are subjected to severe operating conditions. Properly applied operating techniques and inspection and
maintenance procedures can extend cable life considerably and eliminate causes of fouling failures resulting in a greater
degree of safety during hoisting operations.
Rescue hoist cables are made of strands of stainless steel. Nineteen strands consisting of seven individual wires each are
used to achieve a flexible, spin resistant cable.

0049 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0049 00

RESCUE HOIST UNIT DESCRIPTION UH-60Q HH-60L HOIST BL-29900-30 - Continued

Cable strength is in the order of four times working load, therefore, cable breakage failures will not occur unless the
cable is damaged.

Proper hoist function depends on the wrap of the cable on the drum and the cable load created by the tension roller
system. If the wrapped cable loses tension, fouling will occur.

Flight Line Cable Handling Techniques

Breeze-Eastern has found the following ground procedures to be vital in achieving reliable rescue hoist operation:

CAUTION
Damage to load cable will occur if load cable is wound from hoist drum onto a
take-up reel. This can induce twist into the load cable and cause miswrapping when
winding back onto the drum.

Reeling in:

It is important that cable is reeled in under a reasonably heavy, even pull so that it does not wrap loosely on the drum. A
drag load must be applied using a gloved hand or clean heavy cloth on the cable to achieve tight, even layers on the
drum.

Reeling in should be accomplished at a slow speed so that when loops form they can be straightened out and not form
kinks. A kink in the cable is caused by a loop in the cable being pulled up tight, resulting in a sharp, permanent bend in
the cable. Kinks can lead to fouling failures as they cause a retarding force on the cable when the kink gets hung up go-
ing through the cable guide, especially when reeling out with no load.

If it is required to reel in the cable at full speed for acceptance test purposes, we suggest the cable be reeled out in a
straight line for its full length so that no kinks and attendant permanent cable damage occur reeling in. If the purpose of
the test is to measure hoist speed, Breeze-Eastern suggests a better way to accomplish this would be to time a specified
shorter length.

CAUTION
Damage to cable will occur if the action of the tension roller is retarded, causing the
cable to immediately loosen on the drum and foul. It is important that there is no
retarding load on the cable while reeling out.

Reeling out:
The rescue hoist unit incorporates a tension roller system, the purpose of which is to ensure that there is always tension
on the cable. During reeling out, the peripheral speed of the tension roller is slightly higher than that of the drum so the
cable is always under tension between the roller and the drum. The load is in the order of seventeen pounds.

When reeling out, the cable may be allowed to coil on the ground. It may also be coiled in a drum, however, caution
must be exercised while reeling in to avoid kinks.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1625 00 and WP 1656 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

UNIT LEVEL

AUXILIARY POWER PLANT SYSTEM

AUXILIARY POWER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

AUXILIARY POWER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The auxiliary power unit system consists of an auxiliary power unit (APU), accessories, controls, a monitoring system,
and a starting system (Figure 1 and Figure 2). The system provides pneumatic power for main engine starting and cabin
heating, electrical and hydraulic power for ground operations, and in-flight emergency electrical power. APU system ac-
cessories include a prime/boost pump, hydraulic accumulator, hydraulic handpump, hydraulic utility module, hydraulic
backup pump, ac generator, and hydraulic start motor. The prime/boost pump, above the No. 1 fuel cell, is used to prime
engine and APU fuel lines, and provide fuel under boost pressure, for APU operation at high altitudes. The hydraulic ac-
cumulator, in the aft midsection cabin ceiling, provides the hydraulic pressure used to drive the APU starter. The APU
starter is a hydraulic start motor mounted on the APU. If the APU fails during light-off, the hydraulic accumulator is
recharged manually by pumping the hydraulic handpump. Once the APU is operating, the ac generator, mounted on the
APU, provides electrical power to the helicopter systems. The hydraulic utility module and backup pump, on the left
forward deck within the main rotor pylon, automatically recharges the depleted hydraulic accumulator for the next APU
start. The APU controls are in the cockpit on the upper console. The control consists of an APU CONTR switch and an
APU fire detector/fuel shut-off selector T-handle. Indicator lights on the caution/advisory panel permit cockpit monitoring
of the APU system. Monitored conditions include: APU ON, APU FAIL, APU OIL TEMP HI, APU ACCUM LOW, and
PRIME BOOST PUMP ON.

AUXILARY POWER SYSTEM OPERATION

Power of 28 vdc for the APU system is supplied by both the battery bus and the battery utility bus through circuit break-
ers both identified as APU CONTR INST on the lower console. The APU is started with the APU CONTR ON/OFF
switch on the upper console. Placing the switch ON sends a 28 vdc start signal, through the APU T-handle switch, to the
Electronic Sequence Unit (ESU). Initially, this signal comes from the battery bus through one of the circuit breakers and
in the left relay panel through diode CR1 to the APU CONTR switch. However, during switch over from battery power to
either external power or the helicopter’s main engine generators or APU generator, the battery bus is momentarily de-
energized. This condition would cause the APU to shut down because of loss of the start signal. To prevent inadvertent
drop out of the APU, relay K47, in the left relay panel, has a 0.5 second time delay at dropout. Contacts A1 and A2,
previously closed, will remain closed during the bus switch over, allowing 28 vdc from the battery utility bus to be ap-
plied through diode CR2 to the APU CONTR switch through the other circuit breaker to maintain the start signal connec-
tion.
If, on helicopters with APU ESU 160200-201, APU failure is caused by a momentary power interruption, restoration of
power before the APU coasts down to a full stop causes the ESU to reset and the APU fuel valves to recycle according to
the APU speed existing when power is restored. Excessive fuel can thus flow, causing a hazardous condition in the APU
compartment. On helicopters with APU ESU, 160200-600, restoration of power after a momentary interruption will cause
the ESU to prevent an APU restart, allowing it to coast down to a full stop. The ESU cannot initiate a restart until the
APU CONTR switch is first placed OFF and then ON.

When the start signal is applied to the ESU, the ESU in turn sends a signal that opens the APU hydraulic start valve,
releasing the hydraulic accumulator charge. This charge turns the APU hydraulic start motor and starts the APU compres-
sor and fuel pump rotating. When the APU reaches 90% speed plus 1.5 seconds, the maximum fuel solenoid valve opens,
allowing the fuel control governor to control fuel flow. As the unloaded APU continues to accelerate to 103% speed, the
APU ACCUM LOW capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on multifunction display will go on. During the start
and operation, the start bypass valve allows some APU bleed-air to escape, to prevent a possible compressor stall. The
start bypass valve is closed (not allowing any bleed-air to escape) whenever either engine is started by placing the AIR
SOURCE HEAT/START switch to APU. If the APU fails, it will shut down automatically and the reason for shutdown
will show on APU ESU BITE indicators. If the APU fire detector/fuel shutoff selector T-handle is pulled, the APU prime/
boost shutoff valve will close; a stop command signal is sent to the ESU, shutting off any fuel valves and ignition; and
then the APU will shut down (Figure 3 and 4).

0050 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

AUXILARY POWER SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR EXHAUST
PIPE TAILPIPE

FUEL CONTROL
ENCLOSURE

HYDRAULIC
START MOTOR

COMBUSTOR
DRAIN

FIREWALL

BLEED−AIR
PORT

OIL LEVEL
SIGHT GAGE

OIL FILLER
GENERATOR PORT

FUEL
DRAIN
PORT

AB3402
SA

Figure 1. APU Installed.

Placing the GENERATORS APU switch ON will supply electrical power to the helicopter systems, and the APU GEN
ON capsule or legend will be on. With electrical power being supplied by the APU generator, the hydraulic backup pump
will automatically recharge the APU accumulator. When the APU accumulator is fully recharged, the backup pump will
shut off automatically and the APU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend will go off.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0050 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

APU CONTR
INST
28 VDC
BATT
BUS 5
AMP APU
POWER
APU CONTR TRANSFER
28 VDC INST RELAY
(0.5 SEC DELAY
BATT ON DROPOUT)
UTIL 5
BUS AMP

LOWER CONSOLE

APU
CONTR FIRE EXTGH

OFF

ON APU

APU PRIME APU FUEL

BOOST SUPPLY
SHUTOFF (NO. 1
VALVE TANK)

APU
APU ON STOP START
COMMAND VALVE
(SEE NOTE 1) APU AUXILIARY
START POWER
APU FAIL
MOTOR UNIT
ELECTRONIC (APU)
SEQUENCE
APU OIL TEMP HI UNIT

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
(SEE NOTE 3)

LEGEND

ELECTRICAL
WIRING

HYDRAULIC
APU ACCUMULATOR APU ACCUMULATOR
(SEE NOTE 2)
FUEL

NOTES
1. STOP COMMAND WILL SHUT OFF ANY
FUEL VALVES THAT ARE OPEN AND
TURN OFF IGNITION, IF ON.
2. A SECOND ACCUMULATOR IS USED ON
HELICOPTERS WITH WINTERIZATION
KIT INSTALLED.

3. UH60Q HH60L HAVE MULTI−

FUNCTION DISPLAYS.
AB2135
SA

Figure 2. APU Simplified Block Diagram.

0050 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

Ng SPEED
> 5% SPEED ESU PROCESSOR
BOARD FAILURE

1
BATT SWITCH Ng SPEED = 0 ESU SENSOR DATA
TO ON BOARD FAILURE
Ng SPEED > 5% < 14%
3 EGT < MINIMUM
START TIME > 40 SEC
FAIL TO LIGHT
Ng SPEED > 14% < 70% (SEE NOTE 2)
EGT < MINIMUM
START TIME > 40 SEC

Ng SPEED > 14% < 70%

EGT < MINIMUM
START TIME > 40 SEC
FAIL TO START
Ng SPEED > 70% < 90%
EGT < MINIMUM
START TIME > 40 SEC

Ng SPEED > 5% < 70% LOSS OF

(NOTE 3) SPEED DATA
Ng SPEED AND EGT
TEMPERATURE SENSING
(ONCE EVERY 40 MSEC) Ng SPEED > 90% < 110%
THEN < 90%
EGT > MINIMUM UNDERSPEED
2

APU CONTROL ON Ng SPEED > 5% < 90%

SWITCH EGT > MAX (START)
OFF Ng SPEED > 90%
OVERTEMPERATURE
EGT > MAX (RUN)

Ng SPEED > 110%

HYDRAULIC ON OVERSPEED
START
VALVE OFF Ng SPEED > 70% < 110%
OIL SYSTEM
PRESSURE < 6.5% PSIG LOW OIL PRESSURE

Ng SPEED > 5% < 110%

OPEN THERMOCOUPLE

4
Ng SPEED > 5%
NO FAILURE

6
Ng SPEED > 70%
NO FAILURE

5
Ng SPEED > 14%
NOTES NO FAILURE
1. NUMBER IN UPPER RIGHT HAND
CORNER OF BLOCK INDICATES
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. 7
2. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU Ng SPEED > 90% PLUS
160200-201. 1.5 SEC NO FAILURE AA7836_1
SA

Figure 3. APU System Sequence Chart. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0050 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

NOTE
ESU PROCESSOR
SEQUENCE FAILURE 3. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU
160200−600.
SHORTED OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 3)
ESU NO DATA
FAILURE

SYSTEM FAILURE SYSTEM

WARNING FAILURE
NO SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN

APU BLEED−AIR TO
MAIN ENGINE START

10

MAIN ENGINES
START VALVE

SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE

OPEN CLOSED

AUXILIARY
HIGH OIL POWER
TEMPERATURE UNIT

APU START BYPASS

BLEED−AIR TO APU
EXHAUST DUCT
Ng SPEED > 90% 10
+ 1.5 SEC < 110%
CLOSED
START ON OFF
BYPASS
VALVE NORMALLY 10
OPEN APU−
DRIVEN
ON START FUEL GENERATOR
SOLENOID
OFF VALVE
9 9
ON
IGNITION INITIATE LOAD
EXCITER MAIN ENGINE GENERATOR
OFF START

ON MAIN FUEL
SOLENOID
OFF VALVE ON

8 APU
MAXIMUM FUEL AIR SOURCE
READY FOR HEAT / START
SOLENOID VALVE SERVICE SIGNAL
ON SWITCH OFF AA7836_2
SA

Figure 3. APU System Sequence Chart. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0050 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

APU APU
CONTR TEE
INST HANDLE

BATT 5
BUS AMP
K47
28 VDC APU
CONTR
INST
BATT
UTIL 5
BUS AMP
28 VDC
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
OFF 28 VDC IN
K47
OPENS APU FUEL TIME DELAY
SHUT OFF VALVE WHEN ON DROP OUT 0.5 SEC

APU CONTR
ON 28 VDC IN WHEN
SWITCH PLACED TO ON
APU CONTR
AND IF APU "T" HANDLE
IS NOT PULLED SWITCH PLACED TO ON

K22
28 VDC IN WHEN NO. 1 CIRCUIT COMPLETE WHEN
ENGINE START BUTTON APU SPEED AT 90% + 1.5 SEC
PRESSED
APU HYDRAULIC
START VALVE
28 VDC IN WHEN NO. 2 28 VDC OUT WHEN
ENGINE START BUTTON
PRESSED APU CONTR
SWITCH PLACED TO ON
28 VDC WHEN
NO VOLTAGE
AIR SOURCE AFTER 70% SPEED
HEAT / START
SWITCH PLACED TO
APU 28 VDC OUT WHEN APU
K22 SPEED AT 90% + 1.5 SEC

28 VDC OUT WHEN:

A. APU REACHES 90% SPEED, BUT THEN
APU ON DROPS BELOW 90% (UNDERSPEED)
B. APU SPEED ABOVE 110% (OVERSPEED)
C. APU TAKES LONGER THAN 40
SECONDS TO GO FROM 5 TO 90% SPEED
APU FAIL (SEQUENCE FAIL)
D. EGT IS LESS THAN 50OF AT 30% APU
SPEED
E. APU SPEED ABOVE 70% AND OIL PRESSURE
APU OIL TEMP HI IS BELOW 6 1 PSI (LOW OIL PRESS)
F. EGT IS GREATER THAN 660OC
(OVERTEMP)

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
(SEE NOTE)

NOTE CIRCUIT COMPLETE WHEN APU

SPEED AT 70% AND OIL TEMPERATURE
IS ABOVE 300OF
UH60Q HH60L HAVE MULTI−
FUNCTION DISPLAYS.
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE UNIT AB2136_1
(ESU) SA

Figure 4. APU System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0050 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

GREEN ALUMEL (+)

EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE
TEMP SENSE WHITE CHROMEL (−)

SPARK
PLUG

EXCITER

START FUEL VALVE

28 VDC OUT WHEN APU

SPEED AT 5%
NO VOLTAGE
AFTER 70% SPEED

START BYPASS VALVE

MAIN FUEL VALVE

28 VDC OUT WHEN APU

SPEED AT 14% AND
ABOVE
MAGNETIC PICKUP

SPEED SENSE

MAXIMUM FUEL VALVE

28 VDC OUT WHEN APU

SPEED AT 90% + 1.5 SEC
LOW OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH (S2)

N.O.
28 VDC IN WHEN APU
SPEED ABOVE 70% AND
OIL PRESSURE IS BELOW
6 1 PSI
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE
SWITCH (S3)

28 VDC OUT WHEN APU

SPEED AT 70%
NC

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) AA7837_2

SA

Figure 4. APU System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0050 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0050 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1604 00, WP 1605 00, WP 1606 00, and WP 1655 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0050 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0051 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT, MODEL 116305-100 THROUGH 116305-300 SERIES

The auxiliary power unit (APU), model 116305-100 through 116305-300 series, consists of a gas turbine power section, a
reduction gear drive, and appropriate controls and accessories.

The gas turbine power section uses a single centrifugal compressor and a single-stage radial inflow turbine mounted back-
to-back on the end of the high speed shaft. The shaft is supported on two bearings mounted in the air inlet housing. Air
flowing through the inlet screen over the bearings to the compressor promotes long bearing and bearing lubricant life.
Power extracted from the turbine drives the compressor and high speed output shaft. The combustor is an annular type
with six air-atomizing fuel injection points. Ignition is done with a separate pressure atomizing fuel nozzle and a spark
plug. Once ignition and combustion is completed, a purge valve on top of the compressor allows compressor discharge
pressure (Pcd) to bleed through the fuel nozzle, to continuously keep it clean for the next start.

A high speed pinion gear and shaft connected to the main rotor shaft provides the input to the reduction gear drive. The
pinion is supported by the three planetary gears. An internal ring gear which fits over the three planetary gears reduces
turbine shaft speed of 61,565 RPM to an output speed to the axial pad of 12,000 RPM. A set of gears extending from the
output shaft are used to drive the accessory pads on the gear box upper section at 4235 and 8229 RPM. The lubrication
pump, built into the gear box, is also driven by this accessory gear system. The accessory gear box provides pads for an
ac generator, start motor, and a fuel control assembly. A magnetic pickup on the accessory gear box senses speed by
measuring speed of the fuel control gear teeth.

The fuel system consists of a fuel pump and a control assembly (Figure 3). The fuel pump is protected by a 10-micron
inlet filter. The control assembly is protected by a 25-micron filter. A hydromechanical governor and metering valve
control fuel flow to the engine during ignition, and once it has accelerated to operating speed. An electronic sequence unit
(ESU) provides for APU shutdown after turbine overspeed, under-speed, high exhaust temperature, low oil pressure, loss
of electrical power, or sequence failure.

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT, 3800480-1 AND 3800480-2

The 3800480-1 and 3800480-2 (BH) auxiliary power unit (APU) is designed to provide pneumatic and shaft power.
Pneumatic power is for main engine start (MES) and environmental control systems (ECS) operations. Shaft power drives
an electrical generator mounted on the gearbox assembly of the APU.
The APU consists of three major sections; the power section assembly, gearbox assembly and the controls and accessories
(Figure 2).

The power section assembly is comprised of integrated compressor, combustion, and turbine sections. The integrated
compressor utilizes a centrifugal impeller and diffuser to provide the compressed air for combustion and bleed air
purposes. Compressed air is contained by the compressor assembly housing and is directed into the annular combustion
chamber and to the bleed air outlet port when bleed air flow is utilized. Fuel is introduced into the combustion chamber
and combined with compressed air then ignited, which creates the hot gas flow that drives the turbine. The turbine section
utilizes a turbine nozzle to increase the hot gas flow velocity and direct it against the blades of a turbine wheel. The hot
gasses transmit energy into the turbine wheel and are discharged after passing through the turbine wheel.

The gearbox assembly houses the reduction geartrain that reduces the output rotational speed of the power section as-
sembly to the speeds necessary for operation of accessories and customer furnished equipment. Output pads are provided
for mounting a generator and starter. The shaft speeds are 12,000 RPM for the generator and 8190 RPM for the starter at
100 percent APU operation speed.

The controls and accessories section includes those elements required for proper APU operation: electronic sequencing
unit (ESU), fuel system, lubrication system and ignition system. The APU is equipped with a fully-automatic control

0051 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0051 00

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT, 3800480-1 AND 3800480-2 - Continued

FUEL CONTROL ENCLOSURE

FUEL
INLET
INLET GOVERNOR
FILTER GEAR
PUMP
OUTLET
FILTER

RELIEF
VALVE SPEED
ADJUSTMENT
GOVERNOR
ORIFICE
ALIGNMENT
ADJUSTMENT
MINIMUM
FLOW
ORIFICE

ACCELERATION
SCHEDULE
ADJUSTMENT
MAXIMUM FUEL
SOLENOID VALVE
ALTITUDE START FUEL
COMPENSATOR ADJUSTMENT

COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE

DRAIN MAIN FUEL

AMBIENT SOLENOID VALVE

MAIN FUEL
NOZZLES

∆ P REGULATOR
START FUEL
SOLENOID VALVES

START FUEL
SOLENOID VALVE
(CLOSED)

START FUEL
START FUEL NOZZLE
LEGEND NOZZLE
PURGE
METERED FUEL PURGE VALVE
VALVE (START
PRESSURE (PURGE MODE)
FUEL MODE)

BOOST FUEL DETAIL A

COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE
PRESSURE COMPRESSOR AB3403
DISCHARGE PRESSURE PRESSURE (SEE DETAIL A)
SA

Figure 1. APU Fuel Control Schematic Diagram.

0051 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0051 00

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT, 3800480-1 AND 3800480-2 - Continued

B IGNITION PRIMARY FUEL

UNIT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
COMBUSTION
A SECTION
FUEL MANIFOLD
ASSEMBLY

SECONDARY FUEL
FUEL CONTROL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY

OIL CAP
FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY

FUEL CONTROL WIRING

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

APU WIRING
HARNESS ASSEMBLY

FILL TO SPILL
PLUG
MAGNETIC
FUEL SOLENOID DRAIN PLUG
VALVE

OIL TEMPERATURE GEARBOX

BULB ASSEMBLY

A B

STARTER
MOUNT PAD

OIL FILTER
ELEMENT

LOW OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH

GENERATOR
MOUNT PAD

MOTIONAL
PICKUP
TRANSDUCER

AA0342_1
SA

Figure 2. APU, 3800480-1 and 3800480-2. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0051 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0051 00

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT, 3800480-1 AND 3800480-2 - Continued

HOURMETER ASSEMBLY
START COUNTER

IGNITER PLUG ASSEMBLY

IGNITER PLUG LEAD

FUEL CHECK VALVE

THERMOCOUPLE

FUEL MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

AA0342_2
SA

Figure 2. APU, 3800480-1 and 3800480-2. (Sheet 2 of 2)

system that properly sequences control of fuel and ignition during starting and operation. All APU speed control, switch-
ing and protection functions are done through the ESU which is mounted separately from the APU. APU speed is
regulated by an ESU signal to the fuel control torque motor assembly that provides delivery of the correct amount of fuel
regardless of ambient conditions and load requirements. Overspeed protection is provided by an electronic overspeed
switch that is automatically actuated, if required.

The fuel system contains components (Figure 3) which function automatically to provide proper starting and acceleration
and to maintain constant APU speed under all operating conditions. Components of the fuel system are: fuel filter as-
sembly, fuel control assembly, fuel solenoid valve, fuel manifold assembly, fuel check valve and three primary/three
secondary fuel nozzle assemblies.

0051 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0051 00

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT, 3800480-1 AND 3800480-2 - Continued

The lubrication system provides lubrication for all gears, shafts and bearings within the APU. The system oil pump
maintains operating oil pressure. The lubrication system consists of an oil pump, oil filter element, low oil pressure
switch, oil temperature bulb, magnetic drain plug, fill to spill plug and oil fill cap with dip stick.

The electrical system provides automatic actuation in proper sequence of the circuits which control APU starting, ignition,
acceleration, fuel flow and monitoring. Components of the electrical system includes the ignition unit, igniter plug lead,
igniter plug assembly, motional pickup transducer, hourmeter assembly, thermocouple, APU wiring harness assembly and
fuel control wiring harness assembly.

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT CONTROLS

The APU controls, on the upper console, consist of a control switch and a fire detector/fuel shutoff selector T-handle. The
APU CONTR switch, with marked positions OFF and ON, controls the operation of the APU. Placing the switch to ON
energizes the APU hydraulic start valve, setting it in the open position to release the APU accumulator hydraulic charge
to the hydraulic start motor. The control switch receives electrical power from the battery bus through the circuit breaker
marked APU CONTR INST on the lower console. The fire detector/fuel shutoff selector T-handle, marked APU, warns the
pilot/copilot of a fire in the APU compartment, and arms the extinguishing system. When pulled, the T-handle de-
energizes the prime/boost pump and APU prime/boost shutoff valve and energizes the control valve and arming system in
the fire extinguishing module. The T-handle microswitch receives electrical power from the battery utility bus through the
circuit breaker marked FIRE EXTGH on the lower console.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1604 00, WP 1605 00, WP 1606 00, and WP 1655 00 for equipment data information.

0051 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0051 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

PUMP
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
TORQUE TEST PORT
MOTOR

SCREEN
METERING ULTIMATE
VALVE RELIEF
VALVE

HIGH
PRESSURE
PUMP

DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
REGULATING
VALVE

METERED
FUEL
OUTLET

FILTER SEAL
BYPASS WITNESS
VALVE DRAIN

PUMP INLET
PRESSURE
FUEL TEST PORT
SOLENOID
VALVE
FUEL INLET FUEL FILTER
EXTERNALLY ASSEMBLY
SUPPLIED FUEL

FUEL CONTROL LOWER COVER

NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY

LEGEND

LOW
PRESSURE
FUEL
HIGH
PRESSURE
FUEL
METERED
FUEL

ORIFICE

AA0343
SA

Figure 3. APU, 3800480-1 and 3800480-2, Fuel Control Assembly Schematic Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0051 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0052 00

UNIT LEVEL

MISSION EQUIPMENT

ARMAMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

M-60D MACHINE GUN MOUNT DESCRIPTION

The armament consists of an M-60D, 7.62 millimeter machine gun installed at each gunner’s window (Figure 1).The
machine gun is pintle-mounted and held in place by a quick-release pin for easy removal and use on the ground. The
machine gun can also be stored in the helicopter. An ammunition can is on the left side and an ejector control bag for
spent cartridges is on the right side of the installed gun. Complete instructions for the gunner are in the operator’s manual
TM 1-1520-237-10.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

Not applicable.

0052 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0052 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

M−60 DEPLOYED
POSITION
(TYPICAL)

160O

85O 75O

FORWARD AFT

AMMUNITION AND
GRENADE STORAGE M−60 STOWED
(TYPICAL) (TYPICAL)

FORWARD AFT

1.5O 1.5O 85O 75O

160O

AZIMUTH
FIELD OF FIRE
70O 70O
ELEVATION
AND
DEPRESSION
FIELD OF FIRE AB3404_1
SA

Figure 1. Armament. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0052 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0052 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

AMMUNITION
BOX

EJECTOR
CONTROL
BAG

AB3404_2
SA

Figure 1. Armament. (Sheet 2 of 2)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052 00-3/4 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0053 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AEROMEDICAL EVACUATION KIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

MEDEVAC KIT DESCRIPTION

A medevac kit consisting of a litter support assembly and provisions for three rear-facing troop seats may be installed in
the cabin after removing the existing troop seats. The medevac litter support assembly, when installed, is directly below
the main transmission. The support consists of a central pedestal which can be turned about a vertical axis. Four litter
supports are cantilevered from the pedestal. There are three possible configurations with variations within each. These are
the FOUR-MAN LITTER, the six-man AMBULATORY, and the SIX-MAN LITTER. In the Four-Man Litter configura-
tion, rotation of the central pedestal permits four litter patients to be loaded from either side of the helicopter. For the Six-
Man AMBULATORY, the upper litter support is lowered (from the FOUR-MAN LITTER position) to accommodate three
patients seated side by side on each side of the pedestal. With the SIX-MAN LITTER arrangement, both litter supports
are moved upward to provide clearance for two litters to be placed on the floor, one on each side of the pedestal, beneath
the litter supports. These floor litters are held in place by restraints and tiedowns. The pedestal cannot be rotated unless
litters are removed, and restraint tubes are rotated out of the way. Upper litter supports are capable of being tilted for
loading or unloading litter patients. The medevac kit is positioned along the longitudinal axis of the helicopter for flight,
to allow full attention of the patients by the medic. The central pedestal also contains belts for each litter support, belt
provisions for ambulatory patients, provisions for eight 1000 ml. intravenous fluid bags, and provisions for two oxygen
bottles.

LITTER LIGHTING

Two litter lights are installed in the pedestal at each litter. Each light contains a PUSH-ON, PUSH-OFF switch. The
positioning of those lights is adjustable. Power to operate the litter lights is from the No. 1 and No. 2 dc primary buses
through circuit breakers on the mission readiness circuit breaker panel, marked No. 1 LTR LTS and No. 2 LTR LTS. The
lights are operated from a split bus to provide one light at each litter in case of a single dc primary bus failure. The three-
main rear-facing seat provisions are in the forward portion of the cabin, and accommodate standard troop seats.

ELECTRICAL POWER
There is also a 115 vac, 60 Hz frequency converter to provide electrical power for use of standard hospital equipment. On
missions not requiring electrical power, the power pack may be left out.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

Not applicable.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0053 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0054 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

BLACKOUT DEVICES KIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

BLACKOUT DEVICES KIT DESCRIPTION

Curtains are provided to cover the cabin windows and the opening between the pilot’s compartment and the cabin. Velcro
tape is bonded to the cabin structure and the curtains with an adhesive. Loops are attached to the curtains to make
removal easy.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1406 00, WP 1407 00, WP 1408 00, WP 1409 00, WP 1410 00, for equipment data
information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0054 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0055 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

WINTERIZATION KIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

WINTERIZATION KIT DESCRIPTION

The winterization kit consists of an extra accumulator and time-delay relay for the APU start system. The kit is installed
for easier cold weather starting between -25° and -65°F. The existing accumulator is not removed when the winterization
kit accumulator is installed. The extra time-delay relay allows the backup hydraulic pump to charge the accumulators for
an additional 90 seconds, making the total run-time of 180 seconds when the kit is installed. The winterization kit ac-
cumulator supplies extra hydraulic charge to the APU start motor during cold weather operation. The winterization kit
accumulator is identical to the accumulator already installed. Both accumulators are mounted on the APU start valve
(Figure 1). Both accumulators are serviced with nitrogen at a common servicing point. In case of either accumulator
malfunctioning, the other accumulator will continue to operate normally. The winterization kit accumulator is precharged
with nitrogen to 1450 psig at 70°F and then pressurized hydraulically to 2700 to 3100 psig. When starting the APU, both
accumulators are discharged at the same time. A winterization kit time-delay relay is wired in series with the APU ac-
cumulator time-delay relay in the right relay panel. This ensures that the backup pump will run long enough for both ac-
cumulators to be recharged hydraulically.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE GAGE

WINTERIZATION KIT
ACCUMULATOR

T
ON
FR APU
ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR
HANDPUMP

VIEW WITH
WINTERIZATION KIT INSTALLED
AA8675
SA

Figure 1. Winterization Kit Accumulator.

0055 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0055 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1606 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0055 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0056 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ESSS EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

ESSS EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ESSS

The external stores support system (ESSS) consists of fixed provisions attachment fittings on bulkheads at stations 295.0
and 304.0, and removable provision horizontal stores supports (HSS) which hold the vertical stores pylons (VSP) at butt-
lines 80.0 and 112.0. The HSS is held in position by two supports. The HSS, support struts, and ejector rack adapters on
the VSP are secured with quick-release expandable bolts.

The HSS consists of a graphite epoxy box beam to which attachment fittings are bolted and bonded. Its fairings are made
of aluminum. Fuel and pneumatic hoses and components are clamped to the rear side of the HSS, while electrical har-
nesses are routed on the front side. Each HSS has its own position light mounted on the tip cap.

The horizontal stores support struts are graphite epoxy with aluminum fairings, and have a clevis at the lower end. The
forward clevis is adjustable.

Vertical stores pylons consist of ejector rack adapters, ejector racks, and aluminum fairings. MAU-40/A ejector racks are
mounted on the inboard (buttline 80) VSP, while BRU-22A/A ejector racks are mounted on the outboard (buttline 112)
VSP.

Fixed provisions are made on the helicopter for fuel transfer hoses for external range extension tanks, and jettison system.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

Not applicable.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0056 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ESSS RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

ESSS RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ESSS

The ESSS range extension system provides additional fuel from external fuel tanks to extend the range of the helicopter’s
mission (Figure 1, Sheets 1 and 2). The external range extension system fuel tanks are supported by the two vertical sup-
port pylons (VSP) on each horizontal stores support (HSS). A jettisonable 450-gallon tank is installed on each inboard
VSP, while a jettisonable 230-gallon tank is installed on each outboard VSP. For a description of the ESSS jettison system
operation, refer to WP 0058 00. With the use of engine bleed-air, the ullage space in the external tanks can be pressur-
ized. This will allow fuel transfer from the external tanks to the main fuel tanks. Fuel lines carrying fuel to the main fuel
tanks contain check valves to prevent back flow. Bleed air lines incorporate check valves which eliminate the backflow of
the fuel vapor into the pneumatic/bleed air system. The range extension system does not supply fuel directly to the
engines, but does replenish the fuel in the main tanks through the right main tank. The external tanks can only be gravity
refueled. Defueling the tanks can be done by either the gravity method through the sump drain valve; or the suction
method, by inserting a hose into the refuel port.

The external range extension fuel transfer and quantity systems consist of the fuel management control panel on the aft
portion of the lower console, a fuel low-level sensor in each external fuel tank, a fuel temperature transducer, a fuel flow
transmitter (analog signal), a right external tank fuel flow sensor (discrete signal), and a left external tank fuel flow sensor
(discrete signal), all on the fuel flow sensor panel above the main fuel tanks; a fuel overflow sensor (discrete signal); a
right inboard bleed-air regulator valve, right outboard bleed-air regulator valve, right inboard shutoff gate valve, and a
right outboard shutoff gate valve on the right HSS; and a left inboard bleed-air regulator valve, left outboard bleed-air
regulator valve, left inboard shutoff gate valve, and a left outboard shutoff gate valve on the left HSS. The external range
extension fuel transfer and quantity systems functionally interface with the main tank fuel quantity system, the caution/
advisory warning system, left drag beam switch through the ground sense relay in the left relay panel, and console and
indicator lighting systems.

RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM POWER DISTRIBUTION

UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L The ESSS range extension system receives ac and dc electrical power from the mission
readiness circuit breaker panel. The 115 vac electrical power is supplied by the No. 2 ac primary bus through the AUX
FUEL QTY circuit breaker. The 28 vdc electrical power is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus through the EXT FUEL
LH circuit breaker, and by the No. 2 dc primary bus through the EXT FUEL RH and No. 2 XFER CONTROL
EH60A or AUX FUEL CONTR circuit breakers.

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION ESSS W/O MWO 50-78

The AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT control panel contains all controls for operating the internal (provisional) and
external range extension fuel transfer and quantity indicating systems. Only the description of the controls for external
range extension functions are listed in Table 1.

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL OPERATION

Refer to Table 1 for panel operation.

0057 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL OPERATION - Continued

EXT FUEL
RH

5 28 VDC
AMP
28 VDC
NO. 2
DC PRI NO. 2 XFER 28 VDC
BUS CONTROL
115 VAC
28 VDC
5
AMP
FUEL TEMP
EXT FUEL TRANSDUCER TEMP SIGNAL
LH
NO. 1
PRI DC
BUS 5
AMP FUEL FLOW
28 VDC TRANSMITTER FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER SIGNAL
AUX FUEL QTY
NO. 2
PRI AC
BUS 2
AMP RIGHT EXT
115 VAC FUEL FLOW FUEL FLOW DISCRETE
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT SENSOR
BREAKER PANEL
(SEE DETAIL A)
LEFT EXT
FUEL FLOW FUEL FLOW DISCRETE
SENSOR

EXT FUEL RH
MAIN NO. 1 TANK FUEL
TANK FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
5 QUANTITY
AMP SYSTEM NO. 2 TANK FUEL
NO. 2 QUANTITY SIGNAL
DC PRI AUX FUEL
BUS CONTR
RIGHT
28 VDC OUTBOARD FUEL LOW−LEVEL SIGNAL
5 FUEL TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
AMP TANK

AUX FUEL
QTY RIGHT
NO. 2 FUEL LOW−LEVEL SIGNAL
AC PRI INBOARD
BUS 5 FUEL TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
AMP TANK
115 VAC

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER LEFT

INBOARD FUEL LOW−LEVEL SIGNAL
PANEL
FUEL TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
TANK

EXT FUEL LH
NO. 1
LEFT
DC PRI FUEL LOW−LEVEL SIGNAL
5 OUTBOARD
BUS
AMP FUEL TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
28 VDC TANK

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER ESSS

PANEL STORES
JETTISON
DETAIL A SYSTEM
(SEE NOTE 1)

LEFT RELAY WOW SENSE VOLTAGE

DIM COMMAND PANEL DIM CONTROL
NOTES INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND CONSOLES
1. EH60A INDICATOR LIGHTS NVG COMMAND
2. UH60Q HH60L DIMMING SYSTEM AB2113_1
SA

Figure 1. External Stores Support System Range Extension System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0057 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL OPERATION - Continued

SENSOR SIGNAL DISCRETE FUEL

OVERFLOW
SENSOR
DC CURRENT

RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD PRESSURE BLEED−AIR
CONTROL VOLTAGE REGULATOR
VALVE

RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF FUEL SHUTOFF
CONTROL VOLTAGE GATE VALVE

RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT INBOARD PRESSURE BLEED−AIR
CONTROL VOLTAGE REGULATOR
VALVE

RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT INBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF FUEL SHUTOFF
CONTROL VOLTAGE GATE VALVE

LEFT INBOARD
LEFT INBOARD PRESSURE BLEED−AIR
CONTROL VOLTAGE REGULATOR
VALVE

LEFT INBOARD
LEFT INBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF FUEL SHUTOFF
CONTROL VOLTAGE GATE VALVE

LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD PRESSURE BLEED−AIR
CONTROL VOLTAGE REGULATOR
VALVE

AUXILIARY FUEL LEFT OUTBOARD

MANAGEMENT LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF FUEL SHUTOFF
CONTROL PANEL CONTROL VOLTAGE GATE VALVE

AUX FUEL WARNING VOLTAGE AUX FUEL

CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL

CAUTION / ADVISORY
AUX FUEL WARNING SYSTEM
(SEE DETAIL B)
COPILOT’S
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

AUX FUEL
PILOT’S
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY

DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2)
AB2113_2
SA

Figure 1. External Stores Support System Range Extension System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0057 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL OPERATION - Continued

Table 1. Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Functions.

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

FUEL XFR Controls for fuel management of external range exten-

sion systems.

PRESS OUTBD switch

ON Opens bleed-air regulator valves to outboard tanks for

pressurization.

OFF Closes bleed-air regulator valves to outboard tanks,

allowing fuel tanks to automatically pressurize.

PRESS INBD switch

ON Opens bleed-air regulator valves to inboard tanks for

pressurization.

OFF Closes bleed-air regulator valves to inboard tanks, al-

lowing fuel tanks to automatically pressurize.

TANKS switch

INBD Enables shutoff gate valves from inboard tanks to open

when selected for fuel transfer to main tanks; closes
outboard shutoff gate valves.

OUTBD Enables shutoff gate valves from outboard tanks to

open when selected for fuel transfer to main tanks;
closes inboard shutoff gate valves.

MODE switch Selects mode of fuel transfer from external tanks.

AUTO Enables automatic fuel transfer to the main tanks from

the selected pair of external tanks, until the empty sen-
sor in each external tank interrupts transfer, or until
both main tanks contain about 1000 pounds of fuel.

OFF Disables automatic and manual fuel transfer.

MANUAL Enables manual fuel transfer to the main tank from the
selected external tank/tanks until main tank fuel high
level shutoff valve closes (1150 pounds), manual
transfer tank select switches are turned OFF, or MODE
switch is placed to AUTO or OFF.

MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch

ON Select manual fuel transfer from right selected tank.

OFF Interrupts manual fuel transfer from right selected

tank.

0057 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL OPERATION - Continued

Table 1. Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Functions. - Continued

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

MANUAL XFR LEFT switch

ON Selects manual fuel transfer from left selected tank.

OFF Interrupts manual fuel transfer from left selected tank.

AUX FUEL QTY POUNDS Digital Display Indicates, in POUNDS, the amount of auxiliary fuel
remaining in symmetrical pairs of tanks, or total
auxiliary fuel remaining, as selected by AUX FUEL
QTY switch. With AUX FUEL QTY switch placed to
CAL, display indicates information needed by
maintenance personnel to preset K FACTOR value
shown on fuel flow transmitter identification plate into
control panel.

AUX FUEL QTY switch

OUTBD Selects display of total fuel remaining in outboard pair

of tanks.

INBD Selects display of total fuel remaining in inboard pair

of tanks.

TOTAL Selects display of total fuel remaining in all external

tanks.

CAL Used by maintenance personnel when presetting K

FACTOR value, shown on the fuel flow transmitter
identification plate, into the control panel.

INCR-DECR switch Increases/decreases digital display for setting auxiliary

fuel remaining and K FACTOR of fuel flow transmit-
ter. Switch function is disabled in flight.

STATUS switch Resets AUX FUEL caution capsule. Also resets and
stores condition of NO FLOW and EMPTY indicators.

TEST switch Initiates self-test routine. During the test routine the
digital display will indicate a good or an error code.

DEGRADED Indicator Indicates malfunction in a critical function has oc-

curred.

EXTERNAL Indicators

RIGHT NO FLOW Indicates no fuel flow from selected right tank.

RIGHT INBD EMPTY Indicates right inboard tank fuel is exhausted.

RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY Indicates right outboard tank fuel is exhausted.

0057 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL OPERATION - Continued

Table 1. Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel Functions. - Continued

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

LEFT NO FLOW Indicates no fuel flow from selected left tank.

LEFT INBD EMPTY Indicates left inboard tank fuel is exhausted.

LEFT OUTBD EMPTY Indicates left outboard tank fuel is exhausted.

VENT SENSOR Indicators

FAIL Indicates an open fuel overflow sensor circuit.

OVFL Indicates the presence of fuel in the overflow vent

tube.

SELF-TEST

Pressing the TEST button on the auxiliary fuel management control panel initiates a system self-test routine. The self-test
routine basically performs memory checksum; displays 8 sequentially in each digital display; verifies the temperature sen-
sor is connected by checking for a temperature signal equivalent to -60° to 65°C; verifies fuel flow transmitter is con-
nected by checking for an electrical ground or pulses from the meter; does a trial calculation based on a known tempera-
ture and flow transmitter input and compares this with a known good value; and checks the digital display and indicator
lights. When the TEST button is pressed, the following occurs:

+ With the TEST button is pressed, all control panel indicators go on and the digital display indicates 8888.

+ When the TEST button is released, the digital display indicates the digit 8 in sequence from left to right three times.

+ Then, the digital display indicates Good for about 5 seconds.

+ The digital display indicates either 4, 5, or 8 (preset fuel type) in the left-most bit for about 3 seconds.

+ The digital display indicates a value of auxiliary fuel remaining as selected by the AUX FUEL QTY selector switch.

If the test is successful, Good is displayed. If the test fails, one of the following codes is displayed:

+ E01 Error with microprocessor.

+ E02 Temperature sensor output out of range.

+ E03 Flow transmitter not connected.

+ E04 Error with fuel flow circuitry.

+ E05 Error with fuel flow computation.

+ E06 Error with memory.

When a test fails, the microprocessor is disabled from doing any further computation. If the test fails due to a
malfunctioning temperature sensor input, the microprocessor can be placed in a degraded mode by doing two self-tests. In
the degraded mode, a preselected value of temperature is used as a constant in all calculations. If the test fails because of
a problem, and then the problem is corrected, doing a self-test will clear that error code. The fuel management control

0057 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

SELF-TEST - Continued

panel continuously does a memory checksum and verifies that the temperature sensor is connected by checking for tem-
perature of -60° to 65° C. It also verifies that the fuel flow transmitter is connected by checking for an electrical ground
or pulses from the transmitter.

AUTO TRANSFER

When the MODE switch is placed to AUTO, the system automatically transfers fuel to the main tanks from the selected
pair of external tanks. Fuel transfer continues until the fuel level sensors in the auxiliary tanks detect low fuel level or the
main fuel quantity system detects about 1000 pounds of fuel in both main tanks. When a fuel level sensor in the selected
tank detects low fuel level and the transfer ceases, the corresponding NO FLOW and EMPTY legends go on along with
the AUX FUEL capsule on the caution/advisory panel. Pressing the STATUS button resets the AUX FUEL indication and
resets and stores the NO FLOW and EMPTY indications.

MANUAL TRANSFER

When the MODE switch is placed to MANUAL, fuel transfer begins immediately from the selected tanks. Manual
transfer continues until the MANUAL XFR switches are placed OFF, the main tank high-level shutoff valve closes (at
approximately 1000 pounds), or the MODE switch is placed to AUTO or OFF. The NO FLOW, EMPTY, and caution/
advisory AUX FUEL capsule operate and are reset as described in the auto transfer operation.

FUEL OVERFLOW SENSOR

The fuel overflow sensor is used to detect the presence of fuel in the vent tube. If fuel is detected, the sensor provides a
signal to the auxiliary fuel management control panel to turn on the overflow (OVFL) indicator. This alerts the pilot that
fuel is being dumped overboard.

The fuel sensor FAIL indicator is located above the OVFL indicator. This indicator will light when an open in the sensor
dc current line is detected by the control panel. Neither of the above indicators are affected by the STATUS function of
the control panel.

AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL (AFMP) ESSS MWO 50-78

The AFMP contains the electronic circuits, controls, annunciators, and displays for the following:

+ Operation of the extended range fuel system (ERFS) in the automatic or manual transfer of fuel from external stores
support system (ESSS) auxiliary fuel tanks to the main tanks.

+ Display of fuel quantity in pounds to the nearest 10 pounds for each auxiliary fuel tank.
+ Annunciation of the following conditions:

+ tank empty

+ no fuel flow

+ vent fail

+ vent overflow
+ imbalanced external stores

+ Self-Test.

SELF-TEST

The following self-test functions of the ERFS are performed by built in test (BIT) circuits within the AFMP depending on
operational conditions:

+ Power up BIT (P-BIT) WOW only.

0057 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

SELF-TEST - Continued

+ Initiated BIT (I-BIT) WOW only.

+ Continuous BIT (C-BIT) All operations following P-BIT or I-BIT.

P-BIT performs intrusive testing of operational circuits; thus P-BIT is performed only in non flight conditions with weight
on wheels (WOW) enabled. The error codes are described as follows:

+ E01 AFMP microprocessor fail.

+ E02 AFMP memory fail.

+ E03 AFMP display fail.

+ E04 AFMP tank gauging electronics fail.

+ E05 Auxiliary tank probe (open).

+ E06 Auxiliary tank probe (short).

+ E07 Attitude sensor input fail.

Error codes E01, E02, and E03 are displayed continuously if activated (no fuel quantities are displayed and no auto
transfer). A single error code is displayed in the left-most display. Multiple errors are presented in displays from left to
right. Error codes E04, E05, E06, and E07 are displayed momentarily; then for E04 the affected tank circuit display is
dashed, for E05 and E06 the affected tank circuit display indicates 9FP9, and for E07 the display is a conservative
quantity from calculations based on a level aircraft.

I-BIT is activated by pressing the TEST/RESET button on the AFMP with WOW enabled. I-BIT begins by
simultaneously lighting all 35 cells of each of the four 5 x 7 digital displays, and sequentially lighting the annunciators
fails to light. Subsequently all the test run during P-BIT are run during the remainder of I-BIT and the error codes are the
same as for P-BIT as indicated above. If WOW is not enabled (inflight condition) pressing the TEST/RESET button resets
the AUX FUEL caution light on the caution/advisory panel.

C-BIT is non-intrusive self testing during all operations subsequent to P-BIT or I-BIT. Error code E01, E02, or E03 is
displayed continuously after activation; no fuel quantity is displayed and auto transfer is inoperable. Error codes E04,
E05, and E07 are displayed momentarily, auto transfer is inhibited, and annunciators and manual transfer are operable.
C-BIT continuous displays are as follows:

+ E01 AFMP microprocessor fail (no auto transfer mode).

+ E02 AFMP memory fail (no auto transfer mode).

+ E03 AFMP display fail (no auto transfer mode).

+ 9Dashed9 AFMP tank gauging electronics failure for affected tank circuit.

+ 9FP9 Auxiliary tank probe fault (open or short) for affected tank circuit.

+ Following E07, the display is a conservative quantity from calculations based on a level aircraft.

No-tank advisories are provided by the applicable AFMP display as follows:

+ 9NT9 If XFER MODE is set to AUTO or MAN and no tank is on the pylon indicated by the XFER FROM switch.

+ 9blank display9 If XFER MODE is set to AUTO or MAN and no tank is on the pylon indicated by the XFER FROM
switch.

0057 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

AUTO TRANSFER

When the XFER MODE switch is placed to AUTO, if there are no error codes and the tanks are not empty, the system
automatically pressurizes the applicable tanks regardless of the PRESS switch setting and opens the applicable valves to
transfer fuel to the main tanks from the selected pair of external tanks. The tanks remain pressurized while in auto mode
and not empty. Transfer of fuel from the auxiliary tanks to the main tanks begins when the AFMP detects the fuel
quantity in either main tank has fallen below 1100 pounds. Auto transfer of fuel will continue until the sum of the fuel
quantities in main tanks 1 and 2 equal 2300 pounds or overflow occurs. When the AFMP detects a tank empty sensor and
stops transfer of fuel, the corresponding NO FLOW and EMPTY annunciators on the AFMP will light. The AFMP also
provides a signal to light the AUX FUEL capsule on the caution/advisory panel. Pressing the TEST/RESET button
without WOW (as in flight) reset the AUX FUEL indication and stores the state of all annunciators in nonvolatile
memory (NVM).

MANUAL TRANSFER

For manual transfer to function, the PRESS switch on the AFMP must be either INBD, OUTBD, or ALL; it cannot be in
the OFF position. The selection for the XFER FROM switch must be consistent with the PRESS switch selection. The
MAN XFER switch can be either LEFT, RIGHT, or BOTH. After the tanks have become pressurized, when the XFER
MODE is switched from OFF to MAN, fuel transfer begins immediately from the selected tanks. Manual transfer
continues as selected until the XFER MODE switch is placed to OFF.

FUEL OVERFLOW SENSOR, AFMP ANNUNCIATORS, AND RESET

The fuel overflow sensor is used to detect the presence of fuel in the vent tube. If fuel is detected, the sensor provides a
signal to the AFMP which lights the overflow (VENT OVFL) annunciator while fuel is being sensed and provides a
signal to the AUX FUEL capsule. This alerts the pilot that fuel is being dumped overboard.

The fuel sensor fail (VENT FAIL) annunciator, located to the left of the VENT OVFL annunciator, will light when an
open in the fuel overflow sensor dc current line is detected by the AFMP. The VENT FAIL annunciator is not affected by
the AFMP TEST/RESET button.

The imbalance (IMBAL) annunciator, located above a line in the center of the AFMP, will light when the AFMP detects
that the absolute value of the auxiliary fuel weight (left minus right) varies from the nominal by +/-2% and error codes
E01 through E06 are not set.

The two no flow (NO FLOW) annunciators, located above the respective fuel quantity indicators on the AFMP, will light
when the AFMP detects that no fuel is flowing in the respective fuel line, AUTO or MAN mode is selected, and the
respective fuel shutoff valve is open.

The two auxiliary tank empty (EMPTY) annunciators, located below the respective fuel quantity indicators on the AFMP,
will light when the AFMP detects the low fuel in the respective tank.

The TEST/RESET button on the AFMP that is used to initiate I-BIT on the ground is used to reset the AUX FUEL
capsule inflight. The AUX FUEL capsule (if not already on) will be set on if a condition occurs that would set on any
one of the annunciators, except the VENT FAIL annunciator which is excluded from the other AFMP annunciators. Press-
ing the TEST/RESET button on the AFMP under inflight conditions will reset the AUX FUEL capsule to off, if all condi-
tions for setting annunciators on have been removed. The current state of all of the annunciators except AFMP OVFL is
saved to the NVM when the AFMP TEST/RESET button is pressed under inflight conditions.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0057 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0057 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0057 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0058 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ESSS JETTISON SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

JETTISON SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ESSS

The stores jettison system provides two methods of jettisoning external stores; a primary jettison subsystem and an
emergency jettison subsystem. The primary jettison subsystem provides selection of jettisoning individual external stores,
a symmetrical pair of stores, or all external stores. An interlock circuit prevents individual stores jettison when external
fuel tanks are installed. The emergency jettison subsystem provides release of all external stores. The system consists of a
jettison control panel, on the lower console, and ejector racks attached to the two vertical stores pylons (VSP) on each
horizontal stores support (HSS). The racks are used to attach fuel tanks or other external stores dispensers. The jettison
system functionally interfaces with the ESSS fuel system. It also functionally interfaces with the caution/advisory warning
system and drag beam switch through the left relay panel and No. 2 junction box.

JETTISON SYSTEM POWER DISTRIBUTION ESSS

Electrical power for the stores jettison system is supplied by the dc essential bus and the No. 1 dc primary bus (Figure 1,
Sheets 1 and 2). The 28 vdc from the dc essential bus is routed through the ESSS JTSN INBD and ESSS JTSN OUTBD
circuit breakers on the upper console. Both the ESSS JTSN INBD and ESSS JTSN OUTBD circuit breakers supply 28
vdc to the jettison control panel and the left relay panel. The 28 vdc from the No. 1 dc primary bus is routed through the
ESSS JTSN INBD and ESSS JTSN OUTBD circuit breakers on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. Both circuit breakers
supply 28 vdc to the jettison control panel.

STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL ESSS

The control panel provides two methods of jettisoning external stores, a primary jettison subsystem and an emergency
jettison subsystem. The primary jettison subsystem provides selection of jettisoning individual external stores, a sym-
metrical pair of stores, or all external stores. An interlock circuit prevents jettisoning of fuel tanks other than in pairs. The
emergency jettison subsystem provides immediate release of all external stores. Emergency jettison operation is
completely independent of the primary jettison operation. The control panel consists of two toggle switches having switch
guards, a rotary switch, and a lighted information plate on the front of the panel. Two electrical connectors are on the rear
of the panel. A relay bracket assembly, installed within the panel, provides mounting for seven relays and eight diodes.

PRIMARY JETTISON SYSTEM

Power to operate the primary jettison system is supplied from the No. 1 dc primary bus through the ESSS JTSN INBD
and ESSS JTSN OUTBD circuit breakers on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. A rotary switch, on the jettison control
panel, allows selection of jettisoning individual external stores, a symmetrical pair of stores, or all external stores. With
the rotary switch at ALL, the inboard stores will jettison 1 second after the outboard stores. When the fuel tanks are in-
stalled, tank present signals are supplied to the control panel. These signals prevent individual stores jettison even if the
rotary switch is at L or R.

EMERGENCY JETTISON SYSTEM

The emergency jettison system is electrically independent of the primary jettison system. Power to operate the emergency
jettison system is supplied from the dc essential bus through the ESSS JTSN INBD and ESSS JTSN OUTBD circuit
breakers on the upper console. When the EMER JETT ALL switch is actuated, all external stores are jettisoned, regard-
less of the rotary switch position. As with the primary jettison system, the inboard stores will jettison 1 second after the
outboard stores.

DRAG BEAM INTERLOCKS

When the helicopter is on the ground, the left drag beam switch removes the electrical ground from relay K4 in the jet-
tison control panel. This disables the emergency jettison system. When the helicopter is on the ground, the right drag

0058 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0058 00

DRAG BEAM INTERLOCKS - Continued

beam switch removes the electrical ground from the relay K1 in the jettison control panel. This disables the primary jet-
tison system while on the ground. When the helicopter is airborne, both drag beam switches provide grounds to the jet-
tison control panel relays K1 and K4 to enable jettison operation.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0058 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0058 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

ESSS JTSN
INBD

7.5 28 VDC
AMP
NO. 1
DC PRI ESSS JTSN
BUS OUTBD

28 VDC 7.5 28 VDC

AMP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

ESSS JTSN
INBD

7.5 28 VDC
AMP
DC
ESNTL ESSS JTSN
BUS OUTBD

28 VDC 7.5 28 VDC

AMP

UPPER CONSOLE

EMER JETT ARM VOLTAGE

STORES
LEFT DRAG BEAM JETTISON
SWITCH (SEE NOTE 1) CONTROL
PANEL

PRI JETT ARM VOLTAGE

RIGHT DRAG BEAM

SWITCH (SEE NOTE 1)

RIGHT
OUTBOARD TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
FUEL TANK

RIGHT
INBOARD TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
FUEL TANK

LEFT
INBOARD TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
FUEL TANK

LEFT
OUTBOARD TANK PRESENT SIGNAL
FUEL TANK
NOTE

1. GROUND APPLIED WITH WEIGHT ON EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS)

WHEELS. RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM
2. WIRING TO ALTERNATE EJECTOR
RACK IS PROVISIONAL AND NOT USED
IN THIS CONFIGURATION. AA7840_1
SA

Figure 1. Jettison System Block Diagram ESSS . (Sheet 1 of 2)

0058 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0058 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

RIGHT OUTBOARD PRI EJECT VOLTAGE RIGHT

OUTBOARD
EJECTOR RACK
RIGHT OUTBOARD EMER EJECT VOLTAGE

RIGHT INBOARD PRI EJECT VOLTAGE RIGHT

INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK
(SEE NOTE 2)

RIGHT
INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK
RIGHT INBOARD EMER EJECT VOLTAGE

LEFT INBOARD PRI EJECT VOLTAGE LEFT

INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK
(SEE NOTE 2)

LEFT
INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK
LEFT INBOARD EMER EJECT VOLTAGE

LEFT OUTBOARD PRI EJECT VOLTAGE

LEFT
OUTBOARD
EJECTOR RACK
LEFT OUTBOARD EMER EJECT VOLTAGE

AA7840_2
SA

Figure 1. Jettison System Block Diagram ESSS . (Sheet 2 of 2)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0058 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0059 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The auxiliary cabin heater is an electrically operated heating system consisting of a heater, blower, control panel and
adjustable air temperature switch. The heater and blower are installed in the ceiling of the helicopter’s transition section
above the main fuel tanks, the blower on the right and the heater on the left. The blower draws air from the cabin and
forces it through a distribution elbow and duct, through a transition duct, and back into the cabin through an array of
cabin ducts. The heater, located between the distribution duct and transition duct, heats the air flowing out of and into the
cabin. The adjustable air temperature switch, located at the bottom of the left gunner’s window, has a setting for prese-
lecting cabin air temperature through a range of 50°F to 85°F. The control panel, AUX CABIN HEATER, contains a
heater control switch marked OFF-ON-RESET and two indicator lights one marked HTR ON and the other marked HTR
INOP. The OFF-ON-RESET switch controls heater and blower operation through relay circuitry in the system’s No. 3
Relay Panel. The HTR ON light indicates when the heater system is functioning properly; the HTR INOP light indicates
system malfunction. The auxiliary cabin heater interfaces with the helicopter’s hydraulics system and the No. 1 and No. 2
main generators. The heater system is disabled when the hydraulics system backup pump is running or when either main
generator malfunctions (Figure 1).

AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION

The AUX CABIN HEATER control panel is located on the lower console. It contains the OFF-ON-RESET switch for
controlling the auxiliary cabin heater operation, the HTR ON indicator light for indicating normal heater system opera-
tion, and the HTR INOP indicator light for indicating heater system malfunction. Both lights are ANVIS yellow and are
the press-to-test type. Pressing the lights connects 28 VDC from the helicopter’s instrument panel and consoles light dim-
ming system to energize the lamps in the light units.

NO. 3 RELAY PANEL UH60A UH60L

The No. 3 relay panel contains the relays sequenced by the control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to connect AC operat-
ing power to the heater and blower.

AUXILIARY HEATER SYSTEM OPERATION

Operation of the auxiliary cabin heater is controlled by the adjustable air temperature and the OFF-ON-RESET switches.
Placing the adjustable air temperature switch to a temperature greater than cabin ambient temperature provides a path for
heater relay, K99. The range of the air temperature switch is 50°F to 85°F. The OFF-ON-RESET switch is a three posi-
tion switch which has the RESET position spring loaded to return to the ON position when released. Placing the OFF-
ON-RESET switch to the ON position provides an electrical path from the AUX HTR CONTROL circuit breaker, through
the de-energized contacts of relays, K101, K102, and K103, through the OFF-ON-RESET switch which energizes the
blower relay, K104. Relay, K104 provides a path for the 115 vac power from the AUX HTR BLOWER circuit breaker to
the blower. An internal thermal switch in the blower will remove the ground for relay, K104, turning off the blower, if the
blower becomes overheated. Placing the OFF-ON-RESET switch momentarily to the RESET position, energizes heater
control relay, K100, and heater relay, K126. When OFF-ON-RESET switch returns to the ON position, 115 vac is
provided through the now energized contacts of relays, K99 and K126 to the heater. There are two thermal switches in
the ducts to remove the 28 vdc from relays K99 and K126 if the ducts overheat. An internal thermocouple in the heater
when the heater overheats, removes the 28 vdc from relay K126 turning the heater off. When the cabin temperature
reaches the temperature set by the air temperature switch a Q circuit removes the ground leg from relays K99 and K104
turning the heater and blower off. The system will not operate unless both No. 1 and No. 2 generators are on the line and
the back up hydraulic system is not in operation.

0059 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0059 00

AUXILIARY HEATER SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

AUX HTR
BLOWER

φA

NO. 2 φB
PRI AC
BUS
φC
15
AMP
K104
BLOWER
RELAY
AUX HTR
CONTROL BLOWER
NO. 1 P/O NO. 3
PRI DC 5 RELAY PANEL
BUS AMP

28 VDC WHEN K101 K102 K103

P/O MISSION READINESS BACKUP
28 VDC 28 VDC
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL FROM FROM
HYDRAULIC
NO. 2 GEN NO. 1 GEN
SYSTEM IS
(SEE NOTE) (SEE NOTE)
OPERATING

P/O NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

φA HEATER
RELAY
CL20
K126
HEATER
50 RELAY
AMP K99
φB
CL21
NO. 1
PRI AC
BUS 50
AMP
φC
CL22

50
AMP

P/O NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX P/O NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

NOTE
28 VDC WHEN OPPOSITE GENERATOR
IS NOT ON LINE. AA7841_1
SA

Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0059 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0059 00

AUXILIARY HEATER SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued

HEATER CONTROL
OFF−ON RESET RELAY
K100
SWITCH

K126

P/O AUXILIARY CABIN P/O NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

HEATER CONTROL PANEL

HTR ON
28 VDC (BRT)
OR
0−26 VDC (DIM)
FROM INDICATOR
LIGHT DIMMING
RELAY

HTR INOP

ADJUSTABLE AIR THERMISTOR P/O AUXILIARY

TEMPERATURE CABIN HEATER
SWITCH CONTROL PANEL

CYCLING
DUCT SENSOR

OVERHEAT
DUCT SENSOR

HEATER AA7841_2
SA

Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0059 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0059 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0059 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0060 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

MAIN AND TAIL ROTOR BLADE EROSION PROTECTION KIT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
MAIN AND TAIL ROTOR BLADE EROSION PROTECTION KIT DESCRIPTION

Rotor blade erosion protection kits are applied to the main and tail rotor blades when the helicopter is operating in desert
environments. The main and tail rotor blades can be protected by the application of polyurethane tape being applied to the
leading edge. The main rotor blade tip caps can be protected by the application of either a polyurethane coating or poly-
urethane boots. The tail rotor blade tip caps can be protected by the application of a polyurethane coating. The erosion
protection kits provide a sacrificial surface that can be repaired or replaced. The blade deice system must not be used
when erosion protection kits are installed.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0060 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

CHAFF DISPENSER SYSTEM AND M130 CHAFF/FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

CHAFF DISPENSER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L

The chaff dispenser system is used to create navigation and communication interference during survival countermeasure
tactics. The system dispenses only chaff in this installation (Figure 1). The system consists of a chaff dispenser assembly
which is made up of an electronics module, dispenser assembly, and payload module assembly mounted on the left
forward portion of the tail cone, and a dispenser control panel and chaff dispense switch on the lower console. Panel
lighting power for the dispenser control panel is disabled at the control panel.

CHAFF DISPENSER SYSTEM POWER DISTRIBUTION UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L

The chaff dispenser system gets dc electrical power from the copilot’s circuit breaker panel
UH60A 77-22714 - 78-22986 The 28 vdc is supplied by the NO. 1 DC PRI BUS and routed through the CHAFF DISP
circuit breaker through the audio junction box assembly to the dispenser control panel (Figure 4).
UH60A 78-22987 - SUBQ UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L The 28 vdc is supplied by the NO. 1 DC PRI BUS and routed
through the CHAFF DISP circuit breaker directly to the dispenser control panel (Figure 3). Panel lighting for the
dispenser control panel is controlled by the CONSOLE LT LOWER control on the upper console. From the CONTROL
LT LOWER control, power is applied through the junction box assembly to the control panel.

M130 CHAFF/FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EH60A

The chaff/flare dispenser system provides survival countermeasures against radar-guided weapons and infrared-seeking
missiles. Dispensed chaff saturates the helicopter operating area with radar returns, disguising the true location of the
helicopter (Figure 2). Chaff is dispensed by the pilot or copilot when the helicopter radar warning system detects radar
signals. Flares are dispensed by the pilot or copilot when a missile launching is observed. Flares serve as decoys, divert-
ing infrared-seeking missiles away from the helicopter. The system consists of a chaff dispenser assembly, a flare
dispenser assembly, an electronics module, a dispenser control panel, a flares dispenser push-button, and a chaff dispense
push-button. Both dispenser assemblies and the electronics module are on the left side of the tail cone. The chaff
dispenser assembly is mounted forward of the flare dispenser assembly. The dispenser control panel and chaff dispense
push-button are on the lower console. The flares dispense push-button is on the center section of the instrument panel.
The switch is used in conjunction with the lower console chaff/flares dispenser control panel to fire flares. A payload
module that holds either 30 packets of chaff or 30 flares is loaded into the chaff assembly and flare dispenser assembly,
respectively.

M130 CHAFF/FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM POWER DISTRIBUTION EH60A

The chaff/flare dispenser system receives 28 vdc from the copilot’s circuit breaker panel. (Figure 5).The 28 vdc is sup-
plied by the No. 1 dc primary bus and routed to the dispenser control panel through the CHAFF/FLARE DISP circuit
breaker and the junction box assembly. The circuit breaker output is also routed to the electronics module.

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION

The programmed mode is selected by placing the ARM-SAFE switch to ARM, removing the flag pin from the electronics
module (ARM lamp goes on), setting the CHAFF counter to the number of chaff loaded, and placing the OFF-MAN-
PRGM switch to PRGM. Pressing the CHAFF DISPENSE switch applies a dispense command to the dispenser control
panel . The control panel then provides a dc signal to the electronics module programmer section. The programmer (pre-
programmed) picks the burst interval, salvo number, and salvo interval of chaff to be dispensed. A signal is then fed to
the dispenser assembly, activating the sequencer and completing the circuit to the breech plate. This signal is then fed to
the impulse cartridge, forcing the chaff out of the payload module.

0061 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

P3 / J673R

C
P20R / J20R
B

D
A

INSTRUMENT
PANEL

P672R / J672R

P669R / J1 P249 / J249

(SEE NOTE 1)
P1 / J1 P248 / J248
P669R / J2 (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 2)
P21R / J21R

LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH

P163 / J163 (SEE NOTE 3)
LOWER
CONSOLE P914 / J914
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
P656R / J656R P671R / J671R
(SEE NOTE 3)

TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P1 / J1 DISPENSER CONTROL
PANEL
(SEE NOTE 2)
P3 / J673R ELECTRONIC MODULE
P20R / J20R CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248
(SEE NOTE 4)
P21R / J21R CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 3)
P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
(SEE NOTE 3)
NOTES
P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT’S
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL,
1. UH60L 92-26408 - SUBQ BL 23 LH

MOD UH60Q HH60L P656R / J656R JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

P669R / J1 DISPENSER CONTROL
2. UH60L 89-26149 PANEL
89-26154 (SEE NOTE 1)
AND 89-26179 -
P669R / J2 COCKPIT, BL 4 LH, STA 245
92-26407 W/O MOD
(SEE NOTE 2)
3. W/O MOD P671R / J671R COCKPIT, BL 0, STA 235
P672R / J672R CABIN, BL 37 LH, STA 389
4. UH60A UH60L PRIOR TO
P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
92-26408 . STA 247
AA2619_1A
SA

Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0061 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

FLARE ARM CHAFF

0 0 0 0
DISP
CONT

ARM
R
I F MAN PGRM
P I CHAFF
P R DISPENSE
L E
E
SAFE

CHAFF DISPENSE
DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL SWITCH

A B

D C

NO. 1
DC P
RI BU
S
WARNING
WARNING

CHAFF
DISP

BUR
E 7.5
ST 6 1
1 5 2
4 3 4
2 CHA
3 FF 1
6 2
7 1 3 45
6 2 SALV
345 E

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

2 AV
PIN
SAFE
TY

CHAFF DISPENSER ASSEMBLY AA2619_2A

SA

Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0061 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

24 V

9
3 58
SAFETY PIN AND

SAFETY

SALVO 1
WARNING FLAG

PIN

CHAFF
BURST
9
3 58

LOUD

9
3 58
1

1
ELECTRONICS MODULE

SELECT SWITCH
C (CHAFF)
F (FLARE)

DISPENSER ASSEMBLY
AA2619_3A
SA

Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0061 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

NG
W
AR
N I

N
AR
IN
W
G

PAYLOAD MODULE

AA2619_4A
SA

Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0061 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

P999R / A1J1
P998R / J998R

P249 / J249
D

C
B E

P219 / J219
H
P669R / J1
P3 / J673R

P1 / A1J1
INSTRUMENT
PANEL

A P672R / J672R

P248 / J248

P16R / J16R
P21R / J21R
P671R / J671R
LOWER
CONSOLE
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
P656R / J656R

TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /

DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P1 / A1J1 DISPENSER ASSEMBLY P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH,
STA 247
P2 / A2J2 ALQ-156 CONTROL
INDICATOR P246 / J246 (SEE NOTE) UPPER CONSOLE
P3 / J673R ELECTRONICS MODULE P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
P16R / J16R COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA P249 / J249 CABIN CEILING, BL 23 LH,
197 STA 247
P21R / J21R CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248 P656R / J656R AUDIO JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
P669R / J1 DISPENSER CONTROL
PANEL
P671R / J671R COCKPIT, BL 0, STA 235
P672R / J672R CABIN, BL 37 LH, STA 389
P998R / J998R LEFT TAIL CONE, STA 525
P999R / A1J1 FLARE DISPENSER
NOTE
EH60A 84-24017 - 84-24020 AA3422_1
SA

Figure 2. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0061 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

FLARE ARM CHAFF

0 0 0 0
DISP
CONT

ARM
R
MAN PGRM
B I
P
F
I
P R
L E
E
SAFE
FLARES

DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL

INSTRUMENT PANEL FLARE SWITCH

C CHAFF
DISPENSE

CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH

NO. 1
DC P
RI BU
S

LIGHTS
CAUT

1.5
D
ADVSY
CHAFF /
FLARE

7.5

DISP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

AA3422_2
SA

Figure 2. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0061 00-7
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

W
G N
AR
NI
NI
AR
NG
W
G

FLARE DISPENSER

G F

SELECT SWITCH
C (CHAFF)
F (FLARE)
W
G
AR
N IN
NI
AR
NG
W

DISPENSER ASSEMBLY PAYLOAD MODULE

AA3422_3
SA

Figure 2. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0061 00-8
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

NING
WA R
WAR
NING
J
6 BURST
5 1 4
1
2 34 2 3
CHAFF

HT
6 6
5 5
1 1
2 3 4 SALVO 2 3 4

G
LI
28V

F
PIN
SAFETY

RE
O
EF
B
E

CHAFF DISPENSER

J
28V

SAFETY PIN AND

2 3 4 SALVO 2 3 4
5

4
2 3
6
SAFETY

WARNING FLAG
1

1
PIN

CHAFF

6 BURST
5
2 34
5
6
1

E BE
FORE FLIGHT
ELECTRONICS MODULE AA3422_4
SA

Figure 2. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

0061 00-9
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

CHAFF DISP

NO. 1
DC PRI 7.5 28 VDC
BUS AMP

28 VDC

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL

ARM

MANUAL DISPENSE DISPENSER

DISPENSE ASSEMBLY
ELECTRONICS
MODULE
PROGRAM PAYLOAD MODULE
DISPENSE ASSEMBLY

CHAFF
COUNT
DISPENSER
CONTROL PANEL

CHAFF DISPENSE

REMOTE CHAFF
CONTROL

CHAFF DISPENSE
SWITCH

CHAFF SWITCH
INPUT

EFFECTIVITY

UH60A 78-22987-SUBQ
UH60L UH60Q HH60L
AA1405B
SA

Figure 3. Chaff Dispenser (M130) System Block Diagram.

0061 00-10
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

CHAFF DISP

NO. 1 2
7.5 SAFE / ARM
DC PRI 28 VDC
AMP INTERLOCK 1
BUS RELAY K1
3
28 VDC
DRAG BEAM
SWITCH
COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER (SEE NOTE 2)
PANEL
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1)

28 VDC

AUDIO JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

(SEE DETAIL A)

ARM
DISPENSER
ASSEMBLY
MANUAL DISPENSE
DISPENSE
ELECTRONICS PAYLOAD MODULE
MODULE ASSEMBLY
DISPENSER
CONTROL PANEL PROGRAM
DISPENSE

CHAFF CHAFF DISPENSE

COUNT

REMOTE CHAFF
CONTROL

CHAFF DISPENSE
SWITCH

CHAFF SWITCH
INPUT

NOTES
EFFECTIVITY
1. UH60A 77−22714 − 77−22723
2. SHOWN WITH WEIGHT−ON− UH60A 77−22714 − 78−22986
WHEELS. AB2330A
SA

Figure 4. Chaff Dispenser (M130) System Block Diagram.

0061 00-11
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

LIGHTS
CAUT / ADVSY

7.5 28 VDC
28 VDC AMP
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS CHAFF / FLARE DISP

7.5 28 VDC
AMP

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL

CM PULSE RTN

ALQ 156 CONTROL

28 VDC INDICATOR

AUDIO JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

CM PULSE

ARM
DISPENSER
28 VDC ASSEMBLY

DISPENSE
MANUAL
DISPENSE ELECTRONICS PAYLOAD MODULE
MODULE ASSEMBLY
DISPENSER
CONTROL PANEL PROGRAM
DISPENSE

CM PULSE
CHAFF DISP

CHAFF
COUNT

REMOTE CHAFF
CONTROL

FLARE COUNT CHAFF DISPENSE

PANEL

CHAFF SWITCH
INPUT
1
ARM
FLARE POWER 2
3
FLARE RIPPLE 4

EFFECTIVITY

EH−60
AB2331_1A
SA

Figure 5. Chaff Dispenser (M130) System Block Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0061 00-12
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAMMED MODE OPERATION - Continued

FLARE COUNT

ARM

DISPENSER PAYLOAD
ASSEMBLY MODULE
FLARE RIPPLE

FLARE DISPENSER

1
2
3 FLARE POWER

4 FLARES

FLARE DISPENSE
SWITCH

AB2331_2
SA

Figure 5. Chaff Dispenser (M130) System Block Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0061 00-13
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

CHAFF DISPENSER MANUAL MODE

The manual mode is selected with the system set up as in WP 0057 00, except the OFF-MAN-PRGM switch is placed to
MAN. The programmer section of the electronics module is bypassed and only one chaff cartridge is fired each time the
CHAFF DISPENSE switch is pressed.

CHAFF DISPENSER FUNCTION

To dispense chaff packets one at a time, the dispenser control panel MAN-PGRM switch is placed to MAN. Pressing the
CHAFF DISP push-button causes a manual chaff dispense signal to be applied to the electronics module. The module
generates a chaff dispense signal which is applied to the chaff dispenser assembly, causing a single chaff packet to be
dispensed. Then, a chaff count signal is routed through the electronics module to the dispenser control panel CHAFF
counter. The counter counts down by one, indicating the total number of chaff packets left in the payload module.

To dispense chaff packets in preprogrammed groups, the dispenser control panel MAN-PGRM switch is placed to PGRM.
Pressing the CHAFF DISP push-button generates a programmed chaff dispense signal which is applied to the electronics
module. Before flying the mission, a program for chaff dispensing is loaded into the electronics module. The program
includes salvo count (number of salvos), interval (time between salvos), bursts per salvo (number of packets), and interval
between bursts. The programmed chaff dispense signal activates the electronics module program. The electronics module
cycles through the program once, applying timed chaff dispense signals to the chaff dispenser assembly. Chaff packets are
dispensed, totaling the number set by the program. Each dispensed chaff packet returns a chaff count signal through the
electronics module to the dispenser control panel CHAFF counter. The CHAFF counter counts down by one for each
chaff packet dispensed. The displayed count is the total chaff packets remaining in the chaff payload module.

MANUAL FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM FUNCTION EH60A

To dispense flares one at a time, the FLARES push-button is pressed once for each flare to be dispensed. Each time the
FLARES push-button is pressed, a flare dispense signal is applied to the electronics module. The electronics module
transfers the flare dispense signal to the flare dispenser assembly, causing one flare to be dispensed. Light-sensitive
electronics in the flare dispenser look for a flare burst. If one is not detected, a dud signal is sent to the electronics
module. The dud signal causes the electronic module to generate a flare dispense signal, causing a second flare to be
dispensed. If a flare burst is still not detected, a third flare is dispensed. A third dud will not cause a fourth flare to be
dispensed. The electronics module will shut down until the FLARES push-button is pressed again. For each flare
dispensed, including duds, a flare count signal is sent to the electronics module and the dispenser control panel FLARE
counter. The electronics module uses the count signal to count duds fired. The FLARE counter counts down by one for
each flare dispensed. The count remaining on the FLARE counter is the total flares remaining in the payload module.

To dispense flares in short ripple bursts, or to dispense all flares in an emergency, the FLARE RIPPLE FIRE switch is
placed to its up position. This action generates the arm and flare ripple fire signals. Operating the FLARE RIPPLE FIRE
switch in quick-on-off movements causes flares to be dispensed in short bursts. Holding the switch in the up position
causes all flares to be dispensed one after the other. In either case, a flare count signal is applied to the dispenser control
panel FLARE counter. The counter counts down by one for each flare dispensed. In the ripple fire mode, the flare count
signal is not used by the electronics module.

AUTOMATIC FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM FUNCTION EH60A

Flares are dispensed, as described previously for FLARE push-button, when a signal is received from the AN/ALQ-
156(V)2 countermeasures (CM) set. The CM set detects and evaluates threats from approaching missiles and generates a
flare dispense signal to counter the threat. The CM PULSE from the countermeasures set is routed through the dispenser
control panel to the electronics module. Within the electronics module, it is processed the same as a signal from the
FLARE push-button and is applied to the same output line, FLARE DISPENSER. The control unit for the CM set is
mounted on the instrument panel. AC and DC power are provided by the No. 1 (copilot’s) circuit breaker panel.

0061 00-14
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0061 00

SAFE/ARM FUNCTION

UH60A 77-22714 - 77-22723 With the helicopter on the ground (weight-on-wheels), the drag beam switch completes a
circuit to energize relay K1 in the audio junction box assembly. With K1 energized, power is removed from the dispenser
control panel. When the helicopter is airborne (weight-off-wheels), K1 de-energizes routing power to the dispenser control
panel. This function automatically inhibits system operation (safe condition) while the helicopter is on the ground.
UH60A 77-22724-78-22986 K1 relay in the audio junction box assembly is disconnected from the drag beam switch.
With K1 relay permanently de-energized, power is routed through the audio junction box assembly to the dispenser
control panel. UH60A 78-22987-SUBQ UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L EH60A The audio junction box assembly is removed
from the circuit. Power is routed directly from the circuit breaker to the dispenser control panel.

UH60A UH60L UH-60Q HH-60L While on the ground and parked, a safety pin and red flag assembly (marked REMOVE
BEFORE FLIGHT) is inserted at the electronics module. This removes power from the electronics module circuits and
prevents accidental dispensing of chaff or flares. The dispenser control panel SAFE-ARM switch is used to set the operat-
ing mode while the helicopter is airborne. In the SAFE position, the flare and chaff dispense pushbutton are disabled. To
arm the system, the SAFE-ARM switch is placed to ARM. An arm signal is sent to the electronics module arm circuit to
activate the chaff dispenser. While armed, an arm indicator signal is applied, through the left relay panel, to the dispenser
control panel ARM indicator. The ARM indicator is dimmed at the dispenser control panel by turning the ARM indicator
housing. EH60A While on the ground and parked, a safety pin and red flag assembly (marked REMOVE BEFORE
FLIGHT) is inserted at the electronics module. This removes power from the electronics module circuits and prevents
accidental dispensing of chaff or flares. The dispenser control panel SAFE-ARM switch is used to set the operating mode
while the helicopter is airborne. In the SAFE position, the flare and chaff dispense push-button are disabled. To arm the
system, the SAFE-ARM switch is placed to ARM. An arm signal is sent to the electronics module arm circuit to activate
the chaff dispenser. While armed, an arm indicator signal is applied, through the left relay panel, to the dispenser control
panel ARM indicator. The arm indicator signal is also applied to the flare dispenser, arming the dispenser. The ARM
indicator is dimmed at the dispenser control panel by turning the ARM indicator housing. With the dispenser control
panel FLARE RIPPLE FIRE switch placed to its up position, the arm signal is generated, the ARM indicator lights, and
flares are dispensed in rapid succession.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1710 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0061 00-15/16 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0062 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

MAIN/TAIL LANDING GEAR SKIS DESCRIPTION AND DATA

MAIN/TAIL LANDING GEAR SKIS

Main landing gear skis, consist of two main skis installed on main landing gear, using axle adapters on skis and adapter
kit mounted on main landing gear axles. Tail landing gear ski consists of one ski mounted on the tail landing gear wheel
using axle adapters. When skis are removed, the adapter kit may remain installed, allowing for ease in reinstallation of
skis. Safety cables and spring cylinders are mounted on all skis to maintain flight attitude and prevent skis from being
damaged in flight. Ski construction consists of fiberglass reinforced main body, top coated with a red isophthalic polyester
finish and bottom coated with a furane epoxy resin coating (4B2), finished with a Teflon urethane coating. Skis allow sup-
port of 22,000 pounds gross weight at approximately 2.53 pounds per square inch in snow, with main wheels protruding
six inches below ski level into snow. Wheels protrude 3 inches under skis on hard surfaces.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA
If applicable, refer to WP 1700 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0062 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0063 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

FLIR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA UH-60Q HH-60L

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

The forward looking infrared set (FLIR) is designed to manually scan, locate, and display images in the IR and visual
spectrum. The FLIR set consists of: the turret, mounted on the nose; the FLIR imaging unit located within the turret; the
central electronics unit (CEU), in the antenna well; the pilot’s and copilot’s multifunction display unit (MFD), on the
instrument panel; and the FLIR control panel (FCP), in the lower console (Figure 1). The turret provides three-axis
movement of the FLIR line-of-sight (LOS), corresponding to the center of the imaged scene, to any position within the
field-of-regard (FOR). The FLIR imager collects and converts IR and visual images into electrical signals for CEU
processing. The CEU inputs data from the FLIR and outputs the signal for display on the MFDs. The MFDs provide the
processed thermal (IR) imaging in addition to FLIR set information including status bar, grayscale, reticles, graticules, and
on-line menus. The FCP provides system control of the following: turret line-of-sight, changing field of view, freezing
video images, and adjusting gain, level, and focus controls.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the No. 2 dc primary bus and routed through the FLIR circuit breaker on the
copilot’s auxiliary circuit breaker panel to the CEU (Figure 2). The CEU provides 13.8 vdc and 28 vdc to the FCP, and
13.8 vdc and 28 vdc to the turret.

TURRET OPERATION

The turret-FLIR unit (TFU) can operate in the following modes. In inertial pointing mode the TFU line-of-sight is
controlled manually by commands generated from the FCP joystick. If no commands are generated from the joystick, the
TFU gyros direct the TFU to maintain its inertial bearing and elevation, thus compensating for platform vibration and
aircraft direction changes.

Heading hold mode consists of two phases. In the first phase the TFU is controlled by the FCP joystick outputs. The first
phase is identical to the inertial pointing mode. The second phase commences whenever the FCP joystick outputs return
to zero. In this phase the TFU is caged to the last commanded position. It remains caged to this position until a new
joystick command is received or a different mode is selected that changes the line of sight.

In CAGE mode the TFU is commanded to a particular pointing angle with respect to the airframe centerline. The default
cage position is 0°Az, 0°El, and is automatically configured upon initial power on. The default cage position and one
other position can be reprogrammed in the configuration menu.

Stow mode is used for positioning the TFU prior to power off. In stow mode the TFU is rotated to 180° azimuth, +130°
elevation to protect the windows. The elevation rotation is automatically locked by magnetic detents. The stow mode is
activated by the operator as part of the power off sequence.

IMAGING

The FLIR Imager incorporates scanning optics, infrared detectors, a detector cooler, video preamplifiers, scanner electron-
ics, and a microcontroller necessary to collect and convert infrared radiation to electronic signals for processing by the
CEU. The FLIR Imager contains two sets of optics providing both high and low magnification. At low magnification, the
wide field-of-view (WFOV) of 28.0 degrees horizontal by 16.8 degrees vertical is displayed on the display monitor. At
high magnification, the narrow field-of-view (NFOV) of 5.0 degrees horizontal by 3.0 degrees vertical is displayed. The
FLIR imager unit also contains a high resolution TV sensor that provides the visible light image. The TV sensor
incorporates a charge-coupled device (CCD) array, camera electronics, and zoom lens necessary to convert visible light to
electronic signals for processing. The camera lens is an automatic iris zoom lens.

0063 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0063 00

IMAGING - Continued

INSTRUMENT
PANEL

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

TURRET−FLIR CENTRAL
UNIT ELECTRONICS
B UNIT

TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P129 / J129 COPILOT’S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
P210 / 1J1 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P212R / 1J8 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P213R / 1J7 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P214R / 3J1 LOWER CONSOLE / FLIR
CONTROL PANEL
P215R / 1J3 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P216R / 1J6 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P217R / 2J1 TURRET / TURRET−FLIR
UNIT
P1015R COPILOT’S MFD,
INSTRUMENT PANEL
P1016R PILOT’S MFD, INSTRUMENT
PANEL
TJ5VB TERMINAL BOARD,
LOWER CONSOLE AB0347_1
SA

Figure 1. FLIR Set Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0063 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0063 00

IMAGING - Continued

A
MENU
CONTROL

FOV MENU POWER

STOW
2X
WFOV OFF ON GAIN
ZOOM
CONTROL
HOOK LOCK
NFOV
FOC OUT GAIN UP
FOV SWITCH
FREEZE

CAGE IP/HH LVL LVL

DN UP

POLARITY AUTO−
FOC IN GAIN DN GAIN

MODE
SELECTOR FLIR CONTROL PANEL JOYSTICK
CONTROL AB0347_2
SA

Figure 1. FLIR Set Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 4)

CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT

The CEU processes and transfers all system signals, commands, and data I/O. It interfaces between the TFU, the MFDs,
and the FCP. Communication between the system components is accomplished via a serial data bus. The CEU performs
such tasks as auto-infinity focus, automatic level and gain, generation of all overlay symbology, as well as controlling the
menu-driven system functions.

FLIR CONTROL PANEL

The FCP provides set interface between the operator and the FLIR set. The set controls are partitioned between the
joystick and switches on the FCP, and the menu overlays on the MFDs. The following functions are accomplished via the
FCP: menu and command selection, TFU modes and tracking, field of view changes, freezing video, and adjusting camera
gain, level, and focus.

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY UNIT

The MFDs are the visual interface between the operator and the set. They provide the operator with the thermal and/or
visible light imaging display. Serial data containing image information is transmitted to the MFDs via the CEU. The
MFDs display command and status information, menus and submenus, and tracking data.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0063 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0063 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

COMM NAV

UPPER
STATUS
BAR

LOWER
STATUS
BAR

ON OFF DECL ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A BRT

W/W
INRPT STOW
HDHLD FLTR >
ASCN > SYM >
C
CAGE > MAINT >
POL DIFF >
FOC > CAL >
GN/LVL > FIT >
MENU > HOOK CONFIG >
EXIT > MENU >
PAGE 1 EXIT >
MFD MENUS AB0347_3
PAGE 2 SA

Figure 1. FLIR Set Location Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 4)

0063 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0063 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

CURRENT GAIN / LEVEL

MODE INDICATOR

UPPER
STATUS
BAR

FLTR / HI DAY / DCL AGN / LVL TRK INRPT NRX2 FRZ WHT

+30

−30

−60

−90

−120

GN 7
LVL 2
−180 −90 0 +90 +180

LAT N DDOMM.MMOo LON W DDDOMM.MMOo −93.4OAZ 14OEL DD−MM−YY HH:MM:SSL

LOWER
STATUS
BAR

AB0347_4
SA

Figure 1. FLIR Set Location Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 4)

EQUIPMENT DATA

For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

0063 00-5
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0063 00

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

FLIR
NO. 2
DC PRI 15 28 VDC
BUS AMP
28 VDC

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

VIDEO

PILOT’S MULTI−
FUNCTION DISPLAY

13.8 / 28 VDC
13.8 / 28 VDC
CONTROL
CONTROL
IR SIGNAL

FLIR CONTROL TURRET FLIR UNIT

PANEL

VIDEO

CENTRAL COPILOT’S MULTI−

ELECTRONICS FUNCTION DISPLAY
UNIT

AB0553
SA

Figure 2. FLIR Set Block Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0063 00-6
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0064 00

UNIT LEVEL

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

COCKPIT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

COCKPIT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

The cockpit emergency equipment consists of a fire extinguisher, two first aid kits and an emergency locator transmitter
used when emergency conditions exist. A first aid kit is located on the back of each pilot and copilot seat. The fire extin-
guisher is mounted on the side of the copilot seat. The emergency locator transmitter is located to the right of the pilot
seat.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

Not applicable.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0064 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0065 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

CABIN EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

CABIN EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

The cabin emergency equipment consists of a fire extinguisher, first aid kit and a crash ax used when emergency condi-
tions exist. A first aid kit is located on the back of the copilot seat. The fire extinguisher is mounted on the side of the
pilot seat. The crash ax is mounted behind the lower console.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

EQUIPMENT DATA

Not applicable.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0065 00-1/2 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0066 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

COCKPIT AIR BAG SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND DATA

COCKPIT AIR BAG SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The cockpit air bag system (CABS) provides supplemental restraint protection for the pilot and copilot during a surviv-
able aircraft crash by minimizing the crewmembers’ motion and by providing forward and lateral protection from oc-
cupant strike hazards. The CABS consists of pilot’s and copilot’s forward and lateral air bag modules, gas generators, and
the electronic crash sensor unit (ECSU). The pilot’s and copilot’s forward air bag modules, which contain the gas genera-
tors, are mounted on the glareshield. The lateral air bag modules, also containing gas generators, are mounted on the left
and right hand stationary wing panels on the outboard bulkhead. The ECSU attaches to the mounting tray located in the
copilot’s seatwell. During normal flight, the ECSU monitors overall CABS status and readiness. Separate pilot and copilot
cable assemblies connect the forward and lateral air bag modules to the ECSU.

COCKPIT AIR BAG SYSTEM OPERATION

The ECSU detects a crash and initiates deployment of the CABS air bags. During a crash, the ECSU identifies the sudden
change of velocity and performs a time-integration calculation of the deceleration time-history. If both the measured
deceleration and the calculated velocity change occur concurrently and exceed predetermined crash pulse levels, the firing
capacitors discharge and a firing signal is sent to the gas generator propellant. The propellant burns very rapidly and
produces a large volume high-temperature gas. The high-temperature gas flows from the gas generator combustion
chambers, through a series of screens and exhaust ports in the gas generator, into the forward and lateral air bag modules.
The propellant gases pressurize and deploy the air bags. The air bags inflate in three seconds and deflate in three to five
seconds.

The ECSU incorporates built-in-test (BIT) circuitry to monitor CABS status and readiness. A system fault (SYS FAULT)
indicator, located on the ECSU, is a latching indicator that provides rapid identification of the CABS status. When the
BIT determines the CABS is operating properly, the twin cylinders on the SYS FAULT indicator remain black. If the BIT
identifies a CABS fault, the SYS FAULT indicator will display a fault indication by the BIT software within the ECSU.
The twin cylinders on the SYS FAULT indicator rotate to display two white square indicators. When the fault indication
is noted, the fault location can be determine by pressing the push-to-display (PTD) button on the ECSU.

When the PTD button is pressed and released, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) mounted on the face of the ECSU will
indicate which CABS components are faulty. Eight LEDs are located on the ECSU that indicate fault detection within the
CABS. Since four gas generators are installed, two on the pilot’s side and two on the copilot’s side, only the top four (1
and 2) LEDs are used for fault isolation. If the ECSU LED illuminates after the PTD button is pressed and released, the
ECSU is faulty. If the aircraft identification (A/C ID) LED illuminates after the PTD is pressed, it indicates that either
ECSU or the aircraft identification resistors, within the ECSU power cable, are defective. To determine which of the air
bag modules or electrical interfaces is faulty, the pilot or copilot LEDs will illuminate after the PTD button is pressed.

SYSTEM ELECTRICAL POWER

Electrical power is supplied by the battery bus through the CABS circuit breaker on the lower console circuit breaker
panel. The 28 vdc supplied from the CABS circuit breaker is routed to power the ECSU. The ECSU then sends the 28
vdc to the gas generators in the two forward and two lateral modules.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

0066 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0066 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

PILOT’S LATERAL AIR

BAG MODULE AND
GAS GENERATOR
P5 / J5

PILOT’S FORWARD AIR

BAG MODULE AND
GAS GENERATOR
P6 / J6

A
COPILOT’S LATERAL
PILOT CABLE AIR BAG MODULE AND
ASSEMBLY GAS GENERATOR
P7 / J7

POWER SUPPLY
COPILOT B CABLE ASSEMBLY
CABLE
ASSEMBLY
COPILOT’S FORWARD
AIR BAG MODULE AND
GAS GENERATOR
P8 / J8

TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P2 / J2 ELECTRONIC CRASH
P3 / J3 SENSOR UNIT
P4 / J4
P5 / J5 PILOT’S LATERAL AIR BAG
MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P6 / J6 PILOT’S FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P7 / J7 COPILOT’S LATERAL AIR
BAG MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P8 / J8 COPILOT’S FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P107 / J107 LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
DISCONNECT AB2676_1
SA

Figure 1. Cockpit Air Bag System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

0066 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0066 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

B
A
T
B T
A
T U
T T
UTIL
LTS I CABS
B L
U 5 2
S B
U
CKPT
S

LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

FAULT FAULT
INDICATOR INDICATOR
SYSTEM LED LED
FAULT
INDICATOR
FAULT INDICATOR LED

J4 J1 J2 J3
ECSU POWER DATA PILOT COPILOT
AIRCRAFT
ID LED A / C ID
1
SYS FAULT
PUSH TO 2
DISPLAY
BUTTON PUSH TO DISPLAY
3

ELECTRONIC CRASH SENSOR UNIT (ECSU)

AB2676_2
SA

Figure 1. Cockpit Air Bag System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

0066 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0066 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

ELECTRONIC CRASH SENSOR UNIT

CHASSIS GND

POWER GND
28 VDC
GND

ID2
ID1

CABS

2
AMP
UTIL LTS
CKPT

5
AMP
28 VDC
BATT
BUS

LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL

COPILOT’S COPILOT’S PILOT’S PILOT’S

LATERAL AIR FORWARD AIR LATERAL AIR FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE BAG MODULE BAG MODULE BAG MODULE
AND GAS AND GAS AND GAS AND GAS
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR
AB2677
SA

Figure 2. Cockpit Air Bag System Block Diagram.

0066 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0066 00

EQUIPMENT DATA

If applicable, refer to WP 1700 00 for equipment data information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0066 00-5/6 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0067 00

UNIT LEVEL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

MICROCLIMATE COOLING SYSTEM AND MASK BLOWER WIRING ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION AND
DATA

MICROCLIMATE COOLING SYSTEM

The Microclimate Cooling System (MCS) provides aircrew members a means to help maintain a lower body temperature
while conducting missions in MOPP IV or hot weather environments. The MCS, when installed, consists of four each of
the following components: (Figure 1) microclimate cooling unit (MCU), cooling hose assembly, bypass control assembly,
and liquid quick disconnect (L-QDC). These components connect together to provide a complete system that circulates
cooled liquids through each individual crewmember’s microclimate cooling garment (MCG) when attached to the MCS.

MICROCLIMATE COOLING UNIT

The MCU (Figure 1) provides chilled liquid which is pumped through hose assemblies to the aircrew member’s MCG
where metabolic heat is transferred from the aircrew member’s body to the circulating liquid. The warmed liquid is then
pumped back to the MCU where heat is rejected to the ambient environment. The MCU provides 320 to 330 watts of
cooling for each aircrew member. The MCU delivers cooled liquid approximately 60°F to 72°F depending on the temper-
ature of the external environment. The MCU is approximately 7 inches wide X 11 inches long X 6 inches high and
weighs approximately 13 pounds. The MCU is powered from +28VDC source and requires approximately 6-10 amps
continuous and 12 amps peak.

COOLING HOSE ASSEMBLY

The cooling hose assembly (Figure 1) consists of two 7/16 inch polybutyl vinyl hoses laid side by side with MCU control
wire (electrical) running between the hoses and encased in an insulated jacket.

The hose assembly has attached at one end a bypass control assembly (BCA) with a L-QDC (see description below). On
the other end of the hose assembly, are fittings for connection to the MCU. The hose assembly with insulation is ap-
proximately two inches in diameter and weighs approximately 0.3 pound per foot (excluding liquid).

BYPASS CONTROL ASSEMBLY

The MCS BCA (Figure 1) utilizes an automatic bypass to allow liquid to be circulated and cooled prior to connection to
the MCG. The bypass control assembly is approximately 2 inches wide X 3 inches long X 1 inch high and weighs ap-
proximately 0.25 pound. A rotary knob is mounted on the bypass control assembly to allow aircrew members to adjust the
temperature of the liquid from the MCU.

LIQUID-QUICK DISCONNECT

The L-QDC (Figure 1) serves as an interface between the hose assembly from the BCA to the MCG. The L-QDC is
comprised of two segments: aircraft-retained and aviator-retained. The aviator-retained portion of the L-QDC is connected
to the aviator’s MCG. The aircraft retained portion of the L-QDC is attached, via the hose assembly, to the manual BCA.
The connection of the L-QDC halves allow cooling liquid to flow between the MCU and the MCG. The L-QDC serves as
a disconnect point for normal egress and hands-free breakaway for emergency egress. The force required for emergency
egress is not more than 25 pounds. The L-QDC is approximately 3 inches long X 2 inches wide X 0.75 inch high and
weighs 0.25 pound.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Four 15 amp circuit breakers are installed in the aircraft mission readiness circuit breaker panel for the MCUs and one 2
amp circuit breaker installed in the aircraft No. 2 circuit breaker panel for the power distribution box (PDB) (Figure 2).

0067 00-1
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0067 00

CIRCUIT BREAKERS - Continued

L−QDC BYPASS
CONTROL
ASSEMBLY MCU

MCU HOSE ASSY

COOLING HOSE ASSY
GARMENT
HOSE ASSY

POWER POWER

CONTROL CONTROL

SUPPLY SUPPLY

CHARGE CHARGE
RETURN RETURN

MICROCLIMATE
COOLING UNITS

LIQUID QUICK DISCONNECT

BYPASS CONTROL
ASSEMBLY

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
CONNECTOR

LY
PP
SU

MICROCLIMATE COOLING
HOSE ASSEMBLY

METALLIC ELBOW
FITTINGS

GF0772
SA

Figure 1. Microclimate Components.

0067 00-2
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0067 00

CIRCUIT BREAKERS - Continued

FORWARD
NO. 2 EXTD
RANGE PUMP OVERHEAD
15
AUX FUEL QTY

2
NO. 2 FUEL A
C
ICE−DET 2
PILOT 2 BOOST PUMP
15 AMP BREAKER
NO. 2 PRI BUS CREW 1
RESQ HST PILOT CREW 1 NO. 2 LTR 15 AMP BREAKER
10 15 15 5

CONTROL MCU MCU LTS D

DE−ICE ICE−DET EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C

COPILOT 5 7.5 5 5
15 AMP BREAKER CNTRLR RH CONTROL
CREW 2
COPILOT CREW 2 EXT FUEL NO. 1 LTR NO. 1 XFER
15 AMP BREAKER
15 15 5 5
D
5
C
MCU MCU LH LTS CONTROL

NO. 1 PRI BUS

NO. 1 FUEL

BOOST PUMP

DE−ICE PWR

20
A
TAIL ROTOR
C

NO. 1 EXTD
RANGE PUMP

15

MISSION EQUIPMENT PANEL

S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2

HEAT & VENT

20 7.5

NO. 2 CONVERTER
S
RI BU WINDSHEILD CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
DC P ANTI−ICE FIRE CMPTR ANTI−ICE UTIL RECP ANTI−ICE
NO. 2
5 5 5 2 7.5 7.5 15

PILOT CTR EXTGH

NO. 2 BUS NO. 2 ENG AC ESNTL RT NO. 2 LIGHTS
SERVO DC GEN TIE BATT ANTI−ICE WARN START CARGOHOOK BUS BATT PITOT STAB AC ENG FORM ANTI PLT NON CARGO
MASK BLOWERS
2 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 2 5 10 5 7.5 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2

MASK WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR CHGR WARN LTS CONTR PWR CONTR SPLY CHGR HEAT CONTR INST OVSP LV HV COLL FLT FLT HOOK
DC ESNTL PILOT MAIN AC ESNTL BUS
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT VHF IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS STAB HSI CIS SAS 26 VAC COMP VSI AUTO AC ESNTL

50 2 2 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5

SPLY SELECT VENT AM CONTR TRIM PWR TRIM LTS CONTR PLT / CPLT AMPL STAB IND INST DPLR PLT CPLT XFMR BUS WARN

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

GF0773
SA

Figure 2. Microclimate Circuit Breaker.

0067 00-3
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0067 00

POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

A PDB (Figure 3) is installed on the bottom of the copilot’s stowage grenade box assembly behind the copilot’s seat of
the aircraft. The PDB has an input of +28 VDC and an output of +3.8 VDC. The PDB powers four mask blowers and
requires approximately 1 amp. The PDB is a standard aircraft power converter box.

MASK BLOWER.

Mate the blower connector to the blower power wire connector. There is not an on/off switch on the blower, so if aircraft
power is active, the blower will operate normally. The blower power wire is normally run concurrent with the ICS cord
using plastic wire ties every 8 to 12 inches. If the blower or its power source fails, the mask still provides protection.

NOTE
Failure of mask blower is not criteria for mission abort.

The blower provides two primary functions to the user, one being to relieve the psychological isolation effects of MOPP
IV chemical-biological protective gear, the other to defog the mask under certain atmospheric conditions, usually common
to lower temperatures. Operation and maintenance of the M45 Mask, Chemical and Biological can be found in TMs
3-4240-341-10 and 3-4240-341-20&P. Use of the M45 mask blower with the M45 mask can be found in Air Warrior TM
1-1680-377-13&P (see Figure 4).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.

Not applicable.
D CONTROL (RESISTIVE)
GROUND
+28 VDC INPUT

0−5 VDC OUTPUT

E CONTROL (VOLTAGE)*

+ 0−28 VDC CONTROL

RHEOSTAT TO GND
* LINEAR 8000 OHM

VOLTAGE

2.0"
A

C
B

5.0"

GF0809
SA

Figure 3. Power Distribution Box.

0067 00-4
 TM 1-1520-237-23 0067 00

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

NO. 2 DC BUS
M45 MASK
DC MASK BLOWER
PDB POWER

GF0775
SA

Figure 4. Mask Blower System.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0067 00-5/6 Blank

 TM 1-1520-237-23 0068 00

UNIT LEVEL

GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

COMPONENT HANDLING ADAPTER KIT

The component handling adapter kit consists of six maintenance stand adapters for major components. The major
components for these adapters are: main rotor head, main gear box, APU, oil cooler blower, and main and tail rotor
blades. Each adapter is easily attached to a standard maintenance trailer by four vise-like latches.

FUEL QUANTITY SYSTEM HARNESS ADAPTER

The fuel quantity system harness adapter (1) is used in conjunction with fuel quantity test set to adjust and fault isolate
fuel quantity system. The harness adapter contains a function tank select switch to enable fuel quantity test set to read
tank unit capacitance or simulate tank unit capacitance for fuel quantity system adjustment. Two test jacks provide a
means for measuring dc voltage output of signal conditioner.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

For location and description of major components, refer to the data in this work package.
EQUIPMENT DATA
For equipment data information, refer to this work package.

SWITCH S1
TANK 1 TANK 2 NORM TEST
SWITCH S2
CONNECTOR P1 CONNECTOR J1

TANK SELECT FUNCTION

CASE GND

OUTPUT VDC

+ −

CONNECTOR P3 CONNECTOR P5

CONNECTOR P2
CONNECTOR P4

AA9230
SA

Figure 1. Fuel Quantity System Harness Adapter.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0068 00-1/2 Blank

This fine document...

Was brought to you by me:

Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals

Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly

available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it.
Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that
sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it...
They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not
letting you give those free manuals to your friends?

I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US

Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share,
republish, sell and so on.

I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please
provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in
search engines:

<A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A>

– Sincerely
Igor Chudov
http://igor.chudov.com/
– Chicago Machinery Movers